sageInterface.C

#include "sage3basic.h"
#include "markLhsValues.h"
#include "fixupNames.h"
#include "FileUtility.h"
#include <Sawyer/Message.h>
 
#include "AstJSONGeneration.h"
#include "SgNodeHelper.h" //Markus's helper functions
 
#include "Rose/AST/Utility.h"
#include "sageInterface.h"
#include "Combinatorics.h"
 
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
#include "replaceExpressionWithStatement.h"
 
#include "constantFolding.h"
#endif
 
#include "sageBuilder.h"
#include "sageGeneric.h"
 
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
// For reusing some code from Qing's loop optimizer
#include "AstInterface_ROSE.h"
#include "LoopTransformInterface.h"
 
#include "DepInfoAnal.h" // for AnalyzeStmtRefs()
#include "ArrayAnnot.h"
#include "ArrayInterface.h"
 
#include "LoopUnroll.h"
#include "abstract_handle.h"
#include "roseAdapter.h"
#endif
 
#include <boost/lexical_cast.hpp>
#include <boost/foreach.hpp>
#include <sstream>
#include <iostream>
#include <algorithm> // for set operations
#include <numeric>   // for std::accumulate
#include <map>
#include <unordered_map>
 
#ifdef ROSE_BUILD_JAVA_LANGUAGE_SUPPORT
#   include "jni.h"
 
namespace Rose {
    namespace Frontend {
        namespace Java {
            namespace Ecj {
 
                extern jclass currentJavaTraversalClass;
                extern JNIEnv *currentEnvironment;
                extern jmethodID mainMethod;
                extern jmethodID hasConflictsMethod;
                extern jmethodID getTempDirectoryMethod;
                extern jmethodID createTempFileMethod;
                extern jmethodID createTempNamedFileMethod;
                extern jmethodID createTempNamedDirectoryMethod;
 
            } // ::Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj
        }// ::Rose::frontend::java
    }// ::Rose::frontend
}// ::Rose
 
using namespace Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj;
 
#endif
 
// We need this so that USE_CMAKE and ROSE_USE_CLANG_FRONTEND will be seen (set via configure).
#include "rose_config.h"
 
// DQ (11/5/2019): Added to support SageInterface::statementCanBeTransformed().
namespace EDG_ROSE_Translation
   {
  // DQ (9/18/2018): Declare this map so that we can use it for the unparse header files option.
#if defined(ROSE_BUILD_CXX_LANGUAGE_SUPPORT) && !defined(ROSE_USE_CLANG_FRONTEND)
  // DQ (12/11/2018): Use the definition in the EDG edgRose.C file if C/C++ support IS defined.
     extern std::map<std::string, SgIncludeFile*> edg_include_file_map;
#else
  // DQ (12/11/2018): Allow this to be the definition if C/C++ support is NOT defined.
     std::map<std::string, SgIncludeFile*> edg_include_file_map;
#endif
   }
 
#include "detectMacroOrIncludeFileExpansions.h"
 
namespace SageInterface {
  template<class T> void setSourcePositionToDefault( T* node );
}
 
 
#ifdef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
   #include "transformationSupport.h"
#endif
 
#include "RoseAst.h"
#include "AST_FILE_IO.h"
 
// DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
// The value of 0 allows the old implementation to be tested, and the value of 1 allows the new optimized implementation to be tested.
#define OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS 1
 
extern SageBuilder::SourcePositionClassification SageBuilder::SourcePositionClassificationMode;
 
std::map<std::string,int>     SageInterface::local_name_collision_map;
std::map<std::string,SgNode*> SageInterface::local_name_to_node_map;
std::map<SgNode*,std::string> SageInterface::local_node_to_name_map;
 
typedef std::set<SgLabelStatement*> SgLabelStatementPtrSet;
 
namespace SageInterface
{
    Transformation_Record trans_records;
}
 
using namespace std;
using namespace Rose;
using namespace SageBuilder;
 
namespace SageInterface
   {
  // DQ (1/18/2015): Save the SgBasicBlock that has been added so that we can undo this transformation later.
     vector<SgBasicBlock*> addedBasicBlockNodes;
   }
 
 
#if 1
// DQ (2/13/2022): Adding support to delete the whole AST (every SgNode).
void
SageInterface::deleteAllNodes()
   {
  // This function uses a memory pool traversal specific to the SgFile IR nodes
     class MyTraversal : public ROSE_VisitTraversal
        {
          public:
               std::vector<SgNode*> resultlist;
               void visit ( SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgNode* result = dynamic_cast<SgNode*>(node);
                    ROSE_ASSERT(result != NULL);
#if 0
                    if (result != NULL)
                       {
                         resultlist.push_back(result);
                       }
#else
                    resultlist.push_back(result);
#endif
                  };
 
           virtual ~MyTraversal() {}
        };
 
  // For debugging, record the number of IR nodes before we delete the AST.
     size_t numberOfNodes_before{numberOfNodes()};
     MyTraversal my_traversal;
     my_traversal.traverseMemoryPool();
 
     vector<SgNode*>& nodeList = my_traversal.resultlist;
     printf ("In SageInterface::deleteAllNodes(): get list of SgNode: nodeList.size() = %zu \n",nodeList.size());
 
     vector<SgNode*>::iterator i = nodeList.begin();
 
  // This loop will call the delete operator on all of the IR nodes in the AST.
     while (i != nodeList.end())
        {
          SgNode* node = *i;
          delete node;
          node = NULL;
 
          i++;
        }
 
  // Now we need to delete the memory pools (implemented by ROSETTA).
     AST_FILE_IO::clearAllMemoryPools();
 
     size_t numberOfNodes_after = numberOfNodes();
     printf ("Leaving SageInterface::deleteAllNodes(): numberOfNodes_before = %zu numberOfNodes_after = %zu \n",numberOfNodes_before,numberOfNodes_after);
   }
#endif
 
 
#if 0
// DQ (3/5/2022): Adding support to check AST for invalide poionters.
void
SageInterface::checkSgNodePointers()
   {
  // This function uses a memory pool traversal to look for any pointers to invalid IR nodes.
 
  // Step 1: is to build a map of the boundaries of the memory pools for each IR node kind.
  // Step 2: traverse all of the IR nodes across all of the memory pools and check
  //   a) if the pointer to each node in the list of child IR nodes is in the map from step 1.
  //   b) if it is then we can expect to dereference the pointer and check the value of
  //      get_freepointer(), the value should be 0xffffffffffffffff, else it is an error
  // (when it is an error it usually should be a value that is in the map from step 1, but it
  // is a node that was previously deleted, so it is a stale pointer).
 
     class BuildMapTraversal : public ROSE_VisitTraversal
        {
          public:
            // std::vector<SgNode*> resultlist;
            // std::map<enum VariantT,std::vector<std::pair<SgNode*,SgNode*>> mapOfMemoryPoolsBounds;
 
            // We need to get the pools variable for each IR node.
 
               void visit ( SgNode* node)
                  {
                 // Get list of all pointers to all IR nodes in the current node.
 
                 // $CLASSNAME::pools
                    node->checkDataMemberPointersIfInMemoryPool();
 
                    resultlist.push_back(result);
                  };
 
           virtual ~MyTraversal() {}
        };
 
  // For debugging, recode the number of IR nodes before we delete the AST.
     size_t numberOfNodes_before = numberOfNodes();
 
     MyTraversal my_traversal;
 
  // We need to visit all of the IR nodes, not just those of a specific class in ROSE.
  // NodeType::traverseMemoryPoolNodes(my_traversal);
     my_traversal.traverseMemoryPool();
   }
#endif
 
void
SageInterface::DeclarationSets::addDeclaration(SgDeclarationStatement* decl)
   {
  // DQ (4/3/2014): This function either builds a new set or inserts declarations into an
  // existing set based on if a set defined by the key (firstNondefiningDeclaration) is present.
     ASSERT_not_null(decl);
 
     SgDeclarationStatement* firstNondefiningDeclaration = decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration();
 
     if (firstNondefiningDeclaration == nullptr)
        {
       // It appears that some loop transformations (pass3.C) don't set the firstNondefiningDeclaration.
          return;
        }
     ASSERT_not_null(firstNondefiningDeclaration);
 
     if (decl == firstNondefiningDeclaration)
        {
          if (declarationMap.find(firstNondefiningDeclaration) == declarationMap.end())
             {
            // Add a new set.
               declarationMap[decl] = new set<SgDeclarationStatement*>();
 
               ROSE_ASSERT (declarationMap.find(firstNondefiningDeclaration) != declarationMap.end());
               ROSE_ASSERT(declarationMap[decl] != nullptr);
 
            // Add a declaration to an existing set.
               declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration]->insert(decl);
             }
            else
             {
               if (declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration]->find(decl) == declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration]->end())
                  {
                 // Add a declaration to an existing set.
                    declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration]->insert(decl);
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // DQ (4/5/2014): The case of SgFunctionParameterList fails only for boost examples (e.g. test2014_240.C).
                 // Problem uses are associated with SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl IR nodes.
                    bool ignore_error = (isSgFunctionParameterList(decl) != nullptr);
 
                 // DQ (4/17/2014): This is required for the EDG version 4.8 and I don't know why.
                 // Currently the priority is to pass our existing tests.
                 // An idea is that this is sharing introduced as a result of the use of default parameters.
 
                 // DQ (7/2/2014): I am seeing that this is required for a new application using GNU 4.4.7.
                 // It allows a boost issue specific to a revisited SgTypedefDeclaration pass, but I still
                 // don't understand the problem.  so this needs a better fix.
 
                    SgFunctionDeclaration* enclosingFunction = getEnclosingFunctionDeclaration(decl);
                    bool isInTemplateFunctionDeclaration = enclosingFunction != nullptr && (isSgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration(enclosingFunction) || isSgTemplateFunctionDeclaration(enclosingFunction));
 
                 // Use short-circuit evaluation to improve performance.
                    SgClassDefinition* enclosingClassDefinition = isInTemplateFunctionDeclaration == true ? nullptr : getEnclosingClassDefinition(decl);
                    bool isInTemplateClassDefinition = enclosingClassDefinition != nullptr && isSgTemplateClassDefinition(enclosingClassDefinition);
 
                    bool isInTemplateDeclaration = isInTemplateFunctionDeclaration || isInTemplateClassDefinition;
 
                    ignore_error = ignore_error || (isSgTypedefDeclaration(decl) != nullptr) || (isSgTemplateInstantiationDecl(decl) != nullptr) || (isInTemplateDeclaration == true);
 
                 // DQ (2/5/2015): We need to ignore the case of un-named classes (or maybe those classes
                 // from unnamed classes with lambda member functions).  See test2015_13.C for an example.
                 // Or maybe these should have been added to the declarationMap in the front-end?
                    if (isSgClassDeclaration(decl) != nullptr)
                       {
                         ignore_error = ignore_error || (isSgClassDeclaration(decl)->get_isUnNamed() == true);
                       }
                  }
             }
        }
       else
        {
       // Add the declaration (make sure there is a set that exists).
          if (declarationMap.find(firstNondefiningDeclaration) != declarationMap.end())
             {
            // Make sure it does not already exist in the set.
               ROSE_ASSERT (declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration] != nullptr);
               if (declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration]->find(decl) == declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration]->end())
                  {
                 // Add a declaration to an existing set.
                    declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration]->insert(decl);
                  }
             }
            else
             {
            // In this case the defining declaration might be the only declaration to be traversed and
            // so a set has not been built yet.
 
            // DQ (4/5/2014): Just build the set and don't insert the firstNondefiningDeclaration.
            // If we were to do so then it would be an error to use the insert it later.
            // Note recursive call.
               declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration] = new set<SgDeclarationStatement*>();
               ASSERT_require(declarationMap.find(firstNondefiningDeclaration) != declarationMap.end());
 
            // DQ (4/5/2014): We have to insert this since it is different from the firstNondefiningDeclaration.
            // Add the declaration to the existing set.
               declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration]->insert(decl);
 
            // DQ (4/5/2014): Added assertion.
               ROSE_ASSERT(declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration]->find(decl) != declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration]->end());
#if 0
               printf ("SageInterface::DeclarationSets::addDeclaration(): No set exists for the firstNondefiningDeclaration = %p = %s = %s \n",firstNondefiningDeclaration,firstNondefiningDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),get_name(firstNondefiningDeclaration).c_str());
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
             }
        }
   }
 
const std::set<SgDeclarationStatement*>*
SageInterface::DeclarationSets::getDeclarations(SgDeclarationStatement* decl)
   {
  // DQ (4/3/2014): This function returns the associated set of declarations.
     SgDeclarationStatement* firstNondefiningDeclaration = decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration();
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(declarationMap.find(firstNondefiningDeclaration) != declarationMap.end());
 
     const set<SgDeclarationStatement*>* declarationSet = declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration];
 
  // return this->declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration];
     return declarationSet;
   }
 
std::map<SgDeclarationStatement*,std::set<SgDeclarationStatement*>* > &
SageInterface::DeclarationSets::getDeclarationMap()
   {
     return declarationMap;
   }
 
bool
SageInterface::DeclarationSets::isLocatedInDefiningScope(SgDeclarationStatement* decl)
   {
  // DQ (4/7/2014): This function assumes that the input is a friend declaration.
 
  // The existence of a declaration in a named scope (if a friend function) will cause
  // subsequent declarations to be qualified where name qualification is required.
  // A couple of issues:
  //    We likely need to keep track of the order of the declarations in the more
  //    complex cases because name qualification will be required after the declaration
  //    that appears in the named scope; but will not be required before the declaration in
  //    the named scope.
 
#define DEBUG_LOCATED_IN_DEFINING_SCOPE 0
 
     SgDeclarationStatement* firstNondefiningDeclaration = decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration();
     ROSE_ASSERT(firstNondefiningDeclaration != nullptr);
 
     set<SgDeclarationStatement*>* declarationSet = declarationMap[firstNondefiningDeclaration];
     ROSE_ASSERT(declarationSet != nullptr);
 
     set<SgDeclarationStatement*>::iterator i = declarationSet->begin();
 
     bool isDefinedInNamedScope = false;
 
#if DEBUG_LOCATED_IN_DEFINING_SCOPE
     printf ("In DeclarationSets::isLocatedInDefiningScope(): decl = %p = %s \n",decl,decl->class_name().c_str());
     printf ("   --- declarationSet->size()                        = %" PRIuPTR " \n",declarationSet->size());
#endif
 
     while (isDefinedInNamedScope == false && i != declarationSet->end())
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT(*i != nullptr);
#if DEBUG_LOCATED_IN_DEFINING_SCOPE
          printf ("   --- *i = %p = %s \n",*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str());
#endif
       // We want to know the structural position, not the semantic scope.
          SgScopeStatement* semantic_scope   = (*i)->get_scope();
          SgScopeStatement* structural_scope = isSgScopeStatement((*i)->get_parent());
 
#if DEBUG_LOCATED_IN_DEFINING_SCOPE
          printf ("   --- semantic_scope = %p = %s \n",semantic_scope,semantic_scope->class_name().c_str());
          printf ("   --- structural_scope = %p = %s \n",structural_scope,structural_scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
       // DQ (4/7/2014): If it is a member of a class then we don't consider the structural scope, else it makes a difference,
          SgScopeStatement* scope = isSgClassDefinition(semantic_scope) != nullptr ? semantic_scope : structural_scope;
          ASSERT_not_null(scope);
 
#if DEBUG_LOCATED_IN_DEFINING_SCOPE
          printf ("   --- scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
          printf ("   --- scope->isNamedScope() = %s \n",scope->isNamedScope() ? "true" : "false");
#endif
          SgGlobal* globalScope = isSgGlobal(scope);
 
       // Friend functions declared in the class definition are not meaningful for determining name qualification.
          if (globalScope != nullptr || (scope->isNamedScope() == true && isSgClassDefinition(structural_scope) == nullptr) )
             {
            // Check if the function is output in the unparing, else it would not be defined.
               bool willBeOutput = ((*i)->get_file_info()->isCompilerGenerated() == false ||
                                      ((*i)->get_file_info()->isCompilerGenerated() &&
                                       (*i)->get_file_info()->isOutputInCodeGeneration()) );
#if DEBUG_LOCATED_IN_DEFINING_SCOPE
               printf ("   --- before: willBeOutput = %s \n",willBeOutput ? "true" : "false");
#endif
            // Being output only count when it is output where it is located structurally.
               willBeOutput = willBeOutput && scope == structural_scope;
 
#if DEBUG_LOCATED_IN_DEFINING_SCOPE
               printf ("   --- after: willBeOutput = %s \n",willBeOutput ? "true" : "false");
#endif
            // DQ (3/20/2016): this is reported by GNU as set but not used.
            // associatedDeclaration = *i;
 
            // isDefinedInNamedScope = true;
               isDefinedInNamedScope = willBeOutput;
             }
 
          i++;
        }
 
#if DEBUG_LOCATED_IN_DEFINING_SCOPE
     if (associatedDeclaration != nullptr)
        {
          printf ("Leaving DeclarationSets::isLocatedInDefiningScope(): associatedDeclaration = %p = %s \n",associatedDeclaration,associatedDeclaration->class_name().c_str());
        }
       else
        {
          printf ("Leaving DeclarationSets::isLocatedInDefiningScope(): associatedDeclaration = %p \n",associatedDeclaration);
        }
#endif
 
     return isDefinedInNamedScope;
   }
 
SageInterface::DeclarationSets*
SageInterface::buildDeclarationSets(SgNode* n)
   {
     DeclarationSets* declarationSet = new DeclarationSets();
 
     class DeclarationSetTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          private:
               DeclarationSets* declarationSet;
 
          public:
               DeclarationSetTraversal(DeclarationSets* ds) : declarationSet(ds) {}
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgDeclarationStatement* decl = isSgDeclarationStatement(node);
                    if (decl != nullptr)
                       {
                         declarationSet->addDeclaration(decl);
                       }
                  }
        };
 
  // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the AST subtree.
     DeclarationSetTraversal traversal(declarationSet);
     traversal.traverse(n, preorder);
 
     return declarationSet;
   }
 
int SageInterface::gensym_counter = 0;
// DQ: 09/23/03
// We require a global function for getting the string associated
// with the definition of a variant (which is a global enum).
string getVariantName ( VariantT v )
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT( int(v) < int(V_SgNumVariants));
 
  // This code is far simpler (if the function is static)
 
     extern const char* roseGlobalVariantNameList[];
     return string(roseGlobalVariantNameList[v]);
   }
 
bool
SageInterface::hasTemplateSyntax( const SgName & name )
   {
  // DQ (6/7/2012): This refactors the test for template instantiation syntax in names used for classes, member functions, and functions
     bool usingTemplateSyntax = false;
     string nameString = name.getString();
 
  // DQ (6/7/2012): We need to avoid the identification of the "operator<()" as valid template syntax.
     usingTemplateSyntax = (nameString.find('<') != string::npos) && (nameString.find('>') != string::npos);
 
  // DQ (5/10/2016): Debugging case of C++11 using the Intel v16 compiler and it's associated mutex header file.
  // See Cxx11_tests/test2016_32.C for an example that demonstrates this problem.
     if (nameString == "<unnamed>")
        {
          printf ("In SageInterface::hasTemplateSyntax(): Identified case of name == <unnamed> \n");
 
          usingTemplateSyntax = false;
        }
 
     return usingTemplateSyntax;
   }
 
 
 
void
SageInterface::whereAmI(SgNode* node)
   {
  // DQ (2/12/2012): Refactoring disagnostic support for detecting where we are when something fails.
 
  // This highest level node acceptable for us by this function is a SgGlobal (global scope).
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(node != NULL);
//     printf ("Inside of SageInterface::whereAmI(node = %p = %s) \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
 
  // Enforce that some IR nodes should not be acepted inputs.
     ROSE_ASSERT(isSgFile(node)     == NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(isSgFileList(node) == NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(isSgProject(node)  == NULL);
 
     SgNode* parent = node->get_parent();
 
  // Don't traverse past the SgFile level.
     while (parent != nullptr && isSgFileList(parent) == nullptr)
        {
       // DQ (7/14/2019): These were commented out, but they are intended for debugging, so
       // if someone does not need this output then the function should not have been called.
          printf ("--- parent = %p = %s \n",parent,parent->class_name().c_str());
 
          ROSE_ASSERT(parent->get_file_info() != NULL);
          parent->get_file_info()->display("In SageInterface::whereAmI() diagnostics support");
 
          parent = parent->get_parent();
        }
   }
 
void
SageInterface::initializeIfStmt(SgIfStmt *ifstmt, SgStatement* conditional, SgStatement * true_body, SgStatement * false_body)
   {
  // DQ (2/13/2012): Added new function to support proper initialization of a SgIfStmt that has already been built.
  // This is important when we have to build the scope ahead of the test becasue the text contains a simple
  // declaration (which must be put into the SgIfStmt scope).
 
  // SgIfStmt *ifstmt = new SgIfStmt(conditional, true_body, false_body);
     ROSE_ASSERT(ifstmt);
 
     if (ifstmt->get_conditional() == nullptr)
          ifstmt->set_conditional(conditional);
 
     if (ifstmt->get_true_body() == nullptr)
          ifstmt->set_true_body(true_body);
 
     if (ifstmt->get_false_body() == nullptr)
          ifstmt->set_false_body(false_body);
 
  // Rasmussen (3/22/2020): Fixed setting case insensitivity
     if (is_language_case_insensitive())
         ifstmt->setCaseInsensitive(true);
 
     setOneSourcePositionNull(ifstmt);
     if (conditional) conditional->set_parent(ifstmt);
     if (true_body) true_body->set_parent(ifstmt);
     if (false_body) false_body->set_parent(ifstmt);
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::initializeSwitchStatement(SgSwitchStatement* switchStatement,SgStatement *item_selector,SgStatement *body)
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(switchStatement != NULL);
 
  // Rasmussen (3/22/2020): Fixed setting case insensitivity
     if (is_language_case_insensitive())
          switchStatement->setCaseInsensitive(true);
 
     if (switchStatement->get_item_selector() == nullptr)
          switchStatement->set_item_selector(item_selector);
 
     if (switchStatement->get_body() == nullptr)
          switchStatement->set_body(body);
 
     setOneSourcePositionForTransformation(switchStatement);
     if (item_selector != nullptr)
          item_selector->set_parent(switchStatement);
     if (body != nullptr)
          body->set_parent(switchStatement);
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::initializeWhileStatement(SgWhileStmt* whileStatement, SgStatement *  condition, SgStatement *body, SgStatement *else_body)
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(whileStatement);
 
  // Rasmussen (3/22/2020): Fixed setting case insensitivity
     if (is_language_case_insensitive())
          whileStatement->setCaseInsensitive(true);
 
     if (whileStatement->get_condition() == nullptr)
          whileStatement->set_condition(condition);
     if (whileStatement->get_body() == nullptr)
          whileStatement->set_body(body);
 
  // Python support.
     if (whileStatement->get_else_body() == nullptr)
          whileStatement->set_else_body(else_body);
 
     setOneSourcePositionNull(whileStatement);
     if (condition) condition->set_parent(whileStatement);
     if (body) body->set_parent(whileStatement);
 
  // DQ (8/10/2011): This is added by Michael to support a Python specific feature.
     if (else_body != nullptr)
        {
          whileStatement->set_else_body(else_body);
          else_body->set_parent(whileStatement);
        }
   }
 
 
 
SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement*
SageInterface::enclosingNamespaceScope( SgDeclarationStatement* declaration )
   {
  // DQ (11/4/2007): This function is used in the markTemplateInstantiationsForOutput.C
 
  // This function returns the namespace associated with any declaration.
  // If the declaration is nested inside of other scopes this function
  // iterates through these scopes to get the the first namespace.
  // This is important for details of template handling, namely making sure
  // that the template specializations (generated by ROSE) are put into the
  // correct location (namespace) since stricted rules in gnu now enforce
  // these details.  If the declaration is not in a namespace as computed
  // in the chain of scopes then this function returns nullptr.
 
     ASSERT_not_null(declaration);
     SgScopeStatement* tempScope = declaration->get_scope();
 
  // Loop back to the first namespace or stop at global scope (stop on either a namespace or the global scope)
     while ( isSgNamespaceDefinitionStatement(tempScope) == nullptr && isSgGlobal(tempScope) == nullptr )
        {
          tempScope = tempScope->get_scope();
          ASSERT_not_null(tempScope);
        }
 
     SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement* namespaceScope = isSgNamespaceDefinitionStatement(tempScope);
     return namespaceScope;
   }
 
 
SgDeclarationStatement*
SageInterface::getNonInstantiatonDeclarationForClass ( SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* memberFunctionInstantiation )
   {
  // DQ (11/4/2007): This function is used in the markTemplateInstantiationsForOutput.C
  // DQ (11/4/2007): Get the associated declaration that will be in the original source code,
  // if it is part of a template instantiation then get the original template declaration.
 
     SgDeclarationStatement* parentDeclaration = nullptr;
 
     SgScopeStatement* defn = memberFunctionInstantiation->get_class_scope();
     ASSERT_not_null(defn);
 
  // SgTemplateDeclaration* templateDeclaration = memberFunctionInstantiation->get_templateDeclaration();
     SgDeclarationStatement* templateDeclaration = memberFunctionInstantiation->get_templateDeclaration();
     ASSERT_not_null(templateDeclaration);
 
  // If it is a template instatiation, then we have to find the temple declaration (not the template instantiation declaration), else we want the class declaration.
     SgClassDefinition* cdefn = isSgClassDefinition(defn);
     SgDeclarationScope* nrscope = isSgDeclarationScope(defn);
     SgTemplateInstantiationDefn* templateInstatiationClassDefinition = isSgTemplateInstantiationDefn(defn);
     if (templateInstatiationClassDefinition != nullptr)
        {
       // This is the case of a template member function in a templated class (see test2005_172.C).
          SgTemplateInstantiationDefn* parentTemplateInstantiationDefinition = isSgTemplateInstantiationDefn(templateDeclaration->get_scope());
          ASSERT_not_null(parentTemplateInstantiationDefinition);
          SgTemplateInstantiationDecl* parentTemplateInstantiationDeclaration = isSgTemplateInstantiationDecl(parentTemplateInstantiationDefinition->get_declaration());
          ASSERT_not_null(parentTemplateInstantiationDeclaration);
 
          parentDeclaration = parentTemplateInstantiationDeclaration->get_templateDeclaration();
          ASSERT_not_null(parentDeclaration);
        }
       else if (cdefn != nullptr)
        {
       // This is the case of a template member function in a class definition (see test2005_168.C).
          parentDeclaration = cdefn->get_declaration();
          ASSERT_not_null(parentDeclaration);
        }
       else if (nrscope != nullptr)
        {
          parentDeclaration = isSgDeclarationStatement(nrscope->get_parent());
          ASSERT_not_null(parentDeclaration);
        }
       else
        {
          ROSE_ABORT();
        }
 
      return parentDeclaration;
   }
 
void
SageInterface::setBaseTypeDefiningDeclaration(SgVariableDeclaration* var_decl, SgDeclarationStatement* base_decl)
{
  ASSERT_not_null(var_decl);
  ASSERT_not_null(base_decl);
 
  // There is a bug (see gitlab-issue-349.jov) that arises when base_decl has a comment and it is the
  // first statement, because base_decl will be removed (causing comments to be moved, where? good question!).
  // Consider moving comments to var_decl first to circumvent (by artfulness or deception) potential problems.
  // [Rasmussen 2024.04.10]
 
  // try to remove it from the scope's declaration list
  // If the struct decl was previously inserted into its scope
  if (base_decl->get_parent() != nullptr)
  {
    if (base_decl->get_scope() == base_decl->get_parent())
    {
      SgStatementPtrList stmt_list = base_decl->get_scope()->generateStatementList();
      if (find(stmt_list.begin(), stmt_list.end(), base_decl) != stmt_list.end())
        SageInterface::removeStatement(base_decl);
    }
  }
  base_decl->set_parent(var_decl);
  var_decl->set_baseTypeDefiningDeclaration(base_decl);
 
  //Set an internal mangled name for the anonymous declaration, if necessary
  //  resetNamesInAST(); // this will trigger mangleNameMap.size() ==0 assertion.
  // We call resetEmptyNames directly instead.
  ResetEmptyNames t1;
  t1.traverseMemoryPool();
}
 
// DQ (11/4/2007): This looks for a forward temple member function declaration of matching name exists in the specified scope.
bool
SageInterface::isPrototypeInScope ( SgScopeStatement* scope, SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration, SgDeclarationStatement* startingAtDeclaration )
   {
  // DQ (11/3/2007): Look for an existing previously inserted (or existing) template member function declaration and only add one if we can't find it.
 
     bool foundExistingPrototype = false;
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(functionDeclaration != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(startingAtDeclaration != NULL);
 
  // TV (09/17/2018): ROSE-1378
     if (isSgDeclarationScope(scope)) {
       printf("TODO: SgDeclarationScope handling in SageInterface::isPrototypeInScope see ROSE-1378\n");
       return false;
     }
 
  // These are the scopes for which get_declarationList() is properly defined.
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope->containsOnlyDeclarations() == true);
 
  // Note that this is only defined for certain scopes, but we only want it for THOSE scopes
     SgDeclarationStatementPtrList & declarationList = scope->getDeclarationList();
 
  // This is a simple way to restrict the evaluation (still linear, but jumps to initial position to start search).
     SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator startingLocation = find(declarationList.begin(),declarationList.end(),startingAtDeclaration);
 
     if (startingLocation != declarationList.end())
        {
#if 0
          printf ("startingLocation = %p = %s = %s \n",*startingLocation,(*startingLocation)->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(*startingLocation).c_str());
#endif
       // printf ("Found the startingLocation is the global scope, now check if we need to add a new declaration \n");
          SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator i = startingLocation;
          SgScopeStatement* targetScope = functionDeclaration->get_scope();
          SgName targetName = functionDeclaration->get_name();
 
          while (i != declarationList.end())
             {
            // printf ("i = %p = %s = %s \n",*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(*i).c_str());
 
            // Look for a prototype like what we want to insert, if we find it then we don't need to add a second one!
               SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* templateMemberFunction = isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(*i);
               if (templateMemberFunction != nullptr)
                  {
                 // Check the name and the scope
                    if (targetScope == templateMemberFunction->get_scope())
                       {
                         if (targetName == templateMemberFunction->get_name())
                            {
                           // Don't count the defining declaration which may be at the end of the global scope.
                              if (templateMemberFunction->isForward() == true)
                                 {
                                   foundExistingPrototype = true;
 
                                // Exit the loop (optimization)
                                   break;
                                 }
                            }
                       }
                  }
 
               i++;
             }
        }
 
     return foundExistingPrototype;
   }
 
bool
SageInterface::isAncestor (SgNode* node1, SgNode* node2)
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(node1 && node2);
 
     SgNode* curnode = node2;
     if (node1==node2)
        {
         return false;
        }
 
     do {
          curnode= curnode->get_parent();
        } while( (curnode!=nullptr) && (curnode!=node1));
 
     if (curnode==node1)
        {
          return true;
        }
       else
        {
          return false;
        }
   }
 
bool
SageInterface::hasSameGlobalScope ( SgStatement* statement_1, SgStatement* statement_2 )
   {
  // DQ (12/7/2020): This is supporting the recognition of functions in header files from two different AST.
 
#define DEBUG_HAS_SAME_SCOPE 0
 
#if DEBUG_HAS_SAME_SCOPE
     printf ("In SageInterface::hasSameGlobalScope(): \n");
     printf (" --- statement_1 = %p = %s \n",statement_1,statement_1->class_name().c_str());
     printf (" --- statement_2 = %p = %s \n",statement_2,statement_2->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
     bool includingSelf = true;
     SgGlobal* global_scope_1 = getEnclosingNode<SgGlobal>(statement_1,includingSelf);
     SgGlobal* global_scope_2 = getEnclosingNode<SgGlobal>(statement_2,includingSelf);
 
#if DEBUG_HAS_SAME_SCOPE
     printf (" --- global_scope_1 = %p = %s \n",global_scope_1,global_scope_1->class_name().c_str());
     SgSourceFile* sourcefile_1 = isSgSourceFile(global_scope_1->get_parent());
     printf (" --- --- sourcefile_1 = %p filename = %s \n",sourcefile_1,sourcefile_1->getFileName().c_str());
 
     printf (" --- global_scope_2 = %p = %s \n",global_scope_2,global_scope_2->class_name().c_str());
     SgSourceFile* sourcefile_2 = isSgSourceFile(global_scope_2->get_parent());
     printf (" --- --- sourcefile_2 = %p filename = %s \n",sourcefile_2,sourcefile_2->getFileName().c_str());
#endif
 
     bool returnResult = (global_scope_1 == global_scope_2);
 
#if DEBUG_HAS_SAME_SCOPE
     printf ("Leaving SageInterface::hasSameGlobalScope(): returning: %s \n",returnResult ? "true" : "false");
#endif
 
     return returnResult;
   }
 
 
std::vector<SgNode*>
SageInterface::astIntersection ( SgNode* original, SgNode* copy, SgCopyHelp* help )
   {
     std::vector<SgNode*> intersectionSet;
 
  // Collect all the IR nodes for the original AST
     std::vector<SgNode*> AST_original = NodeQuery::querySubTree (original,V_SgNode);
     std::vector<SgNode*> AST_copy     = NodeQuery::querySubTree (copy,V_SgNode);
 
     int AST_original_size = AST_original.size();
     int AST_copy_size     = AST_copy.size();
 
     if (SgProject::get_verbose() > 0)
        {
          printf ("Original AST size         = %d \n",AST_original_size);
          printf ("Copy of original AST size = %d \n",AST_copy_size);
        }
 
     int differenceInSizes = AST_original_size - AST_copy_size;
     if (differenceInSizes == 0)
        {
          if (SgProject::get_verbose() > 0)
               printf ("Copied AST is the SAME size as the original (size = %d) \n",AST_original_size);
        }
       else
        {
          printf ("Warning: Copied AST and the original are DIFFERENT sizes (original size = %d copyied size = %d) \n",AST_original_size,AST_copy_size);
        }
 
  // Compute the intersection (reference in the copy that point to the origal AST).
  // std::set<SgNode*> AST_set_original = AST_original;
     std::set<SgNode*> AST_set_original;
     for (int i = 0; i < AST_original_size; i++)
        {
          AST_set_original.insert(AST_original[i]);
        }
 
     std::set<SgNode*> AST_set_copy;
     for (int i = 0; i < AST_copy_size; i++)
        {
          AST_set_copy.insert(AST_copy[i]);
        }
 
     int size = AST_original_size;
     std::vector<SgNode*> intersectionList(size);
 
  // Is there a better way to do this? Build scratch space and then use the different between begin() and end to build another vector.
     std::vector<SgNode*>::iterator end = set_intersection(AST_set_original.begin(),AST_set_original.end(),AST_set_copy.begin(),AST_set_copy.end(),intersectionList.begin());
 
  // Build a new vector from the relevant elements of the intersectionList scratch space.
     std::vector<SgNode*> meaningIntersectionList = std::vector<SgNode*>(intersectionList.begin(),end);
     std::vector<SgNode*> deleteList;
     for (int i = 0; i < (int)meaningIntersectionList.size(); i++)
        {
          if (meaningIntersectionList[i] != nullptr && isSgType(meaningIntersectionList[i]) != nullptr)
             {
               deleteList.push_back(meaningIntersectionList[i]);
             }
        }
 
  // Remove the types since they are allowed to be shared...
     if (SgProject::get_verbose() > 0)
          printf ("Remove the types that are allowed to be shared: deleteList.size() = %ld \n",(long)deleteList.size());
 
     for (std::vector<SgNode*>::iterator i = deleteList.begin(); i != deleteList.end(); i++)
        {
          meaningIntersectionList.erase(find(meaningIntersectionList.begin(),meaningIntersectionList.end(),*i));
        }
 
     if (SgProject::get_verbose() > 0)
          printf ("After removing the types there are meaningIntersectionList.size() = %ld \n",(long)meaningIntersectionList.size());
 
     for (int i = 0; i < (int)meaningIntersectionList.size(); i++)
        {
          printf ("     meaningIntersectionList[%d] = %p = %s = %s \n",i,meaningIntersectionList[i],meaningIntersectionList[i]->class_name().c_str(),get_name(meaningIntersectionList[i]).c_str());
        }
 
     int unmatchedIRnodes = 0;
     if (help != nullptr)
        {
          std::vector<SgNode*> tmp_AST_original; // = AST_original;
          std::vector<SgNode*> tmp_AST_copy; //     = AST_copy;
 
          int AST_original_size = AST_original.size();
          for (int j = 0; j < AST_original_size; j++)
             {
               if (AST_original[j] != NULL && isSgType(AST_original[j]) == NULL)
                  {
                    tmp_AST_original.push_back(AST_original[j]);
                  }
             }
 
          int AST_copy_size = AST_copy.size();
          for (int j = 0; j < AST_copy_size; j++)
             {
               if (AST_copy[j] != NULL && isSgType(AST_copy[j]) == NULL)
                  {
                    tmp_AST_copy.push_back(AST_copy[j]);
                  }
             }
 
          std::vector<SgNode*> deleteList_original;
          std::vector<SgNode*> deleteList_copy;
          for (int j = 0; j < (int)tmp_AST_original.size(); j++)
             {
            // printf ("     (before removing types) meaningIntersectionList[%d] = %p = %s \n",i,meaningIntersectionList[i],(meaningIntersectionList[i] != NULL) ? meaningIntersectionList[i]->class_name().c_str() : "NULL");
               SgCopyHelp::copiedNodeMapTypeIterator i = help->get_copiedNodeMap().find(tmp_AST_original[j]);
            // printf ("SgCopyHelp::copiedNodeMapTypeIterator i != help->get_copiedNodeMap().end() = %s \n",i != help->get_copiedNodeMap().end() ? "true" : "false");
               if (i != help->get_copiedNodeMap().end())
                  {
                 // Matched up an original IR node with it's copy
                    SgNode* associated_node_copy = i->second;
                    ROSE_ASSERT(associated_node_copy != NULL);
                    deleteList_original.push_back(tmp_AST_original[j]);
                    deleteList_copy.push_back(associated_node_copy);
#if 0
                 // printf ("Original IR node = %p = %s copy = %p \n",tmp_AST_original[j],tmp_AST_original[j]->class_name().c_str(),associated_node_copy);
                    SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* templateMemberFunction = isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(tmp_AST_original[j]);
                    SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* templateMemberFunction_copy = isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(associated_node_copy);
                    if (templateMemberFunction != NULL)
                       {
                         printf ("In SageInterface::astIntersection(): Found a SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl = %p copy = %p \n",templateMemberFunction,associated_node_copy);
                      // templateMemberFunction->get_startOfConstruct()->display("original: debug");
                      // templateMemberFunction_copy->get_startOfConstruct()->display("copy: debug");
                       }
#endif
                  }
             }
 
          int deleteList_original_size = deleteList_original.size();
          for (int j = 0; j < deleteList_original_size; j++)
             {
            // tmp_AST_original.erase(find(tmp_AST_original.begin(),tmp_AST_original.end(),deleteList_original[j]));
               std::vector<SgNode*>::iterator k = find(tmp_AST_original.begin(),tmp_AST_original.end(),deleteList_original[j]);
               if (k != tmp_AST_original.end())
                  {
                    tmp_AST_original.erase(k);
                  }
             }
 
          if (SgProject::get_verbose() > 0)
               printf ("IR nodes different between the original AST and the copy of the AST = %" PRIuPTR " \n",tmp_AST_original.size());
 
          for (int j = 0; j < (int)tmp_AST_original.size(); j++)
             {
               printf ("non matched IR node = %p = %s = %s \n",tmp_AST_original[j],tmp_AST_original[j]->class_name().c_str(),get_name(tmp_AST_original[j]).c_str());
            // tmp_AST_original[j]->get_startOfConstruct()->display("debug");
             }
 
          unmatchedIRnodes = (int)tmp_AST_original.size();
        }
 
  // DQ (11/2/2007): Make this an error now!
     if (differenceInSizes != 0)
        {
          SgProject* originalProject = isSgProject(original);
          if (originalProject != NULL)
             {
               printf ("In %s Copied AST and the original are DIFFERENT sizes (original size = %d copyied size = %d) IR nodes different = %d \n",
                    (*originalProject)[0]->get_sourceFileNameWithoutPath().c_str(),AST_original_size,AST_copy_size,unmatchedIRnodes);
             }
 
          if (unmatchedIRnodes > 0)
             {
               printf ("Make this an error under stricter testing \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
             }
        }
 
     return intersectionSet;
   }
 
// AJ (10/21/2004): Added support for changing the symbol name associated with an SgInitializedName
// by updating the symbol table
int
SageInterface::set_name ( SgInitializedName *initializedNameNode, SgName new_name )
   {
  // find the appropriate symbol table, delete the symbol
  // with the old name and add a symbol with the new name.
     ROSE_ASSERT(initializedNameNode != NULL);
 
#define DEBUG_SET_NAME 0
 
  // SgNode * node = this;
#if DEBUG_SET_NAME
     printf ("In SageInterface::set_name(): initializedNameNode = %p name = %s new_name = %s \n",initializedNameNode,initializedNameNode->get_name().str(),new_name.str());
#endif
 
#if 0
  // DQ (12/9/2004): This should likely call the get_scope function (which is more robust than traversing
  // parents, there is a reason why we are forced to include the scope explicitly on some IR nodes,
  // see test2004_133.C for details).
     while((node!=NULL) && ( isSgScopeStatement(node)==NULL))
          node = node->get_parent();
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(node!=NULL);
 
     SgScopeStatement * scope_stmt = isSgScopeStatement(node);
#else
     SgScopeStatement *scope_stmt = initializedNameNode->get_scope();
#endif
 
  // DQ (2/4/2021): Adding support for enum values (in SgEnumDeclarations).
     if (isSgEnumDeclaration(initializedNameNode->get_parent()) != NULL)
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT(scope_stmt != NULL);
          printf ("scope_stmt = %p = %s \n",scope_stmt,scope_stmt->class_name().c_str());
#if 0
          printf ("Detected isSgEnumDeclaration as parent: exiting as a test in SageInterface::set_name() \n");
          ROSE_ASSERT(false);
#endif
        }
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope_stmt != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope_stmt->get_symbol_table() != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope_stmt->get_symbol_table()->get_table() != NULL);
 
     SgDeclarationStatement * parent_declaration = initializedNameNode->get_declaration();
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(parent_declaration != NULL);
 
  // Find the symbols associated with p_name
     std::pair<SgSymbolTable::hash_iterator,SgSymbolTable::hash_iterator> pair_it = scope_stmt->get_symbol_table()->get_table()->equal_range(initializedNameNode->get_name());
 
     SgSymbolTable::hash_iterator found_it = scope_stmt->get_symbol_table()->get_table()->end();
 
     for (SgSymbolTable::hash_iterator it = pair_it.first; it != pair_it.second; ++it)
        {
#if DEBUG_SET_NAME
          printf ("Looking for symbol in scope = %p = %s \n",scope_stmt,scope_stmt->class_name().c_str());
          printf (" --- *it = %p = %s \n",(*it).second,(*it).second->class_name().c_str());
#endif
          switch(parent_declaration->variantT())
             {
               case V_SgFunctionParameterList:
               case V_SgVariableDeclaration:
                  {
                    if (isSgVariableSymbol((*it).second) != NULL)
                         found_it = it;
                    break;
                  }
 
               case V_SgClassDeclaration:
                  {
                    if (isSgClassSymbol((*it).second) != NULL)
                         found_it = it;
                    break;
                  }
 
               case V_SgFunctionDeclaration:
                  {
                    if (isSgFunctionSymbol((*it).second) != NULL)
                         found_it = it;
                    break;
                  }
 
            // DQ (2/4/2021): Adding support for enum values (in SgEnumDeclarations).
               case V_SgEnumDeclaration:
                  {
                    if (isSgEnumFieldSymbol((*it).second) != NULL)
                         found_it = it;
                    break;
                  }
 
               default:
                  {
                    printf ("Default reached in switch in SageInterface::set_name() \n");
                  }
             };
        }
 
  // there is no Variable, Class or Function symbol associated with p_name
     if (found_it == scope_stmt->get_symbol_table()->get_table()->end())
        {
          printf ("Warning: There is no Variable, Class, Function, or EnumValue symbol associated with p_name \n");
          return 0;
        }
 
  // DQ (11/12/2018): In general, this can't be tested if we permit it to be transformed.
     if (statementCanBeTransformed(parent_declaration) == false)
        {
          printf ("WARNING: SageInterface::set_name(): This statement can not be transformed because it is part of a header file specific more then once with different include file syntax \n");
          return 0;
        }
       else
        {
#if DEBUG_SET_NAME
          printf ("In SageInterface::set_name(): This statement can be transformed! parent_declaration = %p = %s \n",parent_declaration,get_name(parent_declaration).c_str());
#endif
 
#if 0
       // DQ (11/12/2018): Initial test problem should not permit a transformation!
          printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
          ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
        }
 
     SgSymbol * associated_symbol = (*found_it).second;
 
  // erase the name from there
     scope_stmt->get_symbol_table()->get_table()->erase(found_it);
 
  // insert the new_name in the symbol table
// CH (4/9/2010): Use boost::unordered instead
//#ifdef _MSCx_VER
#if 0
  // DQ (11/28/2009): Unclear if this code is a problem (testing).
 
// CH (4/7/2010): It seems that the following code can be compiled under MSVC 9.0
//#pragma message ("WARNING: this code does not apprear to compile with MSVC.")
//       printf ("ERROR: this code does not apprear to compile with MSVC. \n");
//       ROSE_ASSERT(false);
     found_it = scope_stmt->get_symbol_table()->get_table()->insert(pair<SgName,SgSymbol*> ( new_name,associated_symbol));
#else
     found_it = scope_stmt->get_symbol_table()->get_table()->insert(pair<SgName,SgSymbol*> ( new_name,associated_symbol));
#endif
  // if insertion failed
     if (found_it == scope_stmt->get_symbol_table()->get_table()->end())
        {
          printf ("Warning: insertion of new symbol failed \n");
          return 0;
        }
 
#if DEBUG_SET_NAME
  // Set the p_name to the new_name
     printf ("Reset initializedNameNode->get_name() = %s to new_name = %s \n",initializedNameNode->get_name().str(),new_name.str());
#endif
 
  // p_name = new_name;
     initializedNameNode->set_name(new_name);
 
  // DQ (11/30/2018): Mark the enclosing statement as modified, so that it will be recognized
  // in the header file unparsing as being a header file that should be unparsed.
     SgStatement* enclosingStatement = getEnclosingStatement(initializedNameNode);
     ROSE_ASSERT(enclosingStatement != NULL);
     enclosingStatement->set_isModified(true);
     enclosingStatement->setTransformation();
 
  // Invalidate the p_iterator, p_no_name and p_name data members in the Symbol table
 
#if 1
  // Search the AST for references to this SgInitializedName (SgVarRefExp), check if the symbol matches
  // (we can do this since we only reused the exisitng symbol), and mark those expressions as modified.
     class RoseVisitor : public ROSE_VisitTraversal
        {
          public:
               int counter;
               SgSymbol* symbol;
 
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgVarRefExp*      varRefExp      = isSgVarRefExp(node);
                    SgVariableSymbol* variableSymbol = isSgVariableSymbol(symbol);
 
                    ROSE_ASSERT(varRefExp      != NULL);
                    ROSE_ASSERT(variableSymbol != NULL);
 
                    if (varRefExp->get_symbol() == variableSymbol)
                       {
#if DEBUG_SET_NAME
                         printf ("In SageInterface::set_name(): Found associated SgVarRefExp varRefExp = %p to symbol associated_symbol = %p \n",varRefExp,variableSymbol);
#endif
#if 0
                         printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
                         ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
                         varRefExp->set_isModified(true);
                         varRefExp->setTransformation();
#if 1
                      // DQ (5/2/2021): The traversal over the file will identify the nesting of and transformations in outer (enclosing) IR nodes.
                      // DQ (5/1/2021): I think that we may have to set the physical node id and maybe make it to be output.  This is
                      // special to the case of using the header file unparsing (any maybe the token-based unparsing with the header
                      // file unparsing, but I think just the header file unparsing).
#if 0
                         printf ("In SageInterface::set_name(): When unparsing header files, we need to set the physical file id to the correct file \n");
#endif
                      // DQ (4/23/2021): I think it is a problem that the statement is not marked as a transformation so that we
                      // know how to handle it with the token-based unparsing.
                         SgStatement* associatedStatement = getEnclosingStatement(varRefExp);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(associatedStatement != NULL);
                         associatedStatement->setTransformation();
#endif
#if 0
                      // DQ (11/13/2018): Mark the statement associated with this SgVarRefExp (see test9 in UnparseHeaders_tests).
                         SgStatement* associatedStatement = getEnclosingStatement(varRefExp);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(associatedStatement != NULL);
                      // associatedStatement->set_isModified(true);
                      // associatedStatement->set_containsTransformation(true);
                         associatedStatement->setTransformation();
#endif
                       }
                  }
 
               RoseVisitor(SgSymbol* symbol_parmeter) : counter(0), symbol(symbol_parmeter)
                 {
#if 0
                   printf ("roseVisitor::visit: counter %4d node = %s \n",counter,symbol_parmeter->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                   counter++;
                 }
        };
 
  // RoseVisitor visitor;
  // visitor.traverseMemoryPool();
     RoseVisitor t1(associated_symbol);
     SgVarRefExp::traverseMemoryPoolNodes(t1);
#endif
 
#if DEBUG_SET_NAME
     printf ("Leaving SageInterface::set_name(): initializedNameNode = %p name = %s new_name = %s (return 1) \n",initializedNameNode,initializedNameNode->get_name().str(),new_name.str());
#endif
 
  // DQ (4/23/2021): I think that we should be returning zero for no error
  // and one for an error, this function appears to have this detail reversed.
     return 1;
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::listHeaderFiles ( SgIncludeFile* includeFile )
   {
     printf ("In SageInterface::listHeaderFiles(): includeFile filename = %s \n",includeFile->get_filename().str());
 
  // Preorder traversal to uniquely name specific declarations (SgClassDeclaration and SgFunctionDeclaration IR nodes).
     class PrefixTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    printf ("In listHeaderFiles visit(): node = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
                    SgIncludeFile* includeFile = isSgIncludeFile(node);
                    if (includeFile != NULL)
                       {
                         printf ("include file: filename = %s \n",includeFile->get_filename().str());
                       }
                  }
        };
 
  // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the function definition.
     PrefixTraversal traversal;
     traversal.traverse(includeFile, preorder);
 
   }
 
 
bool
SageInterface::scopeHasStatementsFromSameFile(SgScopeStatement* scope)
   {
  // DQ (5/9/2021): Adding support for detection of statements in a scope that must be unparsed.
  // This function supports the token-based unparsing when used with unparsing of header files
  // to know when the scope can be unparsed via it's token stream, even though a statement from
  // a header file may contain a transformation.
  //    returns true if there is a statement in the scope that has to be unparsed (is from the same file as the scope).
  //    returns false if the scope is empty or contains only statements associated with one or more header files.
  // When the scope has statements from the same file, then if there is a transformation contained in any of
  // those statements then we have to unparse the scope one statement at a time when using the token-based
  // unparsing.  If the scope has no statements from the same file, then the existance of any statement that
  // contains a transformation does not case the statements to be unparsed individually.
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
     int scope_file_id = scope->get_file_info()->get_physical_file_id();
 
     bool return_value = false;
 
     if (scope->containsOnlyDeclarations() == true)
        {
          SgDeclarationStatementPtrList & declarationStatementList = scope->getDeclarationList();
#if 1
          printf ("In scopeHasStatementsFromSameFile(): DeclarationStatementList not implemented \n");
#endif
#if 1
          printf ("declarationStatementList.size() = %zu \n",declarationStatementList.size());
#endif
          SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator i = declarationStatementList.begin();
 
          while (i != declarationStatementList.end() && return_value == false)
             {
               SgDeclarationStatement* statement = *i;
               int statement_file_id = statement->get_file_info()->get_physical_file_id();
 
               if (statement_file_id == scope_file_id)
                 {
                   return_value = true;
                 }
 
               i++;
             }
#if 0
          printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
          ROSE_ASSERT(false);
#endif
        }
       else
        {
          SgStatementPtrList & statementList = scope->getStatementList();
#if 1
          printf ("In scopeHasStatementsFromSameFile(): StatementList not implemented \n");
#endif
          SgStatementPtrList::iterator i = statementList.begin();
 
          while (i != statementList.end() && return_value == false)
             {
               SgStatement* statement = *i;
               int statement_file_id = statement->get_file_info()->get_physical_file_id();
 
               if (statement_file_id == scope_file_id)
                 {
                   return_value = true;
                 }
 
               i++;
             }
        }
 
     return return_value;
   }
 
 
namespace
{
  template <class SageDecl>
  std::string genericGetName(SageDecl* dcl)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(dcl);
    return dcl->get_name();
  }
}
 
 
 
 
string
SageInterface::get_name ( const SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement* directive )
   {
     string name = "undefined_name";
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(directive != NULL);
 
     name = directive->class_name();
 
#if 1
  // I don't think we need this code now!
     switch (directive->variantT())
        {
       // Separate out these cases...
          case V_SgIncludeDirectiveStatement:
          case V_SgDefineDirectiveStatement:
          case V_SgUndefDirectiveStatement:
          case V_SgIfdefDirectiveStatement:
          case V_SgIfndefDirectiveStatement:
          case V_SgDeadIfDirectiveStatement:
          case V_SgIfDirectiveStatement:
          case V_SgElseDirectiveStatement:
          case V_SgElseifDirectiveStatement:
          case V_SgLineDirectiveStatement:
          case V_SgWarningDirectiveStatement:
          case V_SgErrorDirectiveStatement:
          case V_SgEmptyDirectiveStatement:
             {
               name = directive->class_name();
               break;
             }
 
       // case ClinkageDeclarationStatement:
          case V_SgClinkageStartStatement:
          case V_SgClinkageEndStatement:
             {
               name = directive->class_name();
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgFortranIncludeLine:
             {
               name = directive->class_name();
               break;
             }
 
          default:
            // name = "default name (default case reached: not handled)";
               printf ("Warning: default case reached in SageInterface::get_name ( const SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement* directive ), directive = %p = %s \n",
                    directive,directive->class_name().c_str());
               ROSE_ABORT();
#if 0 // [Robb Matzke 2021-03-24]: unreachable
               name = "directive_default_name_case_reached_not_handled";
               break;
#endif
        }
#endif
 
     return name;
   }
 
string
SageInterface::get_name ( const SgDeclarationStatement* declaration )
   {
     string name = "undefined_name";
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(declaration != NULL);
 
  // DQ (11/23/2008): Handle the case of a Cpp directive...
     const SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement* directive = isSgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement(declaration);
     if (directive != NULL)
        {
          return SageInterface::get_name (directive);
        }
 
     switch (declaration->variantT())
        {
          case V_SgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration:
               name = isSgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration(declaration)->get_name().str();
               break;
 
          case V_SgTemplateFunctionDeclaration:
               name = isSgTemplateFunctionDeclaration(declaration)->get_name().str();
               break;
 
          case V_SgTemplateClassDeclaration:
               name = isSgTemplateClassDeclaration(declaration)->get_name().str();
               break;
 
          case V_SgTemplateDeclaration:
               name = isSgTemplateDeclaration(declaration)->get_name().str();
               break;
 
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationDecl:
               name = isSgTemplateInstantiationDecl(declaration)->get_templateName().str();
               break;
 
          case V_SgClassDeclaration:
          case V_SgDerivedTypeStatement:
          case V_SgJovialTableStatement:
               name = isSgClassDeclaration(declaration)->get_name().str();
               break;
 
       // Rasmussen (8/2/2019): Added SgJovialDefineDeclaration and SgJovialDirectiveStatement
       // I'm not sure class_name() is correct. Probably get_name() should be fixed.
          case V_SgJovialDefineDeclaration:
          case V_SgJovialDirectiveStatement:
          case V_SgJovialCompoolStatement:
               name = "__" + declaration->class_name() + "_";
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(declaration);
               break;
 
          case V_SgJovialLabelDeclaration:
               name = isSgJovialLabelDeclaration(declaration)->get_label();
               break;
 
          case V_SgEnumDeclaration:
               name = isSgEnumDeclaration(declaration)->get_name().str();
               break;
 
       // DQ (11/5/2014): Adding support for template typedef declarations (C++11 feature).
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationTypedefDeclaration:
       // DQ (11/3/2014): Adding support for template typedef declarations (C++11 feature).
          case V_SgTemplateTypedefDeclaration:
          case V_SgTypedefDeclaration:
               name = isSgTypedefDeclaration(declaration)->get_name().str();
               break;
 
          case V_SgFunctionDeclaration:
          case V_SgProgramHeaderStatement:
          case V_SgProcedureHeaderStatement:
          case V_SgMemberFunctionDeclaration:
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl:
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl:
          case V_SgAdaFunctionRenamingDecl:
          case V_SgAdaEntryDecl:
               name = isSgFunctionDeclaration(declaration)->get_name().str();
               break;
 
          case V_SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement:
               name = isSgNamespaceDeclarationStatement(declaration)->get_name().str();
               break;
 
       // DQ (2/12/2006): Added support to get name of SgFunctionParameterList
          case V_SgFunctionParameterList:
             {
            // Parents should be set prior to calling these functions (if not we might have to implement that case)
               ROSE_ASSERT(declaration->get_parent() != NULL);
 
               if (SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(declaration->get_parent()))
               {
                 name = get_name(functionDeclaration);
               }
               else if (SgScopeStatement* scopeStmt = isSgScopeStatement(declaration->get_parent()))
               {
                 name = get_name(scopeStmt);
               }
               else ROSE_ABORT();
 
               name += "_parameter_list_";
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (2/10/2012): Added support for template variable declarations (using base class support).
          case V_SgTemplateVariableDeclaration:
          case V_SgTemplateVariableInstantiation:
 
       // DQ (3/8/2006): Implemented case for variable declaration (forgot this case)
          case V_SgVariableDeclaration:
             {
            // DQ (2/11/2007): Modified to return names that can be used as variables (required
            // because we use this mechanism to generate names for unnamed structs and enums).
               name = "_variable_declaration_";
               const SgVariableDeclaration* variableDeclaration = isSgVariableDeclaration(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(variableDeclaration != NULL);
               SgInitializedNamePtrList::const_iterator i = variableDeclaration->get_variables().begin();
 
            // Make sure that we have at least one variable in the list
               ROSE_ASSERT(i != variableDeclaration->get_variables().end());
               do {
                 // name += string(" ") + string((*i)->get_name().str());
                    name += string((*i)->get_name().str());
                    i++;
                  }
               while (i != variableDeclaration->get_variables().end());
               break;
             }
 
 
       // DQ (3/8/2006): Implemented case for variable declaration (forgot this case)
          case V_SgVariableDefinition:
             {
            // DQ (2/11/2007): Modified to return names that can be used as variables (required
            // because we use this mechanism to generate names for unnamed structs and enums).
               name = "_variable_definition_";
               const SgVariableDefinition* variableDefinition = isSgVariableDefinition(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(variableDefinition != NULL);
 
            // define this in terms of the associated SgInitializedName
               ROSE_ASSERT(variableDefinition->get_vardefn() != NULL);
               name += get_name(variableDefinition->get_vardefn());
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (3/17/2006): Implemented case for pragma declaration (forgot this case)
          case V_SgPragmaDeclaration:
             {
               name = "_pragma_declaration_";
               const SgPragmaDeclaration* pragmaDeclaration = isSgPragmaDeclaration(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(pragmaDeclaration != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(pragmaDeclaration->get_pragma() != NULL);
               name += get_name(pragmaDeclaration->get_pragma());
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (4/15/2007): Implemented case for using directive statement (forgot this case)
          case V_SgUsingDirectiveStatement:
             {
               name = "_using_directive_statement_";
               const SgUsingDirectiveStatement* usingDeclaration = isSgUsingDirectiveStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(usingDeclaration != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(usingDeclaration->get_namespaceDeclaration() != NULL);
               name += get_name(usingDeclaration->get_namespaceDeclaration());
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (6/20/2007): Added new case!
          case V_SgNamespaceAliasDeclarationStatement:
             {
               name = "_namespace_alias_directive_statement_";
               const SgNamespaceAliasDeclarationStatement* namespaceAliasDeclaration = isSgNamespaceAliasDeclarationStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(namespaceAliasDeclaration != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(namespaceAliasDeclaration->get_name().is_null() == false);
               name += namespaceAliasDeclaration->get_name();
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (6/20/2007): Added new case!
          case V_SgUsingDeclarationStatement:
             {
               name = "_using_declaration_statement_";
               const SgUsingDeclarationStatement* usingDeclaration = isSgUsingDeclarationStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(usingDeclaration != NULL);
               if (usingDeclaration->get_declaration() != NULL)
                  {
                    name += get_name(usingDeclaration->get_declaration());
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    ROSE_ASSERT(usingDeclaration->get_initializedName() != NULL);
                    name += get_name(usingDeclaration->get_initializedName());
                  }
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (6/20/2007): Added new case!
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationDirectiveStatement:
             {
               name = "_template_instantiation_directive_statement_";
               ROSE_ASSERT(declaration != NULL);
               const SgTemplateInstantiationDirectiveStatement* templateInstantiationDirective = isSgTemplateInstantiationDirectiveStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(templateInstantiationDirective != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(templateInstantiationDirective->get_declaration() != NULL);
#if 0
               printf ("declaration->get_declaration() = %p = %s \n",templateInstantiationDirective->get_declaration(),templateInstantiationDirective->get_declaration()->class_name().c_str());
#endif
               name += get_name(templateInstantiationDirective->get_declaration());
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgCtorInitializerList:
             {
               name = "_ctor_list_";
               const SgCtorInitializerList* ctorDeclaration = isSgCtorInitializerList(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(ctorDeclaration != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(ctorDeclaration->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += get_name(ctorDeclaration->get_parent());
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (8/9/2007): Added case for SgAsmStmt
          case V_SgAsmStmt:
             {
               name = "_asm_stmt_";
               const SgAsmStmt* asmStatement = isSgAsmStmt(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(asmStatement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(asmStatement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgAsmStmt*>(asmStatement));
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (8/22/2007): Added case for SgImplicitStatement
          case V_SgImplicitStatement:
             {
               name = "_fortran_implicit_";
               const SgImplicitStatement* implicitStatement = isSgImplicitStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(implicitStatement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(implicitStatement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgImplicitStatement*>(implicitStatement));
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (8/22/2007): Added case for SgNamelistStatement
          case V_SgNamelistStatement:
             {
               name = "_fortran_namelist_";
               const SgNamelistStatement* namelistStatement = isSgNamelistStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(namelistStatement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(namelistStatement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgNamelistStatement*>(namelistStatement));
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (11/21/2007): Added case for SgEquivalenceStatement
          case V_SgEquivalenceStatement:
             {
               name = "_fortran_equivalence_";
               const SgEquivalenceStatement* equivalenceStatement = isSgEquivalenceStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(equivalenceStatement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(equivalenceStatement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgEquivalenceStatement*>(equivalenceStatement));
               break;
             }
 
 
       // DQ (11/21/2007): Added case for SgCommonBlock
          case V_SgCommonBlock:
             {
               name = "_fortran_common_block_";
               const SgCommonBlock* commonBlockStatement = isSgCommonBlock(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(commonBlockStatement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(commonBlockStatement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgCommonBlock*>(commonBlockStatement));
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (11/21/2007): Added case for SgImportStatement
          case V_SgImportStatement:
             {
               name = "_fortran_import_stmt_";
               const SgImportStatement* importStatement = isSgImportStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(importStatement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(importStatement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgImportStatement*>(importStatement));
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (11/21/2007): Added case for SgFormatStatement
          case V_SgFormatStatement:
             {
               name = "_fortran_format_stmt_";
               const SgFormatStatement* formatStatement = isSgFormatStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(formatStatement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(formatStatement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgFormatStatement*>(formatStatement));
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (12/27/2007): Added case for SgModuleStatement
          case V_SgModuleStatement:
             {
               name = "_fortran_module_stmt_";
               const SgModuleStatement* moduleStatement = isSgModuleStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(moduleStatement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(moduleStatement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgModuleStatement*>(moduleStatement));
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (12/27/2007): Added case for SgUseStatement
          case V_SgUseStatement:
             {
               name = "_fortran_use_stmt_";
               const SgUseStatement* useStatement = isSgUseStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(useStatement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(useStatement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgUseStatement*>(useStatement));
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (12/28/2007): Added case for SgContainsStatement
          case V_SgContainsStatement:
             {
               name = "_fortran_contains_stmt_";
               const SgContainsStatement* containsStatement = isSgContainsStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(containsStatement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(containsStatement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgContainsStatement*>(containsStatement));
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (1/20/2008): Added case for SgEntryStatement
          case V_SgEntryStatement:
             {
               name = "_fortran_entry_stmt_";
               const SgEntryStatement* entryStatement = isSgEntryStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(entryStatement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(entryStatement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgEntryStatement*>(entryStatement));
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (1/23/2008): Added case for SgAttributeSpecificationStatement
          case V_SgAttributeSpecificationStatement:
             {
               name = "_fortran_attribute_specification_stmt_";
               const SgAttributeSpecificationStatement* statement = isSgAttributeSpecificationStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(statement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(statement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgAttributeSpecificationStatement*>(statement));
               break;
             }
 
           case V_SgInterfaceStatement:
             {
               name = "_fortran_interface_stmt_";
               const SgInterfaceStatement* statement = isSgInterfaceStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(statement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(statement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgInterfaceStatement*>(statement));
               break;
             }
 
           case V_SgFortranIncludeLine:
             {
               name = "_fortran_include_line_stmt_";
               const SgFortranIncludeLine* statement = isSgFortranIncludeLine(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(statement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(statement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgFortranIncludeLine*>(statement));
               break;
             }
 
        // DQ (4/16/2011): Added Java import statment support.
           case V_SgJavaImportStatement:
             {
               name = "_java_import_stmt_";
               const SgJavaImportStatement* statement = isSgJavaImportStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(statement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(statement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgJavaImportStatement*>(statement));
               break;
             }
 
           case V_SgJavaPackageDeclaration:
             {
               name = "_java_package_declaration_";
               const SgJavaPackageDeclaration* package_declaration = isSgJavaPackageDeclaration(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(package_declaration != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(package_declaration->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgJavaPackageDeclaration*>(package_declaration));
               break;
             }
 
           case V_SgJavaPackageStatement:
             {
               name = "_java_package_stmt_";
               const SgJavaPackageStatement* statement = isSgJavaPackageStatement(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(statement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(statement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgJavaPackageStatement*>(statement));
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (1/21/2018): Added case for C++11 SgStaticAssertionDeclaration
          case V_SgStaticAssertionDeclaration:
             {
               name = "_static_assertion_declaration_stmt_";
               const SgStaticAssertionDeclaration* statement = isSgStaticAssertionDeclaration(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(statement != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(statement->get_parent() != NULL);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgStaticAssertionDeclaration*>(statement));
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgNonrealDecl:
             {
               const SgNonrealDecl * nrdecl = isSgNonrealDecl(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(nrdecl != NULL);
               name = nrdecl->get_name();
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (3/26/2019): Adding support for new declaration.
          case V_SgEmptyDeclaration:
             {
               const SgEmptyDeclaration * emptyDeclaration = isSgEmptyDeclaration(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(emptyDeclaration != NULL);
               name = string("emptyDeclaration") + StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgDeclarationStatement*>(declaration));
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgAdaPackageSpecDecl:
            {
              name = genericGetName(isSgAdaPackageSpecDecl(declaration));
              break;
            }
 
          case V_SgAdaPackageBodyDecl:
            {
              name = genericGetName(isSgAdaPackageBodyDecl(declaration));
              break;
            }
 
          case V_SgAdaFormalTypeDecl:
             {
               name = genericGetName(isSgAdaFormalTypeDecl(declaration));
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgAdaGenericDecl:
            {
              // need to look inside the declaration wrapped by the generic.
              const SgAdaGenericDecl* gendcl = isSgAdaGenericDecl(declaration);
              name = get_name(gendcl->get_declaration());
              break;
#if OBSOLETE_CODE
              if (isSgFunctionDeclaration(dcl->get_declaration())) {
                name = "_ada_generic_decl_" + genericGetName(isSgFunctionDeclaration(dcl->get_declaration()));
                break;
              }
              if (isSgAdaPackageSpecDecl(dcl->get_declaration())) {
                name = "_ada_generic_decl_" + genericGetName(isSgAdaPackageSpecDecl(dcl->get_declaration()));
                break;
              }
 
              // something malformed in the tree if we get here
              ROSE_ABORT();
              break;
#endif /* OBSOLETE_CODE */
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaDiscriminatedTypeDecl:
            {
              const SgAdaDiscriminatedTypeDecl* dcl = isSgAdaDiscriminatedTypeDecl(declaration);
              ROSE_ASSERT(dcl);
 
              if (const SgDeclarationStatement* discrDcl = dcl->get_discriminatedDecl())
              {
                name = get_name(discrDcl);
              }
              else
              {
                name = "_incomplete_Ada_discriminated_type_";
              }
 
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaVariantDecl:
            {
              name = "_ada_variant_decl_";
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaAttributeClause:
            {
              name = "_ada_attribute_clause_";
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaRepresentationClause:
            {
              name = "_ada_representation_clause_";
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaEnumRepresentationClause:
            {
              name = "_ada_enum_representation_clause_";
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaComponentClause:
            {
              name = "_ada_component_clause_";
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaTaskTypeDecl:
            {
              name = genericGetName(isSgAdaTaskTypeDecl(declaration));
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaProtectedTypeDecl:
            {
              name = genericGetName(isSgAdaProtectedTypeDecl(declaration));
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaTaskBodyDecl:
            {
              name = genericGetName(isSgAdaTaskBodyDecl(declaration));
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaProtectedBodyDecl:
            {
              name = genericGetName(isSgAdaProtectedBodyDecl(declaration));
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaRenamingDecl:
            {
              name = genericGetName(isSgAdaRenamingDecl(declaration));
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaTaskSpecDecl:
            {
              name = genericGetName(isSgAdaTaskSpecDecl(declaration));
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaProtectedSpecDecl:
            {
              name = genericGetName(isSgAdaProtectedSpecDecl(declaration));
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaGenericInstanceDecl:
            {
              name = genericGetName(isSgAdaGenericInstanceDecl(declaration));
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaFormalPackageDecl:
            {
              name = genericGetName(isSgAdaFormalPackageDecl(declaration));
              break;
            }
 
            case V_SgAdaParameterList:
            {
              const SgAdaParameterList* plst = isSgAdaParameterList(declaration);
              ROSE_ASSERT(plst);
 
              name = std::accumulate( plst->get_parameters().begin(), plst->get_parameters().end(),
                                      std::string{"_ada_parameter_list_"},
                                      [](std::string n, SgDeclarationStatement* rhs) -> std::string
                                      {
                                        n += SageInterface::get_name(rhs);
                                        return n;
                                      }
                                    );
              break;
            }
 
       // Note that the case for SgVariableDeclaration is not implemented
          default:
               printf ("Warning: default case reached in SageInterface::get_name ( const SgDeclarationStatement* declaration ), declaration = %p = %s \n",
                    declaration,declaration->class_name().c_str());
               ROSE_ABORT();
        }
 
     return name;
   }
 
string
SageInterface::get_name ( const SgScopeStatement* scope )
   {
     string name = "undefined_name";
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
 
     switch (scope->variantT())
        {
       // DQ (6/11/2011): Added support for new template IR nodes.
          case V_SgTemplateClassDefinition:
               name = get_name(isSgTemplateClassDefinition(scope)->get_declaration());
               break;
 
          case V_SgClassDefinition:
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationDefn:
               name = get_name(isSgClassDefinition(scope)->get_declaration());
               break;
 
       // DQ (9/8/2012): Added missing case for SgTemplateFunctionDefinition.
          case V_SgTemplateFunctionDefinition:
          case V_SgFunctionDefinition:
               name = get_name(isSgFunctionDefinition(scope)->get_declaration());
               break;
 
          case V_SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement:
               name = get_name(isSgNamespaceDefinitionStatement(scope)->get_namespaceDeclaration());
               break;
          case V_SgJavaLabelStatement:
               name = (isSgJavaLabelStatement(scope)->get_label()).getString();
               break;
 
       // DQ (7/18/2017): Added support for the new declaration scope.
          case V_SgDeclarationScope:
 
       // DQ (11/30/2007): Added more fortran support.
          case V_SgAssociateStatement:
          case V_SgJavaForEachStatement:
 
          case V_SgFunctionParameterScope:
          case V_SgAdaPackageSpec:
          case V_SgAdaPackageBody:
          case V_SgAdaTaskSpec:
          case V_SgAdaTaskBody:
          case V_SgAdaProtectedSpec:
          case V_SgAdaProtectedBody:
          case V_SgAdaGenericDefn:
          case V_SgAdaAcceptStmt:
          case V_SgJovialForThenStatement: //Rasmussen: Jovial for statement
          case V_SgMatlabForStatement: //SK: Matlab for statement
          case V_SgBasicBlock:
          case V_SgCatchOptionStmt:
          case V_SgDoWhileStmt:
          case V_SgForStatement:
          case V_SgGlobal:
          case V_SgIfStmt:
          case V_SgSwitchStatement:
          case V_SgWhileStmt:
          case V_SgFortranDo:
          case V_SgForAllStatement:
          case V_SgRangeBasedForStatement:
               name = StringUtility::numberToString(const_cast<SgScopeStatement*>(scope));
               break;
 
          default:
               printf ("Error: undefined case (SgScopeStatement) in SageInterface::get_name(): node = %s \n",scope->class_name().c_str());
               ROSE_ABORT();
        }
 
     return name;
   }
 
string
SageInterface::get_name ( const SgStatement* stmt )
   {
     string name = "undefined_name";
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(stmt != NULL);
 
     const SgDeclarationStatement* declaration = isSgDeclarationStatement(stmt);
     if (declaration != NULL)
        {
          name = get_name(declaration);
        }
       else
        {
          const SgScopeStatement* scope = isSgScopeStatement(stmt);
          if (scope != NULL)
             {
               name = get_name(scope);
             }
            else
             {
            // DQ (10/25/2007): This is better since it names the SgLabelStatement case
               switch (stmt->variantT())
                  {
#if 0
                    case V_SgBreakStmt:
                    case V_SgCaseOptionStmt:
                    case V_SgCatchStatementSeq:
                    case V_SgClinkageStartStatement:
                    case V_SgContinueStmt:
                    case V_SgDefaultOptionStmt:
                    case V_SgExprStmt:
                    case V_SgForInitStmt:
                    case V_SgFunctionTypeTable:
                    case V_SgGotoStatement:
                    case V_SgReturnStmt:
                    case V_SgSpawnStmt:
                    case V_SgTryStmt:
                         name = stmt->class_name();
                         break;
#endif
                    case V_SgLabelStatement:
                       {
                         const SgLabelStatement* labelStatement = isSgLabelStatement(stmt);
                         name = labelStatement->get_label().str();
                         break;
                       }
 
                    default:
                       {
                      // printf ("Default reached in switch \n");
                      // name = "default name";
                         name = stmt->class_name();
                         break;
                       }
                  }
             }
        }
 
     return name;
   }
 
string
SageInterface::get_name ( const SgSupport* node )
   {
  // This function is useful for debugging
  // This is the most general case of a function to return a name for an IR node.
     ROSE_ASSERT(node != NULL);
 
     string name = "undefined_name";
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(node != NULL);
 
     switch (node->variantT())
        {
          case V_SgInitializedName:
             {
               const SgInitializedName* initializedName = isSgInitializedName(node);
               if (initializedName != NULL)
                  {
                    name = initializedName->get_name().str();
                  }
               break;
             }
#if 1
       // DQ (3/17/2006): Implemented case for pragma declaration (forgot this case)
          case V_SgPragma:
             {
               name = "_pragma_string_";
               const SgPragma* pragma = isSgPragma(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(pragma != NULL);
               name += pragma->get_pragma();
               break;
             }
#endif
 
       // DQ (5/31/2007): Implemented case for SgProject
          case V_SgProject:
             {
               name = "_project_";
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (5/31/2007): Implemented case for SgFile
       // case V_SgFile:
          case V_SgSourceFile:
#ifdef ROSE_ENABLE_BINARY_ANALYSIS
          case V_SgBinaryComposite:
#endif
             {
               name = "_file_";
 
            // DQ (3/1/2009): Added support to include the file name.
               const SgFile* file = isSgFile(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(file != NULL);
 
               name += file->getFileName();
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (5/31/2007): Implemented case for SgSymbolTable
          case V_SgSymbolTable:
             {
               name = "_symbol_table_";
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (5/31/2007): Implemented case for SgStorageModifier
          case V_SgStorageModifier:
             {
               name = "_storage_modifier_";
               break;
             }
 
 
       // DQ (5/31/2007): Implemented case for Sg_File_Info
          case V_Sg_File_Info:
             {
               name = "_file_info_";
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (8/7/2007): Implemented case for SgTemplateArgument
          case V_SgTemplateArgument:
             {
               name = "_template_argument_";
               const SgTemplateArgument* templateArgument = isSgTemplateArgument(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(templateArgument != NULL);
               switch(templateArgument->get_argumentType())
                  {
                    case SgTemplateArgument::type_argument:
                       {
                         SgType* t = templateArgument->get_type();
                         ROSE_ASSERT(t != NULL);
                         name += get_name(t);
                         break;
                       }
 
                    case SgTemplateArgument::nontype_argument:
                       {
                         SgExpression* t = templateArgument->get_expression();
 
                      // DQ (8/11/2013): Adding support for including an initializedName instead of an expression (for template parameters used as expressions).
                      // ROSE_ASSERT(t != NULL);
                      // name += get_name(t);
                         if (t != NULL)
                            {
                              ROSE_ASSERT(templateArgument->get_initializedName() == NULL);
                              name += get_name(t);
                            }
                           else
                            {
                              ROSE_ASSERT(t == NULL);
                              SgInitializedName* initializedName = templateArgument->get_initializedName();
                              ROSE_ASSERT(initializedName != NULL);
 
                              name += get_name(initializedName);
                            }
                         break;
                       }
 
                    case SgTemplateArgument::template_template_argument:
                       {
                      // SgTemplateDeclaration* t = templateArgument->get_templateDeclaration();
                         SgDeclarationStatement* t = templateArgument->get_templateDeclaration();
                         ROSE_ASSERT(t != NULL);
                         name += get_name(t);
                         break;
                       }
 
                    default:
                       {
                         printf ("Error: default case reached in switch on templateArgument->get_argumentType() \n");
                         ROSE_ABORT();
                       }
                  }
               break;
             }
 
 
       // DQ (8/7/2007): Implemented case for SgTemplateArgument
          case V_SgTypeModifier:
             {
               const SgTypeModifier* typeModifier = isSgTypeModifier(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(typeModifier != NULL);
               name = "_type_modifier_" + typeModifier->displayString();
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (11/19/2007): Implemented case for SgNameGroup
          case V_SgNameGroup:
             {
               const SgNameGroup* nameGroup = isSgNameGroup(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(nameGroup != NULL);
               name = "_name_group_" + nameGroup->get_group_name();
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (11/20/2007): Implemented case for Fortran data statement support
          case V_SgDataStatementGroup:
             {
               const SgDataStatementGroup* dataGroup = isSgDataStatementGroup(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(dataGroup != NULL);
               name = "_data_statement_group_";
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (11/20/2007): Implemented case for Fortran data statement support
          case V_SgDataStatementObject:
             {
               const SgDataStatementObject* dataObject = isSgDataStatementObject(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(dataObject != NULL);
               name = "_data_statement_object_";
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (11/20/2007): Implemented case for Fortran data statement support
          case V_SgDataStatementValue:
             {
               const SgDataStatementValue* dataValue = isSgDataStatementValue(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(dataValue != NULL);
               name = "_data_statement_value_";
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (11/19/2007): Implemented case for SgCommonBlock
          case V_SgCommonBlockObject:
             {
               const SgCommonBlockObject* commonBlockObject = isSgCommonBlockObject(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(commonBlockObject != NULL);
               name = "_common_block_object_" + commonBlockObject->get_block_name();
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (12/23/2007): Added support for repeat_specification
          case V_SgFormatItem:
             {
               const SgFormatItem* formatItem = isSgFormatItem(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(formatItem != NULL);
               name = "_format_item_";
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (12/23/2007): Added support for repeat_specification
          case V_SgFormatItemList:
             {
               const SgFormatItemList* formatItemList = isSgFormatItemList(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(formatItemList != NULL);
               name = "_format_item_list_";
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (12/23/2007): Added support for repeat_specification
          case V_SgRenamePair:
             {
               const SgRenamePair* renamePair = isSgRenamePair(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(renamePair != NULL);
               name = renamePair->get_local_name() + "__" + renamePair->get_use_name() + "_rename_pair_";
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (12/2/2010): Implemented case for SgName
          case V_SgName:
             {
               const SgName* name_node = isSgName(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(name_node != NULL);
               name = "_name_" + name_node->getString();
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (8/8/2013): Implemented case for SgTemplateParameter
          case V_SgTemplateParameter:
             {
               const SgTemplateParameter* template_parameter_node = isSgTemplateParameter(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(template_parameter_node != NULL);
               name = "_template_parameter_";
 
               switch(template_parameter_node->get_parameterType())
                  {
                    case SgTemplateParameter::type_parameter:
                       {
                         name += "type_parameter_";
                         break;
                       }
 
                    case SgTemplateParameter::nontype_parameter:
                       {
                         name += "nontype_parameter_";
#if 1
                         name += template_parameter_node->unparseToString();
#else
                         if (template_parameter_node->get_expression() != NULL)
                            {
                              name += template_parameter_node->get_expression()->unparseToString();
                            }
                           else
                            {
                              ROSE_ASSERT(template_parameter_node->get_initializedName() != NULL);
 
                           // DQ (8/8/2013): This does not handle the case of "template <void (foo::*M)()> void test() {}"
                           // since what is unparsed is: "_template_parameter_nontype_parameter_M"
                           // instead of a string to represent what is in "void (foo::*M)()"
                           // and differentiate it from: "int foo::*M" in: "template <void (foo::*M)()> void test() {}"
                              name += template_parameter_node->get_initializedName()->unparseToString();
                            }
#endif
                         break;
                       }
 
                    case SgTemplateParameter::template_parameter:
                       {
                         name += "template_parameter_";
                         break;
                       }
 
                    default:
                       {
                         printf ("Error: default reached \n");
                         ROSE_ABORT();
                       }
                  }
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (1/21/2019): Implemented case for SgBaseClass
          case V_SgBaseClass:
             {
               const SgBaseClass* base_class_node = isSgBaseClass(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(base_class_node != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(base_class_node->get_base_class() != NULL);
 
            // Add the access modifier to the output.
               string access = "";
               const SgBaseClassModifier* baseClassModifier = base_class_node->get_baseClassModifier();
               ROSE_ASSERT(baseClassModifier != NULL);
               access = baseClassModifier->displayString();
 
               name = "_base_class_" + access + "_" + get_name(base_class_node->get_base_class());
               break;
             }
 
          default:
             {
               printf ("Default reached in switch for SgSupport IR node = %s \n",node->class_name().c_str());
               name = "default name";
            // ROSE_ASSERT(false);
               break;
             }
        }
 
     return name;
   }
 
 
string
SageInterface::get_name ( const SgSymbol* symbol )
   {
  // This function is useful for debugging
  // This is the most general case of a function to return a name for an IR node.
     ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
 
     string aliasSymbolPrefix = "";
     if (isSgAliasSymbol(symbol) != NULL)
        {
          aliasSymbolPrefix = "_ALIAS";
        }
 
  // printf ("In SageInterface::get_name(): symbol->get_symbol_basis() = %p = %s \n",symbol->get_symbol_basis(),symbol->get_symbol_basis()->class_name().c_str());
  // printf ("In SageInterface::get_name(): symbol->get_declaration() = %p = %s \n",symbol->get_declaration(),symbol->get_declaration()->class_name().c_str());
 
  // This is a call to the "get_name()" virtual function
     return symbol->get_name() + aliasSymbolPrefix + "_symbol_";
   }
 
string
SageInterface::get_name ( const SgType* type )
   {
  // This function is useful for debugging
  // This is the most general case of a function to return a name for an IR node.
     ROSE_ASSERT(type != NULL);
 
     string returnName;
 
     const SgNamedType* namedType = isSgNamedType(type);
     if (namedType != NULL)
        {
          returnName = "named_type_";
          returnName = namedType->get_name().getString();
        }
       else
        {
          switch(type->variantT())
             {
               case V_SgPointerType:
                  {
                    const SgPointerType* pointerType = isSgPointerType(type);
                    returnName = "pointer_to_";
                    returnName += get_name(pointerType->get_base_type());
                    break;
                  }
 
               case V_SgReferenceType:
                  {
                    const SgReferenceType* referenceType = isSgReferenceType(type);
                    returnName = "reference_to_";
                    returnName += get_name(referenceType->get_base_type());
                    break;
                  }
 
               case V_SgArrayType:
                  {
                    const SgArrayType* arrayType = isSgArrayType(type);
                    returnName = "array_of_";
                    returnName += get_name(arrayType->get_base_type());
                    break;
                  }
 
               case V_SgModifierType:
                  {
                    const SgModifierType* modifierType = isSgModifierType(type);
                    returnName = get_name(&(modifierType->get_typeModifier()));
                    returnName += get_name(modifierType->get_base_type());
                    break;
                  }
 
            // DQ (8/26/2012): Added case to support template declaration work.
               case V_SgTemplateType:
                  {
                    const SgTemplateType* templateType = isSgTemplateType(type);
                    returnName = "templateType_";
                    returnName += templateType->get_name();
                    break;
                  }
 
               default:
                  {
                    returnName = type->class_name();
                  }
             }
        }
 
     return returnName;
   }
 
string
SageInterface::get_name ( const SgExpression* expr )
   {
     string name = "undefined_name";
 
  // ROSE_ASSERT(expr != NULL);
     switch(expr->variantT())
        {
          case V_SgVarRefExp:
             {
               const SgVarRefExp* varRef = isSgVarRefExp(expr);
               name = "var_ref_of_";
               ROSE_ASSERT(varRef != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(varRef->get_symbol() != NULL);
               name += varRef->get_symbol()->get_name();
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (2/2/2011): Added case to support fortran use of label references in alternate return parameters.
          case V_SgLabelRefExp:
             {
               const SgLabelRefExp* labelRef = isSgLabelRefExp(expr);
               name = "label_ref_of_";
               ROSE_ASSERT(labelRef != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(labelRef->get_symbol() != NULL);
               name += labelRef->get_symbol()->get_name();
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgPntrArrRefExp:
             {
               const SgPntrArrRefExp* arrayRef = isSgPntrArrRefExp(expr);
               name = "array_ref_of_";
               name += get_name(arrayRef->get_lhs_operand());
               name += "_at_";
               name += get_name(arrayRef->get_rhs_operand());
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgFunctionCallExp:
             {
               const SgFunctionCallExp* functionCall = isSgFunctionCallExp(expr);
               name = "function_call_";
               name += get_name(functionCall->get_function());
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgFunctionRefExp:
             {
               const SgFunctionRefExp* functionRefExp = isSgFunctionRefExp(expr);
               name = "function_ref_";
               name += functionRefExp->get_symbol()->get_name();
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (4/19/2013): Added support for SgMemberFunctionRefExp.
          case V_SgMemberFunctionRefExp:
             {
               const SgMemberFunctionRefExp* memberFunctionRefExp = isSgMemberFunctionRefExp(expr);
               name = "member_function_ref_";
               name += memberFunctionRefExp->get_symbol()->get_name();
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgIntVal:
             {
               const SgIntVal* valueExp = isSgIntVal(expr);
               name = "integer_value_exp_";
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(valueExp->get_value());
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgStringVal:
             {
               const SgStringVal* valueExp = isSgStringVal(expr);
               name = "string_value_exp_";
               name += valueExp->get_value();
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgSubscriptExpression:
             {
               const SgSubscriptExpression* subscriptExpression = isSgSubscriptExpression(expr);
               name = "subscript_exp_";
            // name += StringUtility::numberToString(subscriptExpression->get_lowerBound());
               name += get_name(subscriptExpression->get_lowerBound());
               name += "_";
            // name += StringUtility::numberToString(subscriptExpression->get_upperBound());
               name += get_name(subscriptExpression->get_upperBound());
               name += "_";
            // name += StringUtility::numberToString(subscriptExpression->get_stride());
               name += get_name(subscriptExpression->get_stride());
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgNullExpression:
             {
               name = "null_expression";
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (1/17/2011): Added support for SgExprListExp (to support debugging).
          case V_SgExprListExp:
             {
               const SgExprListExp* exprListExp = isSgExprListExp(expr);
               name = "expr_list_exp_";
               for (size_t i = 0; i < exprListExp->get_expressions().size(); i++)
                  {
                    name += get_name(exprListExp->get_expressions()[i]);
                  }
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (1/31/2011): Added to support Fortran debugging.
          case V_SgActualArgumentExpression:
             {
               const SgActualArgumentExpression* actualArgExp = isSgActualArgumentExpression(expr);
               name = "actual_arg_exp_name_";
               name += actualArgExp->get_argument_name();
               name = "_exp_";
               name += get_name(actualArgExp->get_expression());
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (7/25/2012): Added support for new template IR nodes.
          case V_SgTemplateParameterVal:
             {
               const SgTemplateParameterVal* valueExp = isSgTemplateParameterVal(expr);
               name = "template_parameter_value_expression_number_";
            // name += valueExp->get_value();
            // name += get_name(valueExp);
               name += StringUtility::numberToString(valueExp->get_template_parameter_position());
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (4/19/2013): Added support for SgDotExp.
          case V_SgDotExp:
             {
               const SgDotExp* dotExp = isSgDotExp(expr);
               ROSE_ASSERT(dotExp != NULL);
 
               name = "_dot_exp_lhs_";
               name += get_name(dotExp->get_lhs_operand());
               name += "_dot_exp_rhs_";
               name += get_name(dotExp->get_rhs_operand());
            // name += StringUtility::numberToString(valueExp->get_template_parameter_position());
               break;
             }
 
        // DQ (9/3/2014): Added support for C++11 lambda expressions.
           case V_SgLambdaExp:
             {
               const SgLambdaExp* lambdaExp = isSgLambdaExp(expr);
               ROSE_ASSERT (lambdaExp != NULL);
               name = "lambda_expression_";
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (1/3/2020): Added support for SgThisExp.
          case V_SgThisExp:
             {
               const SgThisExp* thisExp = isSgThisExp(expr);
               ROSE_ASSERT(thisExp != NULL);
 
               name = "_this_exp_for_";
 
               SgClassSymbol* classSymbol = thisExp->get_class_symbol();
               ROSE_ASSERT(classSymbol != NULL);
            // name += get_name(classSymbol->get_name());
            // string class_name = classSymbol->get_name();
            // name += class_name;
               name += classSymbol->get_name();
               break;
             }
 
          default:
             {
            // Nothing to do for other IR nodes
#if 0
            // DQ (7/25/2012): Make this an error.
               printf ("Note: default reached in get_name() expr = %p = %s \n",expr,expr->class_name().c_str());
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
            // DQ (4/8/2010): define something specific to this function to make debugging more clear.
            // printf ("Note: default reached in get_name() expr = %p = %s \n",expr,expr->class_name().c_str());
              // name = "undefined_expression_name";
               name = expr->class_name() + "_undef_name";
               break;
             }
        }
 
     return name;
   }
 
string
SageInterface::get_name ( const SgLocatedNodeSupport* node )
   {
  // This function is useful for debugging
  // This is the most general case of a function to return a name for an IR node.
     ROSE_ASSERT(node != NULL);
 
     string returnName;
 
     switch(node->variantT())
        {
          case V_SgRenamePair:
             {
               const SgRenamePair* n = isSgRenamePair(node);
               returnName = "rename_pair_";
               returnName += n->get_local_name().str();
               returnName += "_from_";
               returnName += n->get_use_name().str();
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgInitializedName:
             {
               const SgInitializedName* n = isSgInitializedName(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT (n != NULL);
               returnName = "initialized_name_";
               returnName += n->get_name().str();
               break;
             }
 
        // DQ (9/3/2014): Added support for C++11 lambda expressions.
           case V_SgLambdaCapture:
             {
               const SgLambdaCapture* n = isSgLambdaCapture(node);
               ROSE_ASSERT (n != NULL);
               returnName = "lambda_capture_";
            // returnName += n->get_name().str();
               break;
             }
 
#if 0
          case V_SgInterfaceBody:
             {
               const SgInterfaceBody* n = isSgInterfaceBody(node);
               returnName = "interface_body";
               break;
             }
#endif
          default:
             {
               returnName = node->class_name();
             }
        }
 
     return returnName;
   }
 
string
SageInterface::get_name ( const SgNode* node )
   {
  // This function is useful for debugging
  // This is the most general case of a function to return a name for an IR node.
  // Later this function will handle expressions, etc.
 
     string name = "undefined_name";
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(node != NULL);
 
     const SgLocatedNode* locatedNode = isSgLocatedNode(node);
     if (locatedNode != NULL)
        {
          const SgStatement* statement = isSgStatement(node);
          if (statement != NULL)
             {
               name = get_name(statement);
             }
            else
             {
               const SgExpression* expression = isSgExpression(node);
               if (expression != NULL)
                  {
                    name = get_name(expression);
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    const SgLocatedNodeSupport* locatedNodeSupport = isSgLocatedNodeSupport(node);
                    if (locatedNodeSupport != NULL)
                       {
                         name = get_name(locatedNodeSupport);
                       }
                      else
                       {
                         const SgToken* token = isSgToken(node);
                         if (token != NULL)
                            {
                              name = get_name(token);
                            }
                           else
                            {
                              printf ("Unknown SgLocatedNode = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
                              ROSE_ABORT();
                            }
                       }
                  }
             }
        }
       else
        {
          const SgSupport* supportNode = isSgSupport(node);
          if (supportNode != NULL)
             {
               name = get_name(supportNode);
             }
            else
             {
            // DQ (9/21/2005): I think this is good enough for the more general case (for now)
               const SgSymbol* symbol = isSgSymbol(node);
               if (symbol != NULL)
                  {
                    name = get_name(symbol);
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // DQ (8/7/2007): Added support to get names of types (usefult for SgNamedType objects).
                    const SgType* type = isSgType(node);
                    if (type != NULL)
                       {
                         name = get_name(type);
                       }
                      else
                       {
                         name = node->class_name();
                       }
                  }
             }
        }
 
     return name;
   }
 
 
string
SageInterface::get_name ( const SgToken* token )
   {
  // This function is useful for debugging
     string name = "undefined_name";
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(token != NULL);
     name = token->get_lexeme_string();
 
  // Handle special cases
     if (name == " ")
        name = "<space>";
     else if (name == "\n")
        name = "<eol>";
     else if (name == "\t")
        name = "<tab>";
 
     return name;
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::reset_name_collision_map()
   {
     local_name_collision_map.clear();
     local_name_to_node_map.clear();
     local_node_to_name_map.clear();
   }
 
 
string
SageInterface::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier_support ( SgDeclarationStatement* declaration )
   {
  // DQ (3/20/2016): Adding support for generating a unique name from a declaration that
  // can be used as an identifier.  This functionality is used in the DSL infrastructure
  // support (refactored to this location in ROSE).  The point of this mechanism is that
  // unlike mangled names that are compressed in a way that allows them to only be used
  // within a single translation unit, names generated by this function can be used across
  // multiple translation units. These names are also easier to interprete in debugging
  // (since they explicitly contain the scope, function name, and coding to interprete
  // function overloading.
 
  // At present it only supports class declarations, and function declarations (all others
  // are trapped as errors).
 
  // Name collision testing, it might be that this should be external to this function.
  // static std::map<std::string,int> dsl_attribute_name_collision_map;
  // static std::map<std::string,int> local_name_collision_map;
 
     string s;
 
  // string scope = SageInterface::get_name(classDeclaration->get_scope());
     string scope = isSgGlobal(declaration->get_scope()) == NULL ? SageInterface::get_name(declaration->get_scope()) : "global";
 
     switch (declaration->variantT())
        {
          case V_SgClassDeclaration:
          case V_SgTemplateClassDeclaration:
       // case V_SgTemplateInstantiationDecl:
             {
               SgClassDeclaration* classDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(classDeclaration != NULL);
 
               string type_name = classDeclaration->get_name();
#if 0
               printf ("In SageInterface::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier_support(): case class or template type: type_name = %s \n",type_name.c_str());
#endif
               string className = string("scope_") + scope + "_type_name_" + type_name;
#if 0
               printf ("classDeclaration->get_scope() = %p = %s scope = %s \n",classDeclaration->get_scope(),classDeclaration->get_scope()->class_name().c_str(),scope.c_str());
#endif
               s = className;
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (3/29/2016): Seperate out the case of the SgTemplateInstantiationDecl.
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationDecl:
             {
               SgTemplateInstantiationDecl* templateInstantiationDeclaration = isSgTemplateInstantiationDecl(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(templateInstantiationDeclaration != NULL);
 
            // Note that we can't use the mangled name because they might not be unique across multiple translation units if separately compiled).
            // string type_name = templateInstantiationDeclaration->get_name();
            // string type_name = templateInstantiationDeclaration->get_mangled_name();
            // string type_name = templateInstantiationDeclaration->get_templateName();
               string type_name = templateInstantiationDeclaration->get_name();
#if 0
               printf ("In SageInterface::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier_support(): case SgTemplateInstantiationDecl: type_name = %s \n",type_name.c_str());
#endif
               string className = string("scope_") + scope + "_type_name_" + type_name;
 
            // Note that trimSpaces is defined in the name mangling support.
            // string compressedClassName = trimSpaces(className);
            // string compressedClassName = SageInterface::get_name(templateInstantiationDeclaration);
            // ROSE_UTIL_API std::string copyEdit(const std::string& inputString, const std::string & oldToken, const std::string & newToken);
 
            // We need to turn this template instatiation name into a name that can be used as a C++ identifier.
               string compressedClassName = StringUtility::copyEdit(className," ","");
               compressedClassName = StringUtility::copyEdit(compressedClassName,"<","_abs_");
               compressedClassName = StringUtility::copyEdit(compressedClassName,">","_abe_");
               compressedClassName = StringUtility::copyEdit(compressedClassName,",","_comma_");
               compressedClassName = StringUtility::copyEdit(compressedClassName,"*","_star_");
               compressedClassName = StringUtility::copyEdit(compressedClassName,"&","_ref_");
#if 0
               printf ("className = %s compressedClassName = %s \n",className.c_str(),compressedClassName.c_str());
#endif
#if 0
               printf ("templateInstantiationDeclaration->get_scope() = %p = %s scope = %s \n",
                    templateInstantiationDeclaration->get_scope(),templateInstantiationDeclaration->get_scope()->class_name().c_str(),scope.c_str());
#endif
            // s = className;
               s = compressedClassName;
#if 0
               printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgFunctionDeclaration:
          case V_SgTemplateFunctionDeclaration:
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl:
             {
               SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(functionDeclaration != NULL);
#if 0
               printf ("In SageInterface::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier_support(): case SgFunctionDeclaration: not implemented \n");
#endif
            // We might at some point want the qualified name.
               string original_name = functionDeclaration->get_name();
 
               string function_name_part = mangleFunctionName(original_name,"return_type");
               string function_name  = string("scope_") + scope + "_function_name_" + function_name_part;
 
            // DQ (3/16/2016): Detect name collisions so that we can
            // std::map<std::string,int> dsl_attribute_name_collision_map;
               if (local_name_collision_map.find(function_name) == local_name_collision_map.end())
                  {
                    local_name_collision_map.insert(pair<string,int>(function_name,0));
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    local_name_collision_map[function_name]++;
 
                    int count = local_name_collision_map[function_name];
#if 0
                    printf ("In SageInterface::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier(): Collision count = %d \n",count);
#endif
                    function_name += StringUtility::numberToString(count);
                  }
 
               s = function_name;
#if 0
               printf ("In SageInterface::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier(): case SgFunctionDeclaration: Exiting as a test! \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgMemberFunctionDeclaration:
          case V_SgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration:
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl:
             {
               SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* memberFunctionDeclaration = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(declaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
#if 0
               printf ("In SageInterface::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier_support(): case SgMemberFunctionDeclaration: not implemented \n");
#endif
            // We might at some point want the qualified name.
               string original_name = memberFunctionDeclaration->get_name();
 
            // string member_function_name = memberFunctionDeclaration->get_mangled_name();
            // string member_function_name = memberFunctionDeclaration->get_qualified_name();
            // string member_function_name = SageInterface::get_name(memberFunctionDeclaration);
            // string member_function_scope = SageInterface::get_name(memberFunctionDeclaration->get_scope());
               string member_function_name_part = mangleFunctionName(original_name,"return_type");
            // string member_function_name  = string("scope_") + member_function_scope + "_function_name_" + member_function_name_part;
               string member_function_name  = string("scope_") + scope + "_member_function_name_" + member_function_name_part;
 
            // DQ (3/16/2016): Detect name collisions so that we can
            // std::map<std::string,int> dsl_attribute_name_collision_map;
               if (local_name_collision_map.find(member_function_name) == local_name_collision_map.end())
                  {
                    local_name_collision_map.insert(pair<string,int>(member_function_name,0));
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    local_name_collision_map[member_function_name]++;
 
                    int count = local_name_collision_map[member_function_name];
#if 0
                    printf ("In SageInterface::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier(): Collision count = %d \n",count);
#endif
                    member_function_name += StringUtility::numberToString(count);
                  }
 
               s = member_function_name;
#if 0
               printf ("In SageInterface::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier(): case SgMemberFunctionDeclaration: Exiting as a test! \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
               break;
             }
 
          default:
             {
               printf ("In SageInterface::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier(): Unsupported declaration = %p = %s \n",declaration,declaration->class_name().c_str());
//               ROSE_ASSERT(false);
             }
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier(): s = %s \n",s.c_str());
#endif
#if 0
     if (s != "")
        {
          printf ("In SageInterface::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier(): s = %s \n",s.c_str());
        }
#endif
 
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
 
     return s;
   }
 
// Generate unique name for use as a class name for the generated attribute classes.
// std::string AttributeGeneratorTraversal::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier ( SgDeclarationStatement* declaration )
// std::string AttributeGeneratorTraversal::generateUniqueName ( SgDeclarationStatement* declaration )
std::string
SageInterface::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier ( SgDeclarationStatement* declaration )
   {
  // DQ (3/21/2016): The support for unique name generation for use across translation
  // units is not refactored into the SageInterface.
  // string s = SageInterface::generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier(declaration);
     string s;
 
#if 0
     printf ("In generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier(): evaluating declaration = %p = %s \n",declaration,declaration->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(local_node_to_name_map.empty() == false);
     ROSE_ASSERT(local_name_to_node_map.empty() == false);
 
     if (SageInterface::local_node_to_name_map.find(declaration) != SageInterface::local_node_to_name_map.end())
        {
          s = SageInterface::local_node_to_name_map[declaration];
        }
       else
        {
          SgDeclarationStatement* definingDeclaration = declaration->get_definingDeclaration();
          if (definingDeclaration != NULL)
             {
#if 0
               printf ("In generateUniqueName(): Using the defining declaration = %p since %p was not in the map \n",definingDeclaration,declaration);
#endif
            // s = generateUniqueName(definingDeclaration);
               s = generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier_support(definingDeclaration);
             }
            else
             {
            // Note that builtin functions will not have a defining declaration.
               printf ("Warning: defining declaration not in SageInterface::local_node_to_name_map: declaration = %p = %s using name = %s \n",
                    declaration,declaration->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(declaration).c_str());
            // ROSE_ASSERT(false);
 
            // If there is no defining declaration then go ahead and use the non-defining one.
            // s = SageInterface::get_name(declaration);
               SgDeclarationStatement* nondefiningDeclaration = declaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration();
               ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningDeclaration != NULL);
               s = generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier_support(nondefiningDeclaration);
             }
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
 
     return s;
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::computeUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier( SgNode* astNode )
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(astNode != NULL);
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(local_name_collision_map.empty() == true);
     ROSE_ASSERT(local_name_to_node_map.empty() == true);
     ROSE_ASSERT(local_node_to_name_map.empty() == true);
 
  // Preorder traversal to uniquely name specific declarations (SgClassDeclaration and SgFunctionDeclaration IR nodes).
     class UniqueNameTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgDeclarationStatement* decl = isSgDeclarationStatement(node);
                    if (decl != NULL)
                       {
                         SgClassDeclaration* classDeclaration       = isSgClassDeclaration(decl);
                         SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(decl);
                         if (classDeclaration != NULL || functionDeclaration != NULL)
                            {
                              string s = generateUniqueNameForUseAsIdentifier_support(decl);
                              local_name_to_node_map.insert(pair<string,SgNode*>(s,decl));
                              local_node_to_name_map.insert(pair<SgNode*,string>(decl,s));
                            }
                       }
                  }
        };
 
  // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the function definition.
     UniqueNameTraversal traversal;
     traversal.traverse(astNode, preorder);
   }
 
 
 
SgMemberFunctionDeclaration*
SageInterface::getDefaultConstructor( SgClassDeclaration* classDeclaration )
   {
     SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* defaultConstructor = NULL;
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(classDeclaration != NULL);
     SgDeclarationStatement* definingDeclaration = classDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration();
     ROSE_ASSERT(definingDeclaration != NULL);
     SgClassDeclaration* definingClassDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(definingDeclaration);
 
  // Note that not all class declarations have to have a defining declaration (e.g. "~int()"
  // would be associated with a class declaration but no definition would exist).
     if (definingClassDeclaration != NULL)
        {
          SgClassDefinition* classDefinition = definingClassDeclaration->get_definition();
          ROSE_ASSERT(classDefinition != NULL);
 
          SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator i = classDefinition->get_members().begin();
          while ( i != classDefinition->get_members().end() )
             {
            // Check the parent pointer to make sure it is properly set
               ROSE_ASSERT( (*i)->get_parent() != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT( (*i)->get_parent() == classDefinition);
 
               SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* memberFunction = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(*i);
               if (memberFunction != NULL)
                  {
                 // printf ("memberFunction = %p = %s \n",memberFunction,memberFunction->get_name().str());
                    if ( memberFunction->get_specialFunctionModifier().isConstructor() == true )
                       defaultConstructor = memberFunction;
                  }
 
            // iterate through the class members
               i++;
             }
        }
 
  // This should be true for the specific case that we are currently debugging!
  // ROSE_ASSERT(defaultConstructor != NULL);
 
     return defaultConstructor;
   }
 
SgMemberFunctionDeclaration*
SageInterface::getDefaultDestructor( SgClassDeclaration* classDeclaration )
   {
     SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* defaultDestructor = NULL;
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(classDeclaration != NULL);
     SgDeclarationStatement* definingDeclaration = classDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration();
     if (definingDeclaration != NULL)
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT(definingDeclaration != NULL);
          SgClassDeclaration* definingClassDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(definingDeclaration);
 
       // Note that not all class declarations have to have a defining declaration (e.g. "~int()"
       // would be associated with a class declaration but no definition would exist).
          if (definingClassDeclaration != NULL)
             {
               SgClassDefinition* classDefinition = definingClassDeclaration->get_definition();
               ROSE_ASSERT(classDefinition != NULL);
 
               SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator i = classDefinition->get_members().begin();
               while ( i != classDefinition->get_members().end() )
                  {
                 // Check the parent pointer to make sure it is properly set
                    SgNode* i_parent = (*i)->get_parent();
                    ROSE_ASSERT(i_parent != NULL);
 
                 // DQ (11/1/2005): Note that a template instantiation can have a parent which is the
                 // variable which forced it's instantiation.  Since it does not really exist in the
                 // source code explicitly (it is compiler generated) this is as reasonable as anything else.
                    if ( i_parent != classDefinition )
                       {
                         printf ("Error: (*i)->get_parent() = %p = %s \n",i_parent,i_parent->class_name().c_str());
                         printf ("(*i) = %p = %s = %s \n",*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str(),(*i)->unparseToString().c_str());
                         (*i)->get_file_info()->display("Called from SageInterface::getDefaultDestructor: debug");
                       }
                    ROSE_ASSERT( i_parent == classDefinition);
 
                    SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* memberFunction = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(*i);
                    if (memberFunction != NULL)
                       {
                         if ( memberFunction->get_specialFunctionModifier().isDestructor() == true )
                            defaultDestructor = memberFunction;
                       }
 
                 // iterate through the class members
                    i++;
                  }
             }
        }
 
     return defaultDestructor;
   }
 
 
 
bool
SageInterface::addDefaultConstructorIfRequired ( SgClassType* classType, int physical_file_id /* = Sg_File_Info::TRANSFORMATION_FILE_ID */ )
   {
  // DQ (11/9/2020): Added function to support adding a default constructor definition to a class
  // if it does not have a default constructor, but has any other constructor that would prevent
  // a compiler generated default constructor from being generated by the compiler.
 
#define DEBUG_ADD_DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR 0
 
  // Note the physical_file_id is so that it can be marked to be unparsed when header file unparsing is active.
 
     ASSERT_not_null(classType);
 
     bool returnValue = false;
 
  // To setup this transformation we need to see if there is a default constructor in the associated class.
     SgClassDeclaration* classDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(classType->get_declaration());
     ROSE_ASSERT(classDeclaration != NULL);
     SgClassDeclaration* definingClassDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(classDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration());
     ROSE_ASSERT(definingClassDeclaration != NULL);
     SgClassDefinition* classDefinition = definingClassDeclaration->get_definition();
     ROSE_ASSERT(classDefinition != NULL);
 
     SgDeclarationStatementPtrList & declarationList = classDefinition->get_members();
 
     bool foundConstructor        = false;
     bool foundDefaultConstructor = false;
 
#if DEBUG_ADD_DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR
     printf ("In addDefaultConstructorIfRequired(): class name = %s \n",classDeclaration->get_name().str());
#endif
 
     SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator i = declarationList.begin();
     while (i != declarationList.end())
        {
          SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* memberFunctionDeclaration = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(*i);
          if (memberFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
             {
               bool isConstructor = memberFunctionDeclaration->get_specialFunctionModifier().isConstructor();
               if (isConstructor == true)
                  {
                    foundConstructor = true;
 
#if DEBUG_ADD_DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR
                    printf ("Found a constructor! \n");
#endif
                    SgFunctionParameterList* functionParameterList = memberFunctionDeclaration->get_parameterList();
                    ROSE_ASSERT(functionParameterList != NULL);
 
                 // DQ (7/19/2021): Fixed to allow for previously found default constructor to be registered as found.
                 // foundDefaultConstructor = (functionParameterList->get_args().size() == 0);
                    foundDefaultConstructor = ((foundDefaultConstructor == true) || (functionParameterList->get_args().size() == 0));
 
#if DEBUG_ADD_DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR
                    if (foundDefaultConstructor == true)
                       {
                         printf ("Found a default constructor! \n");
                       }
                      else
                       {
                         printf ("This is not a default constructor: functionParameterList->get_args().size() = %zu \n",functionParameterList->get_args().size());
                       }
#endif
                  }
                 else
                  {
#if DEBUG_ADD_DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR
                    printf ("This is not a constructor \n");
#endif
                  }
             }
 
          i++;
        }
 
#if DEBUG_ADD_DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR
     printf ("foundConstructor        = %s \n",foundConstructor ? "true" : "false");
     printf ("foundDefaultConstructor = %s \n",foundDefaultConstructor ? "true" : "false");
#endif
 
     if (foundConstructor == true)
        {
       // Since there is at least one constructor, we can't rely on compiler generated constructors.
#if DEBUG_ADD_DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR
          printf ("Since there is at least one constructor, we can't rely on compiler generated constructors \n");
#endif
          if (foundDefaultConstructor == true)
             {
            // We can use the existing default constructor.
#if DEBUG_ADD_DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR
               printf ("We can use the existing default constructor (no need to build one) \n");
#endif
             }
            else
             {
            // We don't have a default constructor, so we need to build one explicitly, and insert it into the class definition.
 
#if DEBUG_ADD_DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR
               printf ("########################################################### \n");
               printf ("Need to build a default constructor in the associated class \n");
#endif
               SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* constructorDeclaration = SageBuilder::buildDefaultConstructor(classType);
               ROSE_ASSERT(constructorDeclaration != NULL);
 
#if DEBUG_ADD_DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR
               printf (" --- constructorDeclaration = %p = %s name = %s \n",constructorDeclaration,constructorDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),constructorDeclaration->get_name().str());
#endif
               ROSE_ASSERT (constructorDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().get_accessModifier().isPublic() == true);
 
               classDefinition->prepend_statement(constructorDeclaration);
 
            // constructorDeclaration->set_parent(classDefinition);
               ROSE_ASSERT(constructorDeclaration->get_parent() != NULL);
 
            // int physical_file_id = variableDeclaration->get_startOfConstruct()->get_physical_file_id();
               markSubtreeToBeUnparsed(constructorDeclaration,physical_file_id);
 
               returnValue = true;
#if 0
               constructorDeclaration->get_startOfConstruct()->set_physical_file_id(physical_file_id);
               constructorDeclaration->get_endOfConstruct  ()->set_physical_file_id(physical_file_id);
 
            // We also need to set the source position of the function definition, else the
            // function declaration will not be output.
               ROSE_ASSERT(constructorDeclaration->get_definition() != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(constructorDeclaration->get_definition()->get_startOfConstruct() != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(constructorDeclaration->get_definition()->get_endOfConstruct() != NULL);
               constructorDeclaration->get_definition()->get_startOfConstruct()->set_physical_file_id(physical_file_id);
               constructorDeclaration->get_definition()->get_endOfConstruct  ()->set_physical_file_id(physical_file_id);
#endif
 
#if DEBUG_ADD_DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR
               printf ("DONE: Need to build a default constructor in the associated class \n");
               printf ("################################################################# \n");
#endif
#if 0
               printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
             }
        }
       else
        {
       // No constructors found, so we don't need to add an explicit default constructor.
 
#if DEBUG_ADD_DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR
          printf ("No constructors found, so we don't need to add an explicit default constructor \n");
#endif
        }
 
#if DEBUG_ADD_DEFAULT_CONSTRUCTOR
     printf ("Leaving addDefaultConstructorIfRequired(): returnValue = %s \n",returnValue ? "true" : "false");
#endif
 
     return returnValue;
   }
 
 
 
 
void
SageInterface::outputGlobalFunctionTypeSymbolTable()
   {
  // DQ (6/27/2005): This function outputs the global table of function type symbols
  // it is built during the EDG/Sage translation phase, and it built initially with
  // the EDG names of all instantiated templates.  At a later phase (incomplete at
  // the moment) the AST fixup rebuilds the table to use the modified template names
  // (that is mangled names built from the modified template names used in Sage III).
 
  // DQ (1/31/2006): Modified to build all types in the memory pools
  // extern SgFunctionTypeTable Sgfunc_type_table;
  // Sgfunc_type_table.print_functypetable();
     ROSE_ASSERT(SgNode::get_globalFunctionTypeTable() != NULL);
     SgNode::get_globalFunctionTypeTable()->print_functypetable();
   }
 
void
SageInterface::outputLocalSymbolTables ( SgNode* node )
   {
  // This simplifies how the traversal is called!
     OutputLocalSymbolTables astTraversal;
 
  // I think the default should be preorder so that the interfaces would be more uniform
     astTraversal.traverse(node,preorder);
   }
 
void
SageInterface::OutputLocalSymbolTables::visit ( SgNode* node )
   {
  // DQ (6/27/2005): Output the local symbol table from each scope.
  // printf ("node = %s \n",node->sage_class_name());
 
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
 
     SgScopeStatement* scope = isSgScopeStatement(node);
     if (scope != NULL)
        {
       // SgSymbolTable* symbolTable = scope->get_symbol_table();
       // ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable != NULL);
 
          printf ("Symbol Table from %p = %s at: \n",scope,scope->sage_class_name());
          scope->get_file_info()->display("Symbol Table Location (Called from SageInterface::OutputLocalSymbolTables::visit())");
       // symbolTable->print("Called from SageInterface::OutputLocalSymbolTables::visit()");
          scope->print_symboltable("Called from SageInterface::OutputLocalSymbolTables::visit()");
        }
   }
 
#if 0
// DQ (8/28/2005): This is already a member function of the SgFunctionDeclaration
// (so that it can handle template functions and member functions)
 
// DQ (8/27/2005):
bool
SageInterface::isTemplateMemberFunction( SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* memberFunctionDeclaration )
   {
  // This function determines if the member function is associated with a template
  // or just a template class (where it is a normal non-template member function).
 
     bool result = false;
 
     result = memberFunctionDeclaration->isTemplateFunction();
 
     return result;
   }
#endif
 
// DQ (8/27/2005):
bool
SageInterface::templateDefinitionIsInClass( SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* memberFunctionDeclaration )
   {
  // This function determines if the template declaration associated withthis member function instantiation is
  // defined in the class or outside of the class.
 
     bool result = false;
 
#if 0
  // Check if this is a template or non-template member function
     if (isTemplateMemberFunction(memberFunctionDeclaration) == true)
        {
          SgTemplateDeclaration* templateDeclaration = memberFunctionDeclaration->get_templateDeclaration();
          printf ("templateDeclaration = %p parent of templateDeclaration = %p \n",templateDeclaration,templateDeclaration->get_parent());
 
       // SgTemplateInstantiationDecl* classTemplateInstantiation = memberFunctionDeclaration->get_class_scope()->get_declaration();
          SgClassDeclaration* classDeclaration = memberFunctionDeclaration->get_class_scope()->get_declaration();
          ROSE_ASSERT(classDeclaration != NULL);
          SgTemplateInstantiationDecl* classTemplateInstantiation = isSgTemplateInstantiationDecl(classDeclaration);
 
          if (classTemplateInstantiation != NULL)
             {
               SgTemplateDeclaration* classTemplateDeclaration = classTemplateInstantiation->get_templateDeclaration();
               if (classTemplateDeclaration != NULL && classTemplateDeclaration != templateDeclaration)
                  {
                    result = true;
                  }
             }
        }
#endif
 
  // Alternative approach
  // SgTemplateDeclaration* templateDeclaration = memberFunctionDeclaration->get_templateDeclaration();
     SgDeclarationStatement* templateDeclaration = memberFunctionDeclaration->get_templateDeclaration();
//     printf ("In templateDefinitionIsInClass(): templateDeclaration = %p parent of templateDeclaration = %p = %s \n",templateDeclaration,
//          templateDeclaration->get_parent(),templateDeclaration->get_parent()->class_name().c_str());
 
    if (templateDeclaration != NULL && templateDeclaration->get_parent() != NULL)
    {
      SgScopeStatement* parentScope = isSgScopeStatement(templateDeclaration->get_parent());
      if (isSgClassDefinition(parentScope) != NULL)
         {
           result = true;
         }
    }
 
     return result;
   }
#if 0
SgDeclarationStatement*
generateUniqueDeclaration ( SgDeclarationStatement* declaration )
   {
  // DQ (10/11/2007): This is no longer used.
     printf ("Error: This is no longer used. \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
 
  // Get the defining or first non-defining declaration so that we can use it as a key to know
  // when we have found the same function. So we don't count a redundant forward declaration
  // found outside of the class as matching the first non-defining declaration or the defining
  // declaration in the class by mistake. All declarations share the same firstNondefining
  // declaration and defining declaration so either could be a key declaration, but there are
  // times when either one of then (but not both) can be NULL (function defined withouth forward
  // declaration or not defined at all).
     SgDeclarationStatement* firstNondefiningDeclaration = declaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration();
     SgDeclarationStatement* definingDeclaration         = declaration->get_definingDeclaration();
     SgDeclarationStatement* keyDeclaration = NULL;
     if (firstNondefiningDeclaration != NULL)
          keyDeclaration = firstNondefiningDeclaration;
       else
          keyDeclaration = definingDeclaration;
     ROSE_ASSERT(keyDeclaration != NULL);
 
     return keyDeclaration;
   }
#endif
std::string SageInterface::extractPragmaKeyword(const SgPragmaDeclaration *pragmaDeclaration)
{
  string pragmaString = pragmaDeclaration->get_pragma()->get_pragma();
  istringstream istr(pragmaString);
  std::string key;
  istr >> key;
  return key;
}
 
// TODO: move all Omp*statement under a parent SgOmpStatement
bool SageInterface::isOmpStatement(SgNode* n)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (n != NULL);
  bool result = false;
  if (isSgOmpBarrierStatement(n)||
      isSgOmpBodyStatement(n)||
      isSgOmpDeclareSimdStatement(n) ||
      isSgOmpFlushStatement(n)||
      isSgOmpThreadprivateStatement(n)||
      isSgOmpTaskwaitStatement(n) )
    result = true;
 
  return result;
 
}
// DQ (8/28/2005):
bool
SageInterface::isOverloaded ( SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration )
   {
  // This function looks for any other function that might overload the input function.
  // for member functions we only look in the scope where the member function is defined.
  // for non-member functions we look only in the scope where the function is declared.
 
  // Note that there are scenarios where this approach of searching only these locations
  // might not catch an overloaded function.
  //     * member functions:
  //         - overloaded functions might be declared in base classes
  //     * non-member functions:
  //         - function declarations might be friend functions in classes
  //         - functions might be declared in differen namespace definitions
  //              (SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement), since a namespace in re-entrant
  //              and can have many namespace declarations and definitions.
 
  // bool result = false;
     int counter = 0;
 
     SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* memberFunctionDeclaration = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(functionDeclaration);
     if (memberFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
        {
       // This is a member function declaration
 
       // DQ (10/11/2007): Fix this to NOT use the generateUniqueDeclaration() function.
       // Generate a key to use for comparision (avoids false positives)
       // SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* keyDeclaration = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(generateUniqueDeclaration(functionDeclaration));
       // ROSE_ASSERT(keyDeclaration != NULL);
 
          SgScopeStatement * scope = memberFunctionDeclaration->get_scope();
          ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
 
       // TV (09/17/2018): ROSE-1378
          if (isSgDeclarationScope(scope)) {
            printf("TODO SageInterface::isOverloaded case when scope is SgDeclarationScope. See ROSE-1378.\n");
            return false;
          }
 
       // Get the class definition
          SgClassDefinition* classDefinition =
               isSgClassDefinition(memberFunctionDeclaration->get_scope());
          ROSE_ASSERT(classDefinition != NULL);
 
       // Get the class declaration associated with the class definition
          SgClassDeclaration* classDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(classDefinition->get_declaration());
          ROSE_ASSERT(classDeclaration != NULL);
 
       // Get the list of member declarations in the class
          SgDeclarationStatementPtrList & memberList = classDefinition->get_members();
#if 0
       // DQ (10/11/2007): Fix this function better by checking for more than one member function declaration in the class definition.
          printf ("   memberList.size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",memberList.size());
#endif
          for (SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator i = memberList.begin(); i != memberList.end(); i++)
             {
#if 0
               printf ("   counter = %d declaration = %p = %s \n",counter,*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str());
#endif
               SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* tempMemberFunction = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(*i);
               SgTemplateDeclaration* tempTemplateDeclaration  = isSgTemplateDeclaration(*i);
 
            // Member functions could be overloaded
               if (tempMemberFunction != NULL)
                  {
#if 0
                 // DQ (10/11/2007): This is a problem for where s member function prototype from outside the class is checked to be an ovverloaded function.
                 // Check using the key declaration
                    if ( keyDeclaration == generateUniqueDeclaration(tempMemberFunction) )
                       {
#if 0
                         printf ("Skipping the case of keyDeclaration == generateUniqueDeclaration(tempMemberFunction) = %p \n",keyDeclaration);
#endif
                         continue;
                       }
#endif
                    ROSE_ASSERT(tempMemberFunction->get_name() != "");
#if 0
                    printf ("      tempMemberFunction = (name) %s = (qualified) %s \n",
                              tempMemberFunction->get_name().str(),
                              tempMemberFunction->get_qualified_name().str());
#endif
                    if (tempMemberFunction->get_name() == memberFunctionDeclaration->get_name())
                       {
#if 0
                         printf ("      Found a matching overloaded member function! \n");
#endif
                      // result = true;
                         counter++;
                       }
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // Or templates could be overloaded, but nothing else.
                    if (tempTemplateDeclaration != NULL)
                       {
                      // If this is a template declaration, it could be a template
                      // declaration for an overloaded member function of the same name.
#if 0
                      // printf ("keyDeclaration->get_name() = %s \n",keyDeclaration->get_name().str());
                         printf ("tempTemplateDeclaration->get_name() = %s \n",tempTemplateDeclaration->get_name().str());
#endif
                         if (memberFunctionDeclaration->get_name() == tempTemplateDeclaration->get_name())
                            {
#if 0
                              printf ("      Found a matching overloaded member function! \n");
#endif
                           // result = true;
                              counter++;
                            }
                       }
                      else
                       {
                       // DQ (10/12/2007): Could friend functions defined in a class be overloaded?  Need to check this!
                          if (functionDeclaration->variantT() == V_SgFunctionDeclaration)
                             {
                               printf ("In SageInterface::isOverloaded(): could friend functions be overloaded in a class? \n");
                             }
                       }
                  }
 
            // If we have detected two, so we have an overloaded function.
               if (counter > 1)
                    break;
             }
        }
       else
        {
       // This is a non-member function declaration
          printf ("In SageInterface::isOverloaded(): case of non-member function not yet implemented! \n");
          ROSE_ABORT();
        }
 
  // DQ (10/11/2007): Fixup to use the counter and consider more than 1 function with the same name an overloaded member function.
  // This might be a problem for friend functions, so test this separately.
  // return result;
     return (counter > 1);
   }
 
 
 
 
SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl*
SageInterface::buildForwardFunctionDeclaration ( SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* memberFunctionInstantiation )
   {
  // DQ (9/6/2005): This function builds a copy of the input function for the
  // construction of a forward declaration of the function. Required in the
  // instantiated functions definition is to be output as a specialization by ROSE.
  // Since the shallow copy mechanism will cause IR nodes to be shared, we have
  // to fix it up with deep copies of the parameter list and the CtorInitializerList.
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionInstantiation != NULL);
 
#if 0
    printf ("buildForwardFunctionDeclaration: Member function = %p = %s = definition = %p \n",
          memberFunctionInstantiation,
          memberFunctionInstantiation->get_name().str(),
          memberFunctionInstantiation->get_definition());
    memberFunctionInstantiation->get_file_info()->display("memberFunctionInstantiation: debug");
#endif
 
  // This is a better implementation using a derived class from SgCopyHelp to control the
  // copying process (skipping the copy of any function definition).  This is a variable
  // declaration with an explicitly declared class type.
     class NondefiningFunctionDeclarationCopyType : public SgCopyHelp
        {
       // DQ (9/26/2005): This class demonstrates the use of the copy mechanism
       // within Sage III (originally designed and implemented by Qing Yi).
       // One problem with it is that there is no context information permitted.
 
          public:
               virtual SgNode *copyAst(const SgNode *n)
                  {
                 // If still NULL after switch then make the copy
                    SgNode* returnValue = NULL;
 
                    switch(n->variantT())
                       {
                      // DQ (10/21/2007): Now that s bug is fixed in the SgDeclarationStatement::fixupCopy()
                      // member function, I think we might not need this case.
 
                      // Don't copy the associated non-defining declaration when building a function prototype!
                         case V_SgFunctionDeclaration:
                         case V_SgMemberFunctionDeclaration:
                         case V_SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl:
                         case V_SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl:
                            {
                           // printf ("Skip copying an associated non-defining declaration if it is present \n");
                              const SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(n);
                              ROSE_ASSERT(functionDeclaration != NULL);
                              if (functionDeclaration == functionDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration())
                                 {
                                // This is the defining declaration (make a shallow copy)
                                // printf ("In NondefiningFunctionDeclarationCopyType::copyAst(): This is the DEFINING declaration! \n");
                                // return const_cast<SgNode *>(n);
                                   returnValue = const_cast<SgNode *>(n);
                                 }
                                else
                                 {
                                // This is the non-defining declaration where we want to make a deep copy.
                                // printf ("In NondefiningFunctionDeclarationCopyType::copyAst(): This is the NONDEFINING declaration! \n");
                                 }
 
                              break;
                            }
 
                      // Don't copy the function definitions (roughly the body of the function)
                         case V_SgFunctionDefinition:
                            {
                              printf ("Skip copying the function definition if it is present \n");
                           // return const_cast<SgNode *>(n);
                              returnValue = const_cast<SgNode *>(n);
                              break;
                            }
 
                         default:
                            {
                           // Nothing to do here
                              break;
                            }
                       }
 
                 // return n->copy(*this);
 
                 // If not set at this point then make the copy!
                    if (returnValue == NULL)
                         returnValue = n->copy(*this);
 
                    ROSE_ASSERT(returnValue != NULL);
                    return returnValue;
                  }
        } nondefiningFunctionDeclarationCopy;
 
  // DQ (10/20/2007): The more accurate copy mechanism now builds us a defining declaration to go with the non-defining declaration!
  // This is because we have to remove the pointers from non-defining declaration to the definition (which should be pointed to ONLY by the defining declaration!
  // delete copyOfMemberFunction->get_definingDeclaration();
     if (memberFunctionInstantiation->get_definition() != NULL)
        {
          printf ("\n\nNEED TO REMOVE POINTERS IN THE NON-DEFINING DECLARATION TO THE SgClassDefinition objects. \n");
          ROSE_ABORT();
 
       // If we see the assertion above fail then we might want to use this code:
          ROSE_ASSERT( memberFunctionInstantiation != memberFunctionInstantiation->get_definingDeclaration() );
          memberFunctionInstantiation->set_definition(NULL);
        }
     SgNode* copyOfMemberFunctionNode = memberFunctionInstantiation->copy(nondefiningFunctionDeclarationCopy);
     SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* copyOfMemberFunction = static_cast<SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl*>(copyOfMemberFunctionNode);
 
  // printf ("\n\nHOW DO WE KNOW WHEN TO NOT COPY THE DEFINING DECLARATION SO THAT WE CAN JUST BUILD A FUNCTION PROTOTYPE! \n");
  // ROSE_ASSERT(false);
 
#if 0
     printf ("copyOfMemberFunction->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() = %p \n",copyOfMemberFunction->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
#endif
  // DQ (10/11/2007): The copy function sets the firstNondefiningDeclaration to itself if in the original declaration it had the
  // firstNondefiningDeclaration set to itself, this is incorrect in the case where we only make a copy of function declaration,
  // and causes the symbol table tests for get_declaration_associated_with_symbol() to fail because it uses the
  // firstNondefiningDeclaration which is not the one associated with the symbol in the parent scope. So reset the
  // firstNondefiningDeclaration in the copy of the member function.
     copyOfMemberFunction->set_firstNondefiningDeclaration(memberFunctionInstantiation->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
 
#if 0
     printf ("memberFunctionInstantiation->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() = %p \n",memberFunctionInstantiation->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
 
     printf ("copyOfMemberFunction->isForward()        = %s \n",copyOfMemberFunction->isForward() ? "true" : "false");
     printf ("memberFunctionInstantiation->isForward() = %s \n",memberFunctionInstantiation->isForward() ? "true" : "false");
#endif
#if 0
     printf ("memberFunctionInstantiation->isSpecialization()        = %s \n",memberFunctionInstantiation->isSpecialization() ? "true" : "false");
     printf ("copyOfMemberFunctionNode = %p = %s = %s memberFunctionInstantiation->isSpecialization() = %s \n",
          copyOfMemberFunction,copyOfMemberFunction->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(copyOfMemberFunction).c_str(),copyOfMemberFunction->isSpecialization() ? "true" : "false");
     copyOfMemberFunction->get_file_info()->display("copyOfMemberFunction: debug");
#endif
 
  // Make sure that we have the same number of arguments on the copy that we build
     ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionInstantiation->get_args().size() == copyOfMemberFunction->get_args().size());
 
  // DQ (11/5/2007): Additional tests
     ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionInstantiation->get_startOfConstruct()->isOutputInCodeGeneration() == copyOfMemberFunction->get_startOfConstruct()->isOutputInCodeGeneration());
     ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionInstantiation->get_startOfConstruct()->isCompilerGenerated() == copyOfMemberFunction->get_startOfConstruct()->isCompilerGenerated());
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(copyOfMemberFunction != NULL);
     return copyOfMemberFunction;
   }
 
 
void
supportForBaseTypeDefiningDeclaration ( SgSymbolTable* symbolTable, SgDeclarationStatement* declarationForType )
   {
  // DQ (10/14/2007): Supporting function for
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(declarationForType != NULL);
 
  // DQ (11/7/2007): Added more cases...
     switch(declarationForType->variantT())
        {
       // DQ (12/26/2012): Added support for templates.
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationDecl:
          case V_SgTemplateClassDeclaration:
 
          case V_SgClassDeclaration:
             {
               SgClassDeclaration* classDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(declarationForType);
            // SgSymbol* symbol = new SgClassSymbol(classDeclaration);
               SgSymbol* symbol = NULL;
               if (isSgTemplateClassDeclaration(declarationForType) != NULL)
                  {
                    symbol = new SgTemplateClassSymbol(classDeclaration);
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    symbol = new SgClassSymbol(classDeclaration);
                  }
 
               ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
               SgName name = classDeclaration->get_name();
               symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgEnumDeclaration:
             {
               SgEnumDeclaration* enumDeclaration = isSgEnumDeclaration(declarationForType);
               SgSymbol* symbol = new SgEnumSymbol(enumDeclaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
               SgName name = enumDeclaration->get_name();
               symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgFunctionDeclaration:
             {
               SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(declarationForType);
               SgSymbol* symbol = new SgFunctionSymbol(functionDeclaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
               SgName name = functionDeclaration->get_name();
               symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgMemberFunctionDeclaration:
             {
               SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(declarationForType);
               SgSymbol* symbol = new SgMemberFunctionSymbol(functionDeclaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
 
            // printf ("In supportForBaseTypeDefiningDeclaration(): symbol = %p = %s = %s \n",symbol,symbol->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(symbol).c_str());
 
               SgName name = functionDeclaration->get_name();
               symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
               break;
             }
 
          default:
             {
               printf ("Default reached in evaluation of typedef inner definition = %p = %s and building a symbol for it for the symbol table \n",declarationForType,declarationForType->class_name().c_str());
               ROSE_ABORT();
             }
        }
   }
 
 
void
supportForVariableLists ( SgScopeStatement* scope, SgSymbolTable* symbolTable, SgInitializedNamePtrList & variableList )
   {
  // DQ (11/1/2007): Added supporting function to refactor code.
     SgInitializedNamePtrList::iterator i = variableList.begin();
     while (i != variableList.end())
        {
          SgInitializedName* variable = *i;
          ROSE_ASSERT(variable != NULL);
          if (variable->get_scope() == scope)
             {
            // printf ("Scopes match, OK! \n");
             }
            else
             {
               if (SgProject::get_verbose() > 0)
                  {
                    printf ("WARNING: Scopes do NOT match! variable = %p = %s (could this be a static variable, or has the symbol table been setup before the scopes have been set?) \n",variable,variable->get_name().str());
                  }
             }
 
          SgSymbol* symbol = new SgVariableSymbol(variable);
          ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
          SgName name = variable->get_name();
          symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
 
          i++;
        }
   }
#if 0
// DQ (3/2/2014): Added a new interface function (used in the snippet insertion support).
void
SageInterface::supportForInitializedNameLists ( SgScopeStatement* scope, SgInitializedNamePtrList & variableList )
   {
     SgSymbolTable* symbolTable = scope->get_symbol_table();
     ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable != NULL);
 
     supportForVariableLists(scope,symbolTable,variableList);
   }
#endif
 
void
supportForVariableDeclarations ( SgScopeStatement* scope, SgSymbolTable* symbolTable, SgVariableDeclaration* variableDeclaration )
   {
  // DQ (10/24/2007): Added supporting function to refactor code.
     SgInitializedNamePtrList & variableList = variableDeclaration->get_variables();
     supportForVariableLists(scope,symbolTable,variableList);
 
  // DQ (10/13/2007): Need to look into variable declarations to see if there are defining declaration
  // that also force symbols to be built in the current scope!
  // ROSE_ASSERT(derivedDeclaration->get_variableDeclarationContainsBaseTypeDefiningDeclaration() == false);
     if (variableDeclaration->get_variableDeclarationContainsBaseTypeDefiningDeclaration() == true)
        {
       // Build a SgClassDeclaration, SgEnumDeclaration associated symbol and add it to the symbol table.
          ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable != NULL);
          ROSE_ASSERT(variableDeclaration->get_baseTypeDefiningDeclaration() != NULL);
          supportForBaseTypeDefiningDeclaration ( symbolTable, variableDeclaration->get_baseTypeDefiningDeclaration() );
        }
   }
 
void
supportForLabelStatements ( SgScopeStatement* scope, SgSymbolTable* symbolTable )
   {
  // Update the symbol table in SgFunctionDefinition with all the labels in the function.
 
     std::vector<SgNode*> labelList = NodeQuery::querySubTree (scope,V_SgLabelStatement);
 
     int numberOfLabels = labelList.size();
     for (int i=0; i < numberOfLabels; i++)
        {
          SgLabelStatement* labelStatement = isSgLabelStatement(labelList[i]);
 
          ROSE_ASSERT(labelStatement != NULL);
          ROSE_ASSERT(labelStatement->get_scope() == scope);
 
          SgSymbol* symbol = new SgLabelSymbol(labelStatement);
          ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
 
       // printf ("In SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable() labelStatement = %p building a new SgLabelSymbol = %p \n",labelStatement,symbol);
 
          SgName name = labelStatement->get_name();
          symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
        }
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable ( SgScopeStatement* scope )
   {
  // This function is called from the implementation of the copy member functions.
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable(): Symbol Table from %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
 
     SgSymbolTable* symbolTable = scope->get_symbol_table();
 
     if (symbolTable != NULL)
        {
       // This must be an empty symbol table!
          if (symbolTable->size() != 0)
             {
               printf ("symbolTable->size() = %d \n",symbolTable->size());
             }
          ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable->size() == 0);
#if 0
          printf ("Symbol Table from %p = %s of size = %" PRIuPTR " \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str(),symbolTable->size());
          symbolTable->print("Called from SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable()");
#endif
        }
       else
        {
#if 0
          printf ("In SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable(): No symbol table found \n");
#endif
          ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable == NULL);
 
       // DQ (10/8/2007): Build a new symbol table if there was not already one built.
          symbolTable = new SgSymbolTable();
 
          ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable != NULL);
          ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable->get_table() != NULL);
 
       // DQ (2/16/2006): Set this parent directly (now tested)
          symbolTable->set_parent(scope);
          ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable->get_parent() != NULL);
 
          scope->set_symbol_table(symbolTable);
        }
 
  // DQ (10/8/2007): If there is already a symbol table then don't over write it. This fixes copies generated with more than one symbol table.
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope->get_symbol_table() != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope->get_symbol_table()->get_table() != NULL);
 
  // This implements SgScopeStatement specific details (e.g function declarations have parameters and their declaration causes variable
  // symbols to be placed into the SgFunctionDefinition scope (but only for defining declarations).
     switch(scope->variantT())
        {
          case V_SgForStatement:
             {
            // These scopes have their symbols split between the attached symbol table and the symbol tables in the SgBasicBlock data member(s).
            // printf ("Symbol tables could contain symbols outside of the inclosed body scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
 
               SgForStatement* forStatement = isSgForStatement(scope);
 
               SgStatementPtrList::iterator i = forStatement->get_init_stmt().begin();
 
            // printf ("i != forStatement->get_init_stmt().end() = %s \n",i != forStatement->get_init_stmt().end() ? "true" : "false");
 
               while (i != forStatement->get_init_stmt().end())
                  {
                 // printf ("For statement initialization list: *i = %p = %s \n",*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str());
                    SgVariableDeclaration* variableDeclarationInitializer = isSgVariableDeclaration(*i);
                    if (variableDeclarationInitializer != NULL)
                       {
                      // There is a variable declaration in the conditional, it needs to be added to the symbol table.
                      // printf ("There is a variable declaration in the for statement initializer, it needs to be added to the symbol table scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
                      // ROSE_ASSERT(false);
                         supportForVariableDeclarations ( scope, symbolTable, variableDeclarationInitializer );
                       }
 
                    i++;
                  }
 
               SgVariableDeclaration* variableDeclarationCondition = isSgVariableDeclaration(forStatement->get_test());
               if (variableDeclarationCondition != NULL)
                  {
                 // There is a variable declaration in the conditional, it needs to be added to the symbol table.
                 // printf ("There is a variable declaration in the for statement test, it needs to be added to the symbol table scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
                 // ROSE_ASSERT(false);
                    supportForVariableDeclarations ( scope, symbolTable, variableDeclarationCondition );
                  }
 
               return;
               break;
             }
 
        case V_SgJovialForThenStatement:
        case V_SgMatlabForStatement:
          {
            return;
            break;
          }
 
 
       // DQ (12/23/2012): Added support for templates.
          case V_SgTemplateFunctionDefinition:
 
          case V_SgFunctionDefinition:
             {
            // These scopes have their symbols split between the attached symbol table and the symbol tables in the SgBasicBlock data member(s).
            // printf ("Symbol tables could contain symbols outside of the enclosed body scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
 
            // DQ (10/8/2007): If this is a SgFunctionDefinition, then include the parameters in the SgFunctionDeclaration.
               SgFunctionDefinition* functionDefinition = isSgFunctionDefinition(scope);
               if (functionDefinition != NULL)
                  {
                    SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = functionDefinition->get_declaration();
                 // printf ("In SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable(): functionDefinition = %p functionDeclaration = %p \n",functionDefinition,functionDeclaration);
 
                 // DQ (10/8/2007): It turns out that this is always NULL, because the parent of the functionDeclaration has not yet been set in the copy mechanism!
                    if (functionDeclaration != NULL)
                       {
                      // DQ (3/28/2014): After a call with Philippe, this Java specific issues is fixed and we don't seem to see this problem any more.
                         if (functionDeclaration->isForward() == true)
                            {
                              printf ("ERROR: functionDeclaration = %p = %s = %s \n",functionDeclaration,functionDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),functionDeclaration->get_name().str());
                              printf ("   --- functionDeclaration (get_name())   = %s \n",get_name(functionDeclaration).c_str());
                              printf ("   --- functionDeclaration (mangled name) = %s \n",functionDeclaration->get_mangled_name().str());
                              SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* memberFunctionDeclaration = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(functionDeclaration);
                              if (memberFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
                                 {
                                   printf ("memberFunctionDeclaration != NULL \n");
                                 }
                            }
                         ROSE_ASSERT(functionDeclaration->isForward() == false);
                         SgInitializedNamePtrList & argumentList = functionDeclaration->get_args();
                         supportForVariableLists(scope,symbolTable,argumentList);
                       }
                      else
                       {
                      // This happens in the copy function because the function definition is copied from the SgFunctionDeclaration
                      // and only after the copy is made is the parent of the definition set to be the function declaration.  Thus
                      // the get_declaration() member function returns NULL.
                      // printf ("There is no function declaration associated with this function definition! \n");
                      // ROSE_ASSERT(functionDeclaration->isForward() == true);
                       }
                  }
 
            // DQ (10/25/2007): Label symbols are now places into the SgFunctionDefinition (they have to be collected from the function).
               supportForLabelStatements(scope,symbolTable);
 
               return;
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgIfStmt:
             {
            // These scopes have their sysmbols split between the attached symbol table and the symbol tables in the SgBasicBlock data member(s).
            // printf ("Symbol tables could contain symbols outside of the enclosed body scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
 
               SgIfStmt* ifStatement = isSgIfStmt(scope);
               SgVariableDeclaration* variableDeclarationCondition = isSgVariableDeclaration(ifStatement->get_conditional());
               if (variableDeclarationCondition != NULL)
                  {
                 // There is a variable declaration in the conditional, it needs to be added to the symbol table.
                 // printf ("There is a variable declaration in the conditional, it needs to be added to the symbol table \n");
                 // ROSE_ASSERT(false);
                    supportForVariableDeclarations ( scope, symbolTable, variableDeclarationCondition );
                  }
               return;
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgSwitchStatement:
             {
            // These scopes have their sysmbols split between the attached symbol table and the symbol tables in the SgBasicBlock data member(s).
            // printf ("Symbol tables could contain symbols outside of the enclosed body scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
 
               SgSwitchStatement* switchStatement = isSgSwitchStatement(scope);
               SgVariableDeclaration* variableDeclarationSelector = isSgVariableDeclaration(switchStatement->get_item_selector());
               if (variableDeclarationSelector != NULL)
                  {
                 // There is a variable declaration in the conditional, it needs to be added to the symbol table.
                 // printf ("There is a variable declaration in the item selector of the switch statement, it needs to be added to the symbol table \n");
 
                    supportForVariableDeclarations ( scope, symbolTable, variableDeclarationSelector );
                  }
               return;
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgWhileStmt:
             {
            // These scopes have their sysmbols split between the attached symbol table and the symbol tables in the SgBasicBlock data member(s).
            // commented out like for others, otherwise show up each time a While is being copied. Liao, 1/31/2008
            // printf ("Symbol tables could contain symbols outside of the enclosed body scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
 
               SgWhileStmt* whileStatement = isSgWhileStmt(scope);
               SgVariableDeclaration* variableDeclarationCondition = isSgVariableDeclaration(whileStatement->get_condition());
               if (variableDeclarationCondition != NULL)
                  {
                 // There is a variable declaration in the conditional, it needs to be added to the symbol table.
                 // printf ("There is a variable declaration in the while statement condition, it needs to be added to the symbol table \n");
                 // ROSE_ASSERT(false);
 
                    supportForVariableDeclarations ( scope, symbolTable, variableDeclarationCondition );
                  }
               return;
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgCatchOptionStmt:
          case V_SgDoWhileStmt:
             {
            // These scopes contain a SgBasicBlock as a data member and the scope is held there.
            // printf ("Symbol tables can must be computed by the enclosed body scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
               return;
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (12/24/2012): Added support for templates.
          case V_SgTemplateClassDefinition:
 
          case V_SgBasicBlock:
          case V_SgClassDefinition:
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationDefn:
          case V_SgGlobal:
          case V_SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement:
          case V_SgFortranDo: // Liao 12/19/2008, My understanding is that Fortran do loop header does not introduce new symbols like  a C/C++ for loop does
             {
            // printf ("Used the list of statements/declarations that are held deirectly by this scope \n");
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (3/29/2014): Added support for SgJavaForEachStatement.
          case V_SgJavaForEachStatement:
             {
               SgJavaForEachStatement* javaForEachStatement = isSgJavaForEachStatement(scope);
               SgVariableDeclaration* variableDeclarationCondition = isSgVariableDeclaration(javaForEachStatement->get_element());
               if (variableDeclarationCondition != NULL)
                  {
                 // There is a variable declaration in the conditional, it needs to be added to the symbol table.
                 // printf ("There is a variable declaration in the while statement condition, it needs to be added to the symbol table \n");
                 // ROSE_ASSERT(false);
 
                    supportForVariableDeclarations ( scope, symbolTable, variableDeclarationCondition );
                  }
               return;
               break;
             }
 
          default:
             {
               printf ("Default reached in SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable() scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
               ROSE_ABORT();
             }
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable(): fixup declarations in Symbol Table from %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
  // Generate a copy of the statement list (this is simpler than handling the cases of a
  // declaration list and a statement list separately for the scopes that contain one or the other.
     SgStatementPtrList statementList = scope->generateStatementList();
 
  // Loop through the statements and for each declaration build a symbol and add it to the symbol table
     for (SgStatementPtrList::iterator i = statementList.begin(); i != statementList.end(); i++)
        {
       // At some point we should move this mechanism in to a factory patterns for SgSymbol
 
       // printf ("Iterating through the declaration in this scope ... %p = %s = %s \n",*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str(),get_name(*i).c_str());
 
          SgDeclarationStatement* declaration = isSgDeclarationStatement(*i);
          if (declaration != NULL)
             {
            // DQ (11/7/2007): Where there can be multiple declaration (e.g. function declarations with prototypes) only use one of them.
               bool useThisDeclaration = (declaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() == declaration) ||
                                         ( (declaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() == NULL) && (declaration->get_definingDeclaration() == declaration) );
 
               list<SgSymbol*> symbolList;
               switch(declaration->variantT())
                  {
                    case V_SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl:
                       {
                         SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* derivedDeclaration = isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(declaration);
                      // DQ (11/6/2007): Don't build a symbol for the defining declaration defined in another scope and put the resulting symbol into the wrong scope
                         if (scope == derivedDeclaration->get_scope())
                            {
                              SgSymbol* symbol = new SgMemberFunctionSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                              ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
 
                           // printf ("In rebuildSymbolTable: symbol = %p = %s = %s \n",symbol,symbol->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(symbol).c_str());
 
                           // printf ("SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl: scope = %p derivedDeclaration = %p = %s inserting a symbol = %p \n",scope,derivedDeclaration,get_name(derivedDeclaration).c_str(),symbol);
 
                              SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
                              symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
                            }
                           else
                            {
                           // printf ("SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl: scope = %p derivedDeclaration = %p = %s didn't match the scope \n",scope,derivedDeclaration,get_name(derivedDeclaration).c_str());
 
                           // These IR nodes might only exist as a template declaration and thus not be structureally present in their scope.
                           // So we would never traverse them in the correct scope and so never build sysmbols for them and add the symbols
                           // to the correct symbol table.  This is a fundamental problem.  So we have to try to add these sorts of symbols
                           // to the scope were they belong.
                              SgScopeStatement* derivedDeclarationScope = derivedDeclaration->get_scope();
                              ROSE_ASSERT(derivedDeclarationScope != NULL);
 
                           // If this is a copy then it would be nice to make sure that the scope has been properly set.
                           // Check this by looking for the associated template declaration in the scope.
                           // SgTemplateDeclaration* templateDeclaration = derivedDeclaration->get_templateDeclaration();
                           // SgDeclarationStatement* templateDeclaration = derivedDeclaration->get_templateDeclaration();
                              SgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration* templateDeclaration = derivedDeclaration->get_templateDeclaration();
                              ROSE_ASSERT(templateDeclaration != NULL);
                           // SgTemplateSymbol* templateSymbol = derivedDeclarationScope->lookup_template_symbol(templateDeclaration->get_name());
 
                           // DQ (8/13/2013): Fixed the interface to avoid use of lookup_template_symbol() (removed).
                           // DQ (7/31/2013): Fixing API to use functions that now require template parameters and template specialization arguments.
                           // In this case these are unavailable from this point.
                           // SgTemplateSymbol* templateSymbol = derivedDeclarationScope->lookup_template_symbol(templateDeclaration->get_template_name());
                           // SgTemplateSymbol* templateSymbol = derivedDeclarationScope->lookup_template_symbol(templateDeclaration->get_template_name(),NULL,NULL);
                              SgType* functionType                               = templateDeclaration->get_type();
                              SgTemplateParameterPtrList & templateParameterList = templateDeclaration->get_templateParameters();
                           // SgTemplateMemberFunctionSymbol* templateSymbol     = derivedDeclarationScope->lookup_template_symbol(templateDeclaration->get_template_name(),NULL,NULL);
                              SgTemplateMemberFunctionSymbol* templateSymbol     = derivedDeclarationScope->lookup_template_member_function_symbol(templateDeclaration->get_template_name(),functionType,&templateParameterList);
                              if (templateSymbol != NULL)
                                 {
                                // The symbol is not present, so we have to build one and add it.
#if 0
                                   printf ("Building a symbol for derivedDeclaration = %p = %s to an alternative symbol table in derivedDeclarationScope = %p \n",
                                        derivedDeclaration,get_name(derivedDeclaration).c_str(),derivedDeclarationScope);
#endif
                                   SgSymbol* symbol = new SgMemberFunctionSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                                   ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
                                   SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
                                   derivedDeclarationScope->insert_symbol(name,symbol);
                                 }
                                else
                                 {
                                // printf ("The symbol was already present in the derivedDeclarationScope = %p \n",derivedDeclarationScope);
                                 }
                            }
                         break;
                       }
 
                 // DQ (12/26/2012): Added support for templates.
                    case V_SgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration:
 
                    case V_SgMemberFunctionDeclaration:
                       {
                         SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* derivedDeclaration = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(declaration);
 
                      // DQ (11/6/2007): Don't build a symbol for the defining declaration defined in another scope and put the resulting symbol into the wrong scope
                         if (scope == derivedDeclaration->get_scope())
                            {
                           // SgSymbol* symbol = new SgMemberFunctionSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                              SgSymbol* symbol = NULL;
                              if (isSgTemplateFunctionDeclaration(declaration) != NULL)
                                   symbol = new SgTemplateMemberFunctionSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                                else
                                   symbol = new SgMemberFunctionSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
 
                              ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
 
                           // printf ("In rebuildSymbolTable: symbol = %p = %s = %s \n",symbol,symbol->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(symbol).c_str());
 
                              SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
                              symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
                            }
                           else
                            {
                           // This happens when a defining declaration is located outside of the class where it is associated.
                           // printf ("SgMemberFunctionDeclaration: scope = %p derivedDeclaration = %p = %s didn't match the scope \n",scope,derivedDeclaration,get_name(derivedDeclaration).c_str());
                            }
                         break;
                       }
 
                 // DQ (2/26/2009): These have to be reformatted from where someone removed the formatting previously.
                    case V_SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl:
                       {
                         SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl* derivedDeclaration = isSgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl(declaration);
                      // DQ (10/21/2007): If this is a friend function in a class then we have to skip insertion of the symbol into this scope (this symbol table)
                         if (scope == derivedDeclaration->get_scope())
                            {
                              SgSymbol* symbol = new SgFunctionSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                              ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
                              SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
                              symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
                            }
                           else
                            {
                              if (derivedDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().isFriend() == false)
                                 {
#if PRINT_DEVELOPER_WARNINGS
                                   printf ("Shouldn't this be a friend declaration = %p = %s \n",derivedDeclaration,derivedDeclaration->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                                 }
                            }
 
                         break;
                       }
 
                 // DQ (12/24/2012): Added support for templates.
                    case V_SgTemplateFunctionDeclaration:
 
                    case V_SgFunctionDeclaration:
                       {
                         SgFunctionDeclaration* derivedDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(declaration);
 
                      // DQ (10/20/2007): If this is a friend function in a class then we have to skip insertion of the symbol into this scope (this symbol table)
 
                         if (useThisDeclaration == true)
                            {
                              if (scope == derivedDeclaration->get_scope())
                                 {
                                // DQ (12/24/2012): Added support for templates.
                                // SgSymbol* symbol = new SgFunctionSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                                   SgSymbol* symbol = NULL;
                                   if (isSgTemplateFunctionDeclaration(declaration) != NULL)
                                        symbol = new SgTemplateFunctionSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                                     else
                                        symbol = new SgFunctionSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
 
                                   ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
                                   SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
                                   symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
                                 }
                                else
                                 {
                                   if (derivedDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().isFriend() == false)
                                      {
#if PRINT_DEVELOPER_WARNINGS
                                        printf ("Shouldn't this be a friend declaration = %p = %s \n",derivedDeclaration,derivedDeclaration->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                                      }
                                 }
                            }
                         break;
                       }
 
                 // DQ (12/28/2012): Adding support for templates.
                    case V_SgTemplateVariableDeclaration:
 
                    case V_SgVariableDeclaration:
                       {
                         SgVariableDeclaration* derivedDeclaration = isSgVariableDeclaration(declaration);
                         SgInitializedNamePtrList & variableList = derivedDeclaration->get_variables();
                         SgInitializedNamePtrList::iterator i = variableList.begin();
                         while ( i != variableList.end() )
                            {
                              SgInitializedName* variable = *i;
                              ROSE_ASSERT(variable != NULL);
 
                           // DQ (10/20/2007): static data members declared outside the class scope don't generate symbols.
                              if (variable->get_scope() == scope)
                                 {
                                   SgSymbol* symbol = new SgVariableSymbol(variable);
                                   ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
 
                                // printf ("In SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable() variable = %p building a new SgVariableSymbol = %p \n",variable,symbol);
 
                                   SgName name = variable->get_name();
                                   symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
                                 }
                                else
                                 {
                                // I think there is nothing to do in this case
                                // printf ("In SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable() This variable has a scope inconsistant with the symbol table: variable->get_scope() = %p scope = %p \n",variable->get_scope(),scope);
                                 }
 
                              i++;
                            }
 
                      // DQ (10/13/2007): Need to look into variable declarations to see if there are defining declaration
                      // that also force symbols to be built in the current scope!
                      // ROSE_ASSERT(derivedDeclaration->get_variableDeclarationContainsBaseTypeDefiningDeclaration() == false);
                         if (derivedDeclaration->get_variableDeclarationContainsBaseTypeDefiningDeclaration() == true)
                            {
                           // Build a SgClassDeclaration, SgEnumDeclaration associated symbol and add it to the symbol table.
                              ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable != NULL);
                              ROSE_ASSERT(derivedDeclaration->get_baseTypeDefiningDeclaration() != NULL);
                              supportForBaseTypeDefiningDeclaration ( symbolTable, derivedDeclaration->get_baseTypeDefiningDeclaration() );
                            }
 
                      // ROSE_ASSERT(symbolList.empty() == false);
                         break;
                       }
 
                    case V_SgTemplateInstantiationDecl:
                       {
                         SgTemplateInstantiationDecl* derivedDeclaration = isSgTemplateInstantiationDecl(declaration);
#if 1
                      // printf ("case SgTemplateInstantiationDecl: derivedDeclaration name = %s derivedDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().isFriend() = %s \n",
                      //      derivedDeclaration->get_name().str(),derivedDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().isFriend() ? "true" : "false");
 
                         if (scope == derivedDeclaration->get_scope())
                            {
                              SgSymbol* symbol = new SgClassSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                           // printf ("Inserting SgClassSymbol = %p into scope = %p = %s \n",symbol,scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
                              ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
                              SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
#if 0
                           // DQ (10/21/2007): The scopes should match
                              if (scope != derivedDeclaration->get_scope())
                                 {
                                   printf ("Error: scopes don't match for derivedDeclaration = %p = %s \n",derivedDeclaration,derivedDeclaration->class_name().c_str());
                                 }
                              ROSE_ASSERT(scope == derivedDeclaration->get_scope());
#endif
                              symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
                            }
                           else
                            {
                           // printf ("SgTemplateInstantiationDecl: scope = %p derivedDeclaration = %p = %s didn't match the scope \n",scope,derivedDeclaration,get_name(derivedDeclaration).c_str());
 
                              if (derivedDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().isFriend() == false)
                                 {
#if PRINT_DEVELOPER_WARNINGS
                                   printf ("Shouldn't this be a friend declaration = %p = %s \n",derivedDeclaration,derivedDeclaration->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                                 }
                            }
#else
                         SgSymbol* symbol = new SgClassSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
                         SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
                         symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
#endif
                         break;
                       }
 
 
                 // DQ (12/24/2012): Added support for templates.
                    case V_SgTemplateClassDeclaration:
 
                    case V_SgClassDeclaration:
                       {
                         SgClassDeclaration* derivedDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(declaration);
#if 1
                         if (scope == derivedDeclaration->get_scope())
                            {
                               SgSymbol* symbol = NULL;
                                   if (isSgTemplateClassDeclaration(declaration) != NULL)
                                        symbol = new SgTemplateClassSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                                     else
                                        symbol = new SgClassSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
 
                              ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
                              SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
                              symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
                            }
                           else
                            {
                              if (derivedDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().isFriend() == false)
                                 {
#if PRINT_DEVELOPER_WARNINGS
                                   printf ("Shouldn't this be a friend declaration = %p = %s \n",derivedDeclaration,derivedDeclaration->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                                 }
                            }
#else
                         SgSymbol* symbol = new SgClassSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
                         SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
                         symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
#endif
                         break;
                       }
 
                    case V_SgEnumDeclaration:
                       {
                         SgEnumDeclaration* derivedDeclaration = isSgEnumDeclaration(declaration);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(derivedDeclaration != NULL);
                         SgSymbol* symbol = new SgEnumSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
                         SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
                         symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
 
                      // DQ (10/18/2007): Fixed construction of symbol tabel to include enum fields.
                         SgInitializedNamePtrList & enumFieldList = derivedDeclaration->get_enumerators();
                         SgInitializedNamePtrList::iterator i     = enumFieldList.begin();
 
                      // Iterate over enum fields and add each one to the symbol table.
                         while (i != enumFieldList.end())
                            {
                              SgSymbol* enum_field_symbol = new SgEnumFieldSymbol(*i);
                              ROSE_ASSERT(enum_field_symbol != NULL);
                              SgName enum_field_name = (*i)->get_name();
                              symbolTable->insert(enum_field_name,enum_field_symbol);
 
                              i++;
                            }
 
                         break;
                       }
 
 
                 // DQ (2/18/2017): Added support for C++11 SgTemplateTypedefDeclaration.
                    case V_SgTemplateTypedefDeclaration:
 
                    case V_SgTypedefDeclaration:
                       {
                         SgTypedefDeclaration* derivedDeclaration = isSgTypedefDeclaration(declaration);
                         SgSymbol* symbol = new SgTypedefSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
                         SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
                         symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
#if 0
                         printf ("In SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable(): case of SgTypedefDeclaration \n");
#endif
                      // DQ (10/13/2007): Need to look into typedefs to see if there are defining declaration
                      // that also force symbols to be built in the current scope!
                      // ROSE_ASSERT(derivedDeclaration->get_typedefBaseTypeContainsDefiningDeclaration() == false);
                         if (derivedDeclaration->get_typedefBaseTypeContainsDefiningDeclaration() == true)
                            {
                           // Build a SgClassDeclaration, SgEnumDeclaration associated symbol and add it to the symbol table.
                              ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable != NULL);
                              ROSE_ASSERT(derivedDeclaration->get_baseTypeDefiningDeclaration() != NULL);
#if 0
                              printf ("In SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable(): case of SgTypedefDeclaration: typedefBaseTypeContainsDefiningDeclaration == true calling supportForBaseTypeDefiningDeclaration() \n");
#endif
                              supportForBaseTypeDefiningDeclaration ( symbolTable, derivedDeclaration->get_baseTypeDefiningDeclaration() );
                            }
                           else
                            {
                           // DQ (11/7/2007): If the typedef has a definition (e.g. function pointer) then build a symbol.
                              SgDeclarationStatement* declaration = derivedDeclaration->get_declaration();
                              if (declaration != NULL)
                                 {
#if 0
                                   printf ("In SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable(): case of SgTypedefDeclaration: typedefBaseTypeContainsDefiningDeclaration == false calling supportForBaseTypeDefiningDeclaration() \n");
#endif
                                // DQ (12/27/2012): Debugging the support for copytest_2007_40_cpp.C (we don't want to build this symbol since it is associated with an outer scope).
                                // supportForBaseTypeDefiningDeclaration ( symbolTable, derivedDeclaration->get_declaration() );
 
                                   printf ("In SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable(): case of SgTypedefDeclaration: typedefBaseTypeContainsDefiningDeclaration == false: skipping call to supportForBaseTypeDefiningDeclaration() \n");
                                 }
                            }
#if 0
                         printf ("In SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable(): Leaving case of SgTypedefDeclaration \n");
#endif
                         break;
                       }
 
                    case V_SgTemplateDeclaration:
                       {
                         SgTemplateDeclaration* derivedDeclaration = isSgTemplateDeclaration(declaration);
#if 1
                      // DQ (10/21/2007): If this is a friend function in a class then we have to skip insertion of the symbol into this scope (this symbol table)
#if 0
                         printf ("case V_SgTemplateDeclaration: derivedDeclaration               = %p \n",derivedDeclaration);
                         printf ("case V_SgTemplateDeclaration: derivedDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().isFriend() = %s \n",derivedDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().isFriend() ? "true" : "false");
                         printf ("case V_SgTemplateDeclaration: derivedDeclaration->get_name()   = %s \n",derivedDeclaration->get_name().str());
                         printf ("case V_SgTemplateDeclaration: derivedDeclaration->get_string() = %s \n",derivedDeclaration->get_string().str());
#endif
                         if (scope == derivedDeclaration->get_scope())
                            {
                              SgSymbol* symbol = new SgTemplateSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                              ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
                              SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
                              symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
                            }
                           else
                            {
                              if (derivedDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().isFriend() == false)
                                 {
#if PRINT_DEVELOPER_WARNINGS
                                   printf ("Shouldn't this be a friend declaration = %p = %s \n",derivedDeclaration,derivedDeclaration->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                                 }
                            }
#else
                         SgTemplateDeclaration* derivedDeclaration = isSgTemplateDeclaration(declaration);
                         SgSymbol* symbol = new SgTemplateSymbol(derivedDeclaration);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
                         SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
                         symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
#endif
                         break;
                       }
 
                 // Does this cause a symbol to be built?  Seems that it should,
                 // unless we always reference the non-aliased symbol (reuse it)!
                    case V_SgNamespaceAliasDeclarationStatement:
                       {
                         SgNamespaceAliasDeclarationStatement* aliasDeclaration = isSgNamespaceAliasDeclarationStatement(declaration);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(aliasDeclaration != NULL);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(aliasDeclaration->get_namespaceDeclaration() != NULL);
 
                         SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement* derivedDeclaration = isSgNamespaceDeclarationStatement(aliasDeclaration->get_namespaceDeclaration());
                         ROSE_ASSERT(derivedDeclaration != NULL);
 
                      // The constructor for the SgNamespaceSymbol is disturbingly different from the rest of the constructors.
                         SgSymbol* symbol = new SgNamespaceSymbol(derivedDeclaration->get_name(),derivedDeclaration);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
                         SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
                         symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
                      // symbolList.push_back(symbol);
                      // ROSE_ASSERT(symbolList.empty() == false);
                         break;
                       }
 
                 // Does this cause a symbol to be built?  Seems that it should,
                 // unless we always reference the non-aliased symbol (reuse it)!
                    case V_SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement:
                       {
                         SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement* derivedDeclaration = isSgNamespaceDeclarationStatement(declaration);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(derivedDeclaration != NULL);
 
                      // The constructor for the SgNamespaceSymbol is disturbingly different from the rest of the constructors.
                         SgSymbol* symbol = new SgNamespaceSymbol(derivedDeclaration->get_name(),derivedDeclaration);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
                         SgName name = derivedDeclaration->get_name();
                         symbolTable->insert(name,symbol);
                      // symbolList.push_back(symbol);
                      // ROSE_ASSERT(symbolList.empty() == false);
                         break;
                       }
 
                    case V_SgUsingDirectiveStatement:
                    case V_SgPragmaDeclaration:
                    case V_SgTemplateInstantiationDirectiveStatement:
                    case V_SgUsingDeclarationStatement:
                      {
                        // DQ (10/22/2005): Not sure if we have to worry about this declaration's appearance in the symbol table!
#if 0
                        printf ("This declaration is ignored in rebuilding symbol table %p = %s = %s \n",*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str(),get_name(*i).c_str());
#endif
                        break;
                      }
 
                    case V_SgAsmStmt:
                      {
                        // DQ (8/13/2006): This is not really a declaration (I think).  This will be fixed later.
#if 0
                        printf ("An ASM statement (SgAsmStmt) declaration is not really a declaration %p = %s = %s \n",*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str(),get_name(*i).c_str());
#endif
                        break;
                      }
 
                 // Cases where declations are not used or referenced and so symbols are not required!
                    case V_SgVariableDefinition:
                    case V_SgFunctionParameterList:
                    case V_SgCtorInitializerList:
                 // These are not referenced so they don't need a symbol!
                      {
                        printf ("Special cases not handled %p = %s = %s \n",*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str(),get_name(*i).c_str());
                        ROSE_ABORT();
                      }
 
                  case V_SgStaticAssertionDeclaration:
                      {
                     // DQ (2/18/2017): This is not really a declaration (I think).  This will be fixed later.
#if 0
                        printf ("A static assertion statement (SgStaticAssertionDeclaration) declaration is not really a declaration %p = %s = %s \n",*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str(),get_name(*i).c_str());
#endif
                        break;
                      }
 
                    default:
                      {
                        printf ("Error: Default reached in rebuildSymbolTable declaration = %p = %s \n",declaration,declaration->class_name().c_str());
                        ROSE_ABORT();
                      }
                  }
 
               ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable->get_table() != NULL);
             }
       // printf ("DONE: Iterating through the declaration in this scope ... %p = %s = %s \n",*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str(),get_name(*i).c_str());
 
        }
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable->get_table() != NULL);
 
#if 0
     printf ("Leaving SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable(): fixup declarations in Symbol Table from %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
#if 0
     printf ("Symbol Table from %p = %s at: \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
     scope->get_file_info()->display("Symbol Table Location");
     symbolTable->print("Called from SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable()");
#endif
   }
 
 
// #ifndef USE_ROSE
 
void
SageInterface::fixupReferencesToSymbols( const SgScopeStatement* this_scope,  SgScopeStatement* copy_scope, SgCopyHelp & help )
   {
  // This function is called by the SageInterface::rebuildSymbolTable().
  // It resets references to old symbols to the new symbols (just built).
  // All pairs of old/new symbols are also saved in the object:
  //    SgCopyHelp::copiedNodeMapType copiedNodeMap
 
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
     ROSE_ASSERT(this_scope != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(copy_scope != NULL);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In fixupReferencesToSymbols(this_scope = %p = %s = %s, copy_scope = %p = %s = %s) \n",
          this_scope,this_scope->class_name().c_str(),get_name(this_scope).c_str(),
          copy_scope,copy_scope->class_name().c_str(),get_name(copy_scope).c_str());
#endif
 
     SgSymbolTable* this_symbolTable = this_scope->get_symbol_table();
     SgSymbolTable* copy_symbolTable = copy_scope->get_symbol_table();
#if 0
     printf ("Before fixup: this scope = %p = %s this_symbolTable->get_table()->size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",this_scope,this_scope->class_name().c_str(),this_symbolTable->get_table()->size());
     printf ("Before fixup: copy scope = %p = %s copy_symbolTable->get_table()->size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",copy_scope,copy_scope->class_name().c_str(),copy_symbolTable->get_table()->size());
#endif
 
  // DQ (3/4/2009): For now just output a warning, but this might be a more serious problem.
  // Since the symbol table size of the copy is larger than that of the original it might
  // be that a symbol is enterted twice by the copy mechanism.  If so I want to fix this.
     if (this_symbolTable->get_table()->size() != copy_symbolTable->get_table()->size())
        {
          if (SgProject::get_verbose() > 0)
              {
               printf ("Before fixup: this scope = %p = %s this_symbolTable->get_table()->size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",this_scope,this_scope->class_name().c_str(),this_symbolTable->get_table()->size());
               printf ("Before fixup: copy scope = %p = %s copy_symbolTable->get_table()->size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",copy_scope,copy_scope->class_name().c_str(),copy_symbolTable->get_table()->size());
               printf ("Warning the symbols tables in these different scopes are different sizes \n");
             }
        }
  // ROSE_ASSERT(this_symbolTable->get_table()->size() <= copy_symbolTable->get_table()->size());
 
     SgSymbolTable::hash_iterator i = this_symbolTable->get_table()->begin();
 
  // This is used to fixup the AST by resetting references to IR nodes (leveraged from AST merge).
     std::map<SgNode*, SgNode*> replacementMap;
     int counter = 0;
     while (i != this_symbolTable->get_table()->end())
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT ( isSgSymbol( (*i).second ) != NULL );
 
          SgName name     = (*i).first;
       // SgSymbol* symbol = isSgSymbol((*i).second);
          SgSymbol* symbol = (*i).second;
          ROSE_ASSERT ( symbol != NULL );
 
          SgSymbol* associated_symbol = NULL;
#if 0
          printf ("Symbol number: %d (pair.first (SgName) = %s) pair.second (SgSymbol) = %p sage_class_name() = %s \n",counter,i->first.str(),i->second,i->second->class_name().c_str());
#endif
       // Look for the associated symbol in the copy_scope's symbol table.
          SgSymbolTable::hash_iterator associated_symbol_iterator = copy_symbolTable->get_table()->find(name);
 
       // Note that this is a multi-map and for C++ a number of symbols can have the same name
       // (though not the same type of symbol) so we have to iterator over the symbols of the
       // same name so that we can identify the associated symbol.
          while (associated_symbol_iterator != copy_symbolTable->get_table()->end() && associated_symbol_iterator->first == name)
             {
               if ( associated_symbol_iterator->second->variantT() == symbol->variantT() )
                  {
                    associated_symbol = associated_symbol_iterator->second;
                  }
 
               associated_symbol_iterator++;
             }
 
          if (associated_symbol != NULL)
             {
               ROSE_ASSERT ( associated_symbol != NULL );
 
            // Check to make sure that this is correct
               ROSE_ASSERT(copy_scope->symbol_exists(associated_symbol) == true);
 
            // Add the SgGlobal referenece to the replacementMap
            // replacementMap.insert(pair<SgNode*,SgNode*>(originalFileGlobalScope,scope));
            // DQ (23/1/2009): Find the reference to symbol and replace it with associated_symbol.
               replacementMap.insert(pair<SgNode*,SgNode*>(symbol,associated_symbol));
 
            // DQ (3/1/2009): This is backwards
            // replacementMap.insert(pair<SgNode*,SgNode*>(associated_symbol,symbol));
 
            // DQ (3/2/2009): accumulate the symbol pair into the SgCopyHelp object (to support the outliner).
            // Actually this should also improve the robustness of the outliner.
               help.get_copiedNodeMap().insert(pair<const SgNode*,SgNode*>(symbol,associated_symbol));
             }
            else
             {
            // DQ (3/4/2009): This case was broken out because copytest2007_14.C fails here.
               if (SgProject::get_verbose() > 0)
                  {
                    printf ("Warning: Symbol number: %d (pair.first (SgName) = %s) pair.second (SgSymbol) = %p sage_class_name() = %s \n",counter,i->first.str(),i->second,i->second->class_name().c_str());
                    printf ("Warning: associated_symbol == NULL, need to investigate this (ignoring for now) \n");
                  }
             }
 
          counter++;
 
          i++;
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("\n\n************************************************************\n");
     printf ("fixupReferencesToSymbols(this_scope = %p copy_scope = %p = %s = %s): calling Utils::edgePointerReplacement() \n",this_scope,copy_scope,copy_scope->class_name().c_str(),get_name(copy_scope).c_str());
#endif
 
     Rose::AST::Utility::edgePointerReplacement(copy_scope,replacementMap);
 
#if 0
     printf ("fixupReferencesToSymbols(): calling Utils::edgePointerReplacement(): DONE \n");
     printf ("************************************************************\n\n");
 
     printf ("\n\n After replacementMapTraversal(): intermediateDeleteSet: \n");
     displaySet(intermediateDeleteSet,"After Utils::edgePointerReplacement");
 
     printf ("After fixup: this_symbolTable->get_table()->size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",this_symbolTable->get_table()->size());
     printf ("After fixup: copy_symbolTable->get_table()->size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",copy_symbolTable->get_table()->size());
#endif
 
  // DQ (3/1/2009): find a case where this code is tested.
  // ROSE_ASSERT(this_symbolTable->get_table()->size() == 0);
  // ROSE_ASSERT(isSgClassDefinition(copy_scope) == NULL);
#endif
 
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test in fixupReferencesToSymbols() \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
   }
 
// #endif
 
#ifndef USE_ROSE
 
std::vector<SgFile*>
SageInterface::generateFileList()
   {
  // This function uses a memory pool traversal specific to the SgFile IR nodes
     class FileTraversal : public ROSE_VisitTraversal
        {
          public:
               vector<SgFile*> fileList;
               void visit ( SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgFile* file = isSgFile(node);
                    ROSE_ASSERT(file != NULL);
                    if (file != NULL)
                       {
                         fileList.push_back(file);
                       }
                  };
 
              virtual ~FileTraversal() {}
        };
 
     FileTraversal fileTraversal;
 
  // traverse just the SgFile nodes (both the SgSourceFile and SgBinaryComposite IR nodes)!
  // SgFile::visitRepresentativeNode(fileTraversal);
     SgSourceFile::traverseMemoryPoolNodes(fileTraversal);
#ifdef ROSE_ENABLE_BINARY_ANALYSIS
     SgBinaryComposite::traverseMemoryPoolNodes(fileTraversal);
#endif
 
  // This would alternatively traverse all IR nodes in thememory pool!
  // fileTraversal.traverseMemoryPool();
 
  // TV (06/24/2013): This fail when calling SageBuilder::buildVariableDeclaration(...) without any file created.
  // DQ (10/11/2014): This is allowed to be empty (required for new aterm support).
  // ROSE_ASSERT(fileTraversal.fileList.empty() == false);
 
     return fileTraversal.fileList;
   }
 
#endif
 
// #ifndef USE_ROSE
 
// DQ (4/17/2015): I think this function should be removed since it interferes
// with the concept of having more than one SgProject node.
// This function uses a memory pool traversal specific to the SgProject IR nodes
SgProject*
SageInterface::getProject()
{
#if 0
  class ProjectTraversal : public ROSE_VisitTraversal
  {
    public:
      SgProject * project;
      void visit ( SgNode* node)
      {
        project = isSgProject(node);
        ROSE_ASSERT(project!= NULL);
      };
      virtual ~ProjectTraversal() {}
  };
 
  ProjectTraversal projectTraversal;
  SgProject::visitRepresentativeNode(projectTraversal);
  return projectTraversal.project;
#endif
  std::vector<SgProject* > resultlist = getSgNodeListFromMemoryPool<SgProject>();
  if (resultlist.empty())
      return NULL;
  ROSE_ASSERT(resultlist.size()==1);
  return resultlist[0];
}
 
SgProject*
SageInterface::getProject(const SgNode * node) {
    return getEnclosingNode<SgProject>(node, true /*includingSelf*/);
}
 
SgFunctionDeclaration* SageInterface::getDeclarationOfNamedFunction(SgExpression* func) {
  SgFunctionDeclaration * ret = NULL;
  if (isSgFunctionRefExp(func))
  {
    return isSgFunctionRefExp(func)->get_symbol()->get_declaration();
  }
  else if (isSgDotExp(func) || isSgArrowExp(func))
  {
    SgExpression* func2 = isSgBinaryOp(func)->get_rhs_operand();
    if (isSgMemberFunctionRefExp(func2))
      return isSgMemberFunctionRefExp(func2)->get_symbol()->get_declaration();
    else
    {
      cerr<<"Warning in SageInterface::getDeclarationOfNamedFunction(): rhs operand of dot or arrow operations is not a member function, but a "<<func2->class_name()<<endl;
    }
  }
 
  return ret;
}
 
SgExpression* SageInterface::forallMaskExpression(SgForAllStatement* stmt) {
  SgExprListExp* el = stmt->get_forall_header();
  const SgExpressionPtrList& ls = el->get_expressions();
  if (ls.empty()) return 0;
  if (isSgAssignOp(ls.back())) return 0;
  return ls.back();
}
 
//Find all SgPntrArrRefExp under astNode, add the referenced dim_info SgVarRefExp (if any) into NodeList_t
void SageInterface::addVarRefExpFromArrayDimInfo(SgNode * astNode, Rose_STL_Container<SgNode *>& NodeList_t)
{
  ASSERT_not_null(astNode);
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> arr_exp_list = NodeQuery::querySubTree(astNode,V_SgPntrArrRefExp);
  for (SgNode* expr : arr_exp_list)
  {
    SgPntrArrRefExp* arr_exp = isSgPntrArrRefExp(expr);
    ASSERT_not_null(arr_exp);
    Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> refList = NodeQuery::querySubTree(arr_exp->get_lhs_operand(),V_SgVarRefExp);
    for (SgNode* ref : refList)
    {
      SgVarRefExp* cur_ref = isSgVarRefExp(ref);
      ASSERT_not_null(cur_ref);
      SgVariableSymbol * sym = cur_ref->get_symbol();
      ASSERT_not_null(sym);
      SgInitializedName * iname = sym->get_declaration();
      ASSERT_not_null(iname);
      SgArrayType * a_type = isSgArrayType(iname->get_typeptr());
      if (a_type && a_type->get_dim_info())
      {
        Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> dim_ref_list = NodeQuery::querySubTree(a_type->get_dim_info(),V_SgVarRefExp);
        for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*>::iterator iter2 = dim_ref_list.begin(); iter2 != dim_ref_list.end(); iter2++)
        {
          SgVarRefExp* dim_ref = isSgVarRefExp(*iter2);
          NodeList_t.push_back(dim_ref);
        }
      }
    }
  } // end for
}
 
 
// DQ (11/25/2020): This disables these non-inlined functions in favor of
// inlined versions of the functions in the sageInterface.h (header file).
#if (INLINE_OPTIMIZED_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS == 0)
bool
SageInterface::is_Ada_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_Ada_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_Ada_only() == true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
bool
SageInterface::is_C_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_C_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_C_only() == true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
bool
SageInterface::is_OpenMP_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_OpenMP_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_openmp() == true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
bool
SageInterface::is_UPC_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_UPC_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_UPC_only() == true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
//FMZ
bool
SageInterface::is_CAF_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_CAF_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_CoArrayFortran_only()==true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
 
// true if any of upc_threads is set to >0 via command line: -rose:upc_threads n
bool
SageInterface::is_UPC_dynamic_threads()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_UPC_dynamic_threads;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_upc_threads() > 0)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
 
 
bool
SageInterface::is_C99_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_C99_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_C99_only() == true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
bool
SageInterface::is_Cxx_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_Cxx_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
       // DQ (8/19/2007): Make sure this is not a Fortran code!
          if (fileList[i]->get_Cxx_only() == true)
             {
               ROSE_ASSERT(fileList[i]->get_Fortran_only() == false && fileList[i]->get_C99_only() == false && fileList[i]->get_C_only() == false && fileList[i]->get_binary_only() == false);
 
               returnValue = true;
             }
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
bool
SageInterface::is_Java_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_Java_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_Java_only() == true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
bool
SageInterface::is_Jvm_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_Jvm_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_Jvm_only() == true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
// Rasmussen (4/4/2018): Added Jovial
bool
SageInterface::is_Jovial_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_Jovial_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_Jovial_only() == true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
 
bool
SageInterface::is_Fortran_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_Fortran_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_Fortran_only() == true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
 
bool
SageInterface::is_binary_executable()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_binary_executable;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_binary_only() == true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
bool
SageInterface::is_PHP_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_PHP_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_PHP_only() == true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
bool
SageInterface::is_Python_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_Python_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_Python_only() == true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
bool
SageInterface::is_Cuda_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_Cuda_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_Cuda_only() == true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
bool
SageInterface::is_OpenCL_language()
   {
#if OPTIMIZE_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS
  // DQ (11/25/2020): Add support to set this as a specific language kind file (there is at least one language kind file processed by ROSE).
     return Rose::is_OpenCL_language;
#else
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     vector<SgFile*> fileList = generateFileList();
 
     int size = (int)fileList.size();
     for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
        {
          if (fileList[i]->get_OpenCL_only() == true)
               returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
#endif
   }
 
// for if (INLINE_OPTIMIZED_IS_LANGUAGE_KIND_FUNCTIONS == 0)
#endif
 
bool SageInterface::is_mixed_C_and_Cxx_language()
   {
     return is_C_language() && is_Cxx_language();
   }
 
bool SageInterface::is_mixed_Fortran_and_C_language()
   {
     return is_Fortran_language() && is_C_language();
   }
 
bool SageInterface::is_mixed_Fortran_and_Cxx_language()
   {
     return is_Fortran_language() && is_Cxx_language();
   }
 
bool SageInterface::is_mixed_Fortran_and_C_and_Cxx_language()
   {
     return is_Fortran_language() && is_C_language() && is_Cxx_language();
   }
 
bool SageInterface::is_language_case_insensitive()
   {
      return symbol_table_case_insensitive_semantics == true;
   }
 
// Languages that may have scopes that contain statements that are not only declarations.
// For Fortran and Jovial (at least), function definitions may be declared at the end of procedures.
bool SageInterface::language_may_contain_nondeclarations_in_scope()
   {
      return is_Fortran_language() || is_Jovial_language() || is_Python_language();
   }
 
// DQ (10/5/2006): Added support for faster (non-quadratic) computation of unique
// labels for scopes in a function (as required for name mangling).
void
SageInterface::clearScopeNumbers( SgFunctionDefinition* functionDefinition )
   {
     ASSERT_not_null(functionDefinition);
     std::map<SgNode*,int> & scopeMap = functionDefinition->get_scope_number_list();
 
  // Clear the cache of stored (scope,integer) pairs
     scopeMap.erase(scopeMap.begin(),scopeMap.end());
 
     ASSERT_require(scopeMap.empty() == true);
     ASSERT_require(functionDefinition->get_scope_number_list().empty() == true);
   }
 
#ifndef USE_ROSE
 
// DQ (10/5/2006): Added support for faster (non-quadratic) computation of unique
// labels for scopes in a function (as required for name mangling).
void
SageInterface::resetScopeNumbers( SgFunctionDefinition* functionDefinition )
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(functionDefinition != NULL);
  // std::map<SgNode*,int> & scopeMap = functionDefinition->get_scope_number_list();
  // ROSE_ASSERT(scopeMap.empty() == true);
     ROSE_ASSERT(functionDefinition->get_scope_number_list().empty() == true);
 
  // Preorder traversal to uniquely label the scopes (SgScopeStatements)
     class ScopeNumberingTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               ScopeNumberingTraversal() : count (0), storedFunctionDefinition(NULL) {}
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgScopeStatement* scope = isSgScopeStatement (node);
                    if (scope != NULL)
                       {
                      // Set the function definition
                         SgFunctionDefinition* testFunctionDefinition = isSgFunctionDefinition(scope);
                         if (testFunctionDefinition != NULL && storedFunctionDefinition == NULL)
                            {
                              ROSE_ASSERT(storedFunctionDefinition == NULL);
                              storedFunctionDefinition = testFunctionDefinition;
                            }
 
                      // This should now be set (since the root of each traversal is a SgFunctionDefinition).
                         ROSE_ASSERT(storedFunctionDefinition != NULL);
 
                         count++;
 
                         std::map<SgNode*,int> & scopeMap = storedFunctionDefinition->get_scope_number_list();
                         scopeMap.insert(pair<SgNode*,int>(scope,count));
#if 0
                         string functionName = storedFunctionDefinition->get_declaration()->get_name().str();
                         printf ("In function = %s insert scope = %p = %s with count = %d into local map (size = %d) \n",
                              functionName.c_str(),scope,scope->class_name().c_str(),count,scopeMap.size());
#endif
                       }
                  }
 
          private:
               int count; // running total of scopes found in the input function
               SgFunctionDefinition* storedFunctionDefinition;
        };
 
    // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the function definition.
       ScopeNumberingTraversal traversal;
       traversal.traverse(functionDefinition, preorder);
   }
 
#endif
 
#ifndef USE_ROSE
 
#if 0
// DQ (6/26/2007): These are removed and the support is added to SgNode to support a single mangled name cache.
// DQ (10/5/2006): Added support for faster (non-quadratic) computation of unique
// labels for scopes in a function (as required for name mangling).
void
SageInterface::clearMangledNameCache( SgGlobal* globalScope )
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(globalScope != NULL);
     std::map<SgNode*,std::string> & mangledNameCache = globalScope->get_mangledNameCache();
 
  // Clear the cache of stored (scope,integer) pairs
     mangledNameCache.erase(mangledNameCache.begin(),mangledNameCache.end());
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(mangledNameCache.empty() == true);
     ROSE_ASSERT(globalScope->get_mangledNameCache().empty() == true);
   }
 
// DQ (10/5/2006): Added support for faster (non-quadratic) computation of unique
// labels for scopes in a function (as required for name mangling).
void
SageInterface::resetMangledNameCache( SgGlobal* globalScope )
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(globalScope != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(globalScope->get_mangledNameCache().empty() == true);
 
  // Preorder traversal to uniquely label the scopes (SgScopeStatements)
     class MangledNameTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               MangledNameTraversal() : storedGlobalScope(NULL) {}
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgFunctionDeclaration* mangleableNode = isSgFunctionDeclaration(node);
                    if ( (mangleableNode != NULL) || (isSgGlobal(node) != NULL) )
                       {
                      // Set the global scope
                         SgGlobal* testGlobalScope = isSgGlobal(mangleableNode);
                         if (testGlobalScope != NULL && storedGlobalScope == NULL)
                            {
                              ROSE_ASSERT(storedGlobalScope == NULL);
                              storedGlobalScope = testGlobalScope;
                            }
 
                      // This should now be set (since the root of each traversal is a SgFunctionDefinition).
                         ROSE_ASSERT(storedGlobalScope != NULL);
 
                         string mangledName = mangleableNode->get_mangled_name();
                      // printf ("mangledName = %s \n",mangledName.c_str());
 
                         std::map<SgNode*,std::string> & mangledNameCache = storedGlobalScope->get_mangledNameCache();
                         mangledNameCache.insert(pair<SgNode*,std::string>(mangleableNode,mangledName));
#if 0
                         string nodeName = get_name(mangleableNode);
                         printf ("At node = %p = %s = %s in local map (size = %d) \n",
                              mangleableNode,mangleableNode->class_name().c_str(),nodeName.c_str(),mangledNameCache.size());
#endif
                       }
                  }
 
          private:
               SgGlobal* storedGlobalScope;
        };
 
    // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the function definition.
       MangledNameTraversal traversal;
       traversal.traverse(globalScope, preorder);
   }
#endif
 
 
string
SageInterface::getMangledNameFromCache( SgNode* astNode )
   {
  // The TransformationSupport is not defined yet (I forget the
  // details but I recall that there is a reason why this is this way).
  // SgGlobal* globalScope = TransformationSupport::getGlobalScope(astNode);
#if 0
     SgGlobal* globalScope = isSgGlobal(astNode);
 
     if (globalScope == NULL && isSgFile(astNode) != NULL)
        {
          globalScope = isSgFile(astNode)->get_globalScope();
          ROSE_ASSERT(globalScope != NULL);
        }
 
     if (globalScope == NULL && isSgProject(astNode) != NULL)
        {
       // Check to make sure that the SgFile can be uniquely determined
          ROSE_ASSERT( isSgProject(astNode)->get_fileList()->size() == 1 );
          globalScope = isSgProject(astNode)->get_fileList()->operator[](0)->get_globalScope();
          ROSE_ASSERT(globalScope != NULL);
        }
 
     SgNode* temp = astNode;
     while (temp->get_parent() != NULL && globalScope == NULL)
        {
          temp = temp->get_parent();
          globalScope = isSgGlobal(temp);
        }
     ROSE_ASSERT(globalScope != NULL);
#endif
 
  // std::map<SgNode*,std::string> & mangledNameCache = globalScope->get_mangledNameCache();
     std::map<SgNode*,std::string> & mangledNameCache = SgNode::get_globalMangledNameMap();
 
  // Build an iterator
     std::map<SgNode*,std::string>::iterator i = mangledNameCache.find(astNode);
 
     string mangledName;
     if (i != mangledNameCache.end())
        {
       // get the precomputed mangled name!
          //~ printf ("Mangled name IS found in cache (node = %p = %s) \n",astNode,astNode->class_name().c_str());
          mangledName = i->second;
        }
       else
        {
       // mangled name not found in cache!
          //~ printf ("Mangled name NOT found in cache (node = %p = %s) \n",astNode,astNode->class_name().c_str());
        }
 
     return mangledName;
   }
 
#define DEBUG_SAGE_INTERFACE_ADD_MANGLED_TO_CACHE 0
#define DEBUG_MANGLED_SHORTNAME 1
 
//#ifdef DEBUG_MANGLED_SHORTNAME
//std::unordered_map<uint64_t, std::string> SageInterface::mangledNameHashCollisionCheckMap;
//#endif
 
std::string
SageInterface::addMangledNameToCache( SgNode* astNode, const std::string & oldMangledName)
   {
#if DEBUG_SAGE_INTERFACE_ADD_MANGLED_TO_CACHE
     printf ("In SageInterface::addMangledNameToCache(): TOP: astNode = %p = %s oldMangledName = %s \n",astNode,astNode->class_name().c_str(),oldMangledName.c_str());
#endif
 
//#define DEBUG_MANGLED_SHORTNAME 1
#ifdef DEBUG_MANGLED_SHORTNAME
     static std::unordered_map<uint64_t, std::string> mangledNameHashCollisionCheckMap;
#endif
 
 
#if 0
     SgGlobal* globalScope = isSgGlobal(astNode);
 
     if (globalScope == NULL && isSgFile(astNode) != NULL)
        {
          globalScope = isSgFile(astNode)->get_globalScope();
          ROSE_ASSERT(globalScope != NULL);
        }
 
     if (globalScope == NULL && isSgProject(astNode) != NULL)
        {
       // Check to make sure that the SgFile can be uniquely determined
          ROSE_ASSERT( isSgProject(astNode)->get_fileList()->size() == 1 );
          globalScope = isSgProject(astNode)->get_fileList()->operator[](0)->get_globalScope();
          ROSE_ASSERT(globalScope != NULL);
        }
 
     SgNode* temp = astNode;
     while (temp->get_parent() != NULL && globalScope == NULL)
        {
          temp = temp->get_parent();
          globalScope = isSgGlobal(temp);
        }
     ROSE_ASSERT(globalScope != NULL);
#endif
 
     std::map<SgNode*,std::string> & mangledNameCache   = SgNode::get_globalMangledNameMap();
 
     std::string mangledName;
 
     if (SgProject::get_mangled_noshortname() == false) {
         std::map<std::string, uint64_t> & shortMangledNameCache = SgNode::get_shortMangledNameCache();
 
         if (oldMangledName.size() > 40) {
             std::map<std::string, uint64_t>::const_iterator shortMNIter = shortMangledNameCache.find(oldMangledName);
             uint64_t idNumber = 0;
             if (shortMNIter != shortMangledNameCache.end())
                 {
                     idNumber = shortMNIter->second;
 
#ifdef DEBUG_MANGLED_SHORTNAME
                   //Check for hash colisions, if we found an idNumber, but the long mangled name is different, we have a problem
                   auto collisionIt = mangledNameHashCollisionCheckMap.find(idNumber);
                   if(collisionIt != mangledNameHashCollisionCheckMap.end() &&
                     oldMangledName != shortMNIter->first)
                   {
                     mlog[Sawyer::Message::Common::ERROR] <<" Got a short mangled name collision.  \n "<<
                       oldMangledName << " and \n " << shortMNIter->first << " \n" <<
                       "have the same idNumber of: " << Combinatorics::toBase62String(idNumber) << " " << shortMNIter->second << endl;
                     exit(12);
                   } else {
                     mangledNameHashCollisionCheckMap[idNumber] = oldMangledName;
                   }
#endif //DEBUG_MANGLED_SHORTNAME
 
                 }
             else
                 {
                   Combinatorics::HasherSha256Builtin hasher;
                   hasher.insert(oldMangledName);
                   hasher.digest();
                   idNumber = hasher.toU64();
                   shortMangledNameCache.insert(std::pair<std::string, uint64_t>(oldMangledName, idNumber));
                 }
 
             std::ostringstream mn;
             mn << 'L' << Combinatorics::toBase62String(idNumber) << 'R';
             mangledName = mn.str();
         } else {
             mangledName = oldMangledName;
         }
      } else {
 
  // DQ (7/24/2012): Note that using this option can cause some test codes using operators that have
  // difficult names (conversion operators to user-defined types) to fail.  See test2004_141.C for example.
  // The conversion operator "operator T&() const;" will fail because the character "&" will remain in
  // mangled name.  The substring coding changes the strings for the mangled names and this effectively
  // removes the special characters, but there could be cases where they might remain.
 
  // DQ (3/27/2012): Use this as a mechanism to limit the I/O but still output a warning infrequently.
     static unsigned long counter = 0;
 
  // DQ (3/27/2012): Use this as a mechanism to limit the I/O but still output a warning infrequently.
  // This supports debugging the new EDG 4.x interface...
     if (counter++ % 500 == 0)
        {
          printf ("WARNING: In SageInterface::addMangledNameToCache(): Using longer forms of mangled names (can cause some function names with embedded special characters to fail; test2004_141.C) \n");
        }
     mangledName = oldMangledName;
}
 
  // DQ (6/26/2007): Output information useful for understanding Jeremiah's shortended name merge caching.
  // std::cerr << "Changed MN " << oldMangledName << " to " << mangledName << std::endl;
 
#if 0
     printf ("Updating mangled name cache for node = %p = %s with mangledName = %s \n",astNode,astNode->class_name().c_str(),mangledName.c_str());
#endif
 
#ifdef ROSE_DEBUG_NEW_EDG_ROSE_CONNECTION
     SgStatement* statement = isSgStatement(astNode);
     if (statement != NULL && statement->hasExplicitScope() == true)
        {
          if (statement->get_scope() == NULL)
             {
               printf ("Warning: SageInterface::addMangledNameToCache(): In it might be premature to add this IR node and name to the mangledNameCache: statement = %p = %s oldMangledName = %s \n",
                    statement,statement->class_name().c_str(),oldMangledName.c_str());
             }
        }
#endif
 
     mangledNameCache.insert(pair<SgNode*,string>(astNode,mangledName));
 
#if DEBUG_SAGE_INTERFACE_ADD_MANGLED_TO_CACHE
     printf ("In SageInterface::addMangledNameToCache(): returning mangledName = %s \n",mangledName.c_str());
#endif
 
     return mangledName;
   }
 
 
// #endif
 
#ifndef USE_ROSE
 
bool
SageInterface::declarationPreceedsDefinition ( SgDeclarationStatement* nonDefiningDeclaration, SgDeclarationStatement* definingDeclaration )
   {
  // This function is used in the unparser, but might be more generally useful.  Since it is
  // related to general AST tests, I have put it here.  It might be alternatively put in the
  // src/backend/unparser or related utility directory.
 
  // Preorder traversal to test the order of declaration of non-defining vs. defining class
  // declarations in the preorder traversal of the AST.
     class DeclarationOrderTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               DeclarationOrderTraversal( SgDeclarationStatement* nonDefiningDeclaration, SgDeclarationStatement* definingDeclaration )
                  : storedNondefiningDeclaration(nonDefiningDeclaration),
                    storedDefiningDeclaration(definingDeclaration)
                  {
                    storedDeclarationFound                            = false;
                    nonDefiningDeclarationPreceedsDefiningDeclaration = false;
                  }
 
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    ROSE_ASSERT(storedNondefiningDeclaration != NULL);
                    ROSE_ASSERT(storedDefiningDeclaration != NULL);
                    ROSE_ASSERT(storedNondefiningDeclaration != storedDefiningDeclaration);
                 // ROSE_ASSERT(storedNondefiningDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration() == storedDefiningDeclaration);
 
                 // Even though we only care about the SgClassDeclaration IR nodes we have to traverse them
                 // in the AST in the order defined by the traversal (order of apprearance in the AST).  We
                 // also can't just search the declarations of a single scope (since the nondefining declaration
                 // can appear in a different scope than the defining declaration).
                    SgDeclarationStatement* declaration = isSgDeclarationStatement(node);
                    if ( declaration != NULL )
                       {
                         if (storedDeclarationFound == false)
                            {
                              if (declaration == storedDefiningDeclaration)
                                 {
                                   storedDeclarationFound = true;
                                   nonDefiningDeclarationPreceedsDefiningDeclaration = false;
                                 }
                              if (declaration == storedNondefiningDeclaration)
                                 {
                                   storedDeclarationFound = true;
                                   nonDefiningDeclarationPreceedsDefiningDeclaration = true;
                                 }
                            }
                       }
                  }
 
          public:
               bool storedDeclarationFound;
               bool nonDefiningDeclarationPreceedsDefiningDeclaration;
 
          private:
               SgDeclarationStatement* storedNondefiningDeclaration;
               SgDeclarationStatement* storedDefiningDeclaration;
        };
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(nonDefiningDeclaration != NULL);
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::declarationPreceedsDefinition(): \n");
     printf ("     nondefiningDeclaration                            = %p = %s \n",nonDefiningDeclaration,nonDefiningDeclaration->class_name().c_str());
     nonDefiningDeclaration->get_file_info()->display("nonDefiningDeclaration");
     printf ("     nondefiningDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration() = %p \n",nonDefiningDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration());
     printf ("     definingDeclaration                               = %p = %s \n",definingDeclaration,definingDeclaration->class_name().c_str());
     definingDeclaration->get_file_info()->display("definingDeclaration");
     printf ("************************************************************* \n");
#endif
 
#if 0
  // The nonDefiningDeclaration can be a different type of declaration than the definingDeclaration
     if (nonDefiningDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration() != definingDeclaration)
        {
          printf ("In SageInterface::declarationPreceedsDefinition() (warning): \n");
          printf ("     nondefiningDeclaration                            = %p \n",nonDefiningDeclaration);
          printf ("     nondefiningDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration() = %p \n",nonDefiningDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration());
          printf ("     definingDeclaration                               = %p \n",definingDeclaration);
        }
#endif
 
  // define trival case of classNonDefiningDeclaration == classDefiningDeclaration to be false.
     bool returnResult = false;
     if (nonDefiningDeclaration != definingDeclaration)
        {
       // Get the global scope from a traversal back (up) through the AST.
          SgGlobal* globalScope = TransformationSupport::getGlobalScope(definingDeclaration);
          ROSE_ASSERT(globalScope != NULL);
 
       // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the function definition.
          DeclarationOrderTraversal traversal (nonDefiningDeclaration,definingDeclaration);
 
#if 0
          traversal.traverse(globalScope, preorder);
#else
       // DQ (5/29/2007): To avoid order n^2 complexity in unparsing we turn off the name qualification for now.
          printf ("Skipping traversal within SageInterface::declarationPreceedsDefinition() \n");
          traversal.storedDeclarationFound = true;
          traversal.nonDefiningDeclarationPreceedsDefiningDeclaration = false;
#endif
 
       // I hope that we have found the input nondefining or defining declaration, if not let it be an error
       // for now.  There may however be good reasons why we might miss them (hidden island problem, or
       // nondefining declarations that are not in the traversal).
 
          if (traversal.storedDeclarationFound == false)
             {
#if 0
               printf ("In SageInterface::declarationPreceedsDefinition(): warning, nonDefiningDeclaration not found in the AST \n");
               nonDefiningDeclaration->get_file_info()->display("nonDefiningDeclaration");
               definingDeclaration->get_file_info()->display("definingDeclaration");
               printf ("---------------------------------------------------- \n\n");
#endif
            // Set this error case to return true so that we will not assume incorrectly
            // that the classNonDefiningDeclaration apears after the classDefiningDeclaration.
               returnResult = true;
             }
            else
             {
               returnResult = traversal.nonDefiningDeclarationPreceedsDefiningDeclaration;
             }
 
       // ROSE_ASSERT(traversal.storedDeclarationFound == true);
        }
#if 0
     printf ("returnResult = %s \n",returnResult ? "true" : "false");
     printf ("************************************************************* \n\n");
#endif
     return returnResult;
   }
 
 
bool
SageInterface::functionCallExpressionPreceedsDeclarationWhichAssociatesScope ( SgFunctionCallExp* functionCall )
   {
  // This function is used in the unparser, but might be more generally useful.  Since it is
  // related to general AST tests, I have put it here.  It might be alternatively put in the
  // src/backend/unparser or related utility directory.
 
  // Preorder traversal to test the order of declaration of non-defining vs. defining class
  // declarations in the preorder traversal of the AST.
     class DeclarationOrderTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               DeclarationOrderTraversal( SgFunctionCallExp* functionCall )
                  : storedFunctionCall(functionCall)
                  {
                    ROSE_ASSERT(functionCall != NULL);
                    ROSE_ASSERT(functionCall->get_function() != NULL);
                    SgExpression* functionExpression = functionCall->get_function();
 
                    switch (functionExpression->variantT())
                       {
                      // these are the acceptable cases
                         case V_SgDotExp:
                         case V_SgDotStarOp:
                         case V_SgArrowExp:
                         case V_SgArrowStarOp:
                         case V_SgPointerDerefExp:
                            {
                           // These are the acceptable cases, but not handled yet.
                              printf ("These are the acceptable cases, but not handled yet... \n");
                              ROSE_ABORT();
                            }
 
                         case V_SgFunctionRefExp:
                            {
                              SgFunctionRefExp* functionRefExp = isSgFunctionRefExp(functionExpression);
                              ROSE_ASSERT(functionRefExp != NULL);
                              SgFunctionSymbol* functionSymbol = functionRefExp->get_symbol();
                              ROSE_ASSERT(functionSymbol != NULL);
 
                           // Make sure that the function has a valid declaration
                              ROSE_ASSERT(functionSymbol->get_declaration() != NULL);
                              storedFunctionDeclaration = functionSymbol->get_declaration();
                              break;
                            }
 
                         case V_SgMemberFunctionRefExp:
                            {
                              SgMemberFunctionRefExp* memberFunctionRefExp = isSgMemberFunctionRefExp(functionExpression);
                              ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionRefExp != NULL);
                              SgMemberFunctionSymbol* memberFunctionSymbol = memberFunctionRefExp->get_symbol();
                              ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionSymbol != NULL);
 
                              storedFunctionDeclaration = memberFunctionSymbol->get_declaration();
 
                              printf ("V_SgMemberFunctionRefExp case not handled yet... \n");
                              ROSE_ABORT();
                            }
 
                         default:
                            {
                              printf ("default reached in SageInterface::functionCallExpressionPreceedsDeclarationWhichAssociatesScope() functionExpression = %s \n",
                                   functionExpression->class_name().c_str());
                              ROSE_ABORT();
                            }
                       }
                 // ROSE_ASSERT(functionCall->get_declaration() != NULL);
                 // ROSE_ASSERT(functionCall->get_function()->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() != NULL);
                 // storedFunctionDeclaration = functionCall->get_declaration()->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration();
                    ROSE_ASSERT(storedFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
 
                    storedFunctionCallFound                                       = false;
                    functionCallExpressionPreceedsDeclarationWhichAssociatesScope = false;
                  }
 
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    ROSE_ASSERT(storedFunctionCall != NULL);
                    ROSE_ASSERT(storedFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
                 // ROSE_ASSERT(storedFunctionCall != storedFunctionDeclaration);
 
                    if (storedFunctionCallFound == false)
                       {
                         SgFunctionCallExp* functionCall = isSgFunctionCallExp(node);
                         if ( functionCall != NULL )
                            {
                              if (functionCall == storedFunctionCall)
                                 {
                                   storedFunctionCallFound = true;
 
                                // A declaration for the function in a scope where the function could be defined
                                // (and a scope associated with it) has not been found so the function call
                                // preceeds such a declaration (if it even exists).
                                   functionCallExpressionPreceedsDeclarationWhichAssociatesScope = true;
                                 }
                            }
 
                         SgDeclarationStatement* declaration = isSgDeclarationStatement(node);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(storedFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
 
                      // Note that all firstNondefiningDeclaration are set to the same declaration (for all associated declarations).
                      // Need to check the result of get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() since this will be the same for all declarations
                      // of the same function and thus can be used to match that we have an associated declaration for the same function.
                         if ( declaration != NULL && declaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() == storedFunctionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration())
                            {
                           // Test if this is a declaration is a scope where the existance of the forward
                           // declaration will define the scope fo the function declaration.
                              SgScopeStatement* parentScopeOfDeclaration = isSgScopeStatement(declaration->get_parent());
                              if (parentScopeOfDeclaration != NULL && parentScopeOfDeclaration->supportsDefiningFunctionDeclaration() == true)
                                 {
                                // We are done so we can skip further testing
                                   storedFunctionCallFound = true;
 
                                // We have found a declaration which will associated the scope of a function declaration
                                // (so all function calls after this point can be qualified (and might have to be).
                                   functionCallExpressionPreceedsDeclarationWhichAssociatesScope = false;
#if 0
                                   printf ("Found a declaration which preceeds the function \n");
                                   declaration->get_file_info()->display("Found a declaration which preceeds the function: declaration");
                                   storedFunctionCall->get_file_info()->display("Found a declaration which preceeds the function: storedFunctionCall");
                                   storedFunctionDeclaration->get_file_info()->display("Found a declaration which preceeds the function: storedFunctionDeclaration");
#endif
                                 }
                                else
                                 {
                                // Error checking!
                                   if (parentScopeOfDeclaration == NULL)
                                      {
                                     // This might be a function declaration (non-defining) used in a type or buried deeply in some sort of declaration!
                                        printf ("Strange case of parentScopeOfDeclaration == NULL in SageInterface::functionCallExpressionPreceedsDeclarationWhichAssociatesScope() \n");
                                        SgNode* parent = declaration->get_parent();
                                        if (parent != NULL) {
                                           printf ("declaration->get_parent() = %s \n",parent->class_name().c_str());
                                        }
                                        else {
                                           printf ("declaration->get_parent() = NULL \n");
                                        }
                                        declaration->get_file_info()->display("case of parentScopeOfDeclaration == NULL");
                                        ROSE_ABORT();
                                      }
                                 }
                            }
                       }
                  }
 
          public:
               bool storedFunctionCallFound;
               bool functionCallExpressionPreceedsDeclarationWhichAssociatesScope;
 
          private:
               SgFunctionCallExp* storedFunctionCall;
               SgDeclarationStatement* storedFunctionDeclaration;
        };
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(functionCall != NULL);
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::functionCallExpressionPreceedsDeclarationWhichAssociatesScope(): \n");
     printf ("     storedFunctionCall                           = %p = %s \n",functionCall,functionCall->class_name().c_str());
     functionCall->get_file_info()->display("storedFunctionCall");
     printf ("     storedFunctionCall->get_function() = %p = %s \n",functionCall->get_function(),functionCall->get_function()->class_name().c_str());
     printf ("************************************************************* \n");
#endif
 
  // define trival case of classNonDefiningDeclaration == classDefiningDeclaration to be false.
     bool returnResult = false;
 
  // Get the global scope from a traversal back (up) through the AST.
     SgGlobal* globalScope = TransformationSupport::getGlobalScope(functionCall);
     ROSE_ASSERT(globalScope != NULL);
 
  // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the function definition.
     DeclarationOrderTraversal traversal (functionCall);
 
#if 0
     traversal.traverse(globalScope, preorder);
#else
  // DQ (5/29/2007): To avoid order n^2 complexity in unparsing we turn off the name qualification for now.
     printf ("Skipping traversal within SageInterface::functionCallExpressionPreceedsDeclarationWhichAssociatesScope() \n");
     traversal.storedFunctionCallFound = true;
     traversal.functionCallExpressionPreceedsDeclarationWhichAssociatesScope = false;
#endif
 
  // I hope that we have found the input nondefining or defining declaration, if not let it be an error
  // for now.  There may however be good reasons why we might miss them (hidden island problem, or
  // nondefining declarations that are not in the traversal).
 
     if (traversal.storedFunctionCallFound == false)
        {
#if 0
          printf ("In SageInterface::functionCallExpressionPreceedsDeclarationWhichAssociatesScope(): warning, storedFunctionCall not found in the AST \n");
          functionCall->get_file_info()->display("functionCall");
          printf ("---------------------------------------------------- \n\n");
#endif
       // Set this error case to return true so that we will not assume incorrectly
       // that the function call is used after a declaration that associated the scope
       // with the function.  This still causes the global name qualifier to be omitted.
          returnResult = true;
        }
       else
        {
          returnResult = traversal.functionCallExpressionPreceedsDeclarationWhichAssociatesScope;
        }
 
  // I hope that this is nearly always be true!
     ROSE_ASSERT(traversal.storedFunctionCallFound == true);
#if 0
     printf ("returnResult = %s \n",returnResult ? "true" : "false");
     printf ("************************************************************* \n\n");
#endif
     return returnResult;
   }
 
#endif
 
// #ifndef USE_ROSE
 
string
SageInterface::generateProjectName( const SgProject* project, bool supressSuffix )
   {
  // This function generates a string to use as a unique project name for
  // a collection of files.  The last file will include it's suffix so that
  // we generate proper names that communicate the source language.
  // Also also allows the single file case to be consistant with the previous
  // version of names generated for "DOT" files in the tutorial.
 
  // DQ (9/6/2008): Introduced optional parameter to supresse the suffix in the
  // generation of the project name so that we can support more complex name
  // construction as required for the generation of names for the whole AST
  // graphs which append an additional suffix to avoid filename collision.
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(project != NULL);
     string projectName;
 
  // DQ (9/2/2008): Removed the redundant function getFileNames().
  // Rose_STL_Container<string> fileList = project->get_sourceFileNameList();
     Rose_STL_Container<string> fileList = project->getAbsolutePathFileNames();
 
     Rose_STL_Container<string>::iterator i = fileList.begin();
 
  // Handle the case of an empty list (e.g. for link lines).
     if ( fileList.empty() == true )
        {
          return "empty_file_list";
        }
 
     do {
          string filename = *i;
 
       // printf ("In SageInterface::generateProjectName(): absolute filename = %s \n",filename.c_str());
 
       // string filenameWithoutSuffix       = StringUtility::stripFileSuffixFromFileName(filename);
 
          if (i != fileList.begin())
               projectName += "--";
 
          i++;
 
          string filenameWithoutSuffix;
          if ( i != fileList.end() || supressSuffix == true )
               filenameWithoutSuffix = StringUtility::stripFileSuffixFromFileName(filename);
            else
               filenameWithoutSuffix = filename;
 
          string filenameWithoutPathOrSuffix = StringUtility::stripPathFromFileName(filenameWithoutSuffix);
 
       // printf ("filenameWithoutSuffix       = %s \n",filenameWithoutSuffix.c_str());
       // printf ("filenameWithoutPathOrSuffix = %s \n",filenameWithoutPathOrSuffix.c_str());
 
          filename = filenameWithoutPathOrSuffix;
 
          unsigned long int n = 0;
          while (n < filename.size())
             {
               if (filename[n] == '/')
                    filename[n] = '_';
               n++;
             }
 
       // printf ("In SageInterface:generateProjectName(): modified absolute filename = %s \n",filename.c_str());
 
          projectName += filename;
 
       // printf ("In SageInterface:generateProjectName(): evolving projectName = %s \n",projectName.c_str());
        }
     while (i != fileList.end());
 
  // printf ("In SageInterface:generateProjectName(): projectName = %s \n",projectName.c_str());
 
     return projectName;
   }
 
// #endif
 
// #ifndef USE_ROSE
 
SgFunctionSymbol*
SageInterface::lookupFunctionSymbolInParentScopes(const SgName & functionName, SgScopeStatement* currentScope )
   {
  // DQ (11/24/2007): This function can return NULL.  It returns NULL when the function symbol is not found.
  // This can happen when a function is referenced before it it defined (no prototype mechanism in Fortran is required).
 
  // enable default search from top of StackScope, Liao, 1/24/2008
     SgFunctionSymbol* functionSymbol = NULL;
     if (currentScope == NULL)
          currentScope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
     ROSE_ASSERT(currentScope != NULL);
 
     SgScopeStatement* tempScope = currentScope;
     while ((functionSymbol == NULL) && (tempScope != NULL))
        {
          functionSymbol = tempScope->lookup_function_symbol(functionName);
#if 0
          printf ("In lookupFunctionSymbolInParentScopes(): Searching scope = %p = %s functionName = %s functionSymbol = %p \n",tempScope,tempScope->class_name().c_str(),functionName.str(),functionSymbol);
#endif
          if (tempScope->get_parent()!=NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set in middle of translation
               tempScope = isSgGlobal(tempScope) ? NULL : tempScope->get_scope();
            else
               tempScope = NULL;
        }
     return functionSymbol;
   }
 
SgFunctionSymbol*
SageInterface::lookupTemplateFunctionSymbolInParentScopes(const SgName & functionName, SgFunctionType * ftype, SgTemplateParameterPtrList * tplparams, SgScopeStatement* currentScope )
   {
  // DQ (11/24/2007): This function can return NULL.  It returns NULL when the function symbol is not found.
  // This can happen when a function is referenced before it it defined (no prototype mechanism in Fortran is required).
 
  // enable default search from top of StackScope, Liao, 1/24/2008
     SgFunctionSymbol* functionSymbol = NULL;
     if (currentScope == NULL)
          currentScope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
     ROSE_ASSERT(currentScope != NULL);
 
     SgScopeStatement* tempScope = currentScope;
     while ((functionSymbol == NULL) && (tempScope != NULL))
        {
          functionSymbol = tempScope->lookup_template_function_symbol(functionName, ftype, tplparams);
#if 0
          printf ("In lookupTemplateFunctionSymbolInParentScopes(): Searching scope = %p = %s functionName = %s functionSymbol = %p \n",tempScope,tempScope->class_name().c_str(),functionName.str(),functionSymbol);
#endif
          if (tempScope->get_parent()!=NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set in middle of translation
               tempScope = isSgGlobal(tempScope) ? NULL : tempScope->get_scope();
            else
               tempScope = NULL;
        }
     return functionSymbol;
   }
 
SgFunctionSymbol*
SageInterface::lookupTemplateMemberFunctionSymbolInParentScopes(const SgName & functionName, SgFunctionType * ftype, SgTemplateParameterPtrList * tplparams, SgScopeStatement* currentScope )
   {
  // DQ (11/24/2007): This function can return NULL.  It returns NULL when the function symbol is not found.
  // This can happen when a function is referenced before it it defined (no prototype mechanism in Fortran is required).
 
  // enable default search from top of StackScope, Liao, 1/24/2008
     SgFunctionSymbol* functionSymbol = NULL;
     if (currentScope == NULL)
          currentScope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
     ROSE_ASSERT(currentScope != NULL);
 
     SgScopeStatement* tempScope = currentScope;
     while ((functionSymbol == NULL) && (tempScope != NULL))
        {
          functionSymbol = tempScope->lookup_template_member_function_symbol(functionName, ftype, tplparams);
#if 0
          printf ("In lookupTemplateMemberFunctionSymbolInParentScopes(): Searching scope = %p = %s functionName = %s functionSymbol = %p \n",tempScope,tempScope->class_name().c_str(),functionName.str(),functionSymbol);
#endif
          if (tempScope->get_parent()!=NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set in middle of translation
               tempScope = isSgGlobal(tempScope) ? NULL : tempScope->get_scope();
            else
               tempScope = NULL;
        }
     return functionSymbol;
   }
 
void
SageInterface::addTextForUnparser ( SgNode* astNode, string s, AstUnparseAttribute::RelativePositionType inputlocation )
   {
  // printf ("addText(): using new attribute interface (s = %s) \n",s.c_str());
 
     if (isSgType(astNode) != NULL)
        {
          printf ("Error: the mechanism to add text to be unparsed at IR nodes is not intended to operate on SgType IR nodes (since they are shared) \n");
          ROSE_ABORT();
        }
 
     if (astNode->attributeExists(AstUnparseAttribute::markerName) == true)
        {
          AstUnparseAttribute* code = dynamic_cast<AstUnparseAttribute*>(astNode->getAttribute(AstUnparseAttribute::markerName));
          ROSE_ASSERT(code != NULL);
 
       // DQ (2/23/2009): commented added.
       // Since there is at least one other string (there is an existing attribute) the relative order of the strings is significant.
          code->addString(s,inputlocation);
        }
       else
        {
       // DQ (2/25/2016): I think it is significant, because inputlocation refers to the order relative to
       // the statement, not relative to other AstUnparseAttribute objects. Fixed to use the inputlocation.
       // DQ (2/23/2009): commented added.
       // Note that this will be the only string in the attribute, so inputlocation is not significant (and e_before is the default used).
       // AstUnparseAttribute* code = new AstUnparseAttribute(s,AstUnparseAttribute::e_before);
          AstUnparseAttribute* code = new AstUnparseAttribute(s,inputlocation);
          ROSE_ASSERT(code != NULL);
 
          astNode->addNewAttribute(AstUnparseAttribute::markerName,code);
        }
   }
 
 
#if 0
// DQ (7/20/2011): Resolving conflict, this was added in previous work in dq-cxx-rc branch.
// DQ (7/17/2011): Added function from cxx branch that I need here for the Java support.
SgClassSymbol *
SageInterface::lookupClassSymbolInParentScopes (const SgName &  name, SgScopeStatement *cscope)
   {
  // DQ (5/7/2011): I think this is the better implementation that lookupVariableSymbolInParentScopes() should have.
     SgClassSymbol* symbol = NULL;
     if (cscope == NULL)
          cscope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
     ROSE_ASSERT(cscope != NULL);
 
     while ((cscope != NULL) && (symbol == NULL))
        {
       // I think this will resolve SgAliasSymbols to be a SgClassSymbol where the alias is of a SgClassSymbol.
          symbol = cscope->lookup_class_symbol(name,NULL);
 
          if (cscope->get_parent() != NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set
               cscope = isSgGlobal(cscope) ? NULL : cscope->get_scope();
            else
               cscope = NULL;
        }
 
     return symbol;
   }
#endif
 
 
 
SgType* SageInterface::lookupNamedTypeInParentScopes(const std::string& type_name, SgScopeStatement* scope/*=NULL*/)
   {
     if (scope == NULL)
          scope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
 
  // DQ (8/16/2013): Added NULL pointers to at least handle the API change.
     SgSymbol* symbol = lookupSymbolInParentScopes (type_name,scope,NULL,NULL);
 
     if (symbol == NULL)
          return NULL;
       else
          return symbol->get_type();
   }
 
SgFunctionSymbol *SageInterface::lookupFunctionSymbolInParentScopes (const SgName &functionName,
                                                        const SgType* t,
                                                        SgScopeStatement *currentScope)
                                                        //SgScopeStatement *currentScope=NULL)
{
    SgFunctionSymbol* functionSymbol = NULL;
    if (currentScope == NULL)
        currentScope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
    ROSE_ASSERT(currentScope != NULL);
    SgScopeStatement* tempScope = currentScope;
    while (functionSymbol == NULL && tempScope != NULL)
    {
        functionSymbol = tempScope->lookup_function_symbol(functionName,t);
        if (tempScope->get_parent()!=NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set
            tempScope = isSgGlobal(tempScope) ? NULL : tempScope->get_scope();
        else tempScope = NULL;
    }
    return functionSymbol;
}
 
SgSymbol*
SageInterface::lookupSymbolInParentScopes (const SgName &  name, SgScopeStatement *cscope, SgTemplateParameterPtrList* templateParameterList, SgTemplateArgumentPtrList* templateArgumentList)
   {
     SgSymbol* symbol = nullptr;
     if (cscope == nullptr) {
          cscope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
     }
     ASSERT_not_null(cscope);
 
     while ((cscope != nullptr) && (symbol == nullptr))
        {
          symbol = cscope->lookup_symbol(name,templateParameterList,templateArgumentList);
          if (cscope->get_parent() != nullptr) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set
               cscope = isSgGlobal(cscope) ? nullptr : cscope->get_scope();
            else
               cscope = nullptr;
        }
 
     return symbol;
   }
 
 
 
SgSymbol*
SageInterface::lookupSymbolInParentScopesIgnoringAliasSymbols (const SgName & name, SgScopeStatement *currentScope, SgTemplateParameterPtrList* templateParameterList, SgTemplateArgumentPtrList* templateArgumentList)
   {
  // DQ (8/5/2020): the "using namespace" directive will not hide existing visability of symbols in resolving visability.
  // So we need to test if a symbol is visible exclusing matching alises due to using direectives before we can decide to
  // persue name space qualification. This is best demonstrated by Cxx_tests/test2020_18.C, test2020_19.C, test2020_20.C,
  // and test2020_21.C.
 
// DQ (7/14/2025): Adding timers to support Matt's tool.
#define USING_PERFORMANCE_TRACING 0
 
     SgSymbol* symbol = NULL;
 
#if USING_PERFORMANCE_TRACING
  // DQ (7/14/2025): Adding timers to support Matt's tool.
     TimingPerformance timer1 ("SageInterface::lookupSymbolInParentScopesIgnoringAliasSymbols: whole function:");
#endif
 
     if (currentScope == NULL)
        {
          currentScope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
        }
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(currentScope != NULL);
 
#define DEBUG_SYMBOL_LOOKUP_IN_PARENT_SCOPES_IGNORING_ALIAS_SYMBOLS 0
 
#if DEBUG_SYMBOL_LOOKUP_IN_PARENT_SCOPES_IGNORING_ALIAS_SYMBOLS
     printf ("In SageInterface:: lookupSymbolInParentScopesIgnoringAliasSymbols(): currentScope = %p = %s (templateParameterList = %p templateArgumentList = %p) \n",
          currentScope,currentScope->class_name().c_str(),templateParameterList,templateArgumentList);
#endif
 
     while ((currentScope != NULL) && (symbol == NULL))
        {
#if USING_PERFORMANCE_TRACING
       // DQ (7/14/2025): Adding timers to support Matt's tool.
          TimingPerformance timer1 ("SageInterface::lookupSymbolInParentScopesIgnoringAliasSymbols: in loop:");
#endif
 
#if DEBUG_SYMBOL_LOOKUP_IN_PARENT_SCOPES_IGNORING_ALIAS_SYMBOLS
          printf("   --- In SageInterface:: lookupSymbolInParentScopesIgnoringAliasSymbols(): name = %s currentScope = %p = %s \n",
               name.str(),currentScope,currentScope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
       // DQ (8/16/2013): Changed API to support template parameters and template arguments.
       // symbol = cscope->lookup_symbol(name);
          symbol = currentScope->lookup_symbol(name,templateParameterList,templateArgumentList);
 
          if (isSgAliasSymbol(symbol) != NULL)
             {
#if DEBUG_SYMBOL_LOOKUP_IN_PARENT_SCOPES_IGNORING_ALIAS_SYMBOLS
               printf ("Found a SgAliasSymbol: reset to NULL: symbol = %p = %s \n",symbol,symbol->class_name().c_str());
#endif
               symbol = NULL;
             }
 
#if DEBUG_SYMBOL_LOOKUP_IN_PARENT_SCOPES_IGNORING_ALIAS_SYMBOLS && 1
       // debug
          printf("   --- In SageInterface:: lookupSymbolInParentScopesIgnoringAliasSymbols(): symbol = %p \n",symbol);
          currentScope->print_symboltable("In SageInterface:: lookupSymbolInParentScopesIgnoringAliasSymbols(): debug");
#endif
          if (currentScope->get_parent() != NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set
               currentScope = isSgGlobal(currentScope) ? NULL : currentScope->get_scope();
            else
               currentScope = NULL;
 
#if DEBUG_SYMBOL_LOOKUP_IN_PARENT_SCOPES_IGNORING_ALIAS_SYMBOLS
          printf ("   --- In SageInterface:: (base of loop) lookupSymbolInParentScopesIgnoringAliasSymbols(): cscope = %p symbol = %p \n\n",currentScope,symbol);
#endif
        }
 
     if (symbol == NULL)
        {
#if DEBUG_SYMBOL_LOOKUP_IN_PARENT_SCOPES_IGNORING_ALIAS_SYMBOLS
          printf ("Warning: In SageInterface:: lookupSymbolInParentScopesIgnoringAliasSymbols(): could not locate the specified name %s in any outer symbol table (templateParameterList = %p templateArgumentList = %p) \n",
               name.str(),templateParameterList,templateArgumentList);
#endif
       // ROSE_ASSERT(false);
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("Support for lookupSymbolInParentScopesIgnoringAliasSymbols() is not yet implemented \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
 
     return symbol;
   }
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
#if 0
// DQ (7/13/2011): This was part of a merge conflict with the above modified function.
// It appeas they are the same so this one is commented out.
SgSymbol *SageInterface:: lookupSymbolInParentScopes (const SgName &  name, SgScopeStatement *cscope)
{
    SgSymbol* symbol = NULL;
    if (cscope == NULL)
        cscope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
    ROSE_ASSERT(cscope);
 
    while ((cscope!=NULL)&&(symbol==NULL))
    {
        symbol = cscope->lookup_symbol(name);
        //debug
        // cscope->print_symboltable("debug sageInterface.C L3749...");
        if (cscope->get_parent()!=NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set
            cscope = isSgGlobal(cscope) ? NULL : cscope->get_scope();
        else
            cscope = NULL;
    }
 
    if (symbol==NULL)
    {
        //    printf ("Warning: could not locate the specified name %s in any outer symbol table \n"e,
        //  name.str());
        //  ROSE_ASSERT(false);
    }
    return symbol;
}
#endif
 
SgVariableSymbol *
SageInterface::lookupVariableSymbolInParentScopes (const SgName &  name, SgScopeStatement *cscope)
   {
  // DQ (1/24/2011): This function is inconsistant with an implementation that would correctly handle SgAliasSymbols.
  // Also this function might get a SgClassSymbol instead of a SgVariableSymbol when both names are used.
  // This function needs to be fixed to handle the multi-map semantics of the symbol tables.
 
#if 0
  // DQ (5/7/2011): I think this implementation is not correct (does not resolve past hidden types) and so should
  // be fixed to be consistant with the implementation of SageInterface::lookupClassSymbolInParentScopes().
  // Since I don't know where this function is used, I don't want to change it just yet.
     printf ("WARNING: SageInterface::lookupVariableSymbolInParentScopes() should be implemented similar to SageInterface::lookupClassSymbolInParentScopes() \n");
 
     SgVariableSymbol* result = NULL;
     SgSymbol* symbol=lookupSymbolInParentScopes(name,cscope);
     if (symbol != NULL)
        {
          if (isSgAliasSymbol(symbol) != NULL)
             {
               printf ("Error: This SageInterface::lookupVariableSymbolInParentScopes() function does not handle SgAliasSymbols \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
             }
          result = isSgVariableSymbol(symbol);
        }
     return result;
#else
  // I think this is the better implementation.
     SgVariableSymbol* symbol = NULL;
     if (cscope == NULL)
          cscope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
     ROSE_ASSERT(cscope != NULL);
 
     while ((cscope != NULL) && (symbol == NULL))
        {
       // I think this will resolve SgAliasSymbols to be a SgClassSymbol where the alias is of a SgClassSymbol.
          symbol = cscope->lookup_variable_symbol(name);
 
          if (cscope->get_parent() != NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set
               cscope = isSgGlobal(cscope) ? NULL : cscope->get_scope();
            else
               cscope = NULL;
        }
 
     return symbol;
#endif
   }
 
#define DEBUG_LOOKUP_TEMPLATE_VARIABLE 0
 
SgTemplateVariableSymbol *
SageInterface::lookupTemplateVariableSymbolInParentScopes (const SgName &  name, SgTemplateParameterPtrList * tplparams, SgTemplateArgumentPtrList* tplargs, SgScopeStatement *cscope)
   {
#if DEBUG_LOOKUP_TEMPLATE_VARIABLE
     printf ("In SageInterface::lookupTemplateVariableSymbolInParentScopes():\n");
     printf ("  -- name = %s\n", name.str());
     printf ("  -- tplparams = %p [%zd]\n", tplparams, tplparams ? tplparams->size() : 0);
     printf ("  -- tplargs   = %p [%zd]\n",   tplargs,   tplargs ?   tplargs->size() : 0);
     printf ("  -- cscope    = %p (%s)\n",     cscope,    cscope ?    cscope->class_name().c_str() : "");
#endif
 
     SgTemplateVariableSymbol* symbol = NULL;
     if (cscope == NULL)
          cscope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
     ROSE_ASSERT(cscope != NULL);
 
     while ((cscope != NULL) && (symbol == NULL))
        {
       // I think this will resolve SgAliasSymbols to be a SgClassSymbol where the alias is of a SgClassSymbol.
          symbol = cscope->lookup_template_variable_symbol(name, tplparams, tplargs);
 
          if (cscope->get_parent() != NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set
               cscope = isSgGlobal(cscope) ? NULL : cscope->get_scope();
            else
               cscope = NULL;
        }
 
     return symbol;
   }
 
// SgClassSymbol* SageInterface::lookupClassSymbolInParentScopes (const SgName &  name, SgScopeStatement *cscope)
SgClassSymbol*
SageInterface::lookupClassSymbolInParentScopes (const SgName &  name, SgScopeStatement *cscope, SgTemplateArgumentPtrList* templateArgumentList)
   {
  // DQ (5/7/2011): I think this is the better implementation that lookupVariableSymbolInParentScopes() should have.
     SgClassSymbol* symbol = NULL;
     if (cscope == NULL)
          cscope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
     ROSE_ASSERT(cscope != NULL);
 
     while ((cscope != NULL) && (symbol == NULL))
        {
       // I think this will resolve SgAliasSymbols to be a SgClassSymbol where the alias is of a SgClassSymbol.
       // symbol = cscope->lookup_class_symbol(name,NULL);
          symbol = cscope->lookup_class_symbol(name,templateArgumentList);
 
          if (cscope->get_parent() != NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set
               cscope = isSgGlobal(cscope) ? NULL : cscope->get_scope();
            else
               cscope = NULL;
        }
 
     return symbol;
   }
 
SgNonrealSymbol*
SageInterface::lookupNonrealSymbolInParentScopes (const SgName &  name, SgScopeStatement *cscope, SgTemplateParameterPtrList* templateParameterList, SgTemplateArgumentPtrList* templateArgumentList)
   {
     SgNonrealSymbol* symbol = NULL;
     if (cscope == NULL)
          cscope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
     ROSE_ASSERT(cscope != NULL);
 
     while ((cscope != NULL) && (symbol == NULL))
        {
          symbol = cscope->lookup_nonreal_symbol(name,templateParameterList,templateArgumentList);
 
          if (cscope->get_parent() != NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set
               cscope = isSgGlobal(cscope) ? NULL : cscope->get_scope();
            else
               cscope = NULL;
        }
 
     return symbol;
   }
 
SgTypedefSymbol *
SageInterface::lookupTypedefSymbolInParentScopes (const SgName &  name, SgScopeStatement *cscope)
   {
  // DQ (5/7/2011): This is similar to lookupClassSymbolInParentScopes().
     SgTypedefSymbol* symbol = NULL;
     if (cscope == NULL)
          cscope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
     ROSE_ASSERT(cscope != NULL);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In lookupTypedefSymbolInParentScopes(): name = %s starting with cscope = %p = %s \n",name.str(),cscope,cscope->class_name().c_str());
     printf ("--- parent scope = %p = %s \n",cscope->get_scope(),(cscope->get_scope() != NULL) ? cscope->get_scope()->class_name().c_str() : "null");
#endif
 
     while ((cscope != NULL) && (symbol == NULL))
        {
       // I think this will resolve SgAliasSymbols to be a SgClassSymbol where the alias is of a SgClassSymbol.
          symbol = cscope->lookup_typedef_symbol(name);
 
          if (cscope->get_parent() != NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set
               cscope = isSgGlobal(cscope) ? NULL : cscope->get_scope();
            else
               cscope = NULL;
 
#if 0
          printf ("In lookupTypedefSymbolInParentScopes(): symbol = %p next cscope = %p = %s \n",symbol,cscope,(cscope != NULL) ? cscope->class_name().c_str() : "null");
#endif
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("Leaving lookupTypedefSymbolInParentScopes(): symbol = %p \n",symbol);
#endif
 
     return symbol;
   }
 
#if 0
// DQ (8/13/2013): This function does not make since any more, now that we have make the symbol
// table handling more precise and we have to provide template parameters for any template lookup.
// We also have to know if we want to lookup template classes, template functions, or template
// member functions (since each have specific requirements).
SgTemplateSymbol*
SageInterface::lookupTemplateSymbolInParentScopes (const SgName &  name, SgScopeStatement *cscope)
   {
  // DQ (5/7/2011): This is similar to lookupClassSymbolInParentScopes().
     SgTemplateSymbol* symbol = NULL;
     if (cscope == NULL)
          cscope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
     ROSE_ASSERT(cscope != NULL);
 
     while ((cscope != NULL) && (symbol == NULL))
        {
       // DQ (7/31/2013): Fixing API to use functions that now require template parameters and template specialization arguments.
       // In this case these are unavailable from this point.
       // I think this will resolve SgAliasSymbols to be a SgClassSymbol where the alias is of a SgClassSymbol.
       // symbol = cscope->lookup_template_symbol(name);
          symbol = cscope->lookup_template_symbol(name,NULL,NULL);
#if 0
          printf ("In lookupTemplateSymbolInParentScopes(): Searching scope = %p = %s name = %s symbol = %p \n",cscope,cscope->class_name().c_str(),name.str(),symbol);
#endif
          if (cscope->get_parent() != NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set
               cscope = isSgGlobal(cscope) ? NULL : cscope->get_scope();
            else
               cscope = NULL;
        }
 
     return symbol;
   }
#endif
 
 
SgTemplateClassSymbol*
SageInterface::lookupTemplateClassSymbolInParentScopes (const SgName &  name, SgTemplateParameterPtrList* templateParameterList, SgTemplateArgumentPtrList* templateArgumentList, SgScopeStatement *cscope)
   {
  // DQ (5/7/2011): This is similar to lookupClassSymbolInParentScopes().
     SgTemplateClassSymbol* symbol = NULL;
     if (cscope == NULL)
          cscope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
     ROSE_ASSERT(cscope != NULL);
 
     while ((cscope != NULL) && (symbol == NULL))
        {
       // DQ (7/31/2013): Fixing API to use functions that now require template parameters and template specialization arguments.
       // In this case these are unavailable from this point.
       // I think this will resolve SgAliasSymbols to be a SgClassSymbol where the alias is of a SgClassSymbol.
       // symbol = cscope->lookup_template_symbol(name);
          symbol = cscope->lookup_template_class_symbol(name,templateParameterList,templateArgumentList);
#if 0
          printf ("In lookupTemplateSymbolInParentScopes(): Searching scope = %p = %s name = %s symbol = %p \n",cscope,cscope->class_name().c_str(),name.str(),symbol);
#endif
          if (cscope->get_parent() != NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set
               cscope = isSgGlobal(cscope) ? NULL : cscope->get_scope();
            else
               cscope = NULL;
        }
 
     return symbol;
   }
 
 
SgEnumSymbol *
SageInterface::lookupEnumSymbolInParentScopes (const SgName &  name, SgScopeStatement *cscope)
   {
  // DQ (5/7/2011): This is similar to lookupClassSymbolInParentScopes().
  // A templated solution might make for a better implementation.
     SgEnumSymbol* symbol = NULL;
     if (cscope == NULL)
          cscope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
     ROSE_ASSERT(cscope != NULL);
 
     while ((cscope != NULL) && (symbol == NULL))
        {
       // I think this will resolve SgAliasSymbols to be a SgClassSymbol where the alias is of a SgClassSymbol.
          symbol = cscope->lookup_enum_symbol(name);
 
          if (cscope->get_parent() != NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set
               cscope = isSgGlobal(cscope) ? NULL : cscope->get_scope();
            else
               cscope = NULL;
        }
 
     return symbol;
   }
 
SgNamespaceSymbol *
SageInterface::lookupNamespaceSymbolInParentScopes (const SgName &  name, SgScopeStatement *cscope)
   {
  // DQ (5/7/2011): This is similar to lookupClassSymbolInParentScopes().
     SgNamespaceSymbol* symbol = NULL;
     if (cscope == NULL)
          cscope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
     ROSE_ASSERT(cscope != NULL);
 
     while ((cscope != NULL) && (symbol == NULL))
        {
       // I think this will resolve SgAliasSymbols to be a SgNamespaceSymbol where the alias is of a SgNamespaceSymbol.
          symbol = cscope->lookup_namespace_symbol(name);
 
          if (cscope->get_parent() != NULL) // avoid calling get_scope when parent is not set
               cscope = isSgGlobal(cscope) ? NULL : cscope->get_scope();
            else
               cscope = NULL;
        }
 
     return symbol;
   }
 
template<class T>
void
SageInterface::setSourcePositionToDefault( T* node )
   {
  // This is a templated function because SgPragma is not yet derived from SgLocatedNode.
 
  // DQ (2/17/2013): This function is called a lot, so it might be a performance issue.
  // All IR nodes built by the Build Interface are assighed source position information
  // using this function and then reset afterward as we use information within EDG to
  // reset the source position information.  Ideally, the EDG/ROSE connection would
  // use NULL pointers as the behavior for the front-end mode.  We can move to that
  // later to maek the source position handling more efficient.
 
  // DQ (1/24/2009): It might be that this function is only called from the Fortran support.
 
  // This function sets the source position to be marked as not
  // available (since we often don't have token information)
  // These nodes WILL be unparsed in the conde generation phase.
 
  // The SgLocatedNode has both a startOfConstruct and endOfConstruct source position.
     ROSE_ASSERT(node != NULL);
 
  // We have to support this being called where the Sg_File_Info have previously been set.
     if (node->get_endOfConstruct() == NULL && node->get_startOfConstruct() == NULL)
        {
#if 0
          printf ("Both startOfConstruct and endOfConstruct are NOT yet initialized with pointers to Sg_File_Info objects (node = %p = %s) \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
#endif
       // Check the endOfConstruct first since it is most likely NULL (helpful in debugging)
          ROSE_ASSERT(node->get_endOfConstruct()   == NULL);
          ROSE_ASSERT(node->get_startOfConstruct() == NULL);
 
          Sg_File_Info* start_fileInfo = Sg_File_Info::generateDefaultFileInfo();
          Sg_File_Info* end_fileInfo   = Sg_File_Info::generateDefaultFileInfo();
 
       // DQ (5/2/2012): I think we don't want to do this.
#if 0
          printf ("In SageInterface::setSourcePositionToDefault(): Calling setSourcePositionUnavailableInFrontend() \n");
#endif
          start_fileInfo->setSourcePositionUnavailableInFrontend();
          end_fileInfo->setSourcePositionUnavailableInFrontend();
 
       // DQ (5/2/2012): I think we don't want to do this.
#if 0
          printf ("In SageInterface::setSourcePositionToDefault(): Calling setOutputInCodeGeneration() \n");
#endif
       // This is required for the unparser to output the code from the AST.
          start_fileInfo->setOutputInCodeGeneration();
          end_fileInfo->setOutputInCodeGeneration();
 
          node->set_startOfConstruct(start_fileInfo);
          node->set_endOfConstruct  (end_fileInfo);
 
          node->get_startOfConstruct()->set_parent(node);
          node->get_endOfConstruct  ()->set_parent(node);
        }
       else
        {
       // If both the starting  and ending Sg_File_Info pointers are not NULL then both must be valid.
       // We don't want to support partially completed source code position information.
#if 0
          printf ("Both startOfConstruct and endOfConstruct are ALREADY initialized with pointers to Sg_File_Info objects (node = %p = %s) \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
#endif
          if (node->get_startOfConstruct() == NULL)
             {
               printf ("ERROR: startOfConstruct not set for locatedNode = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
             }
          if (node->get_endOfConstruct() == NULL)
             {
               printf ("ERROR: endOfConstruct not set for locatedNode = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
             }
 
          ROSE_ASSERT(node->get_startOfConstruct() != NULL);
          ROSE_ASSERT(node->get_endOfConstruct()   != NULL);
          ROSE_ASSERT(node->get_endOfConstruct() != NULL && node->get_startOfConstruct() != NULL);
        }
 
  // DQ (11/2/2012): This is an important fix to support the new EDG 4.x branch.
  // Note that because the unparser will use the function isFromAnotherFile() in the unparsing
  // of expressions, specifically: SgAggregateInitializer, SgCompoundInitializer, and anything
  // in their expression lists (which could be any expression).   The isFromAnotherFile() will
  // use the get_file_info() function on the SgExpression IR nodes and the data from that
  // Sg_File_Info object to determine if that expression subtree should be unparsed.  This
  // expression level granularity of unparsing capability is extremely useful in handling
  // now #includes and other CPP directives are woven back into the AST.  But since the
  // get_file_info() function is used, and it returns the value of get_operatorPosition(),
  // it is critically important to have correct data in the SgExpression::p_operatorPosition
  // Sg_File_Info object (it counts more that the startOfConstruct and endOfConstruct
  // Sg_File_Info objects in controlling what expressions are unparsed.  So we have to set these
  // up for all expressions (since any SgExpression could appear in the list contained in
  // a SgAggregateInitializer or SgCompoundInitializer.
 
  // DQ (11/2/2012): Set the operator source position information to default values.
  // This will trigger it to be reset to valid source position information in the front-end.
     SgExpression* expression = isSgExpression(node);
     if (expression != NULL)
        {
#if 0
          SgBinaryOp* binaryOp = isSgBinaryOp(expression);
          if (binaryOp != NULL)
             {
               if (binaryOp->get_operatorPosition() == NULL)
                  {
                    Sg_File_Info* operator_fileInfo = Sg_File_Info::generateDefaultFileInfo();
                    operator_fileInfo->setSourcePositionUnavailableInFrontend();
                    operator_fileInfo->setOutputInCodeGeneration();
                    binaryOp->set_operatorPosition(operator_fileInfo);
 
                 // This is equivalent to: "operator_fileInfo->set_parent(binaryOp);"
                    binaryOp->get_operatorPosition()->set_parent(binaryOp);
                  }
             }
#else
       // Setup all of the SgExpression operatorPosition pointers to default objects.
          if (expression->get_operatorPosition() == NULL)
             {
               Sg_File_Info* operator_fileInfo = Sg_File_Info::generateDefaultFileInfo();
               operator_fileInfo->setSourcePositionUnavailableInFrontend();
               operator_fileInfo->setOutputInCodeGeneration();
               expression->set_operatorPosition(operator_fileInfo);
 
            // This is equivalent to: "operator_fileInfo->set_parent(binaryOp);"
            // expression->get_operatorPosition()->set_parent(expression);
               operator_fileInfo->set_parent(expression);
               ROSE_ASSERT(expression->get_operatorPosition()->get_parent() == expression);
             }
#endif
        }
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::setOneSourcePositionForTransformation(SgNode *node)
   {
  // DQ (5/1/2012): Older depricated function.
#ifdef ROSE_DEBUG_NEW_EDG_ROSE_CONNECTION
     printf ("+++++ Depricated function (use setSourcePositionAsTransformation() instead) (no using internal source position mode) \n");
#endif
 
  // setSourcePositionAsTransformation(node);
     setSourcePosition(node);
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::setSourcePositionAsTransformation(SgNode *node)
   {
  // DQ (5/1/2012): Newer function to support specification of IR nodes being a part of a transformation.
 
  // DQ (1/24/2009): I think this should be renamed to be "setSourcePositionAsTransformation(SgNode *node)"
  // The logic should be make more independent of if (locatedNode->get_startOfConstruct() == NULL)
  // Since that make understanding where the function is applied too complex.
  // If (locatedNode->get_startOfConstruct() != NULL), then we should just make that Sg_File_Info as
  // a transforamtion directly, this function misses that step.
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(node != NULL);
 
  // DQ (10/12/2012): Commented out since we are past AST regression tests passing and now trying to get this work checked in.
//     printf ("In SageInterface::setSourcePositionAsTransformation() for node = %p = %s (make this an error while debugging AST construction) \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
  // ROSE_ASSERT(false);
 
     SgLocatedNode*     locatedNode = isSgLocatedNode(node);
     SgExpression*      expression  = isSgExpression(node);
  // SgInitializedName* initName    = isSgInitializedName(node);
     SgPragma*          pragma      = isSgPragma(node); // missed this one!! Liao, 1/30/2008
     SgGlobal*          global      = isSgGlobal(node); // SgGlobal should have NULL endOfConstruct()
 
#if 0
     SgVariableDefinition * v_d = isSgVariableDefinition(node);
     if (v_d )
       printf ("Debug, Found a variable definition: %p\n", v_d);
#endif
 
     if (locatedNode != NULL)
        {
          locatedNode->set_startOfConstruct(Sg_File_Info::generateDefaultFileInfoForTransformationNode());
          locatedNode->get_startOfConstruct()->set_parent(locatedNode);
 
          if (global==NULL)
             {
               locatedNode->set_endOfConstruct(Sg_File_Info::generateDefaultFileInfoForTransformationNode());
               locatedNode->get_endOfConstruct  ()->set_parent(locatedNode);
             }
 
       // Only SgExpression IR nodes have a 3rd source position data structure.
          if (expression!=NULL)
             {
               expression->set_operatorPosition(Sg_File_Info::generateDefaultFileInfoForTransformationNode());
               expression->get_operatorPosition()->set_parent(expression);
             }
        }
       else // special non-located node with file info
        {
          if ( (pragma != NULL) && (pragma->get_startOfConstruct() == NULL) )
             {
               pragma->set_startOfConstruct(Sg_File_Info::generateDefaultFileInfoForTransformationNode());
               pragma->get_startOfConstruct()->set_parent(pragma);
             }
        }
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::setOneSourcePositionNull(SgNode *node)
   {
  // DQ (5/1/2012): Older depricated function (use setSourcePositionPointersToNull() instead).
#if 0
     printf ("+++++ Depricated name setOneSourcePositionNull() (use setSourcePositionPointersToNull() instead) (no using internal source position mode) \n");
#endif
 
     setSourcePosition(node);
   }
 
// DQ (5/1/2012): Newly renamed function (previous name preserved for backward compatability).
void
SageInterface::setSourcePositionPointersToNull(SgNode *node)
   {
  // DQ (1/24/2009): I think this should be renamed to be "setSourcePositionToNULL(SgNode *node)"
  // However, if this is doen then the logic should be that it asserts that: (locatedNode->get_startOfConstruct() == NULL)
  // so that we know when we are leaking memory.  Similarly, we should assert that:
  // (locatedNode->get_endOfConstruct() == NULL).
  // But then this function just asserts that everything is already NULL and is less about setting them to NULL.
  // If (locatedNode->get_startOfConstruct() != NULL), should we delete the existing Sg_File_Info object?
  // This function misses that step.
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(node != NULL);
 
     SgLocatedNode *    locatedNode = isSgLocatedNode(node);
     SgExpression*      expression  = isSgExpression(node);
     SgPragma*          pragma      = isSgPragma(node); // missed this one!! Liao, 1/30/2008
     SgGlobal*          global      = isSgGlobal(node); // SgGlobal should have NULL endOfConstruct()
 
  // DQ (1/24/2009): If the point is to set the source position to NULL pointers,
  // why do we only handle the case when (get_startOfConstruct() == NULL)
  // (i.e. when the start source postion is already NULL).
 
     if (locatedNode != NULL)
        {
          if (locatedNode->get_startOfConstruct() != NULL)
               printf ("WARNING: In SageInterface::setSourcePositionPointersToNull(): Memory leak of startOfConstruct Sg_File_Info object (setting Sg_File_Info pointers to NULL) \n");
 
          locatedNode->set_startOfConstruct(NULL);
 
       // Note that SgGlobal should have NULL endOfConstruct()
          if (global == NULL)
             {
               if (locatedNode->get_endOfConstruct() != NULL)
                    printf ("WARNING: In SageInterface::setSourcePositionPointersToNull(): Memory leak of endOfConstruct Sg_File_Info object (setting Sg_File_Info pointers to NULL) \n");
 
               locatedNode->set_endOfConstruct(NULL);
             }
 
       // Only SgExpression IR nodes have a 3rd source position data structure.
          if (expression != NULL)
             {
               if (expression->get_operatorPosition() != NULL)
                    printf ("WARNING: In SageInterface::setSourcePositionPointersToNull(): Memory leak of operatorPosition Sg_File_Info object (setting Sg_File_Info pointers to NULL) \n");
 
               expression->set_operatorPosition(NULL);
             }
        }
       else
        {
          if ( (pragma != NULL) && (pragma->get_startOfConstruct() != NULL) )
             {
               printf ("WARNING: In SageInterface::setSourcePositionPointersToNull(): Memory leak of Sg_File_Info object (setting Sg_File_Info pointers to NULL) \n");
 
               pragma->set_startOfConstruct(NULL);
             }
        }
   }
 
// DQ (1/24/2009): Could we change the name to be "setSourcePositionAtRootAndAllChildrenAsTransformation(SgNode *root)"
void
SageInterface::setSourcePositionForTransformation(SgNode *root)
   {
#if 1
#if 0
     printf ("+++++ Depricated name setSourcePositionForTransformation() (use setSourcePositionAtRootAndAllChildrenAsTransformation() instead) \n");
#endif
 
  // This is the semantically correct function to call.
  // setSourcePositionAtRootAndAllChildrenAsTransformation(root);
 
  // DQ (5/2/2012): This is a test to replace the support we have to mark every thing as a transformation with the new mechanism using source position modes.
  // setSourcePosition(root);
  // Liao 11/21/2012. This function should only be called when the mode is transformation
  // Liao 8/2/2013. It can actually be called inside frontend by OmpSupport::lower_omp().
     //ROSE_ASSERT(SageBuilder::SourcePositionClassificationMode == SageBuilder::e_sourcePositionTransformation);
     setSourcePositionAtRootAndAllChildren(root);
#else
     Rose_STL_Container <SgNode*> nodeList = NodeQuery::querySubTree(root,V_SgNode);
     for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode *>::iterator i = nodeList.begin(); i!=nodeList.end(); i++ )
        {
          setOneSourcePositionForTransformation(*i);
        }
#endif
   }
 
 
#if 0
// DQ (5/1/2012): New function with improved name (still preserving the previous interface).
void
SageInterface::setSourcePositionAtRootAndAllChildrenAsTransformation(SgNode *root)
   {
     Rose_STL_Container <SgNode*> nodeList= NodeQuery::querySubTree(root,V_SgNode);
     for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode *>::iterator i = nodeList.begin(); i!=nodeList.end(); i++ )
        {
          setOneSourcePositionForTransformation(*i);
        }
   }
#endif
 
#if 0
void
SageInterface::setSourcePositionAtRootAndAllChildrenAsDefault(SgNode *root)
   {
     Rose_STL_Container <SgNode*> nodeList= NodeQuery::querySubTree(root,V_SgNode);
     for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode *>::iterator i = nodeList.begin(); i!=nodeList.end(); i++ )
        {
          setSourcePositionAsDefault(*i);
        }
   }
#endif
 
void
SageInterface::setSourcePositionAtRootAndAllChildren(SgNode *root)
   {
  // DQ (2/17/2013): This is a relatively expensive operation so we might look into this.
 
     Rose_STL_Container <SgNode*> nodeList = NodeQuery::querySubTree(root,V_SgNode);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In setSourcePositionAtRootAndAllChildren(): nodeList.size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",nodeList.size());
#endif
 
     for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode *>::iterator i = nodeList.begin(); i != nodeList.end(); i++)
        {
#if 0
          printf ("In setSourcePositionAtRootAndAllChildren(): *i = %p = %s \n",*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str());
#endif
          setSourcePosition(*i);
        }
   }
 
// DQ (5/1/2012): This function queries the SageBuilder::SourcePositionClassification mode (stored in the SageBuilder
// interface) and used the specified mode to initialize the source position data (Sg_File_Info objects).  This
// function is the only function that should be called directly (though in a namespace we can't define permissions).
void
SageInterface::setSourcePosition(SgNode* node)
   {
  // Check the mode and build the correct type of source code position.
     SourcePositionClassification scp = getSourcePositionClassificationMode();
 
  // DQ (2/17/2013): Note that the SourcePositionClassification will be e_sourcePositionFrontendConstruction
  // during construction of the AST from the EDG frontend.
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::setSourcePosition(): SourcePositionClassification scp = %s \n",display(scp).c_str());
#endif
 
     switch(scp)
        {
          case e_sourcePositionError: // Error value for enum.
             {
               printf ("Error: error value e_sourcePositionError in SageInterface::setSourcePosition() \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
             }
 
          case e_sourcePositionDefault: // Default source position.
             {
#if 0
               printf ("e_sourcePositionDefault in SageInterface::setSourcePosition() \n");
#endif
               SgLocatedNode* locatedNode = isSgLocatedNode(node);
               if (locatedNode != NULL)
                  {
                    setSourcePositionToDefault(locatedNode);
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // This is not supported (not clear if it need be).
                    printf ("Error: can't call setSourcePosition() in mode e_sourcePositionDefault with non SgLocatedNode (node = %p = %s) \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
                    ROSE_ABORT();
                  }
               break;
             }
 
          case e_sourcePositionTransformation:       // Classify as a transformation.
             {
#if 0
               printf ("e_sourcePositionTransformation in SageInterface::setSourcePosition() \n");
#endif
            // setSourcePositionAtRootAndAllChildrenAsTransformation(node);
               setSourcePositionAsTransformation(node);
               break;
             }
 
          case e_sourcePositionCompilerGenerated:    // Classify as compiler generated code (e.g. template instantiation).
             {
               printf ("e_sourcePositionCompilerGenerated in SageInterface::setSourcePosition() \n");
 
               printf ("Sorry, not implemented \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
             }
 
          case e_sourcePositionNullPointers:         // Set pointers to Sg_File_Info objects to NULL.
             {
            // DQ (2/17/2013): We want to move to this mode as the one used for EDG/ROSE connection so that we can
            // avoid building and rebuilding source position information.
#if 0
               printf ("e_sourcePositionNullPointers in SageInterface::setSourcePosition() \n");
#endif
               setSourcePositionPointersToNull(node);
               break;
             }
 
          case e_sourcePositionFrontendConstruction: // Specify as source position to be filled in as part of AST construction in the front-end.
             {
            // DQ (2/17/2013): The setSourcePositionToDefault() function is called a lot, so it might be a performance issue.
            // All IR nodes built by the Build Interface are assighed source position information
            // using this function and then reset afterward as we use information within EDG to
            // reset the source position information.  Ideally, the EDG/ROSE connection would
            // use NULL pointers as the behavior for the front-end mode.  We can move to that
            // later to make the source position handling more efficient.
 
            // This function builds an empty Sg_File_Info entry (valid object but filled with default values; must be reset in front-end processing).
#if 0
               printf ("e_sourcePositionFrontendConstruction in SageInterface::setSourcePosition() \n");
#endif
               SgLocatedNode* locatedNode = isSgLocatedNode(node);
               if (locatedNode != NULL)
                  {
                 // setSourcePositionAtRootAndAllChildrenAsDefault(locatedNode);
                    setSourcePositionToDefault(locatedNode);
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // This is not supported (not clear if it need be).
                    SgPragma* pragma = isSgPragma(node);
                    if (pragma != NULL)
                       {
                         setSourcePositionToDefault(pragma);
                       }
                      else
                       {
                      // printf ("Error: can't call setSourcePosition() in mode e_sourcePositionFrontendConstruction with non SgLocatedNode (node = %p = %s) \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
                      // ROSE_ASSERT(false);
                         SgType* type = isSgType(node);
                         if (type != NULL)
                            {
                           // Ignore this case, OK.
                            }
                           else
                            {
                              SgFunctionParameterTypeList* functionParameterTypeList = isSgFunctionParameterTypeList(node);
                              if (functionParameterTypeList != NULL)
                                 {
                                // Ignore this case, OK.
                                 }
                                else
                                 {
                                   printf ("Error: can't call setSourcePosition() in mode e_sourcePositionFrontendConstruction with non SgLocatedNode (node = %p = %s) \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
                                   ROSE_ABORT();
                                 }
                            }
                       }
                  }
 
               break;
             }
 
 
          case e_sourcePosition_last:
             {
               printf ("Error: error value e_sourcePositionError in SageInterface::setSourcePosition() \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
             }
 
          default:
             {
               printf ("Error: default reached in SageInterface::setSourcePosition() \n");
               break;
             }
        }
 
#if 0
     if (node->get_file_info() != NULL)
        {
          node->get_file_info()->display("Leaving SageInterface::setSourcePosition()");
        }
#endif
   }
 
#if 0
void
SageInterface::setSourcePositionForTransformation_memoryPool()
   {
  // DQ (1/24/2009): This seems like a very dangerous function to have, is it required!
 
  // DQ (5/1/2012): Make it an error to call this function.
     printf ("ERROR: In setSourcePositionForTransformation_memoryPool(): This seems like a very dangerous function to have, is it required? \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
 
     VariantVector vv(V_SgNode);
     Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> nodeList = NodeQuery::queryMemoryPool(vv);
     for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode *>::iterator i = nodeList.begin(); i != nodeList.end(); i++ )
        {
          setOneSourcePositionForTransformation(*i);
        }
   }
#endif
 
SgGlobal * SageInterface::getFirstGlobalScope(SgProject *project)
   {
  // Liao, 1/9/2008, get the first global scope from current project
  // mostly used to prepare for AST construction under the global scope
     ROSE_ASSERT(project != NULL);
 
  // DQ (1/24/2009): Added a check to make sure STL list is non-empty.
     ROSE_ASSERT(project->get_fileList().empty() == false);
 
  // SgGlobal* global = project->get_file(0).get_root();
     SgSourceFile* file = isSgSourceFile(project->get_fileList()[0]);
     SgGlobal* global = file->get_globalScope();
 
#if 0
     SgFilePtrListPtr fileList = project->get_fileList();
     SgFilePtrList::const_iterator i= fileList->begin();
 
     SgGlobal* global = (*i)->get_globalScope();
#endif
     ROSE_ASSERT(global != NULL);
 
     return global;
   }
 
// Liao, 1/10/2008, get the last stmt from the scope
// two cases
//      SgScopeStatement::getDeclarationList
//      SgScopeStatement::getStatementList()
SgStatement* SageInterface::getLastStatement(SgScopeStatement *scope)
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope);
     SgStatement* stmt = NULL;
 
     if (scope->containsOnlyDeclarations())
        {
       // DQ (2/17/2013): Fixed declList to be a reference instead of a copy.
       // SgDeclarationStatementPtrList declList = scope->getDeclarationList();
          SgDeclarationStatementPtrList & declList = scope->getDeclarationList();
 
       // DQ (2/17/2013): Fixed evaluation of empty list use SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::empty() member function for faster performance.
          if (declList.empty() == false)
             {
               stmt = isSgStatement(declList.back());
             }
        }
       else
        {
       // DQ (2/17/2013): Fixed stmtList to be a reference instead of a copy.
          SgStatementPtrList & stmtList = scope->getStatementList();
 
       // DQ (2/17/2013): Fixed evaluation of empty list use SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::empty() member function for faster performance.
          if (stmtList.empty() == false)
             {
               stmt = stmtList.back();
             }
        }
 
     return stmt;
   }
 
 
SgStatement* SageInterface::getFirstStatement(SgScopeStatement *scope, bool includingCompilerGenerated/*=false*/)
   {
  // DQ (2/17/2013): This function appears to be a performance problem (so a pass was made to
  // use lower complexity operations that are equivalent in funcionality for this context).
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope);
     SgStatement* stmt = NULL;
 
     if (scope->containsOnlyDeclarations())
        {
       // DQ (2/17/2013): Fixed declList to be a reference instead of a copy.
       // DQ Note: Do we really need to make a copy of the list just to return a pointer to the first entry?
       // SgDeclarationStatementPtrList declList = scope->getDeclarationList();
          SgDeclarationStatementPtrList & declList = scope->getDeclarationList();
          if (includingCompilerGenerated)
             {
            // DQ (2/17/2013): Fixed evaluation of empty list use SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::empty() member function for faster performance.
            // DQ Note: (declList.empty() == false) is a much faster test  O(1) than (declList.size() > 0), which is O(n).
               if (declList.empty() == false)
                  {
                    stmt = isSgStatement(declList.front());
                  }
             }
            else
             {
            // skip compiler-generated declarations
               SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator i=declList.begin();
               while (i != declList.end())
                  {
                 // isCompilerGenerated(),isOutputInCodeGeneration(),etc. are not good enough,
                 // some content from headers included are not marked as compiler-generated
                 //
                 // cout<<(*i)->unparseToString()<<endl;
                 // ((*i)->get_file_info())->display("debug.......");
                    Sg_File_Info * fileInfo = (*i)->get_file_info();
                 // include transformation-generated  statements, but not the hidden ones
                 // Note: isOutputInCodeGeneration is not default to true for original statements from user code
                    if ((fileInfo->isSameFile(scope->get_file_info())) || (fileInfo->isTransformation() && fileInfo->isOutputInCodeGeneration()))
                       {
                         stmt = *i;
                         break;
                       }
                      else
                       {
                         i++;
                         continue;
                       }
                  }
             }
        }
       else
        {
       // DQ Note: Do we really need to make a copy of the list just to return a pointer to the first entry?
          SgStatementPtrList & stmtList = scope->getStatementList();
          if (includingCompilerGenerated)
             {
            // DQ (2/17/2013): Fixed evaluation of empty list use SgStatementPtrList::empty() member function for faster performance.
            // DQ Note: (stmtList.empty() == false) is a much faster test  O(1) than (stmtList.size() > 0), which is O(n).
               if (stmtList.empty() == false)
                  {
                    stmt = stmtList.front();
                  }
             }
            else
             {
            // skip compiler-generated declarations
               SgStatementPtrList::iterator i = stmtList.begin();
               while (i!=stmtList.end())
                  {
                 // isCompilerGenerated(),isOutputInCodeGeneration(),etc. are not good enough,
                 // some content from headers included are not marked as compiler-generated
                 //
                 // cout<<(*i)->unparseToString()<<endl;
                 // ((*i)->get_file_info())->display("debug.......");
                    Sg_File_Info * fileInfo = (*i)->get_file_info();
                 // include transformation-generated  statements, but not the hidden ones
                 // Note: isOutputInCodeGeneration is not default to true for original statements from user code
                    if ( (fileInfo->isSameFile(scope->get_file_info())) || (fileInfo->isTransformation()&& fileInfo->isOutputInCodeGeneration()))
                       {
                         stmt=*i;
                         break;
                       }
                      else
                       {
                         i++;
                         continue;
                       }
                  }
             }
        }
 
     return stmt;
   }
 
 
  SgFunctionDeclaration* SageInterface::findFirstDefiningFunctionDecl(SgScopeStatement* scope)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(scope);
    SgFunctionDeclaration* result = NULL;
    if (scope->containsOnlyDeclarations())
    {
      SgDeclarationStatementPtrList declList = scope->getDeclarationList();
      SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator i=declList.begin();
      while (i!=declList.end())
      {
        Sg_File_Info * fileInfo = (*i)->get_file_info();
 
       if ((fileInfo->isSameFile(scope->get_file_info()))||
          (fileInfo->isTransformation()&& fileInfo->isOutputInCodeGeneration())
        )
        {
          SgFunctionDeclaration* func = isSgFunctionDeclaration(*i);
          if (func)
          {
            if (func->get_definingDeclaration ()==func)
            {
            //cout<<"debug, first defining func decl is:"<<(*i)->unparseToString()<<endl;
            result=func;
            break;
            }
          }
        }
        i++;
      }//end while
    } else
    {
      SgStatementPtrList stmtList = scope->getStatementList();
      SgStatementPtrList::iterator i=stmtList.begin();
      while (i!=stmtList.end())
      {
        Sg_File_Info * fileInfo = (*i)->get_file_info();
        if ( (fileInfo->isSameFile(scope->get_file_info()))||
             (fileInfo->isTransformation()&& fileInfo->isOutputInCodeGeneration())
            )
         {
          SgFunctionDeclaration* func = isSgFunctionDeclaration(*i);
          if (func)
          {
            if (func->get_definingDeclaration ()==func)
            {
            //cout<<"debug, first defining func decl is:"<<(*i)->unparseToString()<<endl;
            result=func;
            break;
            }// if defining
          } // if func
         }// if fileInof
        i++;
      }//while
    } // end if
    return result;
  }
 
 
bool SageInterface::isMain(const SgNode* n)
{
   bool result = false;
   // Liao 1/5/2010, handle Fortran main entry: SgProgramHeaderStatement
   if (SageInterface::is_Fortran_language()) {
      if (isSgProgramHeaderStatement(n)) {
         result = true;
      }
   }
   else {
      if (isSgFunctionDeclaration(n) != nullptr) {
         bool either = false;
         if (SageInterface::is_Java_language()) {
            either = true;
         }
         else {
            const SgStatement* stmnt = isSgStatement(n);
            ROSE_ASSERT(stmnt != nullptr);
            if (isSgGlobal(stmnt->get_scope())) {
               either = true;
            }
         }
         if (either) {
            const SgFunctionDeclaration* funcDefn = isSgFunctionDeclaration(n);
            ROSE_ASSERT(funcDefn != nullptr);
            if (funcDefn->get_name() == "main") {
               result = true;
            }
         }
      }
   }
   return result;
}
 
// Originally from ompTranslator.C
// DQ (1/6/2007): The correct qualified name for "main" is "::main", at least in C++.
// however for C is should be "main".  Our name qualification is not language specific,
// however, for C is makes no sense to as for the qualified name, so the name we
// want to search for could be language specific.  The test code test2007_07.C
// demonstrates that the function "main" can exist in both classes (as member functions)
// and in namespaces (as more meaningfully qualified names).  Because of this C++
// would have to qualify the global main function as "::main", I think.
 
// Revised by Jeremiah,
// Added check to see if the scope is global: Liao
SgFunctionDeclaration* SageInterface::findMain(SgNode* n) {
  if (!n) return 0;
  if (isMain(n))
  {
    return isSgFunctionDeclaration(n);
  }
  vector<SgNode*> children = n->get_traversalSuccessorContainer();
  for (vector<SgNode*>::const_iterator i = children.begin();
  i != children.end(); ++i) {
 
    SgFunctionDeclaration* mainDecl = findMain(*i);
    if (mainDecl)
      if (mainDecl->get_definingDeclaration() == mainDecl) // skip non-defining main() declaration, Liao 8/27/2010
      return mainDecl;
  }
  return 0;
}
 
//  another declaration statement can be inserted.
// This is useful to find a safe place to insert a declaration statement with special requirements about where it can be inserted.
// e.g. a variable declaration statement should not be inserted before IMPLICIT none in Fortran
// If it returns NULL, a declaration statement should be able to be prepended to the scope
SgStatement* SageInterface::findLastDeclarationStatement(SgScopeStatement * scope, bool includePragma/* = false */ )
{
  SgStatement* rt = NULL;
  ROSE_ASSERT (scope != NULL);
 
  SgStatementPtrList stmt_list = scope->generateStatementList ();
 
  for (size_t i = 0; i<stmt_list.size(); i++)
  {
    SgStatement* cur_stmt = stmt_list[i];
    // We should exclude pragma decl. We don't want to insert things after pragmas.
    if (isSgDeclarationStatement(cur_stmt))
    {
      if (isSgPragmaDeclaration (cur_stmt))
      {
        if (includePragma)
          rt = cur_stmt;
      }
      else
        rt = cur_stmt;
    }
    //if (isSgImplicitStatement(cur_stmt)) || isSgFortranIncludeLine(cur_stmt) || isSgDeclarationStatement
  }
 
  return rt;
}
 
SgNode * SageInterface::deepCopyNode (const SgNode* n)
{
  SgNode* rt = NULL;
  SgTreeCopy g_treeCopy; // should use a copy object each time of usage!
  if (n!= NULL)
  {
     rt = n->copy (g_treeCopy);
     SageInterface::setSourcePositionForTransformation (rt);
  }
  //  return n ? n->copy (g_treeCopy) : 0;
  return rt;
}
 
// by Jeremiah
// Return bool for C++ code, and int for C code
SgType* SageInterface::getBoolType(SgNode* n) {
  bool isC = TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(n)->get_outputLanguage() == SgFile::e_C_language;
  if (isC) {
    return SgTypeInt::createType();
  } else {
    return SgTypeBool::createType();
  }
}
 
#if 1
// Change continue statements in a given block of code to gotos to a label
void SageInterface::changeContinuesToGotos(SgStatement* stmt, SgLabelStatement* label)
   {
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
     std::vector<SgContinueStmt*> continues = SageInterface::findContinueStmts(stmt);
     for (std::vector<SgContinueStmt*>::iterator i = continues.begin(); i != continues.end(); ++i)
        {
          SgGotoStatement* gotoStatement = SageBuilder::buildGotoStatement(label);
       // printf ("Building gotoStatement #1 = %p \n",gotoStatement);
#ifndef _MSC_VER
          LowLevelRewrite::replace(*i, make_unit_list( gotoStatement ) );
#else
          ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
        }
#else
          printf ("Not supported in mode: ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT (LowLevelRewrite::replace() is unavailable)");
          ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
   }
 
#define DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_EQUIVALENCE 0
 
bool SageInterface::templateArgumentEquivalence(SgTemplateArgument * arg1, SgTemplateArgument * arg2)
   {
     if (arg1 == arg2)
        {
#if DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_EQUIVALENCE
          printf ("In templateArgumentEquivalence(): same pointer to template argument: returning true \n");
#endif
          return true;
        }
 
     if (arg1->get_argumentType() != arg2->get_argumentType())
        {
#if DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_EQUIVALENCE
          printf ("In templateArgumentEquivalence(): different argumentType(): returning false \n");
#endif
          return false;
        }
 
     switch (arg1->get_argumentType())
        {
          case SgTemplateArgument::type_argument:
             {
               ROSE_ASSERT(arg1->get_type() != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(arg2->get_type() != NULL);
 
#if DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_EQUIVALENCE
               printf ("In templateArgumentEquivalence(): case SgTemplateArgument::type_argument: checking for the same type: arg1->get_type() = %p = %s arg2->get_type() = %p = %s \n",
                    arg1->get_type(),arg1->get_type()->class_name().c_str(),
                    arg2->get_type(),arg2->get_type()->class_name().c_str());
#endif
            // DQ (5/19/2016): Rewrote to support debugging.
            // return arg1->get_type() == arg2->get_type();
               if (arg1->get_type() == arg2->get_type())
                  {
#if DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_EQUIVALENCE
                    printf ("In templateArgumentEquivalence(): case SgTemplateArgument::type_argument: checking for the same type: returning true \n");
#endif
                    return true;
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // ROSE_ASSERT(!"NIY: non-type template argument comparaison."); /// \todo
 
                 // DQ (5/19/2016): Use type equivalence mechanism to handle the case where
                 // these are different pointers to what might still be the same type.
                 // return false;
                    bool typesAreEqual = isEquivalentType(arg1->get_type(),arg2->get_type());
 
#if DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_EQUIVALENCE
                    printf ("In templateArgumentEquivalence(): case SgTemplateArgument::type_argument: checking for the same type: pointers are different: returning typesAreEqual = %s \n",typesAreEqual ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                    return typesAreEqual;
                  }
             }
 
          case SgTemplateArgument::nontype_argument:
             {
               SgExpression * expr1 = arg1->get_expression();
               SgExpression * expr2 = arg2->get_expression();
               if (expr1 == expr2) {
#if DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_EQUIVALENCE
                    printf ("In templateArgumentEquivalence(): case SgTemplateArgument::nontype_argument: checking for the same expression: returning true \n");
#endif
                    return true;
               } else if (expr1->variantT() == expr2->variantT() ) {
#if DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_EQUIVALENCE
                    printf ("In templateArgumentEquivalence(): case SgTemplateArgument::nontype_argument: same variant of expression: %s\n", expr1->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                    switch (expr1->variantT()) {
                      case V_SgLongIntVal: {
                        return ((SgLongIntVal *)expr1)->get_value() == ((SgLongIntVal *)expr2)->get_value();
                      }
                   // DQ (7/21/2024): Adding support for another type (from processing nlohmann/json.hpp with ROSE)
                      case V_SgUnsignedLongVal:
                         {
                           return ((SgUnsignedLongVal*) expr1)->get_value() == ((SgUnsignedLongVal*) expr2)->get_value();
                         }
                   // PP (4/10/2025): Adding support for another type (from processing ROSE with ROSE)
                      case V_SgBoolValExp:
                         {
                           return static_cast<SgBoolValExp*>(expr1)->get_value() == static_cast<SgBoolValExp*>(expr2)->get_value();
                         }
                      default: {
                        mlog[Sawyer::Message::Common::FATAL]
                          << "FATAL: In templateArgumentEquivalence(): case SgTemplateArgument::nontype_argument: expression have the same variant "
                          << expr1->class_name()
                          << " but comparison is not NIY!"
                          << std::endl;
                        ROSE_ABORT();
                      }
                    }
               } else {
#if DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_EQUIVALENCE
                    printf ("In templateArgumentEquivalence(): case SgTemplateArgument::nontype_argument: different variant of expression: returning false \n");
#endif
                    return false;
               }
             }
 
          case SgTemplateArgument::template_template_argument:
             {
               if (arg1->get_templateDeclaration() == arg2->get_templateDeclaration())
                  {
#if DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_EQUIVALENCE
                    printf ("In templateArgumentEquivalence(): case SgTemplateArgument::template_template_argument: checking for the same templateDeclaration: returning true \n");
#endif
                    return true;
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    ROSE_ASSERT(!"NIY: template template argument comparaison."); 
                  }
             }
 
          case SgTemplateArgument::argument_undefined:
             {
               ROSE_ASSERT(!"Try to compare template arguments of unknown type...");
             }
 
       // DQ (7/19/2015): Added missing case:
          case SgTemplateArgument::start_of_pack_expansion_argument:
             {
               // Liao 6/24/2016. Handle the simplest case: both arguments are parameter pack.
               if (arg2->get_argumentType() == SgTemplateArgument::start_of_pack_expansion_argument)
                 return true;
               ROSE_ASSERT(!"Try to compare template arguments of unknown type start_of_pack_expansion_argument");
             }
 
       // DQ (7/19/2015): Added missing default case: we always want to ahve a default case to catch errors and missing cases.
          default:
             {
               printf ("Error: default case not handled! \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
             }
        }
 
     ROSE_ABORT(); // unreachable code
   }
 
#define DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_LIST_EQUIVALENCE 0
 
bool SageInterface::templateArgumentListEquivalence(const SgTemplateArgumentPtrList & list1, const SgTemplateArgumentPtrList & list2)
   {
     if (list1.size() != list2.size())
        {
#if DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_LIST_EQUIVALENCE
          printf ("In templateArgumentListEquivalence(): different list sizes: returning false \n");
          printf ("   --- list1.size() = %zu \n",list1.size());
          printf ("   --- list2.size() = %zu \n",list2.size());
#endif
          return false;
        }
 
     if (list1 == list2)
        {
#if DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_LIST_EQUIVALENCE
          printf ("In templateArgumentListEquivalence(): same list using STL equality operator: returning true \n");
#endif
          return true;
        }
 
  // for (unsigned i = 0; i < list1.size(); i++)
     for (size_t i = 0; i < list1.size(); i++)
        {
#if DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_LIST_EQUIVALENCE
          printf ("In templateArgumentListEquivalence(): calling templateArgumentEquivalence() for i = %zu \n",i);
#endif
       // if (!templateArgumentEquivalence(list1[i], list2[i]))
          if (templateArgumentEquivalence(list1[i], list2[i]) == false)
             {
#if DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_LIST_EQUIVALENCE
               printf ("In templateArgumentListEquivalence(): calling templateArgumentEquivalence() for i = %zu --- returned false: returning false \n",i);
#endif
               return false;
             }
        }
 
#if DEBUG_TEMPLATE_ARG_LIST_EQUIVALENCE
     printf ("In templateArgumentListEquivalence(): reached base of function: returning true \n");
#endif
 
     return true;
   }
 
// Add a step statement to the end of a loop body
// Add a new label to the end of the loop, with the step statement after
// it; then change all continue statements in the old loop body into
// jumps to the label
//
// For example:
// while (a < 5) {if (a < -3) continue;} (adding "a++" to end) becomes
// while (a < 5) {if (a < -3) goto label; label: a++;}
void SageInterface::addStepToLoopBody(SgScopeStatement* loopStmt, SgStatement* step) {
  using namespace SageBuilder;
  SgScopeStatement* proc = SageInterface::getEnclosingProcedure(loopStmt);
  SgStatement* old_body = SageInterface::getLoopBody(loopStmt);
  SgBasicBlock* new_body = buildBasicBlock();
// printf ("Building IR node #13: new SgBasicBlock = %p \n",new_body);
  SgName labelname = "rose_label__";
  labelname << ++gensym_counter;
  SgLabelStatement* labelstmt = buildLabelStatement(labelname,
buildBasicBlock(), proc);
  changeContinuesToGotos(old_body, labelstmt);
  appendStatement(old_body, new_body);
  appendStatement(labelstmt, new_body);
  appendStatement(step, new_body);
  SageInterface::setLoopBody(loopStmt, new_body);
}
 
 
void SageInterface::moveForStatementIncrementIntoBody(SgForStatement* f) {
  if (isSgNullExpression(f->get_increment())) return;
  SgExprStatement* incrStmt = SageBuilder::buildExprStatement(f->get_increment());
  f->get_increment()->set_parent(incrStmt);
  SageInterface::addStepToLoopBody(f, incrStmt);
  SgNullExpression* ne = SageBuilder::buildNullExpression();
  f->set_increment(ne);
  ne->set_parent(f);
}
 
static
bool hasEmptyCondition(SgForStatement* f)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(f);
 
  SgStatement* condstmt = f->get_test();
  ROSE_ASSERT(condstmt);
 
  if (isSgNullStatement(condstmt)) return true;
 
  SgExprStatement* exprStmt = isSgExprStatement(condstmt);
 
  return isSgNullExpression(exprStmt->get_expression());
}
 
void SageInterface::convertForToWhile(SgForStatement* f) {
  moveForStatementIncrementIntoBody(f);
  SgBasicBlock* bb = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock();
  SgForInitStatement* inits = f->get_for_init_stmt();
  SgStatementPtrList& bbStmts = bb->get_statements();
  SgStatementPtrList& initStmts = inits->get_init_stmt();
  bbStmts = initStmts;
  for (size_t i = 0; i < bbStmts.size(); ++i) {
    bbStmts[i]->set_parent(bb);
  }
 
  const bool testIsNull = hasEmptyCondition(f);
  SgStatement* test = testIsNull ? SageBuilder::buildExprStatement(SageBuilder::buildBoolValExp(true))
                                 : f->get_test();
  SgWhileStmt* ws = SageBuilder::buildWhileStmt(test, f->get_loop_body());
 
  appendStatement(ws, bb);
  isSgStatement(f->get_parent())->replace_statement(f, bb);
}
 
void SageInterface::convertAllForsToWhiles(SgNode* top) {
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> fors = NodeQuery::querySubTree(top,
V_SgForStatement);
  for (size_t i = 0; i < fors.size(); ++i) {
    convertForToWhile(isSgForStatement(fors[i]));
  }
}
 
  vector<SgGotoStatement*> SageInterface::findGotoStmts(SgStatement* scope, SgLabelStatement* l) {
 // DQ (9/25/2007): Moved from std::list to std::vector uniformally in ROSE.
 // But we still need the copy since the return type is IR node specific.
    Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> allGotos = NodeQuery::querySubTree(scope, V_SgGotoStatement);
 
    vector<SgGotoStatement*> result;
    for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*>::const_iterator i = allGotos.begin(); i != allGotos.end(); ++i) {
      if (isSgGotoStatement(*i)->get_label() == l) {
        result.push_back(isSgGotoStatement(*i));
      }
    }
    return result;
  }
 
#if 0 // Liao 5/21/2010. This is a bad function in terms of performance
      // vectors are created/destroyed multiple times
  vector<SgReturnStmt*> SageInterface::findReturnStmts(SgStatement* scope) {
 // DQ (9/25/2007): Moved from std::list to std::vector uniformally in ROSE.
 // But we still need the copy since the return type is IR node specific.
    Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> returns = NodeQuery::querySubTree(scope, V_SgReturnStmt);
 
    vector<SgReturnStmt*> result;
    for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*>::const_iterator i = returns.begin(); i != returns.end(); ++i) {
      result.push_back(isSgReturnStmt(*i));
    }
    return result;
  }
 
#endif
static  void getSwitchCasesHelper(SgStatement* top, vector<SgStatement*>& result) {
    ROSE_ASSERT (top);
    if (isSgSwitchStatement(top)) return; // Don't descend into nested switches
    if (isSgCaseOptionStmt(top) || isSgDefaultOptionStmt(top)) {
      result.push_back(top);
    }
    vector<SgNode*> children = top->get_traversalSuccessorContainer();
    for (unsigned int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
      if (isSgStatement(children[i])) {
        getSwitchCasesHelper(isSgStatement(children[i]), result);
      }
    }
  }
 
  vector<SgStatement*> SageInterface::getSwitchCases(SgSwitchStatement* sw) {
    vector<SgStatement*> result;
    getSwitchCasesHelper(sw->get_body(), result);
    return result;
  }
 
 
#endif
 
AbstractHandle::abstract_handle* SageInterface::buildAbstractHandle(SgNode* n)
{
  return AbstractHandle::buildAbstractHandle(n);
 
}
SgScopeStatement* SageInterface::getEnclosingScope(SgNode* n, const bool includingSelf/* =false*/)
{
  SgScopeStatement* result = getScope (n);
  if (result == n)
  {
    if (!includingSelf)
      result = getScope(n->get_parent());
  }
  return result;
}
 
// from transformationSupport.C
SgScopeStatement*
SageInterface::getScope( const SgNode* astNode )
   {
 
   // Case 1: directly call get_scope() for some types of nodes
    if (const SgSymbol* symbol = isSgSymbol(astNode))
        return symbol->get_scope();
    else if (const SgInitializedName* initName = isSgInitializedName(astNode))
        return initName->get_scope();
    else if (const SgTemplateArgument* tempArg = isSgTemplateArgument(astNode))
        return tempArg->get_scope();
    else if (const SgQualifiedName* qualifiedName = isSgQualifiedName(astNode))
        return qualifiedName->get_scope();
 
    // DQ (6/9/2007): This function traverses through the parents to the first scope (used for name qualification support of template arguments)
    const SgNode* parentNode = astNode;
    while (!isSgScopeStatement(parentNode))
    {
        //George Vulov (11/29/2010)
        //Function parameter lists are siblings of SgFunctionDefinition, so just going up to parents
        //produces SgGlobal.
        if (isSgFunctionParameterList(parentNode) || isSgCtorInitializerList(parentNode))
        {
            const SgFunctionDeclaration* funcDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(parentNode->get_parent());
            ROSE_ASSERT(funcDeclaration != NULL);
            funcDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(funcDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration());
            if (funcDeclaration != NULL)
            {
                return funcDeclaration->get_definition();
            }
        }
 
        parentNode = parentNode->get_parent();
        if (parentNode == NULL)
        {
            break;
        }
    }
 
  // Check to see if we made it back to the root (current root is SgProject).
  // It is also OK to stop at a node for which get_parent() returns NULL (SgType and SgSymbol nodes).
     if ( isSgScopeStatement(parentNode) == NULL &&
          dynamic_cast<const SgType*>(parentNode) == NULL &&
          dynamic_cast<const SgSymbol*>(parentNode) == NULL )
        {
          printf ("Error: In SageInterface::getScope(): could not trace back to SgScopeStatement node \n");
          ROSE_ABORT();
        }
       else
        {
          if ( dynamic_cast<const SgType*>(parentNode) != NULL || dynamic_cast<const SgSymbol*>(parentNode) != NULL )
             {
               printf ("Error: can't locate an associated SgStatement from astNode = %p = %s parentNode = %p = %s \n",astNode,astNode->class_name().c_str(),parentNode,parentNode->class_name().c_str());
               return NULL;
             }
        }
 
  // Make sure we have a SgStatement node
     const SgScopeStatement* scopeStatement = isSgScopeStatement(parentNode);
     //SgScopeStatement* scopeStatement = isSgScopeStatement(parentNode);
     ROSE_ASSERT (scopeStatement != NULL);
 
     // ensure the search is inclusive
     if (isSgScopeStatement(astNode))
       if (isSgScopeStatement(parentNode))
       {
          ROSE_ASSERT (astNode == parentNode);
       }
 
   // return scopeStatement;
     return const_cast<SgScopeStatement*>(scopeStatement);
   }
 
 
// from outliner, ASTtools
// ------------------------------------------------
 
static
const SgVariableSymbol *
getVarSymFromName_const (const SgInitializedName* name)
   {
     SgVariableSymbol* v_sym = NULL;
 
     if (name != NULL)
        {
#if 0
          printf ("In getVarSymFromName(): name->get_name() = %s \n",name->get_name().str());
#endif
          SgScopeStatement* scope = name->get_scope();
          ROSE_ASSERT (scope != NULL);
#if 0
          printf ("In getVarSymFromName(): name->get_name() = %s scope = %p = %s \n",name->get_name().str(),scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
          v_sym = scope->lookup_var_symbol (name->get_name());
 
          if (!v_sym) // E.g., might be part of an 'extern' declaration.
            {
           // Try the declaration's scope.
              SgDeclarationStatement* decl = name->get_declaration ();
              ROSE_ASSERT (decl);
 
              SgScopeStatement* decl_scope = decl->get_scope ();
              if (decl_scope != NULL)
                   v_sym = decl_scope->lookup_var_symbol (name->get_name());
 
              if (!v_sym)
                   cerr << "\t\t*** WARNING: Can't seem to find a symbol for '"
                        << name->get_name ().str ()
                        << "' ***" << endl;
             }
        }
 
     return v_sym;
   }
 
#if 0
static
SgVariableSymbol *
getVarSymFromName (SgInitializedName* name)
{
  const SgVariableSymbol* v_sym = getVarSymFromName_const (name);
  return const_cast<SgVariableSymbol *> (v_sym);
}
#endif
static
const SgVariableSymbol *
getVarSym_const (const SgNode* n)
{
  const SgVariableSymbol* v_sym = 0;
  switch (n->variantT ())
    {
    case V_SgVarRefExp:
      v_sym = isSgVarRefExp (n)->get_symbol ();
      break;
    case V_SgInitializedName:
      v_sym = getVarSymFromName_const (isSgInitializedName (n));
      break;
    default:
      break;
    }
  return v_sym;
}
 
#if 0
static
SgVariableSymbol *
getVarSym (SgNode* n)
{
  const SgVariableSymbol* v_sym = getVarSym_const (n);
  return const_cast<SgVariableSymbol *> (v_sym);
}
#endif
 
static
const SgVariableSymbol *
getFirstVarSym_const (const SgVariableDeclaration* decl)
{
  if (!decl) return 0;
  const SgInitializedNamePtrList& names = decl->get_variables ();
  if (names.begin () != names.end ())
    {
      const SgInitializedName* name = *(names.begin ());
      return getVarSym_const (name);
    }
  else
    return 0;
}
 
SgVariableSymbol *
SageInterface::getFirstVarSym (SgVariableDeclaration* decl)
{
  const SgVariableSymbol* sym = getFirstVarSym_const (decl);
  return const_cast<SgVariableSymbol *> (sym);
}
 
 
SgInitializedName*
SageInterface::getFirstInitializedName (SgVariableDeclaration* decl)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(decl);
  SgInitializedNamePtrList& names = decl->get_variables ();
  if (names.begin () != names.end ())
    return *(names.begin ());
  else
    return NULL;
}
 
 
static void findBreakStmtsHelper(SgStatement* code, const std::string& fortranLabel, bool inOutermostBody, vector<SgBreakStmt*>& breakStmts) {
  if (isSgWhileStmt(code) || isSgDoWhileStmt(code) || isSgForStatement(code) || isSgSwitchStatement(code)) {
    if (fortranLabel == "") {
      // Outermost loop only
      return;
    } else {
      // Set this for query on children
      inOutermostBody = false;
    }
  }
  if (isSgBreakStmt(code)) {
    SgBreakStmt* bs = isSgBreakStmt(code);
    bool breakMatchesThisConstruct = false;
    if (bs->get_do_string_label() == "") {
      // Break matches closest construct
      breakMatchesThisConstruct = inOutermostBody;
    } else {
      breakMatchesThisConstruct = (fortranLabel == bs->get_do_string_label());
    }
    if (breakMatchesThisConstruct) {
      breakStmts.push_back(bs);
    }
    return;
  }
  vector<SgNode*> children = code->get_traversalSuccessorContainer();
  for (unsigned int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
    if (isSgStatement(children[i])) {
      findBreakStmtsHelper(isSgStatement(children[i]), fortranLabel, inOutermostBody, breakStmts);
    }
  }
}
 
vector<SgBreakStmt*> SageInterface::findBreakStmts(SgStatement* code, const std::string& fortranLabel) {
  // Run this on the body of a loop or switch, because it stops at any
  // construct which defines a new scope for break statements
  vector<SgBreakStmt*> result;
  findBreakStmtsHelper(code, fortranLabel, true, result);
  return result;
}
 
 
static void findContinueStmtsHelper(SgStatement* code, const std::string& fortranLabel, bool inOutermostBody, vector<SgContinueStmt*>& continueStmts) {
  if (isSgWhileStmt(code) || isSgDoWhileStmt(code) || isSgForStatement(code)) {
    if (fortranLabel == "") {
      // Outermost loop only
      return;
    } else {
      // Set this for query on children
      inOutermostBody = false;
    }
  }
  if (isSgContinueStmt(code)) {
    SgContinueStmt* cs = isSgContinueStmt(code);
    bool continueMatchesThisConstruct = false;
    if (cs->get_do_string_label() == "") {
      // Continue matches closest construct
      continueMatchesThisConstruct = inOutermostBody;
    } else {
      continueMatchesThisConstruct = (fortranLabel == cs->get_do_string_label());
    }
    if (continueMatchesThisConstruct) {
      continueStmts.push_back(cs);
    }
    return;
  }
  vector<SgNode*> children = code->get_traversalSuccessorContainer();
  for (unsigned int i = 0; i < children.size(); ++i) {
    SgStatement* stmnt = isSgStatement(children[i]);
    if (stmnt != NULL) {
      findContinueStmtsHelper(stmnt, fortranLabel, inOutermostBody, continueStmts);
    }
  }
}
 
vector<SgContinueStmt*> SageInterface::findContinueStmts(SgStatement* code, const std::string& fortranLabel) {
  // Run this on the body of a loop, because it stops at any construct which
  // defines a new scope for continue statements
  vector<SgContinueStmt*> result;
  findContinueStmtsHelper(code, fortranLabel, true, result);
  return result;
}
 
 
// Get the initializer containing an expression if it is within an
// initializer.
//  from replaceExpressionWithStatement.C
SgInitializer* SageInterface::getInitializerOfExpression(SgExpression* n) {
  assert(n);
#if 0
  std::cout << "Starting getInitializerOfExpression on 0x" << std::hex << (int)n << ", which has type " << n->sage_class_name() << std::endl;
#endif
  while (!isSgInitializer(n)) {
    n = isSgExpression(n->get_parent());
#if 0
    std::cout << "Continuing getInitializerOfExpression on 0x" << std::hex << (int)n;
    if (n) std::cout << ", which has type " << n->sage_class_name();
    std::cout << std::endl;
#endif
    assert(n);
  }
  return isSgInitializer(n);
}
 
#ifndef USE_ROSE
// Get all symbols used in a given expression
vector<SgVariableSymbol*> SageInterface::getSymbolsUsedInExpression(SgExpression* expr) {
 class GetSymbolsUsedInExpressionVisitor: public AstSimpleProcessing {
  public:
  std::vector<SgVariableSymbol*> symbols;
 
  virtual void visit(SgNode* n) {
    if (isSgVarRefExp(n))
      symbols.push_back(isSgVarRefExp(n)->get_symbol());
  }
 };
 
  GetSymbolsUsedInExpressionVisitor vis;
  vis.traverse(expr, preorder);
  return vis.symbols;
}
#endif
 
SgSourceFile*
SageInterface::getEnclosingSourceFile(SgNode* n,bool includingSelf) {
    return getEnclosingNode<SgSourceFile>(n, includingSelf);
}
 
 
SgFunctionDeclaration* SageInterface::findFunctionDeclaration(SgNode* root, std::string name, SgScopeStatement* scope, bool isDefining)
{
  return findDeclarationStatement<SgFunctionDeclaration> (root, name, scope, isDefining);
}
 
 
SgFunctionDefinition* SageInterface::getEnclosingProcedure(SgNode* n, bool includingSelf)
{
  return getEnclosingFunctionDefinition(n,includingSelf);
}
 
SgFunctionDefinition*
SageInterface::getEnclosingFunctionDefinition(SgNode* n,bool includingSelf) {
    return getEnclosingNode<SgFunctionDefinition>(n, includingSelf);
}
 
 
SgFunctionDeclaration*
SageInterface::getEnclosingFunctionDeclaration (SgNode * astNode,bool includingSelf) {
    return getEnclosingNode<SgFunctionDeclaration>(astNode, includingSelf);
}
 
// #endif
 
// #ifndef USE_ROSE
 
SgGlobal*
SageInterface::getGlobalScope(const SgNode* astNode) {
    // should including itself in this case
    return getEnclosingNode<SgGlobal>(astNode, true /*includingSelf*/);
}
 
SgClassDefinition*
SageInterface::getEnclosingClassDefinition(SgNode* astNode, const bool includingSelf/* =false*/) {
    return getEnclosingNode<SgClassDefinition>(astNode, includingSelf);
}
 
 
SgClassDeclaration*
SageInterface::getEnclosingClassDeclaration(SgNode* astNode) {
    // DQ (1/24/2019): This might have to get the SgClassDefinition and then the SgClassDeclaration from that.
    // I'm having trouble making this work for a member function declared outside of the class definition.
    return getEnclosingNode<SgClassDeclaration>(astNode, true);
}
 
SgExprListExp*
SageInterface::getEnclosingExprListExp(SgNode* astNode, const bool includingSelf/* =false*/) {
    return getEnclosingNode<SgExprListExp>(astNode, includingSelf);
}
 
bool
SageInterface::isInSubTree(SgExpression* subtree, SgExpression* exp)
   {
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     struct Visitor: public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          SgExpression* expression_target;
          bool in_subtree;
          virtual void visit(SgNode* n)
             {
               if (n == expression_target)
                  {
                    in_subtree = true;
                  }
             }
 
          Visitor(SgExpression* expr) : expression_target(expr), in_subtree(false) {}
        };
 
     Visitor traversal(exp);
 
     traversal.traverse(subtree, preorder);
 
     returnValue = traversal.in_subtree;
 
     return returnValue;
   }
 
 
SgFunctionDeclaration*
SageInterface::getFunctionDeclaration ( SgFunctionCallExp* functionCallExp )
   {
  // DQ (2/7/2019): Added more general function to support extraction of the associated function declaration.
  // The lower level functions are more robust on the SgFunctionRefExp and SgMemberFunctionRefExp than
  // when called on the SgFunctionCallExp for example.
 
  // SgFunctionCallExp* functionCallExp = isSgFunctionCallExp(astNode);
     ROSE_ASSERT (functionCallExp != NULL);
 
     SgExpression* expression = functionCallExp->get_function();
     ROSE_ASSERT (expression != NULL);
 
     SgFunctionDeclaration* returnDeclaration = NULL;
 
     SgDotExp* dotExp = isSgDotExp(expression);
     if (dotExp != NULL)
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT (dotExp != NULL);
 
          SgExpression* rhsOperand = dotExp->get_rhs_operand();
          ROSE_ASSERT (rhsOperand != NULL);
 
          SgMemberFunctionRefExp* memberFunctionRefExp = isSgMemberFunctionRefExp(rhsOperand);
 
       // ROSE_ASSERT (memberFunctionRefExp != NULL);
          if (memberFunctionRefExp != NULL)
             {
               returnDeclaration = memberFunctionRefExp->getAssociatedMemberFunctionDeclaration();
             }
        }
 
     SgFunctionRefExp* functionReferenceExp = isSgFunctionRefExp(expression);
     if (functionReferenceExp != NULL)
        {
          returnDeclaration = functionReferenceExp->getAssociatedFunctionDeclaration();
        }
 
     SgArrowExp* arrowExp = isSgArrowExp(expression);
     if ( arrowExp != NULL)
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT (arrowExp != NULL);
 
          SgExpression* rhsOperand = arrowExp->get_rhs_operand();
          ROSE_ASSERT (rhsOperand != NULL);
 
          SgMemberFunctionRefExp* memberFunctionRefExp = isSgMemberFunctionRefExp(rhsOperand);
 
       // ROSE_ASSERT (memberFunctionRefExp != NULL);
          if (memberFunctionRefExp != NULL)
             {
               returnDeclaration = memberFunctionRefExp->getAssociatedMemberFunctionDeclaration();
             }
        }
 
     return returnDeclaration;
   }
 
 
 
std::list<SgClassType*>
SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForMemberReference(SgExpression* refExp)
   {
  // DQ (2/16/2019): This version support for data member name qualification return type chains.
 
#define DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN 0
 
  // The input must be one of these two, then this function is suficiently general to support name qualification requirements for both.
     SgVarRefExp*            varRefExp            = isSgVarRefExp(refExp);
     SgMemberFunctionRefExp* memberFunctionRefExp = isSgMemberFunctionRefExp(refExp);
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(varRefExp != NULL || memberFunctionRefExp != NULL);
 
     std::list<SgClassType*> returnTypeChain;
 
  // Internal list used to filter the class chain generated from chained SgCastExp objects to identify the subset containing an ambiguity.
     std::list<SgClassType*> classChain;
 
  // Make sure this is at least a reference to a data or member function member.
  // The requirements for these functions are different, however, if they were
  // virtual functions it might be a more attractive design.
     if (varRefExp != NULL)
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT(isDataMemberReference(varRefExp) == true);
        }
       else
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionRefExp != NULL);
          ROSE_ASSERT(isMemberFunctionMemberReference(memberFunctionRefExp) == true);
        }
 
     SgNode* parent = refExp->get_parent();
     ROSE_ASSERT(parent != NULL);
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
     printf ("In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): parent = %p = %s \n",parent,parent->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
     SgArrowExp* arrowExp = isSgArrowExp(parent);
     SgDotExp*   dotExp   = isSgDotExp(parent);
 
     SgBinaryOp* binaryOperator = NULL;
 
     if (arrowExp != NULL)
        {
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
          printf ("In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): Found an arrow expression \n");
#endif
          binaryOperator = arrowExp;
        }
 
     if (dotExp != NULL)
        {
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
          printf ("In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): Found an dot expression \n");
#endif
          binaryOperator = dotExp;
        }
 
  // ROSE_ASSERT(binaryOperator != NULL);
     if (binaryOperator != NULL)
        {
     SgExpression* lhs = binaryOperator->get_lhs_operand();
     ROSE_ASSERT(lhs != NULL);
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
     printf ("In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): lhs = %p = %s \n",lhs,lhs->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
  // Looking for a chain of SgCastExp expressions.
     SgExpression* temp_lhs = lhs;
     SgCastExp* cast = NULL;
     while (isSgCastExp(temp_lhs) != NULL)
        {
          cast = isSgCastExp(temp_lhs);
          ROSE_ASSERT(cast != NULL);
          temp_lhs = cast->get_operand();
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
          printf ("Top of loop: processing cast = %p temp_lhs = %p = %s \n",cast,temp_lhs,temp_lhs->class_name().c_str());
#endif
          ROSE_ASSERT(cast->get_type() != NULL);
          SgClassType* classType = isSgClassType(cast->get_type());
          if (classType == NULL)
             {
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
               printf (" --- looking for base type: In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): classType == NULL: cast->get_type() = %p = %s \n",
                    cast->get_type(),cast->get_type()->class_name().c_str());
#endif
               SgType* baseType = cast->get_type()->stripType(SgType::STRIP_POINTER_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_MODIFIER_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_REFERENCE_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_RVALUE_REFERENCE_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_TYPEDEF_TYPE);
               ROSE_ASSERT(baseType != NULL);
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
               printf (" --- baseType = %p = %s name = %s \n",baseType,baseType->class_name().c_str(),get_name(baseType).c_str());
#endif
               classType = isSgClassType(baseType);
             }
       // ROSE_ASSERT(classType != NULL);
 
          ROSE_ASSERT(temp_lhs != NULL);
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
          printf (" --- temp_lhs = %p = %s name = %s \n",temp_lhs,temp_lhs->class_name().c_str(),get_name(temp_lhs).c_str());
#endif
 
#if 1
       // DQ (1/20/2020): This (original) code works fine.
       // returnTypeChain.push_front(classType);
          if (classType != NULL)
             {
               classChain.push_front(classType);
             }
#else
       // DQ (1/20/2020): This (new) code works for Cxx11_tests/test2020_61.C.
          if (classType != NULL)
             {
            // DQ (1/20/2020): We might want to fully resolve the class types associated with this cast here directly
            // (see Cxx11_tests/test2020_61.C). The point is that we need a qualified name that will reflect all of
            // the class declarations from the temp_lhs to the declarations associated with the classType.
            // The steps are:
            //    1) Get the target class definition for the type represented by the temp_lhs.
            //    2) Get the source class definition for the classType.
            //    3) Iterate from the source class definition to the target class definition, and save the associated
            //       types associated with the class declarations associated with the scopes visited.
               SgType* target_type = temp_lhs->get_type();
               ROSE_ASSERT(target_type != NULL);
               SgClassType* target_classType = isSgClassType(target_type);
            // ROSE_ASSERT(target_classType != NULL);
               if (target_classType != NULL)
                  {
                    SgDeclarationStatement* target_declaration = target_classType->get_declaration();
                    ROSE_ASSERT(target_declaration != NULL);
                    SgClassDeclaration* target_classDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(target_declaration);
                    ROSE_ASSERT(target_classDeclaration != NULL);
                    SgClassDeclaration* target_definingClassDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(target_classDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration());
                    ROSE_ASSERT(target_definingClassDeclaration != NULL);
                    SgScopeStatement* target_scope = target_definingClassDeclaration->get_definition();
                    ROSE_ASSERT(target_scope != NULL);
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
                    printf ("target_classDeclaration = %p = %s name = %s target_scope = %p = %s \n",
                            target_classDeclaration,target_classDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),target_classDeclaration->get_name().str(),target_scope,target_scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                    SgClassType* source_classType = classType;
                    ROSE_ASSERT(source_classType != NULL);
                    SgDeclarationStatement* source_declaration = source_classType->get_declaration();
                    ROSE_ASSERT(source_declaration != NULL);
                    SgClassDeclaration* source_classDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(source_declaration);
                    ROSE_ASSERT(source_classDeclaration != NULL);
                    SgClassDeclaration* source_definingClassDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(source_classDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration());
                    ROSE_ASSERT(source_definingClassDeclaration != NULL);
                    SgScopeStatement* source_scope = source_definingClassDeclaration->get_definition();
                    ROSE_ASSERT(source_scope != NULL);
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
                    printf ("source_classDeclaration = %p = %s name = %s source_scope = %p = %s \n",
                            source_classDeclaration,source_classDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),source_classDeclaration->get_name().str(),source_scope,source_scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                    SgScopeStatement* tmp_scope = source_scope;
                    while (tmp_scope != NULL && tmp_scope != target_scope)
                       {
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
                         printf ("tmp_scope = %p = %s \n",tmp_scope,tmp_scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                         SgClassDefinition* tmp_classDefinition = isSgClassDefinition(tmp_scope);
                         ROSE_ASSERT(tmp_classDefinition != NULL);
                         SgClassDeclaration* tmp_classDeclaration = tmp_classDefinition->get_declaration();
                         ROSE_ASSERT(tmp_classDeclaration != NULL);
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
                         SgName scope_name = tmp_classDeclaration->get_name();
                         printf ("scope_name = %s \n",scope_name.str());
#endif
                         SgClassType* tmp_classType = tmp_classDeclaration->get_type();
                         ROSE_ASSERT(tmp_classType != NULL);
 
                      // classChain.push_front(tmp_classDefinition);
                         classChain.push_front(tmp_classType);
 
                         tmp_scope = tmp_scope->get_scope();
 
                         if (isSgGlobal(tmp_scope) != NULL)
                            {
                              tmp_scope = NULL;
                            }
                       }
                  }
                 else
                  {
#if 1
                    printf ("In loop processing cast: target_type = %p = %s \n",target_type,target_type->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                  }
             }
#endif
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
          printf ("Bottom of loop: processing cast = %p temp_lhs = %p = %s \n",cast,temp_lhs,temp_lhs->class_name().c_str());
#endif
        }
 
  // We also need to include the first class where we are referencing the variable or function because that is where the first ambiguity may happen.
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(temp_lhs != NULL);
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
     printf ("In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): temp_lhs = %p = %s \n",temp_lhs,temp_lhs->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
     SgVarRefExp* derivedClassVarRefExp = isSgVarRefExp(temp_lhs);
     if (derivedClassVarRefExp != NULL)
        {
          SgVariableSymbol* derivedClassVariableSymbol =  derivedClassVarRefExp->get_symbol();
          ROSE_ASSERT(derivedClassVariableSymbol != NULL);
 
          SgName derivedClassVariableName = derivedClassVariableSymbol->get_name();
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
          printf ("In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): derivedClassVariableName = %s \n",derivedClassVariableName.str());
#endif
       // SgType* type = cast->get_type();
          SgType* type = temp_lhs->get_type();
          ROSE_ASSERT(type != NULL);
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
          printf ("In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): lhs type = %p = %s \n",type,type->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
       // SgType* stripped_type = type->stripType(SgType::STRIP_POINTER_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_ARRAY_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_REFERENCE_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_RVALUE_REFERENCE_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_MODIFIER_TYPE);
          SgType* stripped_type = type->stripType(SgType::STRIP_POINTER_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_ARRAY_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_REFERENCE_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_RVALUE_REFERENCE_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_MODIFIER_TYPE);
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
          printf ("In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): lhs stripped_type = %p = %s \n",stripped_type,stripped_type->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
       // SgClassType* classType = isSgClassType(type);
          SgClassType* classType = isSgClassType(stripped_type);
 
       // ROSE_ASSERT(classType != NULL);
          if (classType != NULL)
             {
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
               printf ("In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): lhs classType = %p = %s \n",classType,classType->class_name().c_str());
               SgClassDeclaration* classDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(classType->get_declaration());
               ROSE_ASSERT(classDeclaration != NULL);
               printf ("In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): lhs classDeclaration = %p = %s name = %s \n",
                    classDeclaration,classDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),classDeclaration->get_name().str());
#endif
            // This is where we want the SgVarRefExp data member qualification to start.
            // returnType = classType;
            // returnTypeChain.push_front(classType);
               classChain.push_front(classType);
             }
            else
             {
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
               printf ("In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): lhs stripped_type is not a SgClassType \n");
#endif
             }
        }
       else
        {
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
          printf ("Need to support alternative to SgVarRefExp: temp_lhs = %p = %s \n",temp_lhs,temp_lhs->class_name().c_str());
#endif
          SgType* type = temp_lhs->get_type();
          ROSE_ASSERT(type != NULL);
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
          printf ("In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): lhs type = %p = %s name = %s \n",type,type->class_name().c_str(),get_name(type).c_str());
#endif
 
       // DQ (1/3/2019): Need to strip the type to get to a possible SgClassType.
          SgType* stripped_type = type->stripType(SgType::STRIP_POINTER_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_ARRAY_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_REFERENCE_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_RVALUE_REFERENCE_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_MODIFIER_TYPE);
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
          printf ("In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): stripped_type = %p = %s name = %s \n",stripped_type,stripped_type->class_name().c_str(),get_name(stripped_type).c_str());
#endif
       // SgClassType* classType = isSgClassType(type);
          SgClassType* classType = isSgClassType(stripped_type);
       // returnTypeChain.push_front(classType);
          if (classType != NULL)
             {
               classChain.push_front(classType);
             }
        }
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
     printf ("classChain.size() = %zu \n",classChain.size());
     std::list<SgClassType*>::iterator iter = classChain.begin();
     while(iter != classChain.end())
        {
          printf (" --- *iter = %p = %s name = %s \n",*iter,(*iter)->class_name().c_str(),(*iter)->get_name().str());
 
          iter++;
        }
#endif
 
  // Test the first element in the list to see if there is an ambiguity in the associated classDefinition
  // for the input variable referenced SgVarRefExp).
 
  // SgVariableSymbol* variableSymbol = varRefExp->get_symbol();
  // ROSE_ASSERT(variableSymbol != NULL);
  // SgName variableName = variableSymbol->get_name();
     SgSymbol* referenceSymbol = NULL;
     if (varRefExp != NULL)
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT(varRefExp != NULL);
          ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionRefExp == NULL);
 
          referenceSymbol = varRefExp->get_symbol();
        }
       else
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT(varRefExp == NULL);
          ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionRefExp != NULL);
 
          referenceSymbol = memberFunctionRefExp->get_symbol();
        }
     ROSE_ASSERT(referenceSymbol != NULL);
     SgName symbolName = referenceSymbol->get_name();
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
     printf ("referenceSymbol = %p = %s \n",referenceSymbol,referenceSymbol->class_name().c_str());
     printf ("symbolName = %s \n",symbolName.str());
#endif
 
  // Generate the name without the template arguments.
     SgFunctionSymbol* functionSymbol = isSgFunctionSymbol(referenceSymbol);
     if (functionSymbol != NULL)
        {
       // DQ (2/24/2019): NOTE: the SgSymbol get_declaration() function is not a virtual function (and maybe it should be). So we need to case it explicitly.
       // SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDeclaration = isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(referenceSymbol->get_declaration());
          SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDeclaration = isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(functionSymbol->get_declaration());
          if (templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
             {
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
               printf ("This is a template name, we want the name without template arguments \n");
               printf ("templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDeclaration             = %p \n",templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDeclaration);
               printf ("templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDeclaration->get_name() = %s \n",templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDeclaration->get_name().str());
#endif
 
            // DQ (2/24/2019): This is an error (calls base class function).
            // printf ("templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDeclaration->get_template_name() = %s \n",templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDeclaration->get_template_name().str());
 
               SgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration* templateMemberFunctionDeclaration =
                    isSgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration(templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDeclaration->get_templateDeclaration());
               if (templateMemberFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
                  {
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
                    printf ("templateMemberFunctionDeclaration = %p \n",templateMemberFunctionDeclaration);
                    printf ("templateMemberFunctionDeclaration->get_name() = %s \n",templateMemberFunctionDeclaration->get_name().str());
#endif
                 // We need the template name without template arguments.
                    symbolName = templateMemberFunctionDeclaration->get_name();
                  }
                 else
                  {
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN || 0
                    printf ("templateMemberFunctionDeclaration == NULL: template declaration not available from template instantiation (rare, I think) \n");
#endif
                  }
#if 0
               printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
             }
            else
             {
            // DQ (2/24/2019): This might indicate another case to handle: finding SgMemberFunctionDeclaration (but this is not a template).
               SgDeclarationStatement* declarationStatement = functionSymbol->get_declaration();
               ROSE_ASSERT(declarationStatement != NULL);
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN || 0
               printf ("functionSymbol != NULL: but declaration is not a member function: declarationStatement = %p = %s \n",declarationStatement,declarationStatement->class_name().c_str());
#endif
             }
        }
       else
        {
          SgVariableSymbol* variableSymbol = isSgVariableSymbol(referenceSymbol);
          if (variableSymbol != NULL)
             {
             // Nothing to do in this case of a SgVariableSymbol.
             }
            else
             {
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN || 0
               printf ("In SageInterface::getClassTypeChainForDataMemberReference(): NOTE: referenceSymbol is not a SgFunctionSymbol or SgVariableSymbol \n");
#endif
#if 1
               printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
             }
 
        }
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
     printf ("symbolName = %s \n",symbolName.str());
#endif
 
  // SgClassType* firstDetectedAmbiguity = NULL;
  // SgClassType* lastDetectedAmbiguity  = NULL;
 
  // bool nameQualificationRequired = false;
 
  // std::list<SgClassType*> deleteList;
     std::list<SgClassType*> saveList;
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN || 0
     printf ("classChain.size() = %zu \n",classChain.size());
#endif
 
     std::list<SgClassType*>::iterator i = classChain.begin();
     std::list<SgClassType*>::iterator save_iter = i;
 
  // If we have an abiguity at i then we want to save i++, so define save_iter to be the next in the class type list.
     save_iter++;
 
  // DQ (1/19/2020): Add support for more complex nested base classes, see Cxx11_tests/test2020_61.C.
     bool ambiguityDetectedSoSaveWholeChain = false;
 
     while(i != classChain.end())
        {
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN || 0
          printf ("******** TOP OF WHILE LOOP ******** \n");
          printf (" --- *i = %p = %s name = %s \n",*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str(),(*i)->get_name().str());
          printf (" --- --- referenceSymbol = %p = %s \n",referenceSymbol,referenceSymbol->class_name().c_str());
#endif
          bool ambiguityDetected = false;
 
          SgDeclarationStatement* declarationStatement = (*i)->get_declaration();
          ROSE_ASSERT(declarationStatement != NULL);
          SgDeclarationStatement* definingDeclarationStatement = declarationStatement->get_definingDeclaration();
          if (definingDeclarationStatement != NULL)
             {
               SgClassDeclaration* classDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(definingDeclarationStatement);
               ROSE_ASSERT(classDeclaration != NULL);
               SgClassDefinition* classDefinition =  classDeclaration->get_definition();
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
               printf (" --- classDeclaration = %p = %s name = %s \n",classDeclaration,classDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),classDeclaration->get_name().str());
               printf (" --- classDefinition = %p = %s \n",classDefinition,classDefinition->class_name().c_str());
#endif
            // This works for any SgName and SgSymbol, so it need not be specific to variables.
               ambiguityDetected = classDefinition->hasAmbiguity(symbolName,referenceSymbol);
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
               printf (" --- ambiguityDetected = %s \n",ambiguityDetected ? "true" : "false");
#endif
             }
 
       // DQ (1/19/2020): Add support for more complex nested base classes, see Cxx11_tests/test2020_61.C.
          if (ambiguityDetected == true || ambiguityDetectedSoSaveWholeChain == true)
             {
               ambiguityDetectedSoSaveWholeChain = true;
 
               if (save_iter != classChain.end())
                  {
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
                    printf (" --- add to saveList: *save_iter = %p \n",*save_iter);
#endif
                    saveList.push_back(*save_iter);
                  }
                 else
                  {
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
                    printf (" --- save_iter == classChain.end() \n");
#endif
                  }
             }
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN || 0
          printf ("******** BOTTOM OF WHILE LOOP ******** \n");
#endif
          i++;
 
       // Also increment the save_iter.
          save_iter++;
        }
 
  // Now build a list of class types to use in the name qualification from firstDetectedAmbiguity to lastDetectedAmbiguity (inclusive).
 
#if DEBUG_DATA_MEMBER_TYPE_CHAIN
     printf ("saveList.size() = %zu \n",saveList.size());
     std::list<SgClassType*>::iterator saveList_iterator = saveList.begin();
     while (saveList_iterator != saveList.end())
        {
          printf (" --- *saveList_iterator = %p = %s name = %s \n",*saveList_iterator,(*saveList_iterator)->class_name().c_str(),(*saveList_iterator)->get_name().str());
 
          saveList_iterator++;
        }
#endif
 
     returnTypeChain = saveList;
 
       // End of branch for binaryOperator != NULL.
        }
 
     return returnTypeChain;
   }
 
 
 
bool
SageInterface::isMemberFunctionMemberReference(SgMemberFunctionRefExp* memberFunctionRefExp)
   {
  // DQ (2/17/2019): This may share a design in common with isDataMemberReference() below.
 
#define DEBUG_IS_MEMBER_FUNCTION_MEMBER_REFERENCE 0
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionRefExp != NULL);
 
     bool returnValue = false;
 
  // Check that this is a data member access (e.g. "X x; x.member;") and not just a reference to a data member (e.g. "X::member;")
     SgNode* parent = memberFunctionRefExp->get_parent();
 
     SgArrowExp* arrowExp = isSgArrowExp(parent);
     SgDotExp*   dotExp   = isSgDotExp(parent);
 
  // I don't know that the SgAddressOfOp is as relevant for the case of SgMemberFunctionRefExp, but I think
  // it is because we would have to support membr pointeds to functions the same a member pointers to data.
  // I need some examples test codes to verify that name qualification is important in this case.
     SgAddressOfOp* addressOfOp = isSgAddressOfOp(parent);
 
     if (arrowExp != NULL || dotExp != NULL || addressOfOp != NULL)
        {
       // Use a SgFunctionSymbol instead of a SgMemberFunctionSymbol for generality (I hope this works).
          SgFunctionSymbol* symbol = memberFunctionRefExp->get_symbol();
          ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
 
          SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = symbol->get_declaration();
          ROSE_ASSERT(functionDeclaration != NULL);
 
       // Check if this is a statically declared variable.
          if (functionDeclaration != NULL)
             {
               bool isStatic = functionDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().get_storageModifier().isStatic();
#if DEBUG_IS_MEMBER_FUNCTION_MEMBER_REFERENCE
               printf ("isStatic = %s \n",isStatic ? "true" : "false");
#endif
               if (isStatic == false)
                  {
                    SgScopeStatement* scope = functionDeclaration->get_scope();
                    ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
 
                    SgClassDefinition* classDefinition = isSgClassDefinition(scope);
                    if (classDefinition != NULL)
                       {
                         returnValue = true;
                       }
                  }
             }
            else
             {
#if DEBUG_IS_MEMBER_FUNCTION_MEMBER_REFERENCE
               printf ("In SageInterface::isMemberFunctionMemberReference(): memberFunctionRefExp is not associated with variableDeclaration (could not compute if it is static data member) \n");
#endif
             }
        }
       else
        {
#if DEBUG_IS_MEMBER_FUNCTION_MEMBER_REFERENCE
          printf ("In SageInterface::isMemberFunctionMemberReference(): memberFunctionRefExp parent is not a is not SgArrowExp or SgDotExp expression \n");
#endif
        }
 
#if DEBUG_IS_MEMBER_FUNCTION_MEMBER_REFERENCE
     printf ("Leaving SageInterface::isMemberFunctionMemberReference(): returnValue = %s \n",returnValue ? "true" : "false");
#endif
 
     return returnValue;
   }
 
 
 
bool
SageInterface::isDataMemberReference(SgVarRefExp* varRefExp)
   {
  // This function is used to support the name qualification of data member references separate from name qualification
  // of variables that might be members (e.g. "X x; x.A::y;" instead of "A::y" (which is just simple name qualification)).
 
  // DQ (2/8/2019): Adding support for detecting when to use added name qualification for pointer-to-member expressions.
 
  // DQ (2/17/2019): I think we need to make sure this is not a static data member reference (since those are qualified
  // differently (not member data name qualification).  Consider changing the name of this function to indicate non-static.
 
#define DEBUG_IS_DATA_MEMBER_REFERENCE 0
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(varRefExp != NULL);
 
     bool returnValue = false;
 
  // Check that this is a data member access (e.g. "X x; x.member;") and not just a reference to a data member (e.g. "X::member;")
     SgNode* parent = varRefExp->get_parent();
 
     SgArrowExp* arrowExp = isSgArrowExp(parent);
     SgDotExp*   dotExp   = isSgDotExp(parent);
 
     SgAddressOfOp* addressOfOp = isSgAddressOfOp(parent);
 
     if (arrowExp != NULL || dotExp != NULL || addressOfOp != NULL)
        {
          if (arrowExp != NULL)
             {
            // DQ (2/17/2019): Check if this is part of a sizeof operand for which is is_objectless_nonstatic_data_member_reference == true.
               SgNode* parentOfArrowExp = arrowExp->get_parent();
               ROSE_ASSERT(parentOfArrowExp != NULL);
               SgSizeOfOp* sizeOfOp = isSgSizeOfOp(parentOfArrowExp);
               if (sizeOfOp != NULL && sizeOfOp->get_is_objectless_nonstatic_data_member_reference() == true)
                  {
                 // This is not to be qualified using data member name qualification (it should use standard name qualification).
#if DEBUG_IS_DATA_MEMBER_REFERENCE
                    printf ("In SageInterface::isDataMemberReference(): Found case of expression used in sizeof with objectless_nonstatic_data_member_reference \n");
#endif
                    return false;
                  }
             }
 
          SgVariableSymbol* symbol = varRefExp->get_symbol();
          ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
 
          SgInitializedName* initializedName = symbol->get_declaration();
          ROSE_ASSERT(initializedName != NULL);
 
       // Check if this is a statically declared variable.
          SgVariableDeclaration* variableDeclaration = isSgVariableDeclaration(initializedName->get_parent());
          if (variableDeclaration != NULL)
             {
               bool isStatic = variableDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().get_storageModifier().isStatic();
               if (isStatic == false)
                  {
                    SgScopeStatement* scope = initializedName->get_scope();
                    ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
 
                    SgClassDefinition* classDefinition = isSgClassDefinition(scope);
                    if (classDefinition != NULL)
                       {
                         returnValue = true;
                       }
                  }
             }
            else
             {
#if DEBUG_IS_DATA_MEMBER_REFERENCE
               printf ("In SageInterface::isDataMemberReference(): varRefExp is not associated with variableDeclaration (could not compute if it is static data member) \n");
#endif
             }
        }
       else
        {
#if DEBUG_IS_DATA_MEMBER_REFERENCE
          printf ("In SageInterface::isDataMemberReference(): varRefExp parent is not a is not SgArrowExp or SgDotExp expression \n");
#endif
        }
 
#if DEBUG_IS_DATA_MEMBER_REFERENCE
     printf ("Leaving SageInterface::isDataMemberReference(): returnValue = %s \n",returnValue ? "true" : "false");
#endif
 
     return returnValue;
   }
 
 
#if 0
bool
SageInterface::isAddressTaken(SgVarRefExp* varRefExp)
   {
  // DQ (2/8/2019): Adding support for detecting when to use added name qualification for pointer-to-member expressions.
     ROSE_ASSERT(varRefExp != NULL);
 
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     SgAddressOfOp* addressOfOp = isSgAddressOfOp(varRefExp->get_parent());
 
     if (addressOfOp != NULL)
        {
          returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
   }
#endif
 
bool
SageInterface::isAddressTaken(SgExpression* refExp)
   {
  // DQ (2/17/2019): Need to generalize this function to apply to member functions references as well.
 
  // The input must be one of these two, then this function is suficiently general to support name qualification requirements for both.
     SgVarRefExp*            varRefExp            = isSgVarRefExp(refExp);
     SgMemberFunctionRefExp* memberFunctionRefExp = isSgMemberFunctionRefExp(refExp);
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(varRefExp != NULL || memberFunctionRefExp != NULL);
 
  // DQ (2/8/2019): Adding support for detecting when to use added name qualification for pointer-to-member expressions.
  // ROSE_ASSERT(varRefExp != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(refExp != NULL);
 
     bool returnValue = false;
 
  // SgAddressOfOp* addressOfOp = isSgAddressOfOp(varRefExp->get_parent());
     SgAddressOfOp* addressOfOp = isSgAddressOfOp(refExp->get_parent());
 
     if (addressOfOp != NULL)
        {
          returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
   }
 
SgFile * SageInterface::getEnclosingFileNode(SgNode* astNode)
   {
  // DQ (3/4/2014): This new version of this function supports both C/C++ and also Java.
  // If the SgJavaPackageDeclaration is noticed then the previous parent is a
  // SgClassDefinition and the previous previous parent is a SgClassDeclaration whose
  // name can be used to match the filename in the SgProject's list of files.
  // A better implementation usign an attribute (not in place until tomorrow) and
  // from the attribute the pointer to the associated file is directly available.
  // The later implementation is as fast as possible.
 
     ROSE_ASSERT (astNode != NULL);
 
  // Make sure this is not a project node (since the SgFile exists below
  // the project and could not be found by a traversal of the parent list)
     ROSE_ASSERT (isSgProject(astNode) == NULL);
 
     SgNode* previous_parent = NULL;
     SgNode* previous_previous_parent = NULL;
 
     SgNode* parent = astNode;
  // while ( (parent != NULL) && (isSgFile(parent) == NULL) )
     while ( (parent != NULL) && (isSgFile(parent) == NULL) && isSgJavaPackageDeclaration(parent) == NULL)
        {
#if 0
          printf ("In getEnclosingFileNode(): parent = %p = %s \n",parent,parent->class_name().c_str());
#endif
          previous_previous_parent = previous_parent;
          previous_parent = parent;
 
          parent = parent->get_parent();
        }
 
     if (previous_previous_parent != NULL && previous_parent != NULL && isSgJavaPackageDeclaration(parent) != NULL)
        {
       // This is for a Java program and is contained within a SgJavaPackageDeclaration
#if 0
          printf ("parent                   = %p = %s \n",parent,parent->class_name().c_str());
          printf ("previous_parent          = %p = %s \n",previous_parent,previous_parent->class_name().c_str());
          printf ("previous_previous_parent = %p = %s \n",previous_previous_parent,previous_previous_parent->class_name().c_str());
#endif
          SgClassDeclaration* classDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(previous_previous_parent);
          if (classDeclaration != NULL)
             {
#if 0
               printf ("Class name = %p = %s = %s \n",classDeclaration,classDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),classDeclaration->get_name().str());
#endif
            // Find the associated Java class file.
#if 0
            // DQ (3/4/2014): This is the code we want to use until we get Philippe's branch in place with the attribute.
               SgProject* project = TransformationSupport::getProject(parent);
               ROSE_ASSERT(project != NULL);
               SgFileList* fileList = project->get_fileList_ptr();
               ROSE_ASSERT(fileList != NULL);
               SgFilePtrList & vectorFile = fileList->get_listOfFiles();
#if 0
               printf ("Output list of files: \n");
#endif
               SgFilePtrList::iterator i = vectorFile.begin();
               while (i != vectorFile.end())
                  {
                    SgFile* file = *i;
                    ROSE_ASSERT(file != NULL);
#if 0
                    printf ("   --- filename = %s \n",file->getFileName().c_str());
#endif
                    string filename            = file->getFileName();
                    string filenameWithoutPath = file->get_sourceFileNameWithoutPath();
                    string classname           = classDeclaration->get_name();
                    string matchingfilename    = classname + ".java";
#if 0
                    printf ("   ---   --- filename            = %s \n",filename.c_str());
                    printf ("   ---   --- filenameWithoutPath = %s \n",filenameWithoutPath.c_str());
                    printf ("   ---   --- classname           = %s \n",classname.c_str());
                    printf ("   ---   --- matchingfilename    = %s \n",matchingfilename.c_str());
#endif
                    if (filenameWithoutPath == matchingfilename)
                       {
#if 0
                         printf ("   return file = %p \n",file);
#endif
                         return file;
                       }
 
                    i++;
                  }
#else
            // DQ (3/4/2014): This is the code we want to use when the attribute is in place (philippe's branch).
               AstSgNodeAttribute *attribute = (AstSgNodeAttribute *) classDeclaration->getAttribute("sourcefile");
 
               // "This simpler and more efficent code requires the latest work in Java support (3/6/2014)"
 
               if (attribute)
                  {
                 // true for all user-specified classes and false for all classes fom libraries
                    SgSourceFile *sourcefile = isSgSourceFile(attribute->getNode());
                    ROSE_ASSERT(sourcefile != NULL);
                    return sourcefile;
                  }
#endif
             }
        }
       else
        {
       // previous_parent was uninitialized to a non-null value or astNode is a SgJavaPackageDeclaration or SgFile.
          if (previous_parent == NULL && isSgJavaPackageDeclaration(parent) != NULL)
             {
            // The input was a SgJavaPackageDeclaration (so there is no associated SgFile).
               ROSE_ASSERT(isSgJavaPackageDeclaration(astNode) != NULL);
               return NULL;
             }
            else
             {
               if (previous_previous_parent == NULL && isSgJavaPackageDeclaration(parent) != NULL)
                  {
                 // The input was a SgClassDefinition (so there is no associated SgFile).
                    ROSE_ASSERT(isSgClassDefinition(astNode) != NULL);
                    return NULL;
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // This could be a C/C++ file (handled below).
                  }
             }
        }
 
  // This is where we handle the C/C++ files.
     if (parent == nullptr)
        {
          return nullptr;
        }
       else
        {
          return isSgFile(parent);
        }
   }
 
std::set<SgNode*> SageInterface::getFrontendSpecificNodes() {
  struct FrontendSpecificTraversal : public ROSE_VisitTraversal {
    std::set<SgNode*> specific;
    std::set<SgNode*> non_specific;
 
    static void recursive_collect( SgNode* node , std::set<SgNode *> & collection ) {
      // Stop on sinks and loops
      if (node == NULL || !collection.insert(node).second) return;
 
      std::vector<std::pair<SgNode*, std::string> > data_members = node->returnDataMemberPointers();
      for (std::vector<std::pair<SgNode*, std::string> >::iterator i = data_members.begin(); i != data_members.end(); ++i) {
        recursive_collect(i->first, collection);
      }
    }
 
    void visit (SgNode* n) {
      Sg_File_Info * fileInfo = n->get_file_info();
 
      if (fileInfo != NULL) {
        if (fileInfo->isFrontendSpecific()) {
          specific.insert(n);
          recursive_collect(n, specific);
        } else {
          non_specific.insert(n);
          recursive_collect(n, non_specific);
        }
      } else {
        fileInfo = isSg_File_Info(n);
        if (fileInfo != NULL) {
          if (fileInfo->isFrontendSpecific()) {
            specific.insert(n);
          } else {
            non_specific.insert(n);
          }
        }
      }
    }
 
    std::set<SgNode*> apply() {
      traverseMemoryPool();
 
      std::set<SgNode*> result;
 
      std::set_difference(
        specific.begin(), specific.end(),
        non_specific.begin(), non_specific.end(),
        std::insert_iterator<set<SgNode*> >(result, result.begin())
      );
 
      return result;
    }
  };
 
  FrontendSpecificTraversal fst;
  return fst.apply();
}
 
void
SageInterface::outputSharedNodes( SgNode* node )
   {
  // DQ (2/17/2019): Display the shared nodes in the AST for debugging.
 
     class OutputSharedNodesTraversal : public SgSimpleProcessing
        {
       // This traversal collects the includes at the top of a file.
          public:
               void visit(SgNode *astNode)
                  {
                    ROSE_ASSERT(astNode != NULL);
                    Sg_File_Info* file_info = astNode->get_file_info();
                    if (file_info != NULL)
                       {
                         if (file_info->isShared() == true)
                            {
                              printf ("Found shared node: astNode = %p = %s \n",astNode,astNode->class_name().c_str());
                            }
                       }
                  }
        };
 
     OutputSharedNodesTraversal tt;
     tt.traverse(node,preorder);
   }
 
 
 
 
 
SgStatement* SageInterface::getEnclosingStatement(SgNode* n) {
  while (n && !isSgStatement(n)) n = n->get_parent();
  return isSgStatement(n);
}
 
 
 
#if 1
// DQ (11/19/2020): We need to expand the use of this to cover deffered transformations of common SageInterface transformations (e.g. replaceStatement).
// So I need to move this out of being specific to the outliner and make it more generally data structure in the SageInterface.
 
SageInterface::DeferredTransformation::DeferredTransformation()
   : deferredTransformationKind(e_default),
     statementToRemove(NULL),
     statementToAdd(NULL),
     class_definition(NULL),
     target_class_member(NULL),
     new_function_prototype(NULL),
  // DQ (2/28/2021): Added new data member to support deferred transformations.
     locationToOverwriteWithTransformation(NULL),
     transformationToOverwriteFirstStatementInInterval(NULL),
     blockOfStatementsToOutline(NULL)
   {
  // Default constructor (not particularly useful).
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::DeferredTransformation default constructor called \n");
#endif
   }
 
// DQ (2/28/2021): Added new data member to support deferred transformations.
// IntervalType statementInterval;
// SgStatement* locationToOverwriteWithTransformation;
 
SageInterface::DeferredTransformation::DeferredTransformation(
   SgClassDefinition* input_class_definition,
   SgDeclarationStatement* input_target_class_member,
   SgDeclarationStatement* input_new_function_prototype)
   : deferredTransformationKind(e_outliner),
     statementToRemove(NULL),
     statementToAdd(NULL),
     class_definition(input_class_definition),
     target_class_member(input_target_class_member),
     new_function_prototype(input_new_function_prototype),
  // DQ (2/28/2021): Added new data member to support deferred transformations.
     locationToOverwriteWithTransformation(NULL),
     transformationToOverwriteFirstStatementInInterval(NULL),
     blockOfStatementsToOutline(NULL)
   {
  // This constructor is used by the outliner.
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::DeferredTransformation constructor for outliner called \n");
#endif
   }
 
SageInterface::DeferredTransformation
SageInterface::DeferredTransformation::replaceDefiningFunctionDeclarationWithFunctionPrototype( SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration )
   {
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::DeferredTransformation constructor for replaceDefiningFunctionDeclarationWithFunctionPrototype called \n");
#endif
  // DQ (11/20/20): Added new static function to support genertation of deferred transformation.
  // This constructor is used by tool_G and supports the use of the transformation represented
  // by SageInterface::replaceDefiningFunctionDeclarationWithFunctionPrototype().
     DeferredTransformation X;
     X.deferredTransformationKind = e_replaceDefiningFunctionDeclarationWithFunctionPrototype;
     X.statementToRemove          = functionDeclaration;
     X.statementToAdd             = NULL;
     X.class_definition           = NULL;
     X.target_class_member        = NULL;
     X.new_function_prototype     = NULL;
 
  // DQ (2/28/2021): Added new data member to support deferred transformations.
     X.locationToOverwriteWithTransformation             = NULL;
     X.transformationToOverwriteFirstStatementInInterval = NULL;
     X.blockOfStatementsToOutline                        = NULL;
 
     return X;
   }
 
SageInterface::DeferredTransformation
SageInterface::DeferredTransformation::replaceStatement(SgStatement* oldStmt, SgStatement* newStmt, bool /*movePreprocessingInfo = false*/)
   {
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::DeferredTransformation constructor for replaceStatement called \n");
#endif
  // DQ (11/20/20): Added new static function to support genertation of deferred transformation.
  // This constructor is used by tool_G and supports the use of the transformation represented
  // by SageInterface::replaceDefiningFunctionDeclarationWithFunctionPrototype().
     DeferredTransformation X;
     X.deferredTransformationKind = e_replaceStatement;
     X.statementToRemove          = oldStmt;
     X.statementToAdd             = newStmt;
     X.class_definition           = NULL;
     X.target_class_member        = NULL;
     X.new_function_prototype     = NULL;
 
  // DQ (2/28/2021): Added new data member to support deferred transformations.
     X.locationToOverwriteWithTransformation = NULL;
     X.transformationToOverwriteFirstStatementInInterval = NULL;
     X.blockOfStatementsToOutline = NULL;
 
     return X;
   }
 
SageInterface::DeferredTransformation::DeferredTransformation (const DeferredTransformation& X)
#if 0
   : deferredTransformationKind(X.deferredTransformationKind),
     statementToRemove(X.statementToRemove),
     statementToAdd(X.StatementToAdd),
     class_definition(X.class_definition),
     target_class_member(X.target_class_member),
     new_function_prototype(X.new_function_prototype),
     targetClasses(X.targetClasses),
     targetFriends(X.targetFriends)
   {
   }
#else
   {
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::DeferredTransformation copy constructor called \n");
#endif
  // DQ (11/19/2020): Leverage the operator=() implementation to reduce complexity (one place to update).
     *this = X;
   }
#endif
 
SageInterface::DeferredTransformation & SageInterface::DeferredTransformation::operator= (const DeferredTransformation& X)
   {
#if 0
     printf ("Inside of SageInterface::DeferredTransformation::operator= (const DeferredTransformation& X) \n");
#endif
 
#if 0
  // Original code.
     targetFriends = X.targetFriends;
     targetClasses = X.targetClasses;
#else
 
  // DQ (12/12/2020): Adding a string label so that we can name the different kinds of transformations.
  // E.g. moving pattern matched function from header file to dynamic library, vs. replacing function
  // definitions in the dynamic library file with function prototypes.
     transformationLabel = X.transformationLabel;
 
  // New code added to support more general usage.
     deferredTransformationKind = X.deferredTransformationKind;
     statementToRemove          = X.statementToRemove;
     statementToAdd             = X.statementToAdd;
 
     class_definition           = X.class_definition;
     target_class_member        = X.target_class_member;
     new_function_prototype     = X.new_function_prototype;
     targetClasses              = X.targetClasses;
     targetFriends              = X.targetFriends;
 
  // DQ (2/28/2021): Added new data member to support deferred transformations.
     statementInterval                                 = X.statementInterval;
     locationToOverwriteWithTransformation             = X.locationToOverwriteWithTransformation;
     transformationToOverwriteFirstStatementInInterval = X.transformationToOverwriteFirstStatementInInterval;
 
  // DQ (3/1/2021): Added new data member to support deferred transformations.
     blockOfStatementsToOutline                        = X.blockOfStatementsToOutline;
#endif
 
     return *this;
   }
 
SageInterface::DeferredTransformation::~DeferredTransformation (void)
   {
   }
 
std::string SageInterface::DeferredTransformation::outputDeferredTransformationKind(const TransformationKind & kind)
   {
     string returnValue = "uninitialized";
     switch (kind)
       {
         case e_error:                                                   returnValue = "e_error";            break;
         case e_default:                                                 returnValue = "e_default";          break;
         case e_outliner:                                                returnValue = "e_outliner";         break;
         case e_replaceStatement:                                        returnValue = "e_replaceStatement"; break;
         case e_removeStatement:                                         returnValue = "e_removeStatement";  break;
         case e_replaceDefiningFunctionDeclarationWithFunctionPrototype: returnValue = "e_replaceDefiningFunctionDeclarationWithFunctionPrototype"; break;
         case e_last:                                                    returnValue = "e_last";             break;
         default:
            {
              printf ("Error: SageInterface::DeferredTransformation::get_deferredTransformationKind_string(): default reached \n");
              ROSE_ABORT();
            }
       }
 
     return returnValue;
   }
 
void SageInterface::DeferredTransformation::display ( std::string label ) const
   {
     printf ("SageInterface::DeferredTransformation::display(): label = %s \n",label.c_str());
 
  // DQ (12/12/2020): Adding a string label so that we can name the different kinds of transformations.
  // E.g. moving pattern matched function from header file to dynamic library, vs. replacing function
  // definitions in the dynamic library file with function prototypes.
     printf (" --- transformationLabel = %s \n",transformationLabel.c_str());
 
     printf (" --- deferredTransformationKind = %s \n",outputDeferredTransformationKind(deferredTransformationKind).c_str());
     if (statementToRemove != NULL)
        {
          printf (" --- statementToRemove = %p = %s name = %s \n",statementToRemove,statementToRemove->class_name().c_str(),get_name(statementToRemove).c_str());
        }
       else
        {
          printf (" --- statementToRemove == NULL \n");
        }
 
     if (statementToAdd != NULL)
        {
          printf (" --- statementToAdd = %p = %s name = %s \n",statementToAdd,statementToAdd->class_name().c_str(),get_name(statementToAdd).c_str());
        }
       else
        {
          printf (" --- statementToAdd == NULL \n");
        }
 
     if (class_definition != NULL)
        {
       // printf (" --- class_definition = %p = %s name = %s \n",class_definition,class_definition->class_name().c_str(),get_name(class_definition).c_str());
          printf (" --- class_definition = %p \n",class_definition);
        }
 
     if (target_class_member != NULL)
        {
          printf (" --- target_class_member = %p = %s name = %s \n",target_class_member,target_class_member->class_name().c_str(),get_name(target_class_member).c_str());
        }
 
     if (new_function_prototype != NULL)
        {
          printf (" --- new_function_prototype = %p = %s name = %s \n",new_function_prototype,new_function_prototype->class_name().c_str(),get_name(new_function_prototype).c_str());
        }
 
  // DQ (2/28/2021): Added new data member to support deferred transformations.
     if (locationToOverwriteWithTransformation != NULL)
        {
       // printf (" --- locationToOverwriteWithTransformation = %p = %s name = %s \n",locationToOverwriteWithTransformation,
       //      locationToOverwriteWithTransformation->class_name().c_str(),get_name(locationToOverwriteWithTransformation).c_str());
          printf (" --- locationToOverwriteWithTransformation = %p \n",locationToOverwriteWithTransformation);
        }
 
  // DQ (2/28/2021): Added new data member to support deferred transformations.
     if (transformationToOverwriteFirstStatementInInterval != NULL)
        {
       // printf (" --- transformationToOverwriteFirstStatementInInterval = %p = %s name = %s \n",transformationToOverwriteFirstStatementInInterval,
       //      transformationToOverwriteFirstStatementInInterval->class_name().c_str(),get_name(transformationToOverwriteFirstStatementInInterval).c_str());
          printf (" --- transformationToOverwriteFirstStatementInInterval = %p \n",transformationToOverwriteFirstStatementInInterval);
        }
 
  // DQ (3/1/2021): Added new data member to support deferred transformations.
     if (blockOfStatementsToOutline != NULL)
        {
          printf (" --- blockOfStatementsToOutline = %p \n",blockOfStatementsToOutline);
        }
 
     printf ("targetClasses.size() = %zu \n",targetClasses.size());
     printf ("targetFriends.size() = %zu \n",targetFriends.size());
 
  // DQ (2/28/2021): Added new data member to support deferred transformations.
     printf ("statementInterval.size() = %zu \n",statementInterval.size());
 
   }
#endif
 
 
 
 
 
// DQ (/20/2010): Control debugging output for SageInterface::removeStatement() function.
#define REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG 0
 
void SageInterface::removeStatement(SgStatement* targetStmt, bool autoRelocatePreprocessingInfo /*= true*/)
   {
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
  // This function removes the input statement.
  // If there are comments and/or CPP directives then those comments and/or CPP directives will
  // be moved to a new SgStatement.  The new SgStatement is selected using the findSurroundingStatementFromSameFile()
  // function and if there is not statement found then the SgGlobal IR node will be selected.
  // this work is tested by the tests/nonsmoke/functional/roseTests/astInterfaceTests/removeStatementCommentRelocation.C
  // translator and a number of input codes that represent a range of contexts which exercise different
  // cases in the code below.
 
#ifndef _MSC_VER
  // This function only supports the removal of a whole statement (not an expression within a statement)
     ASSERT_not_null(targetStmt);
 
     SgStatement * parentStatement = isSgStatement(targetStmt->get_parent());
 
  // Can't assert this since SgFile is the parent of SgGlobal, and SgFile is not a statement.
  // Even so SgGlobal can't be removed from SgFile, but isRemovableStatement() takes a SgStatement.
  // ROSE_ASSERT (parentStatement != NULL);
 
     bool isRemovable = (parentStatement != NULL) ? LowLevelRewrite::isRemovableStatement(targetStmt) : false;
 
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG || 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::removeStatement(): parentStatement = %p = %s remove targetStatement = %p = %s (isRemovable = %s) \n",
          parentStatement,parentStatement->class_name().c_str(),targetStmt,targetStmt->class_name().c_str(),isRemovable ? "true" : "false");
#endif
 
     if (isRemovable == true)
        {
       // DQ (9/19/2010): Disable this new (not completely working feature) so that I can checkin the latest UPC/UPC++ work.
#if 1
       // DQ (9/17/2010): Trying to eliminate failing case in OpenMP projects/OpenMP_Translator/tests/npb2.3-omp-c/LU/lu.c
       // I think that special rules apply to inserting a SgBasicBlock so disable comment reloation when inserting a SgBasicBlock.
       // Liao 10/28/2010. Sometimes we want remove the statement with all its preprocessing information
          if (autoRelocatePreprocessingInfo == true)
             {
               // WE need to move up inner danglinge #endif or #if directives first.
               SageInterface::moveUpInnerDanglingIfEndifDirective(targetStmt);
               // DQ (9/16/2010): Added support to move comments and CPP directives marked to
               // appear before the statment to be attached to the inserted statement (and marked
               // to appear before that statement).
               AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* comments = targetStmt->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo();
 
 
               if (comments != nullptr && isSgBasicBlock(targetStmt) == nullptr )
                  {
                    vector<int> captureList;
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
                    printf ("Found attached comments (removing %p = %s): comments->size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",targetStmt,targetStmt->class_name().c_str(),comments->size());
#endif
 
                 // Liao 10/28/2010. relinking AST statements may be achieved by remove it and attach it to somewhere else.
                 // In this case, preprocessing information sometimes should go with the statements and not be relocated to the original places.
                 // Dan: Since this statement will be removed we have to relocate all the associated comments and CPP directives.
                    int commentIndex = 0;
                    AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator i;
                    for (i = comments->begin(); i != comments->end(); i++)
                       {
                         ROSE_ASSERT ( (*i) != NULL );
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
                         printf ("          Attached Comment (relativePosition=%s): %s\n",
                              ((*i)->getRelativePosition() == PreprocessingInfo::before) ? "before" : "after",
                              (*i)->getString().c_str());
                         printf ("Comment/Directive getNumberOfLines = %d getColumnNumberOfEndOfString = %d \n",(*i)->getNumberOfLines(),(*i)->getColumnNumberOfEndOfString());
                         (*i)->get_file_info()->display("comment/directive location debug");
#endif
                         captureList.push_back(commentIndex);
                         commentIndex++;
                       }
 
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
                    printf ("captureList.size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",captureList.size());
#endif
 
                    if (captureList.empty() == false)
                       {
                      // Remove these comments and/or CPP directives and put them into the previous statement (marked to be output after the statement).
                      // Find the surrounding statement by first looking up in the sequence of statements in this block, then down, we need another
                      // statement from the same file.  SgGlobal may be returned if nothing else is found.
                         bool surroundingStatementPreceedsTargetStatement = false;
                         SgStatement* surroundingStatement = findSurroundingStatementFromSameFile(targetStmt,surroundingStatementPreceedsTargetStatement);
 
                         if (surroundingStatement != nullptr)
                            {
                           // If we have identified a valid surrounding statemen, then move the comments and CPP directives to that statement.
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
                              printf ("In removeStatement(): surroundingStatementPreceedsTargetStatement = %s \n",surroundingStatementPreceedsTargetStatement ? "true" : "false");
                              printf (" --- moving comments from targetStmt         = %p = %s name = %s \n",targetStmt,targetStmt->class_name().c_str(),get_name(targetStmt).c_str());
                              printf (" --- moving comments to surroundingStatement = %p = %s name = %s \n",surroundingStatement,surroundingStatement->class_name().c_str(),get_name(surroundingStatement).c_str());
#endif
                              moveCommentsToNewStatement(targetStmt,captureList,surroundingStatement,surroundingStatementPreceedsTargetStatement);
                            }
                       }
                  } // end if (comments)
             }// end if (autoRelocatePreprocessingInfo)
#endif  // end #if 1
 
       // DQ (12/1/2015): Adding support for fixup internal data struuctures that have references to statements (e.g. macro expansions).
          resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement(targetStmt);
 
          parentStatement->remove_statement(targetStmt);
        }
#else
     printf ("Error: This is not supported within Microsoft Windows (I forget why). \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
 
#endif
   }
 
 
 
void
SageInterface::resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement(SgStatement* sourceStatement)
   {
  // This function allows the modification of the input statement to trigger operations on internal
  // data structures that hold references to such statements.  An example is the macroExpansion
  // data structures that have a reference to the statements that are associated with and macro expansion.
  // if a statement assocated with a macro expansion is removed, then the macroExpansion needs to be
  // updated to force all of the statements to be marked as transformed (so that the AST will be unparsed
  // instead of the tokens representing the macro or some partial representation of the transformed
  // statements and the macro call (worse).
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement(SgStatement*): sourceStatement = %p = %s \n",sourceStatement,sourceStatement->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
     SgSourceFile* sourceFile = getEnclosingSourceFile(sourceStatement);
 
  // NOTE: if the statment has not yet been added to the AST then it will not return a valid pointer.
  // ROSE_ASSERT(sourceFile != NULL);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement(SgStatement*): sourceFile = %p \n",sourceFile);
#endif
 
     if (sourceFile != NULL)
        {
          std::map<SgStatement*,MacroExpansion*> & macroExpansionMap = sourceFile->get_macroExpansionMap();
 
          if (macroExpansionMap.find(sourceStatement) != macroExpansionMap.end())
             {
               MacroExpansion* macroExpansion = macroExpansionMap[sourceStatement];
               ROSE_ASSERT(macroExpansion != NULL);
#if 0
               printf ("In resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement(): macroExpansion = %p = %s \n",macroExpansion,macroExpansion->macro_name.c_str());
#endif
               if (macroExpansion->isTransformed == false)
                  {
                 // Mark all of the statements in the macro expansion to be transformed.
                    std::vector<SgStatement*> & associatedStatementVector = macroExpansion->associatedStatementVector;
 
                    for (size_t i = 0; i < associatedStatementVector.size(); i++)
                       {
                      // I am concerned that some of these statements might have been deleted.
                         SgStatement* statement = associatedStatementVector[i];
#if 0
                         printf ("Mark as transformation to be output: statement = %p = %s \n",statement,statement->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                      // Note that any new statement might not yet have valid Sg_File_Info objects setup at this point.
                      // Then again, now did it make it into the associatedStatementVector unless it was via memory
                      // recycling through the mmory pool.
                         if (statement->get_file_info() != NULL)
                            {
                           // Mark each of the statements as a transformation.
                              statement->setTransformation();
 
                           // This is required, else the statement will not be output in the generated code.
                           // To understand this, consider that statements in header files could be transformed,
                           // but we would not want that to cause them to be unparse in the source file.
                              statement->setOutputInCodeGeneration();
 
                           // Not clear if we should also remove the statement from the associatedStatementVector.
                           // This would be important to do to avoid having the same location in the memory pool
                           // be reused for another statement. Since we makr the macro expansion as transformed
                           // we likely don't have to worry about this.
                            }
                       }
                 }
 
            // Mark this macro expansion as having been processed.
               macroExpansion->isTransformed = true;
             }
 
       // Other data strucutes that may have to be updated include:
       // representativeWhitespaceStatementMap (should be required, but only effects whitespace details)
       // redundantlyMappedTokensToStatementMultimap (might not be required)
 
        }
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::moveCommentsToNewStatement(SgStatement* sourceStatement, const vector<int> & indexList, SgStatement* destinationStatement , bool destinationStatementProceedsSourceStatement)
   {
     AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* comments = sourceStatement->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo();
 
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG || 0
     printf ("In moveCommentsToNewStatement(): destinationStatementProceedsSourceStatement = %s \n",destinationStatementProceedsSourceStatement ? "true" : "false");
     printf (" --- sourceStatement = %p = %s name = %s \n",sourceStatement,sourceStatement->class_name().c_str(),get_name(sourceStatement).c_str());
     printf (" --- destinationStatement = %p = %s name = %s \n",destinationStatement,destinationStatement->class_name().c_str(),get_name(destinationStatement).c_str());
#endif
     // Liao 2024/1/24
     // There is a corner case: #if #endif may span very wide in the code. The lead #if may be moved without the matching #endif being found.
     // A solution : pcounter++  whenever a leading #if #ifdef #ifndef is encountered.
     //  pcounter -- if #endif is countered
     //  Normally the final pcounter ==0, if pcounter>=1, a #endif is missing somewhere. We should patch it up.
 
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
     printf ("Output the comments attached to sourceStatement: \n");
     printOutComments(sourceStatement);
     printf ("Output the comments attached to destinationStatement: \n");
     printOutComments(destinationStatement);
#endif
 
  // Now add the entries from the captureList to the surroundingStatement and remove them from the targetStmt.
     vector<int>::const_iterator j = indexList.begin();
     PreprocessingInfo* prevTargetAnchorComment = NULL;
     while (j != indexList.end())
        {
       // Add the captured comments to the new statement. Likely we need to make sure that the order is preserved.
          ROSE_ASSERT(destinationStatement->get_file_info() != NULL);
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG || 0
          printf ("Attaching comments to destinationStatement = %p = %s on file = %s line %d \n",
               destinationStatement,destinationStatement->class_name().c_str(),
               destinationStatement->get_file_info()->get_filenameString().c_str(),
               destinationStatement->get_file_info()->get_line());
 
          printf ("(*comments)[*j]->getRelativePosition() = %s \n",PreprocessingInfo::relativePositionName((*comments)[*j]->getRelativePosition()).c_str());
#endif
 
          // Liao 2024/3/27: special handling when surrounding statement is SgGlobal
          // It should not be treated as either before or after the source statement we want to move comments from
          // SgGlobal should be treated as the enclosing scope of the source statement
          // The comments of the source statements should be attached to inside position of SgGlobal.
          // This is a variant of the before position (SgGlobal vs. source statement).
          // We do not treate SgGlobal as the same as  if sgGlobal is preceeding source
          // because the comments of source statement would be attached to ::after of SgGlobal and
          // all comments will show up in the end of the file.
          // The ::inside location relies on the unparser to properly handle them later.
          if (destinationStatementProceedsSourceStatement == true || isSgGlobal(destinationStatement) != NULL )
             {
                 // dest
                 // src // comments to be moved up: all before positions become after position
                 //     // then append to dest's commments
                 //     adjust relative position one by one
                 auto commentPosition = (*comments)[*j]->getRelativePosition();
                 if (commentPosition == PreprocessingInfo::before)
                  {
                 // Mark comments that were before the preceeding statement to be after the preceeding statement
                    (*comments)[*j]->setRelativePosition(PreprocessingInfo::after);
                  }
               else if (commentPosition == PreprocessingInfo::after ||
                        commentPosition == PreprocessingInfo::end_of)
                  {
                    // Leave position alone [Rasmussen 2023.01.09]
                  }
               else
                  {
                    ROSE_ASSERT(false && "Comment relative position neither, before, after, nor end_of");
                  }
 
                // special handling of inside position
              // The surrounding statement will accept the comments. It also preceeds the source statement providing the comments.
              // If it is an enclosing scope statement, the comments should be attached to inside position, not before nor after.
                // if (  isSgGlobal(destinationStatement) ||  isSgBasicBlock(destinationStatement) )
              // Handle all SgScopeStatement variants.
                // We do this only for C/C++ language. Otherwise the code may break Jovial and other languages.
                if (is_C_language() || is_C99_language() || is_Cxx_language() )
                {
                  if (SageInterface::isAncestor(destinationStatement, sourceStatement))
                    (*comments)[*j]->setRelativePosition(PreprocessingInfo::inside);
                }
                destinationStatement->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo((*comments)[*j]);
 
             }
            else // the target statement is after the source statment: we want to move comments from src to target
             {
                    //  src : comments  : before or after (when moved to dest, it should become before)
                    //                    all should be prepend to dest's first comment
                    //  dest: comments
               //     adjust relative position one by one
               if ((*comments)[*j]->getRelativePosition() == PreprocessingInfo::before)
                  {
                    // Leave the comments marked as being before the removed statement
                    // as before the following statement
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // If is is not before, I hope it can only be after. Sometimes it is end_of, e.g. gitlab-issue-186.jov
                    ASSERT_require((*comments)[*j]->getRelativePosition() == PreprocessingInfo::after||
                       (*comments)[*j]->getRelativePosition() == PreprocessingInfo::end_of);
                    (*comments)[*j]->setRelativePosition(PreprocessingInfo::before);
                  }
               AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* targetInfoList = destinationStatement->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo();
               // source stmt has a list of comments c1, c2, c3
               // we want to keep their order and prepend to target stmt's existing comments
               // The solution is to define an anchor comment in target stmt
               //    first time anchor is NULL, we prepend c1 to before the target stmt's first comment
               //    after that, we insert after the anchor comment (previous anchor)
               //    all anchor comments must come from source statement
               if (targetInfoList==NULL)
               {
                   // we can just use append to the end. the same effect.
                   destinationStatement->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo((*comments)[*j]);
               }
               else
               {
                  // target stmt has comments
                  // first time to grab thing
                  if( prevTargetAnchorComment==NULL)
                  {
                     PreprocessingInfo * origFirstTargetComment  = *(targetInfoList->begin());
                     // insert before this original first one
                     destinationStatement->insertToAttachedPreprocessingInfo((*comments)[*j],origFirstTargetComment,false);
                  }
                  else
                  {
                   // now we have non null prev comment from target statement. insert after it!
                   destinationStatement->insertToAttachedPreprocessingInfo((*comments)[*j],prevTargetAnchorComment ,true);
                  }
               }
 
               prevTargetAnchorComment = (*comments)[*j];
             }
 
 
       // Remove them from the targetStmt. (set them to NULL and then remove them in a separate step).
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
          printf ("Marking entry from comments list as NULL on sourceStatement = %p = %s \n",sourceStatement,sourceStatement->class_name().c_str());
#endif
         (*comments)[*j] = nullptr;// Why do we need to make it NULL??
 
          j++;
        }
 
  // Now remove each NULL entries in the comments vector.
  // Because of iterator invalidation we must reset the iterators after each call to erase (I think).
     for (size_t n = 0; n < indexList.size(); n++)
        {
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG || 0
          printf ("Erase entry from comments list on comments->size() %" PRIuPTR " \n",comments->size());
#endif
          bool modifiedList = false;
          AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator k = comments->begin();
          while (k != comments->end() && modifiedList == false)
             {
            // Only modify the list once per iteration over the captureList
                if (*k == nullptr)
                {
                    k = comments->erase(k);
                    modifiedList = true;
                    continue;
                }
                else
                {
                    k++;
                }
             }
        }
   }
 
 
// This function is a helper function for SageInterface::removeStatement() to handle preprocessing info.
// It should find a suitable destination statement to which we can move the current stmt's preprocessing info to.
// targetStmt of this function is the source statement to move preprocessing info first, before removing it.
SgStatement*
SageInterface::findSurroundingStatementFromSameFile(SgStatement* targetStmt, bool & surroundingStatementPreceedsTargetStatement)
   {
  // Note that if the return value is SgGlobal (global scope), then surroundingStatementPreceedsTargetStatement is false, but meaningless.
  // This function can not return a NULL pointer.
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(targetStmt != NULL);
 
     SgStatement* surroundingStatement = targetStmt;
     int surroundingStatement_fileId   = Sg_File_Info::BAD_FILE_ID; // No file id can have this value.
 
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG || 0
     printf ("TOP of findSurroundingStatementFromSameFile(): surroundingStatementPreceedsTargetStatement = %s \n",surroundingStatementPreceedsTargetStatement ? "true" : "false");
#endif
 
     std::set<SgStatement*> previousVisitedStatementSet;
 
  // Only handle relocation for statements that exist in the file (at least for now while debugging).
     if (targetStmt->get_file_info()->get_file_id() >= 0)
        {
          surroundingStatementPreceedsTargetStatement = true;
 
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
          printf ("   targetStmt->get_file_info()->get_file_id()           = %d \n",targetStmt->get_file_info()->get_file_id());
#endif
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
          printf ("Before loop: surroundingStatement = %p = %s name = %s surroundingStatement_fileId = %d \n",surroundingStatement,
                  surroundingStatement->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(surroundingStatement).c_str(),surroundingStatement_fileId);
#endif
          bool returningNullSurroundingStatement = false;
       // while (surroundingStatement->get_file_info()->get_file_id() != targetStmt->get_file_info()->get_file_id())
          while ((returningNullSurroundingStatement == false) && (surroundingStatement != NULL) && surroundingStatement_fileId != targetStmt->get_file_info()->get_file_id() && surroundingStatement_fileId !=Sg_File_Info::TRANSFORMATION_FILE_ID)
             {
            // Start by going up in the source sequence.
            // This is a declaration from the wrong file so go to the next statement.
            // surroundingStatement = (insertBefore == true) ? getNextStatement(surroundingStatement) : getPreviousStatement(surroundingStatement);
            // surroundingStatement = (insertBefore == true) ? getPreviousStatement(surroundingStatement) : getNextStatement(surroundingStatement);
            // Liao, 12/26/2024. We should not climb out the current scope when finding the previous statement
            // Otherwise, preprocessingInfo may be moved from a child stmt to its parent stmt, causing errors in AST.
               surroundingStatement = getPreviousStatement(surroundingStatement, false);
 
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
               printf ("In loop: after getPreviousStatement(): surroundingStatement = %p = %s name = %s \n",surroundingStatement,
                    surroundingStatement->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(surroundingStatement).c_str());
#endif
 
               if (surroundingStatement == NULL)
                  {
                    surroundingStatement_fileId = Sg_File_Info::BAD_FILE_ID;
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
                    printf ("   surroundingStatement_fileId set to Sg_File_Info::BAD_FILE_ID \n");
#endif
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    surroundingStatement_fileId = surroundingStatement->get_file_info()->get_file_id();
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
                    printf ("   surroundingStatement = %p = %s surroundingStatement->get_file_info()->get_file_id() = %d \n",
                         surroundingStatement,surroundingStatement->class_name().c_str(),surroundingStatement->get_file_info()->get_file_id());
#endif
                  }
 
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
               if (surroundingStatement != NULL)
                  {
                    printf ("Looping toward the top of the file for a statement to attach comments and CPP directives to: surroundingStatement = %p = %s file = %s file id = %d line = %d \n",
                         surroundingStatement,surroundingStatement->class_name().c_str(),
                         surroundingStatement->get_file_info()->get_filenameString().c_str(),
                         surroundingStatement->get_file_info()->get_file_id(),
                         surroundingStatement->get_file_info()->get_line());
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    printf ("surroundingStatement == NULL \n");
                  }
#endif
 
            // DQ (11/15/2020): Eliminate the infinite loop that is possible when we iterate over a loop of statements.
               if (previousVisitedStatementSet.find(surroundingStatement) != previousVisitedStatementSet.end())
                 {
                   printf ("This statement has been previously visited: surroundingStatement = %p = %s \n",surroundingStatement,surroundingStatement->class_name().c_str());
 
                   printf ("ERROR: SageInterface::findSurroundingStatementFromSameFile(): cannot located surrounding statement from same file (return NULL) \n");
 
                   surroundingStatement = NULL;
                // break;
                // return NULL;
                 }
               else
                 {
                   previousVisitedStatementSet.insert(surroundingStatement);
                 }
 
            // As a last resort restart and go down in the statement sequence.
               if (surroundingStatement == NULL || isSgGlobal(surroundingStatement) != NULL)
                  {
                 // This is triggered by rose_inputloopUnrolling.C
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
                    printf ("We just ran off the start (top) of the file... targetStmt = %p = %s \n",targetStmt,targetStmt->class_name().c_str());
#endif
#if 0
                    ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
                 // A statement in the same file could not be identified, so this is false.
                    surroundingStatementPreceedsTargetStatement = false;
 
                 // Restart by going the other direction (down in the source sequence)
                    surroundingStatement = targetStmt;
                    SgStatement* previousStatement = surroundingStatement;
                 // surroundingStatement = getNextStatement(surroundingStatement);
                    surroundingStatement_fileId = Sg_File_Info::BAD_FILE_ID;
 
                    std::set<SgStatement*> forwardVisitedStatementSet;
 
                 // while ( (surroundingStatement != NULL) && (surroundingStatement->get_file_info()->get_file_id() != targetStmt->get_file_info()->get_file_id()) )
                    while ( (surroundingStatement != NULL) && (surroundingStatement_fileId != targetStmt->get_file_info()->get_file_id()) )
                       {
                      // DQ (11/15/2020): Eliminate the infinite loop that is possible when we iterate over a loop of statements.
                         if (forwardVisitedStatementSet.find(surroundingStatement) != forwardVisitedStatementSet.end())
                            {
                              printf ("This statement has been previously visited: surroundingStatement = %p = %s \n",surroundingStatement,surroundingStatement->class_name().c_str());
 
                              printf ("ERROR: SageInterface::findSurroundingStatementFromSameFile(): cannot located surrounding statement from same file (return NULL) \n");
 
                              surroundingStatement = NULL;
                              break;
                           // return NULL;
                            }
                           else
                            {
                              forwardVisitedStatementSet.insert(surroundingStatement);
                            }
 
                         previousStatement = surroundingStatement;
                         surroundingStatement = getNextStatement(surroundingStatement);
 
                         if (surroundingStatement == NULL)
                            {
                              surroundingStatement_fileId = Sg_File_Info::BAD_FILE_ID;
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
                              printf ("We just ran off the end (bottom) of the file... \n");
#endif
#if 0
                              ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
                              returningNullSurroundingStatement = true;
                            }
                           else
                            {
                              surroundingStatement_fileId = surroundingStatement->get_file_info()->get_file_id();
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
                              printf ("Looping toward the bottom of the file for a statement to attach comments and CPP directives to: surroundingStatement = %p = %s file = %s file id = %d line = %d \n",
                                   surroundingStatement,surroundingStatement->class_name().c_str(),
                                   surroundingStatement->get_file_info()->get_filenameString().c_str(),
                                   surroundingStatement->get_file_info()->get_file_id(),
                                   surroundingStatement->get_file_info()->get_line());
#endif
                            }
                       }
 
                    if (surroundingStatement == NULL)
                       {
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
                         printf ("Resetting the surroundingStatement to the previousStatement = %p = %s \n",previousStatement,previousStatement->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                         surroundingStatement = previousStatement;
 
                      // Check if this is the input statement we are removing (since the we have to attach comments to the global scope IR node.
                         if (surroundingStatement == targetStmt)
                            {
                           // This can happen if there was only a single statement in a file and it was removed.
                           // All associated comments would have to be relocated to the SgGlobal IR node.
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
                              printf ("Setting the surroundingStatement to be global scope \n");
#endif
                              surroundingStatement = TransformationSupport::getGlobalScope(targetStmt);
                            }
                       }
                  }
             }
 
          ROSE_ASSERT(surroundingStatement != NULL);
        }
       else
        {
          printf ("This is a special statement (not associated with the original source code, comment relocation is not supported for these statements) targetStmt file id = %d \n",targetStmt->get_file_info()->get_file_id());
          surroundingStatement = NULL;
        }
 
#if REMOVE_STATEMENT_DEBUG
     printf ("BOTTOM of findSurroundingStatementFromSameFile(): surroundingStatementPreceedsTargetStatement = %s surroundingStatement = %p \n",surroundingStatementPreceedsTargetStatement ? "true" : "false",surroundingStatement);
     if (surroundingStatement != NULL)
        {
          printf ("surroundingStatement = %p = %s \n",surroundingStatement,surroundingStatement->class_name().c_str());
        }
#endif
 
  // ROSE_ASSERT(surroundingStatement != NULL);
 
     return surroundingStatement;
   }
 
 
#ifndef USE_ROSE
void SageInterface::deepDelete(SgNode* root)
{
#if 0
   struct Visitor: public AstSimpleProcessing {
    virtual void visit(SgNode* n) {
        delete (n);
     }
    };
  Visitor().traverse(root, postorder);
#else
  deleteAST(root);
#endif
}
#endif
 
void SageInterface::replaceStatement(SgStatement* oldStmt, SgStatement* newStmt, bool movePreprocessingInfoValue/* = false*/)
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(oldStmt);
     ROSE_ASSERT(newStmt);
 
     if (oldStmt == newStmt) return;
 
     SgStatement * p = isSgStatement(oldStmt->get_parent());
     ROSE_ASSERT(p);
 
#if 0
  // TODO  handle replace the body of a C/Fortran function definition with a single statement?
  // Liao 2/1/2010, in some case, we want to replace the entire body (SgBasicBlock) for some parent nodes.
  // the built-in replace_statement() (insert_child() underneath) may not defined for them.
     if (SgFortranDo * f_do = isSgFortranDo (p))
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT (f_do->get_body() == oldStmt);
          if (!isSgBasicBlock(newStmt))
               newStmt = buildBasicBlock (newStmt);
          f_do->set_body(isSgBasicBlock(newStmt));
          newStmt->set_parent(f_do);
        }
       else
        {
          p->replace_statement(oldStmt,newStmt);
        }
#endif
     p->replace_statement(oldStmt,newStmt);
 
#if 1
  // DQ (7/20/2021): Need to make the physical_file_ids match and the parents.
  // Acutally this may be too late in the case of a deferred transformation since
  // we run the AST consistancy tests as an intermediate step.
     int physical_file_id = oldStmt->get_startOfConstruct()->get_physical_file_id();
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::replaceStatement(): physical_file_id = %d \n",physical_file_id);
#endif
 
     newStmt->get_startOfConstruct()->set_physical_file_id(physical_file_id);
     newStmt->get_endOfConstruct  ()->set_physical_file_id(physical_file_id);
 
  // DQ (7/20/2021): Do we need this when we set the physical_file_id?
     newStmt->set_parent(oldStmt->get_parent());
#endif
 
  // Some translators have their own handling for this (e.g. the outliner)
     if (movePreprocessingInfoValue)
        {
          // move inner dangling  #endif, #if  etc to newStmt's after position, otherwise they got lost
//A-B test here
         // I think we should move up old statement's inner dangling directives
         // later , we move directives from old statement to new statement
         moveUpInnerDanglingIfEndifDirective(oldStmt);
#if 0
          printf ("In SageInterface::replaceStatement(): calling moveUpPreprocessingInfo() changed to movePreprocessingInfo() \n");
#endif
 
       // DQ (12/28/2020): I think this should be movePreprocessingInfo instead of moveUpPreprocessingInfo
       // (which has a collection of defaults that are not appropriate).
       // moveUpPreprocessingInfo(newStmt, oldStmt);
#if 1
       // DQ (12/28/2020): Since this works we will leave it in place (it appears to not be required to call this with: usePrepend == true).
          moveUpPreprocessingInfo(newStmt, oldStmt);
#else
       // void SageInterface::movePreprocessingInfo (SgStatement* stmt_src,  SgStatement* stmt_dst, PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType src_position/* =PreprocessingInfo::undef */,
       //                                            PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType dst_position/* =PreprocessingInfo::undef */, bool usePrepend /*= false */)
          bool usePrepend = true;
       // movePreprocessingInfo ( newStmt, oldStmt, PreprocessingInfo::undef, PreprocessingInfo::undef, usePrepend );
          movePreprocessingInfo ( oldStmt, newStmt, PreprocessingInfo::undef, PreprocessingInfo::undef, usePrepend );
#endif
        }
   }
 
void
SageInterface::moveDeclarationToAssociatedNamespace ( SgDeclarationStatement* declarationStatement )
   {
  // Relocate the declaration to be explicitly represented in its associated namespace (required for some backend compilers to process template instantiations).
 
  // DQ (7/19/2015): This is required to support general unparsing of template instantations for the GNU g++
  // compiler which does not permit name qualification to be used to support the expression of the namespace
  // where a template instantiatoon would be places.  Such name qualification would also sometimes require
  // global qualification which is also not allowed by the GNU g++ compiler.  These issues appear to be
  // specific to the GNU compiler versions, at least versions 4.4 through 4.8.
 
  // Find the previous statement in this scope so that we can close off the namepsace and start a new one.
     SgStatement* previousDeclarationStatement = getPreviousStatement(declarationStatement);
     SgStatement* nextDeclarationStatement     = getNextStatement(declarationStatement);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::moveDeclarationToAssociatedNamespace(): declarationStatement = %p = %s \n",declarationStatement,declarationStatement->class_name().c_str());
     printf ("   --- previousDeclarationStatement = %p = %s \n",previousDeclarationStatement,previousDeclarationStatement != NULL ? previousDeclarationStatement->class_name().c_str() : "null");
     printf ("   --- nextDeclarationStatement     = %p      \n",nextDeclarationStatement);
     printf ("   --- nextDeclarationStatement     = %p = %s \n",nextDeclarationStatement,    nextDeclarationStatement != NULL     ? nextDeclarationStatement->class_name().c_str() : "null");
#endif
 
  // DQ (7/19/2015): Initial error handling to allow us to focuse on the most common case.
     if (previousDeclarationStatement != NULL)
        {
       // printf ("previousDeclarationStatement = %p = %s \n",previousDeclarationStatement,previousDeclarationStatement->class_name().c_str());
        }
       else
        {
          printf ("There is no previous statement so there is no namespace to close off! \n");
 
       // Handle this corner case after we have the most general case working!
          printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
          ROSE_ABORT();
        }
 
  // DQ (7/19/2015): Initial error handling to allow us to focuse on the most common case.
     if (nextDeclarationStatement != NULL)
        {
       // printf ("nextDeclarationStatement = %p = %s \n",nextDeclarationStatement,nextDeclarationStatement->class_name().c_str());
        }
       else
        {
#if 0
          printf ("There is no next statement so there is no namespace to reopen! \n");
#endif
#if 0
       // Handle this corner case after we have the most general case working!
          printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
          ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
        }
 
     if (previousDeclarationStatement != NULL && nextDeclarationStatement != NULL)
        {
       // DQ (7/19/2015): This is the most common case!
#if 0
          printf ("Identified the most common case... \n");
#endif
       // Identify the associated namespace
          //SgScopeStatement* declarationScope = declarationStatement->get_scope();
#if 0
          printf ("declarationScope = %p = %s \n",declarationScope,declarationScope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
#if 0
       // Handle this corner case after we have the most general case working!
          printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
          ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
        }
       else
        {
          if (previousDeclarationStatement != NULL && nextDeclarationStatement == NULL)
             {
            // This is the case for the last template instantiaton in global scope (so it too is a common case)!
#if 0
               printf ("Found 2nd most common case: previousDeclarationStatement != NULL && nextDeclarationStatement == NULL \n");
#endif
#if 0
            // Handle this corner case after we have the most general case working!
               printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
             }
            else
             {
               if (previousDeclarationStatement == NULL && nextDeclarationStatement == NULL)
                  {
                    printf ("This case should require no special handling, unless we are still in the wrong namespace \n");
 
                 // Handle this corner case after we have the most general case working!
                    printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
                    ROSE_ABORT();
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    printf ("This case should have been caught above! \n");
 
                 // Handle this corner case after we have the most general case working!
                    printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
                    ROSE_ABORT();
                  }
             }
        }
 
     SgScopeStatement* declarationParent = isSgScopeStatement(declarationStatement->get_parent());
     if (declarationParent == NULL)
        {
#if 0
          printf ("declarationStatement->get_parent() = %p = %s \n",declarationStatement->get_parent(), (declarationStatement->get_parent() != NULL) ? declarationStatement->get_parent()->class_name().c_str() : "null");
#endif
        }
  // This can be a SgTemplateInstantiationDirectiveStatement (bug we want to skip over this case for now).
  // ROSE_ASSERT(declarationParent != NULL);
 
     if (declarationParent != NULL)
        {
          SgScopeStatement* declarationScope = declarationStatement->get_scope();
          ROSE_ASSERT(declarationScope != NULL);
 
          SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement* namespaceDefinition = isSgNamespaceDefinitionStatement(declarationScope);
          if (namespaceDefinition != NULL)
             {
               SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement* namespaceDeclaration = namespaceDefinition->get_namespaceDeclaration();
               ROSE_ASSERT(namespaceDeclaration != NULL);
#if 0
               printf ("The declaration has been identified to be associuated with a valid namespace = %p = %s \n",namespaceDeclaration,namespaceDeclaration->get_name().str());
               printf ("   --- declarationParent = %p = %s \n",declarationParent,declarationParent->class_name().c_str());
               printf ("   --- Move declaration from scope = %p = %s to namespace = %p = %s \n",declarationParent,declarationParent->class_name().c_str(),namespaceDeclaration,namespaceDeclaration->get_name().str());
#endif
#if 0
               printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
             }
            else
             {
#if 0
               printf ("declaration is not associated with a namespace, so we don't have to wrap it: declarationScope = %p = %s \n",declarationScope,declarationScope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
             }
        }
       else
        {
#if 0
          printf ("Warning: declarationParent == NULL: declarationStatement->get_parent() = %p = %s \n",declarationStatement->get_parent(), (declarationStatement->get_parent() != NULL) ? declarationStatement->get_parent()->class_name().c_str() : "null");
#endif
       // ROSE_ASSERT(declarationParent != NULL);
        }
 
   }
 
 
bool
SageInterface::isTemplateInstantiationNode(SgNode* node)
   {
  // DQ (7/19/2015): I think we want to focus exclusively on declarations.
     if (isSgTemplateInstantiationDefn(node) != NULL)
        {
#if 0
          printf ("Note: In SageInterface::isTemplateInstantiationNode(): skipping SgTemplateInstantiationDefn \n");
#endif
        }
 
     return isSgTemplateInstantiationDecl(node)
      // DQ (1/3/2016): Allow SgTemplateInstantiationDefn IR nodes.
//       || isSgTemplateInstantiationDefn(node)
         || isSgTemplateInstantiationDefn(node)
         || isSgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl(node)
         || isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(node)
         || isSgTemplateInstantiationTypedefDeclaration(node)
         || isSgTemplateInstantiationDirectiveStatement(node)
         ;
   }
 
#if 0
// DQ (5/23/2021): Added (uncommented, and added to the header file) function to support test for template declaration.
// Commented back out, since this is not required for what I am debugging currently.
// DQ (6/27/2018): This will be the template declaration test version of the template instantiation test function above.
bool
SageInterface::isTemplateDeclarationNode(SgNode* node)
   {
  // DQ (7/19/2015): I think we want to focus exclusively on declarations.
     if (isSgTemplateDefinition(node) != NULL)
        {
#if 0
          printf ("Note: In SageInterface::isTemplateDeclarationNode(): skipping SgTemplateDefinition \n");
#endif
        }
 
     return isSgTemplateInstantiationDecl(node)
      // DQ (1/3/2016): Allow SgTemplateInstantiationDefn IR nodes.
      // || isSgTemplateInstantiationDefn(node)
         || isSgTemplateInstantiationDefn(node)
         || isSgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl(node)
         || isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(node)
         || isSgTemplateInstantiationTypedefDeclaration(node)
         || isSgTemplateInstantiationDirectiveStatement(node)
         ;
   }
#endif
 
void
SageInterface::wrapAllTemplateInstantiationsInAssociatedNamespaces(SgProject* root)
   {
  // DQ (8/18/2015): This function is called from the tests/nonsmoke/functional/testTemplates translator.
 
  // DQ (7/19/2015): This function can't use an iterator since it will be
  // doing transformations on the AST and will cause iterator invalidation errors.
 
     std::vector<SgDeclarationStatement*> templateInstantiationVector;
 
  // DQ (9/24/2015): This feature is not available yet in CMake (Markus is adding the library support for this feature).
#ifndef USE_CMAKEx
     RoseAst ast(root);
 
     for (RoseAst::iterator i= ast.begin(); i!= ast.end(); ++i)
        {
          if (isTemplateInstantiationNode(*i))
             {
            // markNodeToBeUnparsed(*i);
               SgDeclarationStatement* declaration = isSgDeclarationStatement(*i);
               if (declaration != NULL)
                  {
                    templateInstantiationVector.push_back(declaration);
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // I think it is OK that not all are a SgDeclarationStatement.
                  }
             }
       }
#else
     std::cerr << "This feature for now is available with autotools only!" << std::endl;
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
 
     std::vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>::iterator j = templateInstantiationVector.begin();
     while (j != templateInstantiationVector.end())
        {
          moveDeclarationToAssociatedNamespace(*j);
          j++;
        }
   }
 
 
 
// All SgVariantExpression in the pattern will be replaced with copies of the anchor node.
SgNode* SageInterface::replaceWithPattern (SgNode * anchor, SgNode* new_pattern)
{
  SgExpression * anchor_exp = isSgExpression(anchor);
  SgExpression * pattern_exp = isSgExpression(new_pattern);
  ROSE_ASSERT (anchor_exp != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (pattern_exp != NULL);
 
   // we replace all SgExpression within the pattern with copies of anchor
   Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> opaque_exp_list = NodeQuery::querySubTree(pattern_exp,V_SgExpression);
   for (size_t i = 0; i<opaque_exp_list.size(); i++)
   {
     SgExpression* opaque_exp = isSgExpression(opaque_exp_list[i]);
     ROSE_ASSERT (opaque_exp != NULL);
     if (opaque_exp->variantT() == V_SgVariantExpression)
     {
       SgExpression * anchor_exp_copy = deepCopy(anchor_exp);
       replaceExpression(opaque_exp, anchor_exp_copy);
     }
   }
 
   // finally we replace anchor_exp with the pattern_exp
   replaceExpression(anchor_exp, pattern_exp, false);
  return new_pattern;
}
string SageInterface::generateUniqueVariableName(SgScopeStatement* scope, std::string baseName)
{
    //This implementation tends to generate numbers that are unnecessarily high.
    static int counter = 0;
 
    string name;
    bool collision = false;
    do
    {
        name = "__" + baseName + boost::lexical_cast<string > (counter++) + "__";
 
     // DQ (8/16/2013): Modified to reflect new API.
     // Look up the name in the parent scopes
     // SgSymbol* nameSymbol = SageInterface::lookupSymbolInParentScopes(SgName(name), scope);
        SgSymbol* nameSymbol = SageInterface::lookupSymbolInParentScopes(SgName(name), scope,NULL,NULL);
        collision = (nameSymbol != NULL);
 
        //Look up the name in the children scopes
        Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> childScopes = NodeQuery::querySubTree(scope, V_SgScopeStatement);
 
        BOOST_FOREACH(SgNode* childScope, childScopes)
        {
            SgScopeStatement* childScopeStatement = isSgScopeStatement(childScope);
 
         // DQ (8/16/2013): Modified to reflect new API.
         // nameSymbol = childScopeStatement->lookup_symbol(SgName(name));
            nameSymbol = childScopeStatement->lookup_symbol(SgName(name),NULL,NULL);
 
            collision = collision || (nameSymbol != NULL);
        }
    } while (collision);
 
    return name;
}
 
 
std::pair<SgVariableDeclaration*, SgExpression*> SageInterface::createTempVariableForExpression
(SgExpression* expression, SgScopeStatement* scope, bool initializeInDeclaration, SgAssignOp** reEvaluate)
{
    SgType* expressionType = expression->get_type();
    SgType* variableType = expressionType;
 
    //If the expression has a reference type, we need to use a pointer type for the temporary variable.
    //Else, re-assigning the variable is not possible
    bool isReferenceType = SageInterface::isReferenceType(expressionType);
    if (isReferenceType)
    {
        SgType* expressionBaseType = expressionType->stripType(SgType::STRIP_TYPEDEF_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_REFERENCE_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_RVALUE_REFERENCE_TYPE);
        variableType = SageBuilder::buildPointerType(expressionBaseType);
    }
 
    //MS 10/24/2018: If the expression has array type, we need to use a pointer type referring to the base type for the temporary variable.
    if (SgArrayType* arrayType=isSgArrayType(expressionType)) {
      if(SgArrayType* strippedArrayType = isSgArrayType(arrayType->stripType(SgType::STRIP_TYPEDEF_TYPE))) {
        SgType* strippedArrayBaseType = strippedArrayType->get_base_type();
        variableType = SageBuilder::buildPointerType(strippedArrayBaseType);
      }
    }
 
    // If the expression is a dereferenced pointer, use a reference to hold it.
    if (isSgPointerDerefExp(expression))
        variableType = SageBuilder::buildReferenceType(variableType);
 
    //Generate a unique variable name
    string name = generateUniqueVariableName(scope);
 
    //Initialize the temporary variable to an evaluation of the expression
    SgExpression* tempVarInitExpression = SageInterface::copyExpression(expression);
    ROSE_ASSERT(tempVarInitExpression != NULL);
    if (isReferenceType)
    {
        //FIXME: the next line is hiding a bug in ROSE. Remove this line and talk to Dan about the resulting assert
        tempVarInitExpression->set_lvalue(false);
 
        tempVarInitExpression = SageBuilder::buildAddressOfOp(tempVarInitExpression);
    }
 
    //Optionally initialize the variable in its declaration
    SgAssignInitializer* initializer = NULL;
    if (initializeInDeclaration)
    {
        SgExpression* initExpressionCopy = SageInterface::copyExpression(tempVarInitExpression);
        initializer = SageBuilder::buildAssignInitializer(initExpressionCopy);
    }
 
    SgVariableDeclaration* tempVarDeclaration = SageBuilder::buildVariableDeclaration(name, variableType, initializer, scope);
    ROSE_ASSERT(tempVarDeclaration != NULL);
 
    //Now create the assignment op for reevaluating the expression
    if (reEvaluate != NULL)
    {
        SgVarRefExp* tempVarReference = SageBuilder::buildVarRefExp(tempVarDeclaration);
        *reEvaluate = SageBuilder::buildAssignOp(tempVarReference, tempVarInitExpression);
    }
 
    //Build the variable reference expression that can be used in place of the original expression
    SgExpression* varRefExpression = SageBuilder::buildVarRefExp(tempVarDeclaration);
    if (isReferenceType)
    {
        //The temp variable is a pointer type, so dereference it before using it
        varRefExpression = SageBuilder::buildPointerDerefExp(varRefExpression);
    }
 
    return std::make_pair(tempVarDeclaration, varRefExpression);
}
 
// This function creates a temporary variable for a given expression in the given scope
// This is different from SageInterface::createTempVariableForExpression in that it does not
// try to be smart to create pointers to reference types and so on. The tempt is initialized to expression.
// The caller is responsible for setting the parent of SgVariableDeclaration since buildVariableDeclaration
// may not set_parent() when the scope stack is empty. See programTransformation/extractFunctionArgumentsNormalization/ExtractFunctionArguments.C for sample usage.
 
std::pair<SgVariableDeclaration*, SgExpression*> SageInterface::createTempVariableAndReferenceForExpression
(SgExpression* expression, SgScopeStatement* scope)
{
    SgType* expressionType = expression->get_type();
    SgType* variableType = expressionType;
 
    //MS 10/24/2018: If the expression has array type, we need to use a pointer type for the temporary variable.
    if (SgArrayType* arrayType=isSgArrayType(expressionType))
    {
      if(SgArrayType* strippedArrayType = isSgArrayType(arrayType->stripType(SgType::STRIP_TYPEDEF_TYPE))) {
        SgType* strippedArrayBaseType = strippedArrayType->get_base_type();
        variableType = SageBuilder::buildPointerType(strippedArrayBaseType);
      }
    }
 
    //Generate a unique variable name
    string name = generateUniqueVariableName(scope);
 
    //initialize the variable in its declaration
    SgAssignInitializer* initializer = NULL;
    SgExpression* initExpressionCopy = SageInterface::copyExpression(expression);
    initializer = SageBuilder::buildAssignInitializer(initExpressionCopy);
 
    SgVariableDeclaration* tempVarDeclaration = SageBuilder::buildVariableDeclaration(name, variableType, initializer, scope);
    ROSE_ASSERT(tempVarDeclaration != NULL);
 
    //Build the variable reference expression that can be used in place of the original expression
    SgExpression* varRefExpression = SageBuilder::buildVarRefExp(tempVarDeclaration);
    return std::make_pair(tempVarDeclaration, varRefExpression);
}
 
 
namespace
{
  void
  replaceExpressionInSgExpressionPtrList(SgExpression* oldExp, SgExpression* newExp, SgExpressionPtrList& lst, bool replAll = false)
  {
    SgExpressionPtrList::iterator lim = lst.end();
    SgExpressionPtrList::iterator pos = lst.begin();
    bool                          chg = false;
 
    do
    {
      pos = std::find(pos, lim, oldExp);
 
      if (pos != lim) { *pos = newExp; ++pos; chg = true; }
    } while (replAll && (pos != lim));
 
    ROSE_ASSERT(chg);
  }
}
 
// This code is based on OpenMP translator's ASTtools::replaceVarRefExp() and astInling's replaceExpressionWithExpression()
// Motivation: It involves the parent node to replace a VarRefExp with a new node
// Used to replace shared variables with the dereference expression of their addresses
// e.g. to replace shared1 with (*__pp_shared1)
 
void SageInterface::replaceExpression(SgExpression* oldExp, SgExpression* newExp, bool keepOldExp/*=false*/) {
  SgExpression* parentExp;
 
  ROSE_ASSERT(oldExp);
  ROSE_ASSERT(newExp);
  if (oldExp==newExp) return;
 
  if (isSgVarRefExp(newExp))
    newExp->set_need_paren(true); // enclosing new expression with () to be safe
 
  SgNode* parent = oldExp->get_parent();
  ROSE_ASSERT(parent!=NULL);
  newExp->set_parent(parent);
 
  // set lvalue when necessary
  if (oldExp->get_lvalue() == true) newExp->set_lvalue(true);
 
  if (isSgExprStatement(parent)) {
    isSgExprStatement(parent)->set_expression(newExp);
  } else if (isSgForStatement(parent)) {
    ROSE_ASSERT (isSgForStatement(parent)->get_increment() == oldExp);
    isSgForStatement(parent)->set_increment(newExp);
    // TODO: any other cases here??
  } else if(SgMatlabForStatement *matlabFor = isSgMatlabForStatement(parent)) {
    if(matlabFor->get_index() == oldExp)
      matlabFor->set_index(newExp);
    else if(matlabFor->get_range() == oldExp)
      matlabFor->set_range(newExp);
    else
      ROSE_ASSERT(!"sub-expression not found");
  } else if(SgJovialForThenStatement *jovFor = isSgJovialForThenStatement(parent)) {
    if(jovFor->get_initialization() == oldExp)
      jovFor->set_initialization(newExp);
    else if(jovFor->get_while_expression() == oldExp)
      jovFor->set_while_expression(newExp);
    else if(jovFor->get_by_or_then_expression() == oldExp)
      jovFor->set_by_or_then_expression(newExp);
    else
      ROSE_ASSERT(!"sub-expression not found");
  } else if (SgRangeExp* rngexp = isSgRangeExp(parent)) {
    if (rngexp->get_start() == oldExp)
      rngexp->set_start(newExp);
    else if (rngexp->get_end() == oldExp)
      rngexp->set_end(newExp);
    else if (rngexp->get_stride() == oldExp)
      rngexp->set_stride(newExp);
    else
      ROSE_ASSERT(!"sub-expression not found");
  } else if (isSgReturnStmt(parent)) {
    isSgReturnStmt(parent)->set_expression(newExp);
  } else  if (isSgBinaryOp(parent)!=NULL) {
    if (oldExp==isSgBinaryOp(parent)->get_lhs_operand()) {
      isSgBinaryOp(parent)->set_lhs_operand(newExp);
    } else if (oldExp==isSgBinaryOp(parent)->get_rhs_operand()) {
      isSgBinaryOp(parent)->set_rhs_operand(newExp);
    } else {
      ROSE_ABORT();
    }
  } else if (isSgUnaryOp(parent)!=NULL){
      if (oldExp==isSgUnaryOp(parent)->get_operand_i())
           isSgUnaryOp(parent)->set_operand_i(newExp);
      else
        ROSE_ABORT();
  } else if (isSgConditionalExp(parent) != NULL) {
     SgConditionalExp* expparent = isSgConditionalExp(parent); //get explicity type parent
     if (oldExp==expparent->get_conditional_exp())
        expparent->set_conditional_exp(newExp);
     else if (oldExp==expparent->get_true_exp())
        expparent->set_true_exp(newExp);
     else if (oldExp==expparent->get_false_exp())
        expparent->set_false_exp(newExp);
     else
        ROSE_ABORT();
  } else if (isSgExprListExp(parent) != NULL) {
    SgExpressionPtrList& explist = isSgExprListExp(parent)->get_expressions();
    for (Rose_STL_Container<SgExpression*>::iterator i=explist.begin();i!=explist.end();i++) {
      if (isSgExpression(*i)==oldExp) {
        SgExprListExp* parentExpListExp = isSgExprListExp(parent);
        parentExpListExp->replace_expression(oldExp,newExp);
       // break; //replace the first occurrence only??
      }
    }
  } else if (isSgValueExp(parent)) {
      // For compiler generated code, this could happen.
      // We can just ignore this function call since it will not appear in the final AST.
      return;
  } else if (SgActualArgumentExpression* actexp = isSgActualArgumentExpression(parent)) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(oldExp == actexp->get_expression());
    actexp->set_expression(newExp);
  } else if (SgAdaAttributeExp* attrexp = isSgAdaAttributeExp(parent)) {
    if (oldExp == attrexp->get_object()) {
      attrexp->set_object(newExp);
    } else if (oldExp == attrexp->get_args()) {
      SgExprListExp* newLst = isSgExprListExp(newExp);
      ASSERT_not_null(newLst);
 
      attrexp->set_args(newLst);
    } else {
      ROSE_ABORT();
    }
  /**** ALL expressions must be handled before the next line *****/
  } else if ((parentExp=isSgExpression(parent)) != NULL) {
    int worked = parentExp->replace_expression(oldExp, newExp);
    // ROSE_DEPRECATED_FUNCTION
    ROSE_ASSERT (worked);
  } else if (isSgInitializedName(parent)) {
    SgInitializedName* initializedNameParent = isSgInitializedName(parent);
    if (oldExp == initializedNameParent->get_initializer()) {
      //We can only replace an initializer expression with another initializer expression
      ROSE_ASSERT(isSgInitializer(newExp));
      initializedNameParent->set_initializer(isSgInitializer(newExp));
    } else {
      //What other expressions can be children of an SgInitializedname?
      ROSE_ABORT();
    }
  } else if (isSgCaseOptionStmt(parent)) {
    SgCaseOptionStmt * case_stmt = isSgCaseOptionStmt(parent);
    if (oldExp == case_stmt->get_key()) {
      case_stmt->set_key(newExp);
    } else if(oldExp == case_stmt->get_key_range_end()) {
      case_stmt->set_key_range_end(newExp);
    } else {
      ROSE_ABORT();
    }
  } else if (isSgProcessControlStatement(parent)) {
    SgProcessControlStatement * ctrl_stmt = (SgProcessControlStatement*)parent;
    if (oldExp == ctrl_stmt->get_quiet()) {
      ctrl_stmt->set_quiet(newExp);
    } else if (oldExp == ctrl_stmt->get_code()) {
      ctrl_stmt->set_code(newExp);
    } else {
      ROSE_ABORT();
    }
  } else if (isSgFortranDo(parent)) {
    SgFortranDo* fortranDo = isSgFortranDo(parent);
    if (oldExp == fortranDo->get_initialization()) {
      fortranDo->set_initialization(newExp);
    } else if(oldExp == fortranDo->get_bound()) {
      fortranDo->set_bound(newExp);
    } else if (oldExp == fortranDo->get_increment()) {
      fortranDo->set_increment(newExp);
    } else {
      ROSE_ABORT();
    }
  }
  else if (SgAdaExitStmt* stm = isSgAdaExitStmt(parent)) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(oldExp == stm->get_condition());
    stm->set_condition(newExp);
  }
  else if (SgAdaModularType* ptype = isSgAdaModularType(parent)) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(oldExp == ptype->get_modexpr());
    ptype->set_modexpr(newExp);
  }
  else if (SgAdaDelayStmt* stm = isSgAdaDelayStmt(parent)) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(oldExp == stm->get_time());
    stm->set_time(newExp);
  } else if (SgAdaAttributeClause* clause = isSgAdaAttributeClause(parent)) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(oldExp == clause->get_size());
    clause->set_size(newExp);
  } else if (SgAdaRenamingDecl* dcl = isSgAdaRenamingDecl(parent)) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(oldExp == dcl->get_renamed());
    dcl->set_renamed(newExp);
  } else if (SgAdaEntryDecl* dcl = isSgAdaEntryDecl(parent)) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(oldExp == dcl->get_entryBarrier());
    dcl->set_entryBarrier(newExp);
  } else if (SgAdaSelectAlternativeStmt* stm = isSgAdaSelectAlternativeStmt(parent)) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(oldExp == stm->get_guard());
    stm->set_guard(newExp);
  } else if (SgAdaDeltaConstraint* delc = isSgAdaDeltaConstraint(parent)) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(oldExp == delc->get_delta());
    delc->set_delta(newExp);
  } else if (SgAdaDigitsConstraint* digc = isSgAdaDigitsConstraint(parent)) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(oldExp == digc->get_digits());
    digc->set_digits(newExp);
  } else if (SgAdaDiscriminantConstraint* disc = isSgAdaDiscriminantConstraint(parent)) {
    replaceExpressionInSgExpressionPtrList(oldExp, newExp, disc->get_discriminants());
  } else if (SgAdaRangeConstraint* rngc = isSgAdaRangeConstraint(parent)) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(oldExp == rngc->get_range());
    rngc->set_range(newExp);
  } else if (SgAdaIndexConstraint* idxc = isSgAdaIndexConstraint(parent)) {
    replaceExpressionInSgExpressionPtrList(oldExp, newExp, idxc->get_indexRanges());
  } else if (SgAdaVariantDecl* vtdcl = isSgAdaVariantDecl(parent)) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(oldExp == vtdcl->get_discriminant());
    vtdcl->set_discriminant(newExp);
  } else if (SgAdaRepresentationClause* clause = isSgAdaRepresentationClause(parent)) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(oldExp == clause->get_alignment());
    clause->set_alignment(newExp);
  } else if (SgAdaVariantWhenStmt* vtwhen = isSgAdaVariantWhenStmt(parent)) {
    SgExprListExp* newLst = isSgExprListExp(newExp);
    if (newLst && (oldExp == vtwhen->get_choices()))
      vtwhen->set_choices(newLst);
    else
      ROSE_ABORT();
  } else if (SgAdaComponentClause* clause = isSgAdaComponentClause(parent)) {
    if (oldExp == clause->get_offset())
      clause->set_offset(newExp);
    else if (oldExp == clause->get_range() && isSgRangeExp(newExp))
      clause->set_range(isSgRangeExp(newExp));
    else if (oldExp == clause->get_component() && isSgVarRefExp(newExp))
      clause->set_component(isSgVarRefExp(newExp));
    else
      ROSE_ABORT();
  } else if (SgAdaFunctionRenamingDecl* rendcl = isSgAdaFunctionRenamingDecl(oldExp->get_parent())) {
    if (oldExp == rendcl->get_renamed_function())
      rendcl->set_renamed_function(newExp);
    else
      ROSE_ABORT();
  } else {
    cerr<<"SageInterface::replaceExpression(). Unhandled parent expression type of SageIII enum value: " <<parent->class_name()<<endl;
    ROSE_ABORT();
  }
 
  if (!keepOldExp) {
    deepDelete(oldExp); // avoid dangling node in memory pool
  } else {
    oldExp->set_parent(NULL);
  }
 
} //replaceExpression()
 
SgStatement* SageInterface::getNextStatement(SgStatement * currentStmt)
   {
  // reuse the implementation in ROSE namespace from src/roseSupport/utility_functions.C
     return Rose::getNextStatement(currentStmt);
   }
 
SgStatement* SageInterface::getPreviousStatement(SgStatement * currentStmt, bool climbOutScope /*= true*/)
   {
     return Rose::getPreviousStatement(currentStmt, climbOutScope);
   }
 
bool SageInterface::isEqualToIntConst(SgExpression* e, int value) {
     return isSgIntVal(e) && isSgIntVal(e)->get_value() == value;
  }
 
 bool SageInterface::isSameFunction(SgFunctionDeclaration* func1, SgFunctionDeclaration* func2)
 {
   ROSE_ASSERT(func1&& func2);
   bool result = false;
   if (func1 == func2)
     result = true;
   else
    {
      if (is_C_language()||is_C99_language()||is_PHP_language()||is_Cuda_language()||is_OpenCL_language()||is_Python_language())
      {
        if (func1->get_name() == func2->get_name())
          result = true;
      }
      else if (is_Cxx_language() || is_Java_language())
      {
         if (func1->get_qualified_name().getString() +
            func1->get_mangled_name().getString() ==
            func2->get_qualified_name().getString() +
            func2->get_mangled_name().getString()
            )
         result = true;
      }
   // DQ (9/9/2025): Adding support for Jovial (similar to Fortran).
   // else if (is_Fortran_language())
   // else if (is_Jovial_language())
      else if (is_Fortran_language() || is_Jovial_language())
      {
        if (func1->get_name() == func2->get_name())
          result = true;
      }
      else
      {
        cout<<"Error: SageInterface::isSameFunction(): unhandled language"<<endl;
        ROSE_ABORT();
      }
 
    } // not identical
  return result;
 } // isSameFunction()
 
 bool SageInterface::isLastStatement(SgStatement* stmt)
{
  bool result =false;
  ROSE_ASSERT(stmt != NULL);
  SgScopeStatement* p_scope = stmt->get_scope();
  ROSE_ASSERT(p_scope != NULL);
#if 0
  if (p_scope->containsOnlyDeclarations())
  {
    SgDeclarationStatementPtrList stmtlist= p_scope->getDeclarationList ()
      if (stmtlist[stmtlist.size()-1] == stmt)
        result = true;
  }
  else
  {
    SgStatementPtrList  stmtlist= p_scope->getStatementList ();
    if (stmtlist[stmtlist.size()-1] == stmt)
      result = true;
  }
#endif
  SgStatementPtrList  stmtlist= p_scope->generateStatementList ();
  if (stmtlist[stmtlist.size()-1] == stmt)
    result = true;
 
  return result;
}
 
#ifndef USE_ROSE
//-----------------------------------------------
// Remove original expression trees from expressions, so you can change
// the value and have it unparsed correctly.
void SageInterface::removeAllOriginalExpressionTrees(SgNode* top) {
  struct Visitor: public AstSimpleProcessing {
    virtual void visit(SgNode* n) {
      SgValueExp* valueExp = isSgValueExp(n);
      if (valueExp != NULL) {
        valueExp->set_originalExpressionTree(NULL);
      }
      else {
        SgCastExp* cast_exp = isSgCastExp(n);
        if (cast_exp != NULL) {
          cast_exp->set_originalExpressionTree(NULL);
        }
      }
    }
  };
  Visitor().traverse(top, preorder);
}
#endif
 
SgSwitchStatement* SageInterface::findEnclosingSwitch(SgStatement* s) {
  while (s && !isSgSwitchStatement(s)) {
    s = isSgStatement(s->get_parent());
  }
  ROSE_ASSERT (s);
  return isSgSwitchStatement(s);
}
 
SgOmpClauseBodyStatement* SageInterface::findEnclosingOmpClauseBodyStatement(SgStatement* s) {
  while (s && !isSgOmpClauseBodyStatement(s)) {
    s = isSgStatement(s->get_parent());
  }
  // ROSE_ASSERT (s); // s is allowed to be NULL.
  if (s==NULL)
    return NULL;
  return isSgOmpClauseBodyStatement(s);
}
 
 
SgScopeStatement* SageInterface::findEnclosingLoop(SgStatement* s, const std::string& label, bool stopOnSwitches) {
  /* label can represent a fortran label or a java label provided as a label in a continue/break statement */
  for (; s; s = isSgStatement(s->get_parent())) {
    SgScopeStatement* sc = isSgScopeStatement(s);
    // Need to check for empty label as for java we must detect the
        // innermost labeled statement and skip everything in between
    switch (s->variantT()) {
      case V_SgDoWhileStmt: {
          if (label.empty()) {
                  return sc;
          }
          break;
      }
      case V_SgForStatement: {
          if (label.empty()) {
                  return sc;
          }
          break;
      }
      case V_SgFortranDo:
      case V_SgFortranNonblockedDo: {
        if (label.empty() ||
                        label == isSgFortranDo(sc)->get_string_label()) {
          return sc;
        }
        break;
      }
      case V_SgWhileStmt: {
        if (label.empty() ||
                        label == isSgWhileStmt(sc)->get_string_label()) {
          return sc;
        }
        break;
      }
      case V_SgSwitchStatement: {
        if (stopOnSwitches) return sc;
        break;
      }
      case V_SgJavaForEachStatement: {
          if (label.empty()) {
                  return sc;
          }
          break;
      }
      case V_SgJavaLabelStatement: {
          if (label.empty() ||
                          label == isSgJavaLabelStatement(sc)->get_label().getString()) {
            return sc;
          }
          break;
      }
      default: continue;
    }
  }
  return NULL;
}
 
#ifndef USE_ROSE
void SageInterface::removeJumpsToNextStatement(SgNode* top)
{
 class RemoveJumpsToNextStatementVisitor: public AstSimpleProcessing {
    public:
    virtual void visit(SgNode* n) {
      if (isSgBasicBlock(n)) {
        SgBasicBlock* bb = isSgBasicBlock(n);
        bool changes = true;
        while (changes) {
          changes = false;
          for (SgStatementPtrList::iterator i = bb->get_statements().begin();
               i != bb->get_statements().end(); ++i) {
            if (isSgGotoStatement(*i)) {
              SgGotoStatement* gs = isSgGotoStatement(*i);
              SgStatementPtrList::iterator inext = i;
              ++inext;
             if (inext == bb->get_statements().end())
                continue;
             if (!isSgLabelStatement(*inext))
                continue;
              SgLabelStatement* ls = isSgLabelStatement(*inext);
              if (gs->get_label() == ls) {
                changes = true;
                bb->get_statements().erase(i);
                break;
              }
            }
          }
        }
      }
    }
  };
 
  RemoveJumpsToNextStatementVisitor().traverse(top, postorder);
 
}
#endif
 
// special purpose remove for AST transformation/optimization from astInliner, don't use it otherwise.
void SageInterface::myRemoveStatement(SgStatement* stmt) {
  // assert (LowLevelRewrite::isRemovableStatement(*i));
  SgStatement* parent = isSgStatement(stmt->get_parent());
  ROSE_ASSERT (parent);
  SgBasicBlock* bb = isSgBasicBlock(parent);
  SgForInitStatement* fis = isSgForInitStatement(parent);
  if (bb || fis) {
    ROSE_ASSERT (bb || fis);
    SgStatementPtrList& siblings =
      (bb ? bb->get_statements() : fis->get_init_stmt());
    SgStatementPtrList::iterator j =
      std::find(siblings.begin(), siblings.end(), stmt);
    ROSE_ASSERT (j != siblings.end());
    siblings.erase(j);
    // LowLevelRewrite::remove(*i);
  } else {
    parent->replace_statement(stmt, new SgNullStatement(TRANS_FILE));
  }
}
 
 
#ifndef USE_ROSE
std::set<SgLabelStatement*> SageInterface::findUnusedLabels (SgNode* top)
{
  class FindUsedAndAllLabelsVisitor: public AstSimpleProcessing {
    SgLabelStatementPtrSet& used;
    SgLabelStatementPtrSet& all;
 
    public:
    FindUsedAndAllLabelsVisitor(SgLabelStatementPtrSet& used,
        SgLabelStatementPtrSet& all):
      used(used), all(all) {}
 
    virtual void visit(SgNode* n) {
      if (isSgGotoStatement(n)) {
        used.insert(isSgGotoStatement(n)->get_label());
      }
      if (isSgLabelStatement(n)) {
        all.insert(isSgLabelStatement(n));
      }
    }
  };
 
  SgLabelStatementPtrSet used;
  SgLabelStatementPtrSet unused;
  FindUsedAndAllLabelsVisitor(used, unused).traverse(top, preorder);
 
  for (SgLabelStatementPtrSet::iterator i = used.begin();
      i != used.end(); ++i) {
    assert (unused.find(*i) != unused.end());
    // std::cout << "Keeping used label " << (*i)->get_label().str() << std::endl;
    unused.erase(*i);
  }
 
  return unused;
}
 
// Remove all unused labels in a section of code.
void SageInterface::removeUnusedLabels(SgNode* top, bool keepChild/* =false */) {
 
  SgLabelStatementPtrSet unused = findUnusedLabels(top);
 
  for (SgLabelStatementPtrSet::iterator i = unused.begin();
      i != unused.end(); ++i) {
 
    SgLabelStatement* l_stmt = *i;
    // std::cout << "Removing unused label " << (*i)->get_label().str() << std::endl;
    if (keepChild)
    {
        SgStatement* child= l_stmt->get_statement();
//        l_stmt->set_parent(NULL);
        l_stmt->set_statement(NULL);
        replaceStatement (l_stmt, child);
    }
    else
      myRemoveStatement(*i);
  }
}
#endif
 
  SgStatement* SageInterface::getLoopBody(SgScopeStatement* loopStmt) {
    if (isSgWhileStmt(loopStmt)) return isSgWhileStmt(loopStmt)->get_body();
    if (isSgForStatement(loopStmt)) return isSgForStatement(loopStmt)->get_loop_body();
    if (isSgDoWhileStmt(loopStmt)) return isSgDoWhileStmt(loopStmt)->get_body();
 
        ROSE_ASSERT (!"Bad loop kind");
    return NULL;
  }
 
  void SageInterface::setLoopBody(SgScopeStatement* loopStmt, SgStatement* body) {
    if (isSgWhileStmt(loopStmt)) {
      isSgWhileStmt(loopStmt)->set_body(body);
    } else if (isSgForStatement(loopStmt)) {
      isSgForStatement(loopStmt)->set_loop_body(body);
    } else if (isSgDoWhileStmt(loopStmt)) {
      isSgDoWhileStmt(loopStmt)->set_body(body);
    } else {
      ROSE_ASSERT (!"Bad loop kind");
    }
    body->set_parent(loopStmt);
  }
 
  SgStatement* SageInterface::getLoopCondition(SgScopeStatement* loopStmt) {
    if (isSgWhileStmt(loopStmt)) return isSgWhileStmt(loopStmt)->get_condition();
    if (isSgForStatement(loopStmt)) return isSgForStatement(loopStmt)->get_test();
    if (isSgDoWhileStmt(loopStmt)) return isSgDoWhileStmt(loopStmt)->get_condition();
 
        ROSE_ASSERT (!"Bad loop kind");
    return NULL;
  }
 
  void SageInterface::setLoopCondition(SgScopeStatement* loopStmt, SgStatement* cond) {
    if (isSgWhileStmt(loopStmt)) {
      isSgWhileStmt(loopStmt)->set_condition(cond);
    } else if (isSgForStatement(loopStmt)) {
      isSgForStatement(loopStmt)->set_test(cond);
    } else if (isSgDoWhileStmt(loopStmt)) {
      isSgDoWhileStmt(loopStmt)->set_condition(cond);
    } else {
      ROSE_ASSERT (!"Bad loop kind");
    }
    cond->set_parent(loopStmt);
  }
 
// usually useful when compare two expressions to see if they actually refer to the same variable
static SgExpression* SkipCasting (SgExpression* exp)
{
  SgCastExp* cast_exp = isSgCastExp(exp);
   if (cast_exp != NULL)
   {
      SgExpression* operand = cast_exp->get_operand();
      assert(operand != 0);
      return SkipCasting(operand);
   }
  else
    return exp;
}
 
bool SageInterface::normalizeForLoopInitDeclaration(SgForStatement* loop)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(loop!=NULL);
 
  SgStatementPtrList &init = loop ->get_init_stmt();
  if (init.size() !=1) // We only handle one statement case
    return false;
 
  SgStatement* init1 = init.front();
  SgVariableDeclaration* decl = isSgVariableDeclaration(init1);
  if (decl == NULL) // we only handle for (int i=0; ...)
    return true;    // the return value is ambiguous: if not int i=0; it is already normalized
 
  SgVariableSymbol* osymbol = getFirstVarSym(decl);
  SgInitializedName* ivarname = decl->get_variables().front();
  SgExpression* lbast = NULL; // the lower bound, initial state
  ROSE_ASSERT(ivarname != NULL);
  SgInitializer * initor = ivarname->get_initializer();
  if (isSgAssignInitializer(initor))
  {
    lbast = isSgAssignInitializer(initor)->get_operand();
  }
  else
  { //SgConstructorInitializer etc.
    // other complex declaration statements, such as Decomposition::Iterator ditr(&decomp) should be skipped
    // they cause a loop to be non-canonical.
    return false;
  }
 
  // add a new statement like int i; and insert it to the enclosing function
  // There are multiple choices about where to insert this statement:
  //  global scope: max name pollution,
  //  right before the loop: mess up perfectly nested loops
  //  So we prepend the statement to the enclosing function's body
  SgFunctionDefinition* funcDef =  getEnclosingFunctionDefinition(loop);
  ROSE_ASSERT(funcDef!=NULL);
  SgBasicBlock* funcBody = funcDef->get_body();
  ROSE_ASSERT(funcBody!=NULL);
  //TODO a better name
  std::ostringstream os;
  os<<ivarname->get_name().getString();
 
  // keep the original variable name if possible
  SgSymbol * visibleSym = NULL;
  visibleSym = lookupVariableSymbolInParentScopes(ivarname->get_name(), funcBody);
  if (visibleSym != NULL) // if there is a name collision, add suffix to the variable name
  {
    os<<"_nom_";
    os<<++gensym_counter;
  }
 
  SgVariableDeclaration* ndecl = buildVariableDeclaration(os.str(),ivarname->get_type(), NULL, funcBody);
  prependStatement(ndecl, funcBody);
  SgVariableSymbol* nsymbol = getFirstVarSym(ndecl);
 
  // replace variable ref to the new symbol
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> varRefs = NodeQuery::querySubTree(loop,V_SgVarRefExp);
  for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode *>::iterator i = varRefs.begin(); i != varRefs.end(); i++)
  {
    SgVarRefExp *vRef = isSgVarRefExp((*i));
    if (vRef->get_symbol()==osymbol)
      vRef->set_symbol(nsymbol);
  }
  // replace for (int i=0;) with for (i=0;)
  SgExprStatement* ninit = buildAssignStatement(buildVarRefExp(nsymbol),deepCopy(lbast));
  removeStatement(decl); //any side effect to the symbol? put after symbol replacement anyway
  init.push_back(ninit);
  ROSE_ASSERT (loop->get_for_init_stmt () != NULL);
  // ninit->set_parent(loop);
  ninit->set_parent(loop->get_for_init_stmt ());
 
  // keep record of this normalization
  // We may undo it later on.
  trans_records.forLoopInitNormalizationTable[loop] = true;
  trans_records.forLoopInitNormalizationRecord[loop] = make_pair (decl, ndecl) ;
 
  return true;
}
 
/*
  int i_norm_1;
  for (i_norm_1=0; i_norm_1<upper; i_norm_1 ++ );
Becomes:
  for (int i=0; i< upper; i++) ;
 * */
bool SageInterface::unnormalizeForLoopInitDeclaration(SgForStatement* loop)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (loop != NULL);
  //If not previously normalized, nothing to do and return false.
  if (!trans_records.forLoopInitNormalizationTable[loop])
    return false;
  // retrieve original and new declaration of the previous normalization
  SgVariableDeclaration* decl = trans_records.forLoopInitNormalizationRecord[loop].first;
  SgVariableDeclaration* ndecl = trans_records.forLoopInitNormalizationRecord[loop].second;
  ROSE_ASSERT (decl!= NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (ndecl!= NULL);
 
 
  // Sanity check
  SgStatementPtrList &init = loop ->get_init_stmt();
  ROSE_ASSERT(init.size() ==1); // We only handle one statement case
 
  // remove the current init_stmt
  SgStatement* init1 = init.front();
  SgExprStatement* exp_stmt = isSgExprStatement(init1);
  ROSE_ASSERT (exp_stmt != NULL);
  SgAssignOp* assign_op = isSgAssignOp(exp_stmt->get_expression());
  ROSE_ASSERT (assign_op != NULL);
 
  // remove the new declaration and the current i_norm=1;
  removeStatement(ndecl);
  removeStatement (exp_stmt);
 
  // restore the original declaration
  init.push_back(decl);
  ROSE_ASSERT (loop->get_for_init_stmt () != NULL);
  // ninit->set_parent(loop);
  decl->set_parent(loop->get_for_init_stmt ());
 
  // replace variable references
  // current symbol in the AST
  SgVariableSymbol* osymbol = getFirstVarSym(ndecl);
  // new symbol  we want to have: the original decl
  SgVariableSymbol* nsymbol = getFirstVarSym(decl);
  // replace variable ref to the new symbol
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> varRefs = NodeQuery::querySubTree(loop,V_SgVarRefExp);
  for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode *>::iterator i = varRefs.begin(); i != varRefs.end(); i++)
  {
    SgVarRefExp *vRef = isSgVarRefExp((*i));
    if (vRef->get_symbol()==osymbol)
      vRef->set_symbol(nsymbol);
  }
 
  // clear record: now the loop is not normalized any more
  trans_records.forLoopInitNormalizationTable[loop] = false;
  return true;
}
 
bool SageInterface::normalizeForLoopTest(SgForStatement* loop)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(loop != NULL);
 
  // Normalized the test expressions
  // -------------------------------------
#if 0  // this is undecided
  // skip for (;;) case
  SgStatement* test_stmt = loop->get_test();
  if (test_stmt!=NULL)
  {
    if (isSgNullStatement(test_stmt))
      return false;
  }
#endif
  SgExpression* test = loop->get_test_expr();
  SgExpression* testlhs=NULL, * testrhs=NULL;
  if (isSgBinaryOp(test))
  {
    testlhs = isSgBinaryOp(test)->get_lhs_operand();
    testrhs = isSgBinaryOp(test)->get_rhs_operand();
    ROSE_ASSERT(testlhs && testrhs);
  }
  else
    return false;
  // keep the variable since test will be removed later on
  SgVarRefExp* testlhs_var = isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(testlhs));
  if (testlhs_var == NULL )
    return false;
  SgVariableSymbol * var_symbol = testlhs_var->get_symbol();
  if (var_symbol==NULL)
    return false;
 
  switch (test->variantT()) {
    case V_SgLessThanOp:  // i<x is normalized to i<= (x-1)
      replaceExpression(test, buildLessOrEqualOp(deepCopy(testlhs),
            buildSubtractOp(deepCopy(testrhs), buildIntVal(1))));
      // deepDelete(test);// replaceExpression() does this already by default.
      break;
    case V_SgGreaterThanOp: // i>x is normalized to i>= (x+1)
      replaceExpression( test, buildGreaterOrEqualOp(deepCopy(testlhs),
            buildAddOp(deepCopy(testrhs), buildIntVal(1))));
      break;
    case V_SgLessOrEqualOp:
    case V_SgGreaterOrEqualOp:
    case V_SgNotEqualOp: //TODO Do we want to allow this?
      break;
    default:
      return false;
  }
  return true;
}
bool  SageInterface::normalizeForLoopIncrement(SgForStatement* loop)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(loop != NULL);
 
  SgExpression* test = loop->get_test_expr();
  SgExpression* testlhs=NULL, * testrhs=NULL;
  if (isSgBinaryOp(test))
  {
    testlhs = isSgBinaryOp(test)->get_lhs_operand();
    testrhs = isSgBinaryOp(test)->get_rhs_operand();
    ROSE_ASSERT(testlhs && testrhs);
  }
  else
    return false;
  // keep the variable since test will be removed later on
  SgVarRefExp* testlhs_var = isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(testlhs));
  if (testlhs_var == NULL )
    return false;
  SgVariableSymbol * var_symbol = testlhs_var->get_symbol();
  if (var_symbol==NULL)
    return false;
 
 
  // -------------------------------------
  SgExpression* incr = loop->get_increment();
  ROSE_ASSERT(incr != NULL);
  switch (incr->variantT()) {
    case V_SgPlusPlusOp: //i++ is normalized to i+=1
      {
        // check if the variables match
        SgVarRefExp* incr_var = isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(isSgPlusPlusOp(incr)->get_operand()));
        if (incr_var == NULL) return false;
        if ( incr_var->get_symbol() != var_symbol)
          return false;
        replaceExpression(incr,
            buildPlusAssignOp(isSgExpression(deepCopy(incr_var)),buildIntVal(1)));
        break;
      }
    case V_SgMinusMinusOp: //i-- is normalized to i+=-1
      {
        // check if the variables match
        SgVarRefExp* incr_var = isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(isSgMinusMinusOp(incr)->get_operand()));
        if (incr_var == NULL) return false;
        if ( incr_var->get_symbol() != var_symbol)
          return false;
        replaceExpression(incr,
            buildPlusAssignOp(isSgExpression(deepCopy(incr_var)), buildIntVal(-1)));
        break;
      }
    case V_SgMinusAssignOp: // i-= s is normalized to i+= -s
      {
        SgVarRefExp* incr_var = isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(isSgMinusAssignOp(incr)->get_lhs_operand()));
        SgExpression* rhs = isSgMinusAssignOp(incr)->get_rhs_operand();
        ROSE_ASSERT (rhs != NULL);
        if (incr_var == NULL) return false;
        if ( incr_var->get_symbol() != var_symbol)
          return false;
        replaceExpression(incr,
            buildPlusAssignOp(isSgExpression(deepCopy(incr_var)), buildMultiplyOp(buildIntVal(-1), copyExpression(rhs))));
        break;
      }
    case V_SgAssignOp:
    case V_SgPlusAssignOp:
      break;
    default:
      return false;
  }
 
  return true;
}
 
/*
The AST of switch-case statement 
 
AST using EDG 6.x
 
|___ *[0] ->@0x7f8d973f0010 SgSwitchStatement  switch-case.C 4:3
    |--- p_item_selector ->@0x7f8d9738e010 SgExprStatement  switch-case.C 4:10
    |   |___ p_expression ->@0x7f8d973bd010 SgVarRefExp  switch-case.C 4:10 init name@0x7f8d97757130 symbol name="a"
    |___ p_body ->@0x7f8d97522168 SgBasicBlock  switch-case.C 5:3
        |--- *[0] ->@0x7f8d97343010 SgCaseOptionStmt  switch-case.C 6:10
        |   |___ p_key ->@0x7f8d98d4c090 SgIntVal  switch-case.C 6:10 value=1 valueString=
        |--- *[1] ->@0x7f8d975222c0 SgBasicBlock  switch-case.C 7:7
        |   |--- *[0] ->@0x7f8d9738e070 SgExprStatement  switch-case.C 7:8
        |   |   |___ p_expression ->@0x7f8da76c2010 SgNullExpression compilerGenerated 0:0
        |   |___ *[1] ->@0x7f8d97308010 SgBreakStmt  switch-case.C 8:9
        |--- *[2] ->@0x7f8d972c5010 SgDefaultOptionStmt  switch-case.C 10:4
        |___ *[3] ->@0x7f8d97522418 SgBasicBlock  switch-case.C 11:7
            |___ *[0] ->@0x7f8d9738e0d0 SgExprStatement  switch-case.C 11:8
                |___ p_expression ->@0x7f8da76c2060 SgNullExpression compilerGenerated 0:0
 
AST using EDG 5.x
└──@0x7fd34c734010 SgSwitchStatement switch-case.cpp 4:3
    ├──@0x7fd34c6d2010 SgExprStatement switch-case.cpp 4:10
    │   └──@0x7fd34c701010 SgVarRefExp switch-case.cpp 4:10
    └──@0x7fd34c866168 SgBasicBlock switch-case.cpp 5:3
        ├──@0x7fd34c5b2010 SgCaseOptionStmt switch-case.cpp 6:10
        │   ├──@0x7fd34c5fd010 SgCastExp compilerGenerated 0:0
        │   │   └──@0x7fd34c63c010 SgBoolValExp switch-case.cpp 6:10
        │   ├──@0x7fd34c8662c0 SgBasicBlock switch-case.cpp 7:7
        │   │   └──@0x7fd34c6d2070 SgExprStatement switch-case.cpp 7:8
        │   │       └──@0x7fd34c6aa010 SgNullExpression compilerGenerated 0:0
        │   └── NULL 
        ├──@0x7fd34c5b20a8 SgCaseOptionStmt switch-case.cpp 9:10
        │   ├──@0x7fd34c5fd090 SgCastExp compilerGenerated 0:0
        │   │   └──@0x7fd34c63c070 SgBoolValExp switch-case.cpp 9:10
        │   ├──@0x7fd34c866418 SgBasicBlock switch-case.cpp 10:7
        │   │   └──@0x7fd34c6d20d0 SgExprStatement switch-case.cpp 10:8
        │   │       └──@0x7fd34c6aa060 SgNullExpression compilerGenerated 0:0
        │   └── NULL 
        └──@0x7fd34c56f010 SgDefaultOptionStmt switch-case.cpp 12:5
            └──@0x7fd34c866570 SgBasicBlock switch-case.cpp 13:7
                └──@0x7fd34c6d2130 SgExprStatement switch-case.cpp 13:8
                    └──@0x7fd34c6aa0b0 SgNullExpression compilerGenerated 0:0
 
*/
bool SageInterface::normalizeCaseAndDefaultBlocks(SgSwitchStatement* switchStmt) {
  bool changed = false;
  // Only act on switch statements
  if (!switchStmt) return changed;
 
  // The body of the switch should be a basic block
  SgBasicBlock* bodyBlock = isSgBasicBlock(switchStmt->get_body());
  if (!bodyBlock) return changed;
 
  // Copy the list of statements to allow modification
  SgStatementPtrList& stmtList = bodyBlock->get_statements();
  std::vector<SgStatement*> stmts(stmtList.begin(), stmtList.end());
  int n = static_cast<int>(stmts.size());
 
  // Walk through statements, detecting case/default labels
  // Note that this for loop does not have i++! 
  for (int i = 0; i < n; ) {
    SgStatement* curr = stmts[i];
    // We expect curr is either SgCaseOptionStmt or SgDefaultOptionStmt at this point
    //  
    // Helper lambda to handle a label statement of either SgCaseOptionStmt or SgDefaultOptionStmt
    auto processLabel = [&](SgStatement* labelStmt) {
 
      // set j to next statement after the label statmt
      int j = i + 1;
      std::vector<SgStatement*> toWrap;
      // Collect statements until next case/default or end
      while (j < n && !isSgCaseOptionStmt(stmts[j]) && !isSgDefaultOptionStmt(stmts[j])) {
        toWrap.push_back(stmts[j]);
        ++j;
      }
 
      // now the current statement is isSgCaseOptionStmt or isSgDefaultOptionStmt
      // Single-block case: if we collected exactly one basic-block and label has no body, just move it
      // I think the AST is constructed improperly
      if (toWrap.size() == 1
          && isSgBasicBlock(toWrap[0])
          && ((isSgCaseOptionStmt(labelStmt) && !isSgBasicBlock(isSgCaseOptionStmt(labelStmt)->get_body()))
            || (isSgDefaultOptionStmt(labelStmt) && !isSgBasicBlock(isSgDefaultOptionStmt(labelStmt)->get_body()))))
      {
#if 0
        //it seems like the body pointer is no longer used within the connection with EDG 6.x!!
        SgBasicBlock* moved = static_cast<SgBasicBlock*>(toWrap[0]);
        removeStatement (moved);
        if (auto c = isSgCaseOptionStmt(labelStmt)) {
          c->set_body(moved);
        } else if (auto d = isSgDefaultOptionStmt(labelStmt)) {
          d->set_body(moved);
        }
        moved->set_parent(labelStmt);
#endif      
        // no further wrapping or removal needed
      }
      else if (!toWrap.empty()) {
        // Build a new block around statements
        // NOTE: wrong code: buildBasicBlock_nfi() version was calleda
        // It does support vector of stmts. 
        // But we want to avoid the use of _nfi() version no file info (nfi) 
        // to avoid set file info. manually.
        SgBasicBlock* newBlock = buildBasicBlock();
        insertStatementAfter(labelStmt, newBlock);
        // Insert block after label
#if 0                    
        //it seems like the body pointer is no longer used within the connection with EDG 6.x!!
        // NOTE: becomes its body
        newBlock->set_parent(labelStmt); 
 
        // Attach block as body of the label
        if (auto caseLabel = isSgCaseOptionStmt(labelStmt)) {
          caseLabel->set_body(newBlock);
        } else if (auto defaultLabel = isSgDefaultOptionStmt(labelStmt)) {
          defaultLabel->set_body(newBlock);
        }
#endif      
        // Remove original flat statements
        for (auto* w: toWrap) {
          {
            // we must first remove it from original location, then append it to new location
            removeStatement(w);
            appendStatement(w, newBlock);
          }
        }
        changed = true;
      }
      return j; // next index to process
    };
 
    // adjust i
    if (auto caseLabel = isSgCaseOptionStmt(curr)) {
      i = processLabel(caseLabel);
    } else if (auto defaultLabel = isSgDefaultOptionStmt(curr)) {
      i = processLabel(defaultLabel);
    } else {
      ++i;
    }
  }
 
  return changed; 
}
 
// Her loop translation does not pass AST consistency tests so we rewrite some of them here
// NormalizeCPP.C  NormalizeLoopTraverse::ProcessLoop()
bool SageInterface::forLoopNormalization(SgForStatement* loop, bool foldConstant /*= true*/)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(loop != NULL);
  // Normalize initialization statement of the for loop
  // -------------------------------------
  // for (int i=0;... ) becomes int i; for (i=0;..)
  // Only roughly check here, isCanonicalForLoop() should be called to have a stricter check
  if (!normalizeForLoopInitDeclaration(loop))
    return false;
 
  // Normalized the test expressions
  if (!normalizeForLoopTest(loop))
    return false;
 
 // Normalize the increment expression
  if (!normalizeForLoopIncrement(loop))
    return false;
 
  // Normalize the loop body: ensure there is a basic block
  SgBasicBlock* body = ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfFor(loop);
  ROSE_ASSERT(body!=NULL);
   // Liao, 9/22/2009
   // folding entire loop may cause decreased accuracy for floating point operations
   // we only want to fold the loop controlling expressions
  if (foldConstant)
  {
    //constantFolding(loop->get_parent());
    constantFolding(loop->get_test());
    constantFolding(loop->get_increment());
  }
 
  return true;
}
 
bool SageInterface::doLoopNormalization(SgFortranDo* loop)
{
  // TODO, normalize continue to enddo ?
  ROSE_ASSERT (loop != NULL);
  SgExpression* e_3 = loop->get_increment();
  if (isSgNullExpression(e_3))
  {
    SgIntVal* iv = buildIntVal(1);
    loop->set_increment(iv);
    iv->set_parent(loop);
    delete (e_3);
  }
  return true;
}
 
#if 0
bool SageInterface::loopUnrolling(SgForStatement* loop, size_t unrolling_factor)
{
  // normalize the loop first
  if (!forLoopNormalization(loop))
    return false; // input loop cannot be normalized to a canonical form
  // prepare Loop transformation environment
  SgFunctionDeclaration* func = getEnclosingFunctionDeclaration(loop);
  ROSE_ASSERT(func!=NULL);
  AstInterfaceImpl faImpl(func->get_definition()->get_body());
  AstInterface fa(&faImpl);
  ArrayAnnotation* annot = ArrayAnnotation::get_inst();
  ArrayInterface array_interface (*annot);
  array_interface.initialize(fa, AstNodePtrImpl(func->get_definition()));
  array_interface.observe(fa);
  LoopTransformInterface :: set_astInterface(fa);
  LoopTransformInterface :: set_arrayInterface(&array_interface);
 
  // invoke the unrolling defined in Qing's code
  // the traversal will skip the input node ptr, so we pass loop's parent ptr instead
  AstNodePtr result = AstNodePtrImpl(loop->get_parent()) ;
 
  LoopUnrolling lu(unrolling_factor);
  //LoopUnrolling lu(unrolling_factor,LoopUnrolling::COND_LEFTOVER);//works but not a good choice
  //if (lu.cmdline_configure()) // this will cause unrolling to be skipped if no -unroll is used in command line
  result = lu(lpTrans, result);
  return true;
}
#else
 
// a brand new serious implementation for loop unrolling, Liao, 6/25/2009
/* Handle left-over iterations if iteration_count%unrolling_factor != 0
 * Handle stride (step) >1
 * Assuming loop is normalized to [lb,ub,step], ub is inclusive (<=, >=)
 *
 *  iteration_count = (ub-lb+1)%step ==0?(ub-lb+1)/step: (ub-lb+1)/step+1
 *  fringe = iteration_count%unroll_factor==0 ? 0:unroll_factor*step;
 *    fringe ==0 if no leftover iterations
 *    otherwise adjust ub so the leftover iterations will put into the last fringe loop
 *  unrolled loop's header: for (i=lb;i<=ub - fringe; i+= step*unroll_factor)
 *  loop body: copy body n times from 0 to factor -1
 *     stmt(i+ 0*step); ...; stmt (i+ (factor-1)*step);
 *  fringe loop: the same as the original loop, except for no init statement
 *
 * e.g:
 * // unrolling 3 times for the following loop with stride !=1
 *       for (i=0; i<=9; i+=3)
 *       {
 *         a[i]=i;
 *       }
 * // it becomes
 *     // iteration count = 10%3=1 -> 10/3+1 = 4
 *     // fringe = 4%3 =1 --> 3*3
 *     // ub-fringe = 9-3*3
 *        for (i=0; i<=9-3*3; i+=3*3)
 *     {
 *       a[i+3*0]=i;
 *       a[i+3*1]=i;
 *       a[i+3*2]=i;
 *     }
 *     // i=9 is the leftover iteration
 *     for (; i<=9; i+=3)
 *     {
 *       a[i]=i;
 *     }
 *
 */
bool SageInterface::loopUnrolling(SgForStatement* target_loop, size_t unrolling_factor)
{
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
  //Handle 0 and 1, which means no unrolling at all
  if (unrolling_factor <= 1)
    return true;
 
  // normalize the target loop first
 
  // DQ (3/25/2017): Fixed Clang warning: warning: if statement has empty body [-Wempty-body]
  if (!forLoopNormalization(target_loop))
  {
    // the return value is not reliable
    //    cerr<<"Error in SageInterface::loopUnrolling(): target loop cannot be normalized."<<endl;
    //    dumpInfo(target_loop);
    //    return false;
  }
  // grab the target loop's essential header information
  SgInitializedName* ivar = NULL;
  SgExpression* lb = NULL;
  SgExpression* ub = NULL;
  SgExpression* step = NULL;
  SgStatement* orig_body = NULL;
  if (!isCanonicalForLoop(target_loop, &ivar, &lb, &ub, &step, &orig_body))
  {
    cerr<<"Error in SageInterface::loopUnrolling(): target loop is not canonical."<<endl;
    dumpInfo(target_loop);
    return false;
  }
  ROSE_ASSERT(ivar&& lb && ub && step);
  ROSE_ASSERT(isSgBasicBlock(orig_body));
 
   // generate the fringe loop
   bool needFringe = true;
   SgForStatement* fringe_loop = deepCopy<SgForStatement>(target_loop);
   insertStatementAfter(target_loop,fringe_loop);
   removeStatement(fringe_loop->get_for_init_stmt());
   fringe_loop->set_for_init_stmt(NULL);
 
  // _lu_iter_count = (ub-lb+1)%step ==0?(ub-lb+1)/step: (ub-lb+1)/step+1;
  SgExpression* raw_range_exp =buildSubtractOp(buildAddOp(copyExpression(ub),buildIntVal(1)),
            copyExpression(lb));
  raw_range_exp->set_need_paren(true);
  SgExpression* range_d_step_exp = buildDivideOp(raw_range_exp,copyExpression(step));//(ub-lb+1)/step
  SgExpression* condition_1 = buildEqualityOp(buildModOp(copyExpression(raw_range_exp),copyExpression(step)),buildIntVal(0)); //(ub-lb+1)%step ==0
 
  SgExpression* iter_count_exp = buildConditionalExp(condition_1,range_d_step_exp, buildAddOp(copyExpression(range_d_step_exp),buildIntVal(1)));
  // fringe = iteration_count%unroll_factor==0 ? 0:unroll_factor*step
  SgExpression* condition_2 = buildEqualityOp(buildModOp(iter_count_exp, buildIntVal(unrolling_factor)), buildIntVal(0));
  SgExpression* initor = buildConditionalExp(condition_2, buildIntVal(0), buildMultiplyOp(buildIntVal(unrolling_factor),copyExpression(step)));
 
   SgScopeStatement* scope = target_loop->get_scope();
   ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
   string fringe_name = "_lu_fringe_"+ StringUtility::numberToString(++gensym_counter);
   SgVariableDeclaration* fringe_decl = buildVariableDeclaration(fringe_name, buildIntType(),buildAssignInitializer(initor), scope);
   insertStatementBefore(target_loop, fringe_decl);
   attachComment(fringe_decl, "iter_count = (ub-lb+1)%step ==0?(ub-lb+1)/step: (ub-lb+1)/step+1;");
   attachComment(fringe_decl, "fringe = iter_count%unroll_factor==0 ? 0:unroll_factor*step");
 
  // compile-time evaluate to see if index is a constant of value 0
  // if so, the iteration count can be divided even by the unrolling factor
  // and no fringe loop is needed
  // WE have to fold on its parent node to get a possible constant since
  // constant folding only folds children nodes, not the current node to a constant
   ConstantFolding::constantFoldingOptimization(fringe_decl,false);
   SgInitializedName * ivarname = fringe_decl->get_variables().front();
   ROSE_ASSERT(ivarname != NULL);
   // points to a new address if constant folding happens
   SgAssignInitializer * init1 = isSgAssignInitializer(ivarname->get_initializer());
   if (init1)
    if (isSgIntVal(init1->get_operand_i()))
     if (isSgIntVal(init1->get_operand_i())->get_value() == 0)
       needFringe = false;
 
  // rewrite loop header ub --> ub -fringe; step --> step *unrolling_factor
   SgBinaryOp* ub_bin_op = isSgBinaryOp(ub->get_parent());
   ROSE_ASSERT(ub_bin_op);
   if (needFringe)
     ub_bin_op->set_rhs_operand(buildSubtractOp(copyExpression(ub),buildVarRefExp(fringe_name,scope)));
   else
   {
     ub_bin_op->set_rhs_operand(copyExpression(ub));
     removeStatement(fringe_decl);
   }
 
   SgBinaryOp* step_bin_op = isSgBinaryOp(step->get_parent());
   ROSE_ASSERT(step_bin_op != NULL);
   step_bin_op->set_rhs_operand(buildMultiplyOp(copyExpression(step),buildIntVal(unrolling_factor)));
 
   bool isPlus = false;
   if (isSgPlusAssignOp(step_bin_op))
     isPlus = true;
    else if (isSgMinusAssignOp(step_bin_op))
      isPlus = false;
    else
    {
      cerr<<"Error in SageInterface::loopUnrolling(): illegal incremental exp of a canonical loop"<<endl;
      dumpInfo(step_bin_op);
      ROSE_ABORT();
    }
 
   // copy loop body factor -1 times, and replace reference to ivar  with ivar +/- step*[1 to factor-1]
   for (size_t i =1; i<unrolling_factor; i++)
   {
     SgBasicBlock* body = isSgBasicBlock(deepCopy(fringe_loop->get_loop_body())); // normalized loop has a BB body
     ROSE_ASSERT(body);
     std::vector<SgVarRefExp*> refs = querySubTree<SgVarRefExp> (body, V_SgVarRefExp);
     for (std::vector<SgVarRefExp*>::iterator iter = refs.begin(); iter !=refs.end(); iter++)
     {
       SgVarRefExp* refexp = *iter;
       if (refexp->get_symbol()==ivar->get_symbol_from_symbol_table())
       {
         // replace reference to ivar with ivar +/- step*i
         SgExpression* new_exp = NULL;
         //build replacement  expression for every appearance
         if (isPlus) //ivar +/- step * i
         new_exp = buildAddOp(buildVarRefExp(ivar,scope),buildMultiplyOp(copyExpression(step),buildIntVal(i)));
         else
         new_exp = buildSubtractOp(buildVarRefExp(ivar,scope),buildMultiplyOp(copyExpression(step),buildIntVal(i)));
 
         // replace it with the right one
         replaceExpression(refexp, new_exp);
       }
     }
     // copy body to loop body, this should be a better choice
     // to avoid redefinition of variables after unrolling (new scope is introduced to avoid this)
     appendStatement(body,isSgBasicBlock(orig_body));
    // moveStatementsBetweenBlocks(body,isSgBasicBlock(orig_body));
   }
 
   // remove the fringe loop if not needed finally
   // it is used to buffering the original loop body before in either cases
   if (!needFringe)
     removeStatement(fringe_loop);
 
   // constant folding for the transformed AST
   ConstantFolding::constantFoldingOptimization(scope,false);
   //ConstantFolding::constantFoldingOptimization(getProject(),false);
 
#endif
 
  return true;
}
#endif
 
// Liao, 6/15/2009
static size_t myfactorial (size_t n)
{
  size_t result=1;
  for (size_t i=2; i<=n; i++)
    result*=i;
  return result;
}
 
#endif
 
#ifndef USE_ROSE
 
std::vector<size_t> getPermutationOrder( size_t n, size_t lexicoOrder)
{
  size_t k = lexicoOrder;
  std::vector<size_t> s(n);
  // initialize the permutation vector
  for (size_t i=0; i<n; i++)
    s[i]=i;
 
  //compute (n- 1)!
  size_t factorial = myfactorial(n-1);
  //check if the number is not in the range of [0, n! - 1]
  if (k/n>=factorial)
  {
    printf("Error: in getPermutationOrder(), lexicoOrder is larger than n!-1\n");
    ROSE_ABORT();
  }
  // Algorithm:
  //check each element of the array, excluding the right most one.
  //the goal is to find the right element for each s[j] from 0 to n-2
  // method: each position is associated a factorial number
  //    s[0] -> (n-1)!
  //    s[1] -> (n-2)! ...
  // the input number k is divided by the factorial at each position (6, 3, 2, 1 for size =4)
  //   so only big enough k can have non-zero value after division
  //   0 value means no change to the position for the current iteration
  // The non-zero value is further modular by the number of the right hand elements of the current element.
  //     (mode on 4, 3, 2 to get offset 1-2-3, 1-2, 1 from the current position 0, 1, 2)
  //  choose one of them to be moved to the current position,
  //  shift elements between the current and the moved element to the right direction for one position
  for (size_t j=0; j<n-1; j++)
  {
    //calculates the next cell from the cells left
    //(the cells in the range [j, s.length - 1])
    int tempj = (k/factorial) % (n - j);
    //Temporarily saves the value of the cell needed
    // to add to the permutation this time
    int temps = s[j+tempj];
    //shift all elements to "cover" the "missing" cell
    //shift them to the right
    for (size_t i=j+tempj; i>j; i--)
    {
      s[i] = s[i-1]; //shift the chain right
    }
    // put the chosen cell in the correct spot
    s[j]= temps;
    // updates the factorial
    factorial = factorial /(n-(j+1));
  }
#if 0
  for (size_t i = 0; i<n; i++)
    cout<<" "<<s[i];
  cout<<endl;
#endif
  return s;
}
 
/* Translation
 Before:
  for (i = 0; i < 100; i++)
    for (j = 0; j < 100; j++)
      for (k = 0; k < 100; k++)
        c[i][j]= c[i][j]+a[i][k]*b[k][j];
 
  After tiling i loop nest's level 3 (k-loop) with size 5, it becomes
 
// added a new controlling loop at the outer most level
  int _lt_var_k;
  for (_lt_var_k = 0; _lt_var_k <= 99; _lt_var_k += 1 * 5) {
    for (i = 0; i < 100; i++)
      for (j = 0; j < 100; j++)
        // rewritten loop header , normalized also
        for (k = _lt_var_k; k <= (99 < (_lt_var_k + 5 - 1))?99 : (_lt_var_k + 5 - 1); k += 1) {
          c[i][j] = c[i][j] + a[i][k] * b[k][j];
        }
  }
// finally run constant folding
 
 */
bool SageInterface::loopTiling(SgForStatement* loopNest, size_t targetLevel, size_t tileSize)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(loopNest != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT(targetLevel >0);
 // ROSE_ASSERT(tileSize>0);// 1 is allowed
 // skip tiling if tiling size is 0 (no tiling), we allow 0 to get a reference value for the original code being tuned
 // 1 (no need to tile)
  if (tileSize<=1)
    return true;
  // Locate the target loop at level n
  std::vector<SgForStatement* > loops= SageInterface::querySubTree<SgForStatement>(loopNest,V_SgForStatement);
  ROSE_ASSERT(loops.size()>=targetLevel);
  SgForStatement* target_loop = loops[targetLevel -1]; // adjust to numbering starting from 0
 
  // DQ (3/25/2017): Fixed Clang warning: warning: if statement has empty body [-Wempty-body]
  // normalize the target loop first
  if (!forLoopNormalization(target_loop))
  {// the return value is not reliable
//    cerr<<"Error in SageInterface::loopTiling(): target loop cannot be normalized."<<endl;
//    dumpInfo(target_loop);
//    return false;
  }
   // grab the target loop's essential header information
   SgInitializedName* ivar = NULL;
   SgExpression* lb = NULL;
   SgExpression* ub = NULL;
   SgExpression* step = NULL;
   if (!isCanonicalForLoop(target_loop, &ivar, &lb, &ub, &step, NULL))
   {
     cerr<<"Error in SageInterface::loopTiling(): target loop is not canonical."<<endl;
     dumpInfo(target_loop);
     return false;
   }
   ROSE_ASSERT(ivar&& lb && ub && step);
 
  // Add a controlling loop around the top loop nest
  // Ensure the parent can hold more than one children
  SgLocatedNode* parent = NULL; //SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsParent(loopNest)
  if (isBodyStatement(loopNest)) // if it is a single body statement (Already a for statement, not a basic block)
   parent = makeSingleStatementBodyToBlock (loopNest);
  else
    parent = isSgLocatedNode(loopNest ->get_parent());
 
  ROSE_ASSERT(parent!= NULL);
     // Now we can prepend a controlling loop index variable: __lt_var_originalIndex
  string ivar2_name = "_lt_var_"+ivar->get_name().getString();
  SgScopeStatement* scope = loopNest->get_scope();
  SgVariableDeclaration* loop_index_decl = buildVariableDeclaration
  (ivar2_name, buildIntType(),NULL, scope);
  insertStatementBefore(loopNest, loop_index_decl);
   // init statement of the loop header, copy the lower bound
   SgStatement* init_stmt = buildAssignStatement(buildVarRefExp(ivar2_name,scope), copyExpression(lb));
   //two cases <= or >= for a normalized loop
   SgExprStatement* cond_stmt = NULL;
   SgExpression* orig_test = target_loop->get_test_expr();
   if (isSgBinaryOp(orig_test))
   {
     if (isSgLessOrEqualOp(orig_test))
       cond_stmt = buildExprStatement(buildLessOrEqualOp(buildVarRefExp(ivar2_name,scope),copyExpression(ub)));
     else if (isSgGreaterOrEqualOp(orig_test))
     {
       cond_stmt = buildExprStatement(buildGreaterOrEqualOp(buildVarRefExp(ivar2_name,scope),copyExpression(ub)));
       }
     else
     {
       cerr<<"Error: illegal condition operator for a canonical loop"<<endl;
       dumpInfo(orig_test);
       ROSE_ABORT();
     }
   }
   else
   {
     cerr<<"Error: illegal condition expression for a canonical loop"<<endl;
     dumpInfo(orig_test);
     ROSE_ABORT();
   }
   ROSE_ASSERT(cond_stmt != NULL);
 
   // build loop incremental  I
   // expression var+=up*tilesize or var-=upper * tilesize
   SgExpression* incr_exp = NULL;
   SgExpression* orig_incr_exp = target_loop->get_increment();
   if( isSgPlusAssignOp(orig_incr_exp))
   {
     incr_exp = buildPlusAssignOp(buildVarRefExp(ivar2_name,scope), buildMultiplyOp(copyExpression(step), buildIntVal(tileSize)));
   }
    else if (isSgMinusAssignOp(orig_incr_exp))
    {
      incr_exp = buildMinusAssignOp(buildVarRefExp(ivar2_name,scope), buildMultiplyOp(copyExpression(step), buildIntVal(tileSize)));
    }
    else
    {
      cerr<<"Error: illegal increment expression for a canonical loop"<<endl;
      dumpInfo(orig_incr_exp);
      ROSE_ABORT();
    }
    SgForStatement* control_loop = buildForStatement(init_stmt, cond_stmt,incr_exp, buildBasicBlock());
  insertStatementBefore(loopNest, control_loop);
  // move loopNest into the control loop
  removeStatement(loopNest);
  appendStatement(loopNest,isSgBasicBlock(control_loop->get_loop_body()));
 
  // rewrite the lower (i=lb), upper bounds (i<=/>= ub) of the target loop
  SgAssignOp* assign_op  = isSgAssignOp(lb->get_parent());
  ROSE_ASSERT(assign_op);
  assign_op->set_rhs_operand(buildVarRefExp(ivar2_name,scope));
    // ub< var_i+tileSize-1? ub:var_i+tileSize-1
  SgBinaryOp* bin_op = isSgBinaryOp(ub->get_parent());
  ROSE_ASSERT(bin_op);
  SgExpression* ub2 = buildSubtractOp(buildAddOp(buildVarRefExp(ivar2_name,scope), buildIntVal(tileSize)), buildIntVal(1));
  SgExpression* test_exp = buildLessThanOp(copyExpression(ub),ub2);
  test_exp->set_need_paren(true);
  ub->set_need_paren(true);
  ub2->set_need_paren(true);
  SgConditionalExp * triple_exp = buildConditionalExp(test_exp,copyExpression(ub), copyExpression(ub2));
  bin_op->set_rhs_operand(triple_exp);
  // constant folding
  // folding entire loop may decrease the accuracy of floating point calculation
  // we fold loop control expressions only
  //constantFolding(control_loop->get_scope());
  constantFolding(control_loop->get_test());
  constantFolding(control_loop->get_increment());
  return true;
}
 
bool SageInterface::loopInterchange(SgForStatement* loop, size_t depth, size_t lexicoOrder)
{
  if (lexicoOrder == 0) // allow 0 to mean no interchange at all
    return true;
  // parameter verification
  ROSE_ASSERT(loop != NULL);
  //must have at least two levels
  ROSE_ASSERT (depth >1);
  ROSE_ASSERT(lexicoOrder<myfactorial(depth));
  //TODO need to verify the input loop has n perfectly-nested children loops inside
  // save the loop nest's headers: init, test, and increment
  std::vector<SgForStatement* > loopNest = SageInterface::querySubTree<SgForStatement>(loop,V_SgForStatement);
  ROSE_ASSERT(loopNest.size()>=depth);
  std::vector<std::vector<SgNode*> > loopHeads;
  for (std::vector<SgForStatement* > ::iterator i = loopNest.begin(); i!= loopNest.end(); i++)
  {
    SgForStatement* cur_loop = *i;
    std::vector<SgNode*> head;
    head.push_back(cur_loop->get_for_init_stmt());
    head.push_back(cur_loop->get_test());
    head.push_back(cur_loop->get_increment());
    loopHeads.push_back(head);
  }
 
  // convert the lexicographical number to a permutation order array permutation[depth]
  std::vector<size_t> changedOrder = getPermutationOrder (depth, lexicoOrder);
  // rewrite the loop nest to reflect the permutation
  // set the header to the new header based on the permutation array
  for (size_t i=0; i<depth; i++)
  {
    // only rewrite if necessary
    if (i != changedOrder[i])
    {
      SgForStatement* cur_loop = loopNest[i];
      std::vector<SgNode*> newhead = loopHeads[changedOrder[i]];
 
      SgForInitStatement* init = isSgForInitStatement(newhead[0]);
      //ROSE_ASSERT(init != NULL) // could be NULL?
      ROSE_ASSERT(init != cur_loop->get_for_init_stmt());
      cur_loop->set_for_init_stmt(init);
      if (init)
      {
        init->set_parent(cur_loop);
        setSourcePositionForTransformation(init);
      }
 
      SgStatement* test = isSgStatement(newhead[1]);
      cur_loop->set_test(test);
      if (test)
      {
        test->set_parent(cur_loop);
        setSourcePositionForTransformation(test);
      }
 
      SgExpression* incr = isSgExpression(newhead[2]);
      cur_loop->set_increment(incr);
      if (incr)
      {
        incr->set_parent(cur_loop);
        setSourcePositionForTransformation(incr);
      }
    }
  }
  return true;
}
 
SgInitializedName* SageInterface::getLoopIndexVariable(SgNode* loop)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(loop != NULL);
  SgInitializedName* ivarname=NULL;
 
  // Fortran case ------------------
  if (SgFortranDo * do_loop = isSgFortranDo(loop))
  {
    SgAssignOp* assign_op = isSgAssignOp (do_loop->get_initialization());
    ROSE_ASSERT (assign_op != NULL);
    SgVarRefExp* var = isSgVarRefExp(assign_op->get_lhs_operand());
    ROSE_ASSERT (var != NULL);
    ivarname = var->get_symbol()->get_declaration();
    ROSE_ASSERT (ivarname != NULL);
    return ivarname;
  }
  // C/C++ case ------------------------------
  SgForStatement* fs = isSgForStatement(loop);
  if (fs == NULL)
  {
    return NULL;
  }
  // we only handle C/C++ for loops and Fortran Do loops.
  // Any other kinds of loops (while, do-while,etc.) are skipped and return NULL;
  // ROSE_ASSERT (fs != NULL);
 
  //Check initialization statement is something like i=xx;
  SgStatementPtrList & init = fs->get_init_stmt();
  if (init.size() !=1)
  {
    cerr<<"SageInterface::getLoopIndexVariable(), no or more than one initialization statements are encountered. Not supported yet "<<endl;
    //ROSE_ASSERT(false);
    return NULL;
  }
  SgStatement* init1 = init.front();
  SgExpression* ivarast=NULL;
 
  // DQ (3/20/2016): Note that GNU compiler reports these variables are set but not used.
  //bool isCase1=false, isCase2=false;
 
  //consider C99 style: for (int i=0;...)
  if (isSgVariableDeclaration(init1))
  {
    SgVariableDeclaration* decl = isSgVariableDeclaration(init1);
    ivarname = decl->get_variables().front();
    ROSE_ASSERT(ivarname != NULL);
    //SgInitializer * initor = ivarname->get_initializer();
   // if (isSgAssignInitializer(initor))
   //   isCase1 = true;
  }// other regular case: for (i=0;..)
  else if (isAssignmentStatement(init1, &ivarast))
  {
    SgVarRefExp* var = isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(ivarast));
    if (var)
    {
      ivarname = var->get_symbol()->get_declaration();
      //isCase2 = true;
    }
  }
  else if (SgExprStatement* exp_stmt = isSgExprStatement(init1))
  { //case like: for (i = 1, len1 = 0, len2=0; i <= n; i++)
     // AST is: SgCommaOpExp -> SgAssignOp -> SgVarRefExp
    if (SgCommaOpExp* comma_exp = isSgCommaOpExp(exp_stmt->get_expression()))
    {
      SgCommaOpExp* leaf_exp = comma_exp;
      while (isSgCommaOpExp(leaf_exp->get_lhs_operand()))
        leaf_exp = isSgCommaOpExp(leaf_exp->get_lhs_operand());
      if (SgAssignOp* assign_op = isSgAssignOp(leaf_exp->get_lhs_operand()))
      {
        SgVarRefExp* var = isSgVarRefExp(assign_op->get_lhs_operand());
        if (var)
        {
          ivarname = var->get_symbol()->get_declaration();
        }
      }
    }
  }
  else
  {
 
    mlog[Sawyer::Message::Common::WARN] <<"Warning: SageInterface::getLoopIndexVariable(). Unhandled init_stmt type of SgForStatement"<<endl;
    mlog[Sawyer::Message::Common::WARN] <<"Init statement is :"<<init1->class_name() <<" " <<init1->unparseToString()<<endl;
    init1->get_file_info()->display("Debug");
 
    return NULL;
    //ROSE_ASSERT (false);
  }
  // Cannot be both true
 // ROSE_ASSERT(!(isCase1&&isCase2));
 
  //Check loop index's type
  //ROSE_ASSERT(isStrictIntegerType(ivarname->get_type()));
  return ivarname;
}
 
bool SageInterface::isLoopIndexVariable(SgInitializedName* ivar, SgNode* subtree_root)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (ivar != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (subtree_root != NULL);
  bool result = false;
  SgScopeStatement * cur_loop = findEnclosingLoop (getEnclosingStatement(subtree_root));
  while (cur_loop)
  {
    SgInitializedName * i_index = getLoopIndexVariable (cur_loop);
    if (i_index == ivar)
    {
      result = true;
      break;
    }
    else
    { // findEnclosingLoop() is inclusive.
      cur_loop = findEnclosingLoop (getEnclosingStatement(cur_loop->get_parent()));
    }
  }
  return result;
}
 
 
bool SageInterface::hasMultipleInitStatmentsOrExpressions (SgForStatement* loop)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (loop !=NULL);
  SgStatementPtrList& stmt_list = loop->get_init_stmt();
  if (stmt_list.size() >1) return true; // two var decl statements
  if (stmt_list.size() == 0) return false;
 
//  generateDOTforMultipleFile(*getProject());
  //single variable declaration statement, like int i;
  SgVariableDeclaration* decl_stmt = isSgVariableDeclaration(stmt_list[0]);
  if (decl_stmt != NULL)
    return false;
 
  // single statement, but with comma expression (i=0, j=0)
  SgExprStatement* exp_stmt = isSgExprStatement(stmt_list[0]);
  ROSE_ASSERT (exp_stmt != NULL);
  if (isSgCommaOpExp (exp_stmt->get_expression()) )
  {
     return true;
  }
 
    return false;
}
bool SageInterface::isCanonicalDoLoop(SgFortranDo* loop,SgInitializedName** ivar/*=NULL*/, SgExpression** lb/*=NULL*/, SgExpression** ub/*=NULL*/, SgExpression** step/*=NULL*/, SgStatement** body/*=NULL*/, bool *hasIncrementalIterationSpace/*= NULL*/, bool* isInclusiveUpperBound/*=NULL*/)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(loop != NULL);
  SgFortranDo* fs = isSgFortranDo(loop);
  if (fs == NULL)
    return false;
  // 1. Check initialization statement is something like i=xx;
  SgExpression * init = fs->get_initialization();
  if (init == NULL)
    return false;
  SgAssignOp* init_assign = isSgAssignOp (init);
  SgExpression *lbast=NULL, *ubast=NULL;
 // SgExpression* ivarast=NULL, *stepast=NULL;
  SgInitializedName* ivarname=NULL;
 
  bool isCase1=false;
  if (init_assign)
   {
     SgVarRefExp* var = isSgVarRefExp(init_assign->get_lhs_operand());
     if (var)
       ivarname = var->get_symbol()->get_declaration();
     lbast = init_assign->get_rhs_operand();
     if (ivarname && lbast )
       isCase1 = true;
   }
   // if not i=1
    if (!isCase1)
      return false;
 
  //Check loop index's type
  if (!SageInterface::isStrictIntegerType(ivarname->get_type()))
    return false;
#if 0
  //2. Check test expression i [<=, >=, <, > ,!=] bound
  SgBinaryOp* test = isSgBinaryOp(fs->get_test_expr());
  if (test == NULL)
    return false;
  switch (test->variantT()) {
    case V_SgLessOrEqualOp:
       if (isInclusiveUpperBound != NULL)
         *isInclusiveUpperBound = true;
       if (hasIncrementalIterationSpace != NULL)
         *hasIncrementalIterationSpace = true;
       break;
    case V_SgLessThanOp:
       if (isInclusiveUpperBound != NULL)
         *isInclusiveUpperBound = false;
       if (hasIncrementalIterationSpace != NULL)
         *hasIncrementalIterationSpace = true;
       break;
    case V_SgGreaterOrEqualOp:
       if (isInclusiveUpperBound != NULL)
         *isInclusiveUpperBound = true;
        if (hasIncrementalIterationSpace != NULL)
         *hasIncrementalIterationSpace = false;
      break;
    case V_SgGreaterThanOp:
       if (isInclusiveUpperBound != NULL)
         *isInclusiveUpperBound = false;
       if (hasIncrementalIterationSpace != NULL)
         *hasIncrementalIterationSpace = false;
      break;
//    case V_SgNotEqualOp: // Do we really want to allow this != operator ?
      break;
    default:
      return false;
  }
  // check the tested variable is the same as the loop index
  SgVarRefExp* testvar = isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(test->get_lhs_operand()));
  if (testvar == NULL)
    return false;
  if (testvar->get_symbol() != ivarname->get_symbol_from_symbol_table ())
    return false;
#endif
 //grab the upper bound
  ubast = loop->get_bound();
  // Fortran Do loops always have inclusive upper bound
  if (isInclusiveUpperBound != NULL)
     *isInclusiveUpperBound = true;
  //3. Check the increment expression
  SgExpression* incr = fs->get_increment();
  ROSE_ASSERT (incr != NULL);
  if (isSgNullExpression(incr))
  {
    cerr<<"Error:isCanonicalDoLoop() found NULL increment expression. Please call doLoopNormalization() first!"<<endl;
    ROSE_ASSERT (false);
  }
  if (hasIncrementalIterationSpace != NULL)
  {
     *hasIncrementalIterationSpace = true;
    // We can only tell a few cases
    if (SgIntVal* i_v = isSgIntVal(incr))
    {
      if (i_v->get_value()<0)
     *hasIncrementalIterationSpace = false;
    }
  }
#if 0
  SgVarRefExp* incr_var = NULL;
  switch (incr->variantT()) {
    case V_SgPlusAssignOp: //+=
    case V_SgMinusAssignOp://-=
      incr_var = isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(isSgBinaryOp(incr)->get_lhs_operand()));
      stepast = isSgBinaryOp(incr)->get_rhs_operand();
      break;
    case V_SgPlusPlusOp:   //++
    case V_SgMinusMinusOp:  //--
      incr_var = isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(isSgUnaryOp(incr)->get_operand()));
      stepast = buildIntVal(1); // will this dangling SgNode cause any problem?
      break;
    default:
      return false;
  }
  if (incr_var == NULL)
    return false;
  if (incr_var->get_symbol() != ivarname->get_symbol_from_symbol_table ())
    return false;
#endif
  // return loop information if requested
  if (ivar != NULL)
    *ivar = ivarname;
  if (lb != NULL)
    *lb = lbast;
  if (ub != NULL)
    *ub = ubast;
  if (step != NULL)
    *step = incr;
  if (body != NULL) {
    *body = fs->get_body();
  }
  return true;
}
//TODO: expose it to the namespace once it matures.
//  with a single entry at the top and a single exit at the bottom, or an OpenMP construct.
/*
From OpenMP 4.5 Specification
 
1.2.2 OpenMP Language Terminology
 
For C/C++, an executable statement, possibly compound, with a single entry at the
top and a single exit at the bottom, or an OpenMP construct.
 
For Fortran, a block of executable statements with a single entry at the top and a
single exit at the bottom, or an OpenMP construct.
 
COMMENTS:
 
For all base languages:
* Access to the structured block must not be the result of a branch; and
* The point of exit cannot be a branch out of the structured block.
 
 For C/C++:
* The point of entry must not be a call to setjmp();
* longjmp() and throw() must not violate the entry/exit criteria;
* Calls to exit() are allowed in a structured block; and
* An expression statement, iteration statement, selection statement, or try block is considered to be a structured block if the corresponding compound statement obtained by enclosing it in { and } would be a structured block.
 
For Fortran:
* STOP statements are allowed in a structured block.
 
*/
bool isStructuredBlock(SgStatement* s)
{
  bool rt = true;
  ROSE_ASSERT (s != NULL);
 
  // contain break;
  std::set<SgNode*>  bset = SgNodeHelper::loopRelevantBreakStmtNodes (s);
  if (bset.size()!=0 )
    rt = false;
  //TODO: contain goto statement, jumping to outside targets
  // longjump(), throw(),
  // calls to exit() are allowed.
 
  return rt;
 
}
 
//TODO check the loop index is not being written in the loop body
bool SageInterface::isCanonicalForLoop(SgNode* loop,SgInitializedName** ivar/*=NULL*/, SgExpression** lb/*=NULL*/, SgExpression** ub/*=NULL*/, SgExpression** step/*=NULL*/, SgStatement** body/*=NULL*/, bool *hasIncrementalIterationSpace/*= NULL*/, bool* isInclusiveUpperBound/*=NULL*/)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(loop != NULL);
  SgForStatement* fs = isSgForStatement(loop);
  //SgFortranDo* fs2 = isSgFortranDo(loop);
  if (fs == NULL)
  {
   // if (fs2)
   //   return isCanonicalDoLoop (fs2, ivar, lb, ub, step, body, hasIncrementalIterationSpace, isInclusiveUpperBound);
   // else
      return false;
   }
  // 1. Check initialization statement is something like i=xx;
  SgStatementPtrList & init = fs->get_init_stmt();
  if (init.size() !=1)
    return false;
  SgStatement* init1 = init.front();
  SgExpression* ivarast=NULL, *lbast=NULL, *ubast=NULL, *stepast=NULL;
  SgInitializedName* ivarname=NULL;
 
  bool isCase1=false, isCase2=false;
  //consider C99 style: for (int i=0;...)
  if (isSgVariableDeclaration(init1))
   {
     SgVariableDeclaration* decl = isSgVariableDeclaration(init1);
     ivarname = decl->get_variables().front();
     ROSE_ASSERT(ivarname != NULL);
     SgInitializer * initor = ivarname->get_initializer();
     if (isSgAssignInitializer(initor))
     {
       lbast = isSgAssignInitializer(initor)->get_operand();
       isCase1 = true;
     }
   }// other regular case: for (i=0;..)
   else if (isAssignmentStatement(init1, &ivarast, &lbast))
   {
     SgVarRefExp* var = isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(ivarast));
     if (var)
     {
       ivarname = var->get_symbol()->get_declaration();
       isCase2 = true;
     }
   }
   // Cannot be both true
   ROSE_ASSERT(!(isCase1&&isCase2));
   // if not either case is true
    if (!(isCase1||isCase2))
      return false;
 
  //Check loop index's type
  if (!isStrictIntegerType(ivarname->get_type()))
    return false;
 
  //2. Check test expression i [<=, >=, <, > ,!=] bound
  SgBinaryOp* test = isSgBinaryOp(fs->get_test_expr());
  if (test == NULL)
    return false;
  switch (test->variantT()) {
    case V_SgLessOrEqualOp:
       if (isInclusiveUpperBound != NULL)
         *isInclusiveUpperBound = true;
       if (hasIncrementalIterationSpace != NULL)
         *hasIncrementalIterationSpace = true;
       break;
    case V_SgLessThanOp:
       if (isInclusiveUpperBound != NULL)
         *isInclusiveUpperBound = false;
       if (hasIncrementalIterationSpace != NULL)
         *hasIncrementalIterationSpace = true;
       break;
    case V_SgGreaterOrEqualOp:
       if (isInclusiveUpperBound != NULL)
         *isInclusiveUpperBound = true;
        if (hasIncrementalIterationSpace != NULL)
         *hasIncrementalIterationSpace = false;
      break;
    case V_SgGreaterThanOp:
       if (isInclusiveUpperBound != NULL)
         *isInclusiveUpperBound = false;
       if (hasIncrementalIterationSpace != NULL)
         *hasIncrementalIterationSpace = false;
      break;
//    case V_SgNotEqualOp: // Do we really want to allow this != operator ?
      break;
    default:
      return false;
  }
  // check the tested variable is the same as the loop index
  SgVarRefExp* testvar = isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(test->get_lhs_operand()));
  if (testvar == NULL)
    return false;
  if (testvar->get_symbol() != ivarname->get_symbol_from_symbol_table ())
    return false;
  //grab the upper bound
  ubast = test->get_rhs_operand();
 
  //3. Check the increment expression
  /* Allowed forms
     ++var
     var++
     --var
     var--
 
     var += incr
     var -= incr
 
     var = var + incr
     var = incr + var
     var = var - incr
  */
  SgExpression* incr = fs->get_increment();
  SgVarRefExp* incr_var = NULL;
  switch (incr->variantT()) {
    case V_SgPlusAssignOp: //+=
    case V_SgMinusAssignOp://-=
      incr_var = isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(isSgBinaryOp(incr)->get_lhs_operand()));
      stepast = isSgBinaryOp(incr)->get_rhs_operand();
      break;
    case V_SgPlusPlusOp:   //++
    case V_SgMinusMinusOp:  //--
      incr_var = isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(isSgUnaryOp(incr)->get_operand()));
      stepast = buildIntVal(1); // will this dangling SgNode cause any problem?
      break;
    case V_SgAssignOp: { // cases : var + incr, var - incr, incr + var (not allowed: incr-var)
      incr_var=isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(isSgBinaryOp(incr)->get_lhs_operand()));
      if(incr_var == NULL)
        return false;
      SgAddOp* addOp=isSgAddOp(SkipCasting(isSgBinaryOp(incr)->get_rhs_operand()));
      SgSubtractOp* subtractOp=isSgSubtractOp(SkipCasting(isSgBinaryOp(incr)->get_rhs_operand()));
      SgBinaryOp* arithOp=0;
      if(addOp)
        arithOp=addOp;
      else if(subtractOp)
        arithOp=subtractOp;
      else
        return false;
      ROSE_ASSERT(arithOp!=0);
      if(SgVarRefExp* varRefExp=isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(isSgBinaryOp(arithOp)->get_lhs_operand()))) {
        // cases : var + incr, var - incr
        incr_var=varRefExp;
        stepast=isSgBinaryOp(arithOp)->get_rhs_operand();
      } else if(SgVarRefExp* varRefExp=isSgVarRefExp(SkipCasting(isSgBinaryOp(arithOp)->get_rhs_operand()))) {
        if(isSgAddOp(arithOp)) {
          // case : incr + var (not allowed: incr-var)
          incr_var=varRefExp;
          stepast=isSgBinaryOp(arithOp)->get_lhs_operand();
        }
      }
      break;
    } // end of V_AssignOp
    default:
      return false;
  }
 
  if (incr_var == NULL)
    return false;
  if (incr_var->get_symbol() != ivarname->get_symbol_from_symbol_table ())
    return false;
 
 
  // single entry and single exit?
  // only for C for loop for now
  // TODO: Fortran support later
  if (fs && !isStructuredBlock(fs->get_loop_body()) )
    return false;
 
  // return loop information if requested
  if (ivar != NULL)
    *ivar = ivarname;
  if (lb != NULL)
    *lb = lbast;
  if (ub != NULL)
    *ub = ubast;
  if (step != NULL)
    *step = stepast;
  if (body != NULL) {
    *body = fs->get_loop_body();
  }
  return true;
}
 
void SageInterface::setLoopLowerBound(SgNode* loop, SgExpression* lb)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(loop != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT(lb != NULL);
  SgForStatement* forstmt = isSgForStatement(loop);
  SgFortranDo* dostmt = isSgFortranDo(loop);
  //  ROSE_ASSERT(forstmt!= NULL);
 
  if (forstmt != NULL)
  {
    // two cases: init_stmt is
    //       SgExprStatement (assignment) like i=0;
    //       SgVariableDeclaration int i =0 or
    Rose_STL_Container<SgNode* > testList = NodeQuery::querySubTree( *((forstmt->get_init_stmt()).begin()), V_SgAssignOp);
    if (testList.size()>0) // assignment statement
    {
      ROSE_ASSERT(testList.size()==1);// only handle the case of 1 statement, canonical form
      SgAssignOp * assignop = isSgAssignOp((*testList.begin()));
      ROSE_ASSERT(assignop);
      if( assignop->get_rhs_operand()->get_lvalue())
        lb->set_lvalue(true);
      assignop->set_rhs_operand(lb);
      lb->set_parent(assignop);
      //TODO what happens to the original rhs operand?
    }
    else // variable declaration case
    {
      // SgVariableDeclaration
      Rose_STL_Container<SgNode* > testList = NodeQuery::querySubTree( *((forstmt->get_init_stmt()).begin()),  V_SgAssignInitializer );
      ROSE_ASSERT(testList.size()==1);// only handle the case of 1 statement, canonical form
      SgAssignInitializer* init = isSgAssignInitializer((*testList.begin()));
      ROSE_ASSERT(init != NULL);
      init->set_operand(lb);
      lb->set_parent(init);
      //TODO what happens to the original rhs operand?
    }
  }
  else if (dostmt != NULL)
  {
    SgExpression* init = dostmt->get_initialization();
    ROSE_ASSERT (init != NULL);
    SgAssignOp * a_op = isSgAssignOp (init);
    ROSE_ASSERT (a_op!=NULL);
    a_op->set_rhs_operand(lb);
    lb->set_parent(a_op);
    //TODO delete the previous operand?
  }
  else
  {
    cerr<<"Error. SageInterface::setLoopLowerBound(), illegal loop type:"<< loop->class_name()<<endl;
    ROSE_ASSERT (false);
  }
}
 
void SageInterface::setLoopUpperBound(SgNode* loop, SgExpression* ub)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(loop != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT(ub != NULL);
  SgForStatement* forstmt = isSgForStatement(loop);
  //  ROSE_ASSERT(forstmt!= NULL);
  SgFortranDo* dostmt = isSgFortranDo(loop);
  if (forstmt != NULL)
  {
    // set upper bound expression
    SgBinaryOp * binop= isSgBinaryOp(isSgExprStatement(forstmt->get_test())->get_expression());
    ROSE_ASSERT(binop != NULL);
    binop->set_rhs_operand(ub);
    ub->set_parent(binop);
  }
  else if (dostmt != NULL)
  {
    dostmt->set_bound(ub);
    ub->set_parent(dostmt);
    //TODO delete the original bound expression
  }
  else
  {
    cerr<<"Error. SageInterface::setLoopUpperBound(), illegal loop type:"<< loop->class_name()<<endl;
    ROSE_ASSERT (false);
  }
 
}
 
void SageInterface::setLoopStride(SgNode* loop, SgExpression* stride)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(loop != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT(stride != NULL);
  SgForStatement* forstmt = isSgForStatement(loop);
  SgFortranDo * dostmt = isSgFortranDo (loop);
  // ROSE_ASSERT(forstmt!= NULL);
  if (dostmt != NULL)
  {
    dostmt->set_increment(stride);
    stride->set_parent(dostmt);
    //TODO delete original increment expression
  }
  else  if (forstmt != NULL)
  {
    // set stride expression
    // case 1: i++ change to i+=stride
    Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> testList = NodeQuery::querySubTree( forstmt->get_increment(), V_SgPlusPlusOp);
    if (testList.size()>0)
    {
      ROSE_ASSERT(testList.size() == 1); // should have only one
      SgVarRefExp *loopvarexp = isSgVarRefExp(SageInterface::deepCopy
          (isSgPlusPlusOp( *testList.begin())->get_operand()));
      SgPlusAssignOp *plusassignop = buildPlusAssignOp(loopvarexp, stride);
      forstmt->set_increment(plusassignop);
    }
 
    // case 1.5: i-- also changed to i+=stride
    testList = NodeQuery::querySubTree(forstmt->get_increment(), V_SgMinusMinusOp);
    if (testList.size()>0)
    {
      ROSE_ASSERT(testList.size()==1);// should have only one
      SgVarRefExp *loopvarexp =isSgVarRefExp(SageInterface::deepCopy
          (isSgMinusMinusOp(*testList.begin())->get_operand()));
      SgPlusAssignOp *plusassignop = buildPlusAssignOp(loopvarexp, stride);
      forstmt->set_increment(plusassignop);
    }
 
    // case 2: i+=X
    testList = NodeQuery::querySubTree( forstmt->get_increment(), V_SgPlusAssignOp);
    if (testList.size()>0)
    {
      ROSE_ASSERT(testList.size()==1);// should have only one
      SgPlusAssignOp * assignop = isSgPlusAssignOp(*(testList.begin()));
      ROSE_ASSERT(assignop!=NULL);
      assignop->set_rhs_operand(stride);
    }
 
    // case 2.5: i-=X changed to i+=stride
    testList = NodeQuery::querySubTree(forstmt->get_increment(), V_SgMinusAssignOp);
    if (testList.size()>0)
    {
      ROSE_ASSERT(testList.size()==1);// should have only one
      SgVarRefExp *loopvarexp =isSgVarRefExp(SageInterface::deepCopy
          (isSgMinusAssignOp(*testList.begin())->get_lhs_operand()));
      SgExprStatement* exprstmt = isSgExprStatement((*testList.begin())->get_parent());
      ROSE_ASSERT(exprstmt !=NULL);
      SgPlusAssignOp *plusassignop = buildPlusAssignOp(loopvarexp, stride);
      exprstmt->set_expression(plusassignop);
    }
 
#if 0 // [Robb Matzke 2021-03-17]
    // DQ (1/3/2007): I think this is a meaningless statement.
    testList.empty();
#endif
    // case 3: i=i + X or i =X +i  i
    // TODO; what if users use i*=,etc ??
    //      send out a warning: not canonical FOR/DO loop
    //      or do this in the real frontend. MUST conform to canonical form
    testList = NodeQuery::querySubTree(forstmt->get_increment(), V_SgAddOp);
    if (testList.size()>0)
    {
      ROSE_ASSERT(testList.size()==1);// should have only one ??
      // consider only the top first one
      SgAddOp * addop = isSgAddOp(*(testList.begin()));
      ROSE_ASSERT(addop!=NULL);
      string loopvar= (isSgVarRefExp(isSgAssignOp(addop->get_parent())->get_lhs_operand())->get_symbol()->get_name()).getString();
      if (isSgVarRefExp(addop->get_rhs_operand())!=NULL)
      {
        if ((isSgVarRefExp(addop->get_rhs_operand())->get_symbol()->get_name()).getString() ==loopvar)
          addop->set_lhs_operand(stride);
        else
          addop->set_rhs_operand(stride);
      }
      else
        addop->set_rhs_operand(stride);
    }
 
    // case 3.5: i=i - X
    testList = NodeQuery::querySubTree(forstmt->get_increment(), V_SgSubtractOp);
    if (testList.size()>0)
    {
      ROSE_ASSERT(testList.size()==1);// should have only one ??
      // consider only the top first one
      SgSubtractOp * subtractop = isSgSubtractOp(*(testList.begin()));
      ROSE_ASSERT(subtractop!=NULL);
      SgVarRefExp *loopvarexp =isSgVarRefExp(SageInterface::deepCopy
          (isSgSubtractOp(*testList.begin())->get_lhs_operand()));
      SgAssignOp *assignop = isSgAssignOp((*testList.begin())->get_parent());
      ROSE_ASSERT(assignop !=NULL);
      SgPlusAssignOp *plusassignop = buildPlusAssignOp(loopvarexp, stride);
      assignop->set_rhs_operand(plusassignop);
    }
  }
  else
  {
    cerr<<"Error. SageInterface::setLoopStride(), illegal loop type:"<< loop->class_name()<<endl;
    ROSE_ASSERT (false);
 
  }
}
 
bool SageInterface::isAssignmentStatement(SgNode* s, SgExpression** lhs/*=NULL*/, SgExpression** rhs/*=NULL*/, bool* readlhs/*=NULL*/)
{
  SgExprStatement *n = isSgExprStatement(s);
  SgExpression *exp = (n != 0)? n->get_expression() : isSgExpression(s);
  if (exp != 0) {
    switch (exp->variantT()) {
      case V_SgPlusAssignOp:
      case V_SgMinusAssignOp:
      case V_SgAndAssignOp:
      case V_SgIorAssignOp:
      case V_SgMultAssignOp:
      case V_SgDivAssignOp:
      case V_SgModAssignOp:
      case V_SgXorAssignOp:
      case V_SgAssignOp:
        {
          SgBinaryOp* s2 = isSgBinaryOp(exp);
          if (lhs != 0)
            *lhs = s2->get_lhs_operand();
          if (rhs != 0) {
            SgExpression* init = s2->get_rhs_operand();
            if ( init->variantT() == V_SgAssignInitializer)
              init = isSgAssignInitializer(init)->get_operand();
            *rhs = init;
          }
          if (readlhs != 0)
            *readlhs = (exp->variantT() != V_SgAssignOp);
          return true;
        }
      default:
         return false;
    }
  }
  return false;
}
 
 
void
SageInterface::removeConsecutiveLabels(SgNode* top)
   {
     Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> gotos = NodeQuery::querySubTree(top,V_SgGotoStatement);
     for (size_t i = 0; i < gotos.size(); ++i)
        {
          SgGotoStatement* gs = isSgGotoStatement(gotos[i]);
          SgLabelStatement* ls = gs->get_label();
          SgBasicBlock* lsParent = isSgBasicBlock(ls->get_parent());
          if (!lsParent) continue;
          SgStatementPtrList& bbStatements = lsParent->get_statements();
 
          size_t j = std::find(bbStatements.begin(), bbStatements.end(), ls) - bbStatements.begin();
 
          ROSE_ASSERT (j != bbStatements.size());
 
          while (j < bbStatements.size() - 1 && isSgLabelStatement(bbStatements[j + 1]))
             {
               ++j;
             }
          gs->set_label(isSgLabelStatement(bbStatements[j]));
        }
   }
 
bool SageInterface::mergeDeclarationAndAssignment (SgVariableDeclaration* decl, SgExprStatement* assign_stmt, bool removeAssignStmt /*= true*/)
{
   return  mergeAssignmentWithDeclaration (assign_stmt, decl, removeAssignStmt);
}
 
bool SageInterface::mergeAssignmentWithDeclaration(SgExprStatement* assign_stmt, SgVariableDeclaration* decl, bool removeAssignStmt /*= true*/)
{
  bool rt= true;
  ROSE_ASSERT(decl != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT(assign_stmt != NULL);
 
  // Sanity check of assign statement: must be a form of var = xxx;
  SgAssignOp * assign_op = isSgAssignOp (assign_stmt->get_expression());
  if (assign_op == NULL)
    return false;
  SgVarRefExp* assign_op_var = isSgVarRefExp(assign_op->get_lhs_operand());
  if (assign_op_var == NULL) return false;
 
  // Sanity check of the variable declaration: it should not have an existing initializer
  SgInitializedName * decl_var = SageInterface::getFirstInitializedName (decl);
  if (decl_var->get_initptr()!= NULL ) return false;
 
  // check if two variables match
  // In translation, it is possible the declaration has not yet been inserted into its scope.
  // finding its symbol can return NULL.
  // But we still want to do the merge.
  SgSymbol* decl_var_symbol = decl_var->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
  if (decl_var_symbol!=NULL)
  {
    // DQ (3/25/2017): Fixed Clang warning: warning: implicit conversion of NULL constant to 'bool' [-Wnull-conversion]
    if (assign_op_var->get_symbol() != decl_var_symbol)  return false;
  }
  else
  { // fallback to comparing variable names instead
    // DQ (3/25/2017): Fixed Clang warning: warning: implicit conversion of NULL constant to 'bool' [-Wnull-conversion]
    if (assign_op_var->get_symbol()->get_name() != decl_var ->get_name()) return false;
  }
 
  // Everything looks fine now. Do the merge.
  SgExpression * rhs_copy = SageInterface::copyExpression(assign_op->get_rhs_operand());
 
  // Must preserve the proprecessing information of the original assign_stmt
  // use appending (not prepending) so the order of decl's comments and assign_stmt's comments can be preserved
   SageInterface::movePreprocessingInfo(assign_stmt, decl, PreprocessingInfo::before, PreprocessingInfo::before, false);
 
  // removeStatement() does not support removing a statement which is not inside a container.
  // But sometimes we do need to remove such a statement and replace it with a new one.
  // As a workaround, we allow users to optionally disabling removing here and handle the removal on their own.
  // TODO: improve removeStatement() which uses low level rewritting.
  if (removeAssignStmt)
    SageInterface::removeStatement (assign_stmt);
//  SageInterface::deepDelete (assign_stmt);
  SgAssignInitializer * initor = SageBuilder::buildAssignInitializer (rhs_copy);
  decl_var->set_initptr(initor);
  initor->set_parent(decl_var);
 
  return rt;
}
 
bool SageInterface::mergeDeclarationWithAssignment(SgVariableDeclaration* decl, SgExprStatement* assign_stmt)
{
  bool rt= true;
 
  // Sanity check of assign statement: must be a form of var = xxx;
  ROSE_ASSERT(assign_stmt != NULL);
  SgAssignOp * assign_op = isSgAssignOp (assign_stmt->get_expression());
  if (assign_op == NULL)
    return false;
  SgVarRefExp* assign_op_var = isSgVarRefExp(assign_op->get_lhs_operand());
  if (assign_op_var == NULL)
    return false;
 
  // Sanity check of the variable declaration: it should not have an existing initializer
  ROSE_ASSERT(decl != NULL);
  SgInitializedName * decl_var = SageInterface::getFirstInitializedName (decl);
  if (decl_var->get_initptr()!= NULL)
     return false;
 
  // check if two variables match
  // In translation, it is possible the declaration has not yet been inserted into its scope.
  // finding its symbol can return NULL.
  // But we still want to do the merge.
  ROSE_ASSERT(decl_var != NULL);
  SgSymbol* decl_var_symbol = decl_var->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
  if (decl_var_symbol != NULL) {
    // DQ (3/25/2017): Fixed Clang warning: warning: implicit conversion of NULL constant to 'bool' [-Wnull-conversion]
    if (assign_op_var->get_symbol() != decl_var_symbol)
       return false;
  }
  else
  { // fallback to comparing variable names instead
    // DQ (3/25/2017): Fixed Clang warning: warning: implicit conversion of NULL constant to 'bool' [-Wnull-conversion]
    if (assign_op_var->get_symbol()->get_name() != decl_var ->get_name())
       return false;
  }
 
  // Everything looks fine now. Do the merge.
  // It is implemented by
  // 1. copy rhs to the decl's rhs,
  // 2. then move the decl to the place of the assignment,
  // 3. then remove the assignment
  //
  // Copy rhs to be initializer
  SgExpression * rhs_copy = SageInterface::copyExpression(assign_op->get_rhs_operand());
  SgAssignInitializer * initor = SageBuilder::buildAssignInitializer (rhs_copy);
  decl_var->set_initptr(initor);
  initor->set_parent(decl_var);
 
  // move proprocessing info. attached before decl to its next statement's front, using prepending to preserve the original order
  SgStatement* next_stmt = SageInterface::getNextStatement (decl);
  SageInterface::movePreprocessingInfo(decl, next_stmt, PreprocessingInfo::before, PreprocessingInfo::before, true);
 
  // removeStatement() does not support removing a statement which is not inside a container.
  // But sometimes we do need to remove such a statement and replace it with a new one.
  // As a workaround, we allow users to optionally disabling removing here and handle the removal on their own.
  // TODO: improve removeStatement() which uses low level rewritting.
 
  // Now move the declaration to a new position, right before the assignment statement
  SageInterface::removeStatement (decl);
  SageInterface::insertStatementBefore(assign_stmt, decl, false);
 
  // preserve preprocessing info. attached to assign_stmt before removing it  , using append (last false)
  SageInterface::movePreprocessingInfo(assign_stmt, decl, PreprocessingInfo::before, PreprocessingInfo::before, false);
 
  // Original assignment statement should be removed
  SageInterface::removeStatement (assign_stmt);
  //  SageInterface::deepDelete (decl);
 
  return rt;
}
// Split a variable declaration with an rhs assignment into two statements: a declaration and an assignment.
// Return the generated assignment statement, if any
SgExprStatement* SageInterface::splitVariableDeclaration (SgVariableDeclaration* decl)
{
  SgExprStatement* rt = NULL;
  ROSE_ASSERT (decl != NULL);
 
  SgInitializedName * decl_var = SageInterface::getFirstInitializedName (decl);
  SgInitializer* initor = decl_var ->get_initptr();
  if (initor == NULL)
    rt = NULL;
  else
  {
    // Liao, 2021/10/21, we have to support all sorts of initializers, including aggregate initializer
    SgExpression * rhs=NULL;
    if (SgAssignInitializer * ainitor = isSgAssignInitializer (initor))
      rhs = ainitor->get_operand();
    else
      rhs = initor;
 
    // we deep copy the rhs operand
    rt = buildAssignStatement (buildVarRefExp(decl_var) , deepCopy(rhs));
    decl_var->set_initptr(NULL);
    //TODO clean up initor
    insertStatementAfter ( decl, rt );
  }
  return rt;
}
ROSE_DLL_API int SageInterface::splitVariableDeclaration (SgScopeStatement* scope, bool topLevelOnly /* = true */)
{
  int count = 0;
  if (!topLevelOnly)
  {
    cerr<<"SageInterface::splitVariableDeclaration() topLevelOnly == false is not yet implemented."<<endl;
    ROSE_ASSERT (false);
  }
 
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> nodeList = NodeQuery::querySubTree(scope, V_SgVariableDeclaration);
  for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode *>::iterator i = nodeList.begin(); i != nodeList.end(); i++)
  {
    SgVariableDeclaration *decl= isSgVariableDeclaration(*i);
    if (topLevelOnly)
    {
      ROSE_ASSERT(decl != NULL);
      if (decl->get_scope() == scope)
      {
        splitVariableDeclaration (decl);
        count ++;
      }
    }
  }
  return count;
}
 
void SageInterface::collectVarRefs(SgLocatedNode* root, std::vector<SgVarRefExp* > & result)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (root != NULL);
//  std::vector<SgVarRefExp* > result;
 
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> nodeList = NodeQuery::querySubTree(root, V_SgVarRefExp);
  // AST query won't find variables used in types
  collectVariableReferencesInArrayTypes (root, nodeList);
 
  for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode *>::iterator i = nodeList.begin(); i != nodeList.end(); i++)
  {
    SgVarRefExp *vRef = isSgVarRefExp(*i);
    ROSE_ASSERT (vRef != NULL);
    result.push_back(vRef);
  }
}
 
int SageInterface::collectVariableReferencesInArrayTypes(SgLocatedNode* root, Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> & currentVarRefList)
{
  int rt = 0;
  ROSE_ASSERT (root != NULL);
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> constructorList= NodeQuery::querySubTree(root, V_SgConstructorInitializer);
  for (size_t i =0; i< constructorList.size(); i++)
  {
    SgConstructorInitializer * c_init = isSgConstructorInitializer (constructorList[i]);
    if (SgArrayType* a_type = isSgArrayType(c_init->get_expression_type()))
    {
      Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> varList = NodeQuery::querySubTree (a_type->get_index(),V_SgVarRefExp);
      for (size_t j =0 ; j< varList.size(); j++)
      {
        SgVarRefExp* var_exp =  isSgVarRefExp(varList[j]) ;
        currentVarRefList.push_back(var_exp);
//TODO: these variable references do have special scopes, how to communicate to users?
//        specialVarRefScopeExp[var_exp] = c_init ;
        rt ++;
      }
    }
  }
  return rt;
}
 
namespace SageInterface { // A few internal helper classes
 
class AndOpGenerator: public StatementGenerator
   {
     SgAndOp* op;
 
     public:
          AndOpGenerator(SgAndOp* op): op(op) {}
 
          virtual SgStatement* generate(SgExpression* lhs)
             {
               if (lhs==NULL)
                 return NULL;
               SgTreeCopy treeCopy;
               SgExpression* lhsCopy = isSgExpression(lhs->copy(treeCopy));
               ROSE_ASSERT (lhsCopy);
               SgIfStmt* tree =
                 SageBuilder::buildIfStmt(
                     SageBuilder::buildExprStatement(op->get_lhs_operand()),
                     SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(
                       SageBuilder::buildAssignStatement(lhs, op->get_rhs_operand())),
                     SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(
                       SageBuilder::buildAssignStatement(lhsCopy, SageBuilder::buildBoolValExp(false))));
               return tree;
             }
   };
 
class OrOpGenerator: public StatementGenerator
   {
     SgOrOp* op;
 
     public:
          OrOpGenerator(SgOrOp* op): op(op) {}
 
          virtual SgStatement* generate(SgExpression* lhs)
             {
               if (lhs==NULL)
                 return NULL;
               SgTreeCopy treeCopy;
               SgExpression* lhsCopy = isSgExpression(lhs->copy(treeCopy));
               ROSE_ASSERT (lhsCopy);
               SgIfStmt* tree =
                 SageBuilder::buildIfStmt(
                     SageBuilder::buildExprStatement(op->get_lhs_operand()),
                     SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(
                       SageBuilder::buildAssignStatement(lhs, SageBuilder::buildBoolValExp(true))),
                     SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(
                       SageBuilder::buildAssignStatement(lhsCopy, op->get_rhs_operand())));
               return tree;
             }
   };
 
class ConditionalExpGenerator: public StatementGenerator
   {
     SgConditionalExp* op;
 
     public:
          ConditionalExpGenerator(SgConditionalExp* op): op(op) {}
 
          virtual SgStatement* generate(SgExpression* lhs)
             {
               if (lhs==NULL)
                 return NULL;
               SgTreeCopy treeCopy;
               SgExpression* lhsCopy = isSgExpression(lhs->copy(treeCopy));
               ROSE_ASSERT (lhsCopy);
               SgIfStmt* tree =
                 SageBuilder::buildIfStmt(
                     SageBuilder::buildExprStatement(op->get_conditional_exp()),
                     SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(
                       SageBuilder::buildAssignStatement(lhs, op->get_true_exp())),
                     SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(
                       SageBuilder::buildAssignStatement(lhsCopy, op->get_false_exp())));
               return tree;
             }
   };
 
} // end of namespace for the helper classes
 
SgAssignInitializer* SageInterface::splitExpression(SgExpression* from, string newName/* ="" */)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(from != NULL);
 
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
#if 0  // This is not accurate for template class specializations. We disable this assertion for now. The worst case is compilation error later.
  if (!SageInterface::isCopyConstructible(from->get_type())) {
    std::cerr << "Type " << from->get_type()->unparseToString() << " of expression " << from->unparseToString() << " is not copy constructible" << std::endl;
    ROSE_ASSERT (false);
  }
 
  assert (SageInterface::isCopyConstructible(from->get_type())); // How do we report errors?
#endif
  SgStatement* stmt = getStatementOfExpression(from);
  assert (stmt);
  if (!isSgForInitStatement(stmt->get_parent())) {
    //SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsParent(stmt);
    // no return value is accepted. Only the optional transformation matters
    if (isBodyStatement(stmt) && !isSgBasicBlock(stmt))
      makeSingleStatementBodyToBlock (stmt);
  }
 
  SgScopeStatement* parent = isSgScopeStatement(stmt->get_parent());
  // cout << "parent is a " << (parent ? parent->sage_class_name() : "NULL") << endl;
  if (!parent && isSgForInitStatement(stmt->get_parent()))
    parent = isSgScopeStatement(stmt->get_parent()->get_parent()->get_parent());
  assert (parent);
  // cout << "parent is a " << parent->sage_class_name() << endl;
  // cout << "parent is " << parent->unparseToString() << endl;
  // cout << "stmt is " << stmt->unparseToString() << endl;
  SgName varname = "rose_temp__";
  if (newName == "") {
    varname << ++SageInterface::gensym_counter;
  } else {
    varname = newName;
  }
 
  SgType* vartype = from->get_type();
  SgNode* fromparent = from->get_parent();
  vector<SgExpression*> ancestors;
  for (SgExpression *expr = from, *anc = isSgExpression(fromparent); anc != 0;
      expr = anc, anc = isSgExpression(anc->get_parent()))
  {
    if ((isSgAndOp(anc) && expr != isSgAndOp(anc)->get_lhs_operand()) ||
        (isSgOrOp(anc) && expr != isSgOrOp(anc)->get_lhs_operand()) ||
        (isSgConditionalExp(anc) && expr != isSgConditionalExp(anc)->get_conditional_exp()))
      ancestors.push_back(anc); // Closest first
  }
  // cout << "This expression to split has " << ancestors.size() << " ancestor(s)" << endl;
  for (vector<SgExpression*>::reverse_iterator ai = ancestors.rbegin(); ai != ancestors.rend(); ++ai)
  {
    StatementGenerator* gen;
    switch ((*ai)->variantT()) {
      case V_SgAndOp:
        gen = new AndOpGenerator(isSgAndOp(*ai)); break;
      case V_SgOrOp:
        gen = new OrOpGenerator(isSgOrOp(*ai)); break;
      case V_SgConditionalExp:
        gen = new ConditionalExpGenerator(isSgConditionalExp(*ai)); break;
      default: assert (!"Should not happen"); abort();
    }
    replaceExpressionWithStatement(*ai, gen);
    delete gen;
  } // for
  if (ancestors.size() != 0) {
    return splitExpression(from);
    // Need to recompute everything if there were ancestors
  }
  SgVariableDeclaration* vardecl = SageBuilder::buildVariableDeclaration(varname, vartype, NULL, parent);
  SgVariableSymbol* sym = SageInterface::getFirstVarSym(vardecl);
  ROSE_ASSERT (sym);
  SgInitializedName* initname = sym->get_declaration();
  ROSE_ASSERT (initname);
  SgVarRefExp* varref = SageBuilder::buildVarRefExp(sym);
  replaceExpressionWithExpression(from, varref);
  // std::cout << "Unparsed 3: " << fromparent->sage_class_name() << " --- " << fromparent->unparseToString() << endl;
  // cout << "From is a " << from->sage_class_name() << endl;
  SgAssignInitializer* ai = SageBuilder::buildAssignInitializer(from);
  initname->set_initializer(ai);
  ai->set_parent(initname);
  myStatementInsert(stmt, vardecl, true);
  // vardecl->set_parent(stmt->get_parent());
  // FixSgTree(vardecl);
  // FixSgTree(parent);
  return ai;
 
#else
  return NULL;
#endif
 
} //splitExpression()
 
  void SageInterface::splitExpressionIntoBasicBlock(SgExpression* expr) {
   struct SplitStatementGenerator: public StatementGenerator {
     SgExpression* expr;
     virtual SgStatement* generate(SgExpression* answer) {
       using namespace SageBuilder;
       return buildBasicBlock(buildAssignStatement(answer, expr));
     }
   };
   SplitStatementGenerator gen;
   gen.expr = expr;
   replaceExpressionWithStatement(expr, &gen);
  }
 
  void SageInterface::removeLabeledGotos(SgNode* top) {
   Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> gotos = NodeQuery::querySubTree(top,
  V_SgGotoStatement);
   map<SgLabelStatement*, SgLabelStatement*> labelsToReplace;   for
  (size_t i = 0; i < gotos.size(); ++i) {
     SgGotoStatement* gs = isSgGotoStatement(gotos[i]);
     SgBasicBlock* gsParent = isSgBasicBlock(gs->get_parent());
     if (!gsParent) continue;
     SgStatementPtrList& bbStatements = gsParent->get_statements();
     size_t j = std::find(bbStatements.begin(), bbStatements.end(), gs)
  - bbStatements.begin();
     ROSE_ASSERT (j != bbStatements.size());
     if (j == 0) continue;
     if (isSgLabelStatement(bbStatements[j - 1])) {
       labelsToReplace[isSgLabelStatement(bbStatements[j - 1])] =
  gs->get_label();
     }
   }
   for (size_t i = 0; i < gotos.size(); ++i) {
     SgGotoStatement* gs = isSgGotoStatement(gotos[i]);
     SgLabelStatement* oldLabel = gs->get_label();
     while (labelsToReplace.find(oldLabel) != labelsToReplace.end()) {
       oldLabel = labelsToReplace[oldLabel];
     }
     gs->set_label(oldLabel);
   }
  }
 
  bool SageInterface::isConstantTrue(SgExpression* e) {
  switch (e->variantT()) {
#ifdef _MSC_VER
  // DQ (11/28/2009): This fixes a warning in MSVC (likely p_value should be a "bool" instead of an "int").
    case V_SgBoolValExp: return (isSgBoolValExp(e)->get_value() != 0);
#else
    case V_SgBoolValExp: return (isSgBoolValExp(e)->get_value() == true);
#endif
    case V_SgIntVal: return isSgIntVal(e)->get_value() != 0;
    case V_SgCastExp: return isConstantTrue(isSgCastExp(e)->get_operand());
    case V_SgNotOp: return isConstantFalse(isSgNotOp(e)->get_operand());
    case V_SgAddressOfOp: return true;
    default: return false;
  }
  }
 
  bool SageInterface::isConstantFalse(SgExpression* e) {
    switch (e->variantT()) {
      case V_SgBoolValExp: return isSgBoolValExp(e)->get_value() == false;
      case V_SgIntVal: return isSgIntVal(e)->get_value() == 0;
      case V_SgCastExp: return
  isConstantFalse(isSgCastExp(e)->get_operand());
      case V_SgNotOp: return isConstantTrue(isSgNotOp(e)->get_operand());
      default: return false;
    }
  }
 
  bool SageInterface::isCallToParticularFunction(SgFunctionDeclaration* decl,
  SgExpression* e) {
    SgFunctionCallExp* fc = isSgFunctionCallExp(e);
    if (!fc) return false;
    SgFunctionRefExp* fr = isSgFunctionRefExp(fc->get_function());
    if (fr == NULL) return false;
    return fr->get_symbol()->get_declaration() == decl;
  }
 
  bool SageInterface::isCallToParticularFunction(const std::string& qualifiedName, size_t
  arity, SgExpression* e) {
    SgFunctionCallExp* fc = isSgFunctionCallExp(e);
    if (!fc) return false;
    SgFunctionRefExp* fr = isSgFunctionRefExp(fc->get_function());
    if (fr == NULL) return false;
    string name =
  fr->get_symbol()->get_declaration()->get_qualified_name().getString();
    return (name == qualifiedName &&
  fc->get_args()->get_expressions().size() == arity);
  }
 
  SgExpression* SageInterface::copyExpression(SgExpression* e)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT( e != NULL);
    // We enforce that the source expression is fully attached to the AST
    // Too strict, the source expression can be just built and not attached.
    // Liao, 9/21/2009
//    ROSE_ASSERT( e->get_parent() != NULL);
    return deepCopy(e);
  }
 
  SgStatement* SageInterface::copyStatement(SgStatement* s)
  {
    return deepCopy(s);
  }
 
  //----------------- add into AST tree --------------------
  void SageInterface::appendExpression(SgExprListExp *expList, SgExpression* exp)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(expList);
    ROSE_ASSERT(exp);
    expList->append_expression(exp);
    exp->set_parent(expList);
  }
 
  void SageInterface::appendExpressionList(SgExprListExp *expList, const std::vector<SgExpression*>& exp)
  {
    for (size_t i = 0; i < exp.size(); ++i)
      appendExpression(expList, exp[i]);
  }
 
# if 0
  // DQ (11/25/2011): Moved to the header file so that it could be seen as a template function.
 
  // TODO consider the difference between C++ and Fortran
  // fixup the scope of arguments,no symbols for nondefining function declaration's arguments
template <class actualFunction>
void
// SageInterface::setParameterList(SgFunctionDeclaration * func,SgFunctionParameterList * paralist)
SageInterface::setParameterList(actualFunction * func,SgFunctionParameterList * paralist)
   {
  // DQ (11/25/2011): Modified this to be a templated function so that we can handle both
  // SgFunctionDeclaration and SgTemplateFunctionDeclaration (and their associated member
  // function derived classes).
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(func);
     ROSE_ASSERT(paralist);
 
  // Warn to users if a paralist is being shared
     if (paralist->get_parent() !=NULL)
        {
          cerr << "Waring! Setting a used SgFunctionParameterList to function: "
               << (func->get_name()).getString()<<endl
               << " Sharing parameter lists can corrupt symbol tables!"<<endl
               << " Please use deepCopy() to get an exclusive parameter list for each function declaration!"<<endl;
       // ROSE_ASSERT(false);
        }
 
  // Liao,2/5/2008  constructor of SgFunctionDeclaration will automatically generate SgFunctionParameterList, so be cautious when set new paralist!!
     if (func->get_parameterList() != NULL)
          if (func->get_parameterList() != paralist)
               delete func->get_parameterList();
 
     func->set_parameterList(paralist);
     paralist->set_parent(func);
   }
#endif
 
// static
SgVariableSymbol* addArg(SgFunctionParameterList *paraList, SgInitializedName* initName, bool isPrepend)
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(paraList != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(initName != NULL);
 
     if (isPrepend == true)
          paraList->prepend_arg(initName);
       else
          paraList->append_arg(initName);
 
  // DQ (12/4/2011): If this is going to be set, make sure it will not be over written.
  // initName->set_parent(paraList);
     if (initName->get_parent() == NULL)
          initName->set_parent(paraList);
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(initName->get_parent() == paraList);
 
     SgFunctionDeclaration* func_decl= isSgFunctionDeclaration(paraList->get_parent());
 
  // DQ (12/4/2011): This will not be true for function parameter lists in SgTemplateFunctionDeclaration cases.
  // Also in typical use the SgFunctionDeclaration is not known yet so the parent is not set.
  // ROSE_ASSERT(paraList->get_parent() != NULL);
  // ROSE_ASSERT(func_decl != NULL);
 
     SgScopeStatement* scope = NULL;
     if (func_decl != NULL)
        {
          if ((func_decl->get_definingDeclaration()) == func_decl )
             {
            // defining function declaration, set scope and symbol table
               SgFunctionDefinition* func_def = func_decl->get_definition();
               ROSE_ASSERT(func_def);
               scope = func_def;
             }
            else
             {
            // nondefining declaration, set scope only, currently set to decl's scope, TODO
               scope = func_decl->get_scope();
             }
 
       // fix up declptr of the init name
          initName->set_declptr(func_decl);
        }
 
  // Liao 11/21/2012. Part of this function's work is to set scope for initName which is freshly created. So we should not assert
  // that initName already has a scope.
  //
  // DQ (12/4/2011): Added check...(fails for case of SgTypeEllipse).
  // ROSE_ASSERT(initName->get_scope() != NULL);
  //   ROSE_ASSERT(initName->get_scope() != NULL || isSgTypeEllipse(initName->get_type()) != NULL);
 
  // ROSE_ASSERT (scope); -- scope may not be set because the function declaration may not have been inserted anywhere
 
     initName->set_scope(scope);
     if (scope != NULL)
        {
          SgVariableSymbol* sym = isSgVariableSymbol(initName->get_symbol_from_symbol_table());
          if (sym == NULL)
             {
               sym = new SgVariableSymbol(initName);
               scope->insert_symbol(initName->get_name(), sym);
               sym->set_parent(scope->get_symbol_table());
             }
          return sym;
        }
       else
        {
          return NULL;
        }
   }
 
SgVariableSymbol* SageInterface::appendArg(SgFunctionParameterList *paraList, SgInitializedName* initName)
{
  return addArg(paraList,initName,false);
}
 
SgVariableSymbol* SageInterface::prependArg(SgFunctionParameterList *paraList, SgInitializedName* initName)
{
  return addArg(paraList,initName,true);
}
 
void SageInterface::setPragma(SgPragmaDeclaration* decl, SgPragma *pragma)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(decl);
  ROSE_ASSERT(pragma);
  if (decl->get_pragma()!=NULL) delete (decl->get_pragma());
  decl->set_pragma(pragma);
  pragma->set_parent(decl);
}
 
 
//TODO should we ensureBasicBlockAsScope(scope) ? like ensureBasicBlockAsParent(targetStmt);
//It might be well legal to append the first and only statement in a scope!
void SageInterface::appendStatement(SgStatement *stmt, SgScopeStatement* scope)
   {
  // DQ (4/3/2012): Simple globally visible function to call (used for debugging in ROSE).
     void testAstForUniqueNodes ( SgNode* node );
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::appendStatement(): stmt = %p = %s scope = %p \n",stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str(),scope);
#endif
 
  // DQ (6/19/2012): Exit as a test...
  // ROSE_ASSERT(isSgClassDeclaration(stmt) == NULL);
 
     if (scope == NULL)
        {
#if 0
          printf ("   --- scope was not specified as input! \n");
#endif
          scope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
        }
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(stmt  != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::appendStatement(): stmt = %p = %s scope = %p = %s \n",stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str(),scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
#if 0
  // DQ (2/2/2010): This fails in the projects/OpenMP_Translator "make check" tests.
  // DQ (1/2/2010): Introducing test that are enforced at lower levels to catch errors as early as possible.
     SgDeclarationStatement* declarationStatement = isSgDeclarationStatement(stmt);
     if (declarationStatement != NULL)
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT(declarationStatement->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() != NULL);
          ROSE_ASSERT(declarationStatement->get_definingDeclaration() != NULL);
        }
#endif
 
#if 0
    // This fix breaks other transformations.
    // It is better to do this explicitly as needed before calling appendStatement();
    // Liao 10/19/2010
    // In rare cases, we are moving the statement from its original scope to another scope
    // We have to remove it from its original scope before append it to the new scope
    SgNode* old_parent=  stmt->get_parent();
    if (old_parent)
       {
         removeStatement(stmt);
       }
#endif
 
#if 0
  // catch-all for statement fixup
  // Must fix it before insert it into the scope,
     fixStatement(stmt,scope);
 
  //-----------------------
  // append the statement finally
  // scope->append_statement (stmt);
     scope->insertStatementInScope(stmt,false);
     stmt->set_parent(scope); // needed?
#else
  // DQ (7/12/2012): Skip adding when this is a non-autonomous type declaration.
     bool skipAddingStatement = false;
     SgClassDeclaration* classDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(stmt);
     if (classDeclaration != NULL)
        {
       // DQ (7/9/2012): We only skip the attachment of the class declaration to the scope if it is NOT and autonomous declaration.
#if 0
          if (classDeclaration->get_parent() != NULL)
             {
               printf ("Since the parent of this SgClassDeclaration is set, it must have been previously added to the AST: classDeclaration = %p = %s \n",classDeclaration,classDeclaration->class_name().c_str());
             }
#endif
 
#if 1
       // DQ (6/9/2013): This is the original code...
          skipAddingStatement = (classDeclaration->get_isAutonomousDeclaration() == false);
#else
       // DQ (6/9/2013): We have no other way to detect if the SgClassDeclaration has previously been added to the AST (short of searching the AST directly).
       // This fails to add enough statements to the AST.
          skipAddingStatement = (classDeclaration->get_isAutonomousDeclaration() == false) || (classDeclaration->get_parent() != NULL);
#endif
 
       // DQ (6/26/2013): Don't just check for SgTemplateInstantiationDecl, but also for SgClassDeclaration.
       // DQ (6/9/2013): Check if this is a SgTemplateInstantiationDecl, since it might be appearing
       // twice as a result of a template argument being instantiated and we only want to add it into
       // the scope once.  This happens for test2013_198.C and I can't find a better solution.
          if (classDeclaration != NULL && scope->containsOnlyDeclarations() == true)
             {
            // Check if this instnatiated template has already been added to the scope.
 
            // DQ (6/26/2013): This is a newer alternative to test for an existing statement in a scope.
            // const SgDeclarationStatementPtrList & declarationList = scope->getDeclarationList();
            // SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::const_iterator existingDeclaration = find(declarationList.begin(),declarationList.end(),classDeclaration);
               bool statementAlreadyExistsInScope = scope->statementExistsInScope(classDeclaration);
               if (statementAlreadyExistsInScope == true)
                  {
                    if (isSgTemplateInstantiationDecl(classDeclaration) != NULL)
                       {
// DQ (9/13/2014): Clean up this output when not printing developer warnings.
// #if 1
#if PRINT_DEVELOPER_WARNINGS
                         printf ("RARE ISSUE #1: In SageInterface::appendStatement(): This template instantiation has previously been added to the scope, so avoid doing so again (see test2013_198.C): classDeclaration = %p = %s scope = %p = %s \n",
                              classDeclaration,classDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                       }
#if 1
                      else
                       {
#if 1
                         printf ("RARE ISSUE #2: In SageInterface::appendStatement(): This statement has previously been added to the scope, so avoid doing so again (see rose.h): stmt = %p = %s scope = %p = %s \n",
                              stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str(),scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                       }
#endif
                    skipAddingStatement = true;
                  }
             }
        }
       else
        {
          SgEnumDeclaration* enumDeclaration = isSgEnumDeclaration(stmt);
          if (enumDeclaration != NULL)
             {
            // DQ (7/12/2012): We only skip the attachment of the class declaration to the scope if it is NOT and autonomous declaration.
               skipAddingStatement = (enumDeclaration->get_isAutonomousDeclaration() == false);
             }
        }
 
#if 0
  // DQ (6/26/2013): This is an attempt to support better testing of possible redundant statements
  // that would be inserted into the current scope. This is however a bit expensive so we are using
  // this as a way to also debug the new cases where this happens.
     bool statementAlreadyExistsInScope = scope->statementExistsInScope(stmt);
     if (skipAddingStatement == false && statementAlreadyExistsInScope == true)
        {
#if 0
          printf ("RARE ISSUE #2: In SageInterface::appendStatement(): This statement has previously been added to the scope, so avoid doing so again (see rose.h): stmt = %p = %s scope = %p = %s \n",
               stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str(),scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
#if 0
          printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
          ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
          skipAddingStatement = true;
        }
#endif
 
#if 0
     printf ("   --- skipAddingStatement = %s \n",skipAddingStatement ? "true" : "false");
#endif
 
     if (skipAddingStatement == false)
        {
       // catch-all for statement fixup
       // Must fix it before insert it into the scope,
       // printf ("In appendStatementList(): Calling fixStatement() \n");
          fixStatement(stmt,scope);
       // printf ("DONE: In appendStatementList(): Calling fixStatement() \n");
 
       //-----------------------
       // append the statement finally
       // scope->append_statement (stmt);
#if 0
          printf ("   --- calling insertStatementInScope(): scope = %p = %s stmt = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str(),stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str());
#endif
          scope->insertStatementInScope(stmt,false);
 
       // DQ (6/9/2013): Added comment only: This is needed because some declaration have to have the
       // setting of there paremtn pointes delayed until now based on if they appear nested inside of
       // other declarations (e.g. "typedef struct { int x; } y;").
          stmt->set_parent(scope); // needed?
        }
#endif
 
  // DQ (11/19/2012): If we are building the AST within the front-end then don't do this expensive
  // fixup (we already set it properly in the AST construction within the frontend so we don't need
  // this).  Also since this is only operating within a single scope it is likely too specific to C
  // instead of addressing the details of C++ where functions can be placed in alternative scopes and
  // use name qualification).
  // update the links after insertion!
     SourcePositionClassification scp = getSourcePositionClassificationMode();
     if ( (scp != e_sourcePositionFrontendConstruction) && (isSgFunctionDeclaration(stmt) != NULL) )
        {
          updateDefiningNondefiningLinks(isSgFunctionDeclaration(stmt),scope);
        }
 
#if 0
  // DQ (6/26/2013): Turn on this test for debugging ROSE compiling rose.h header file.
  // Note that this is a stronger AST subtree test and not the weaker test for a redundant
  // statement in a single scope.
  // DQ (9/1/2012): this is a debugging mode that we need to more easily turn on and off.
  // DQ (4/3/2012): Added test to make sure that the pointers are unique.
     testAstForUniqueNodes(scope);
#else
  // printf ("In SageInterface::appendStatement(): Skipping test for unique statements in subtree \n");
#endif
   }
 
void SageInterface::appendStatement(SgStatement *stmt, SgForInitStatement* for_init_stmt)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (stmt != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (for_init_stmt != NULL);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::appendStatement(): stmt = %p = %s scope = %p = %s (resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement: stmt) \n",stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str(),scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
  // DQ (12/2/2015): If this is a moved statement then cause it to update internal data structures
  // to record it being moved (and thus the macroExpansions that it might be associated with having
  // to force the macroExpansion's associated statements to be marked as a transformation.
     resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement(stmt);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::appendStatement(): stmt = %p = %s scope = %p = %s (resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement: scope) \n",stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str(),scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
  // DQ (12/2/2015): Also look at the statements on either side of the location where this statement
  // is being inserted to make sure that they are not a part of a macro expansion. In the case of
  // prepend, we only need to look at the scope.
     resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement(for_init_stmt);
 
  for_init_stmt->append_init_stmt (stmt);
}
 
void
SageInterface::appendStatementList(const std::vector<SgStatement*>& stmts, SgScopeStatement* scope)
   {
     for (size_t i = 0; i < stmts.size(); ++i)
        {
#if 0
#ifdef ROSE_DEBUG_NEW_EDG_ROSE_CONNECTION
          printf ("In appendStatementList(): stmts[i = %" PRIuPTR "] = %p = %s \n",i,stmts[i],stmts[i]->class_name().c_str());
       // printf ("In appendStatementList(): stmts[i = %" PRIuPTR "]->get_parent() = %p \n",i,stmts[i]->get_parent());
#endif
#endif
        appendStatement(stmts[i], scope); // Liao 5/15/2013, defer the logic of checking parent pointers to appendStatement()
#if 0
          if (stmts[i]->get_parent() != NULL)
             {
#if 0
#ifdef ROSE_DEBUG_NEW_EDG_ROSE_CONNECTION
               printf ("   --- In appendStatementList(): stmts[i = %" PRIuPTR "] will be added to scope (because stmts[i]->get_parent() != NULL (= %p = %s) \n",i,stmts[i]->get_parent(),stmts[i]->get_parent()->class_name().c_str());
#endif
#endif
               appendStatement(stmts[i], scope);
             }
            else
             {
               printf ("   --- WARNING: In appendStatementList(): stmts[i = %" PRIuPTR "] not added to scope (because stmts[i]->get_parent() == NULL) \n",i);
             }
#endif
        }
   }
 
void SageInterface::prependStatement(SgStatement *stmt, SgScopeStatement* scope)
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT (stmt != NULL);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::prependStatement(): stmt = %p = %s scope = %p \n",stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str(),scope);
#endif
 
  // ROSE_ASSERT(findFirstSgCastExpMarkedAsTransformation(stmt,"testing prependStatement(): 2.2.6.1.2.1") == false);
 
     if (scope == NULL)
        {
          scope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
        }
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
  // TODO handle side effect like SageBuilder::appendStatement() does
 
  // ROSE_ASSERT(findFirstSgCastExpMarkedAsTransformation(scope,"testing prependStatement(): 2.2.6.1.2.1a") == false);
 
  // Must fix it before insert it into the scope,
  // otherwise assertions in insertStatementInScope() would fail
     fixStatement(stmt,scope);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::prependStatement(): stmt = %p = %s scope = %p = %s (resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement: stmt) \n",
          stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str(),scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
  // ROSE_ASSERT(findFirstSgCastExpMarkedAsTransformation(stmt,"testing prependStatement(): 2.2.6.1.2.2") == false);
 
  // DQ (12/1/2015): If this is a moved statement then cause it to update internal data structures
  // to record it being moved (and thus the macroExpansions that it might be associated with having
  // to force the macroExpansion's associated statements to be marked as a transformation.
     resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement(stmt);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::prependStatement(): stmt = %p = %s scope = %p = %s (resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement: scope) \n",
          stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str(),scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
  // ROSE_ASSERT(findFirstSgCastExpMarkedAsTransformation(stmt,"testing prependStatement(): 2.2.6.1.2.3") == false);
 
  // DQ (12/1/2015): Also look at the statements on either side of the location where this statement
  // is being inserted to make sure that they are not a part of a macro expansion. In the case of
  // prepend, we only need to look at the scope.
     resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement(scope);
 
#if 0
     printf ("Calling insertStatementInScope() \n");
#endif
 
  // ROSE_ASSERT(findFirstSgCastExpMarkedAsTransformation(stmt,"testing prependStatement(): 2.2.6.1.2.4") == false);
  // ROSE_ASSERT(findFirstSgCastExpMarkedAsTransformation(scope,"testing prependStatement(): 2.2.6.1.2.4a") == false);
 
     scope->insertStatementInScope(stmt,true);
     stmt->set_parent(scope); // needed?
 
  // ROSE_ASSERT(findFirstSgCastExpMarkedAsTransformation(scope,"testing prependStatement(): 2.2.6.1.2.5") == false);
 
  // DQ (11/19/2012): If we are building the AST within the front-end then don't do this expensive
  // fixup (we already set it properly in the AST construction within the frontend so we don't need
  // this).  Also since this is only operating within a single scope it is likely too specific to C
  // instead of addessing the details of C++ where functions can be placed in alternative scopes and
  // use name qualification).
  // update the links after insertion!
     SourcePositionClassification scp = getSourcePositionClassificationMode();
     if ( (scp != e_sourcePositionFrontendConstruction) && (isSgFunctionDeclaration(stmt) != NULL) )
        {
          updateDefiningNondefiningLinks(isSgFunctionDeclaration(stmt),scope);
        }
 
  // ROSE_ASSERT(findFirstSgCastExpMarkedAsTransformation(scope,"testing prependStatement(): 2.2.6.1.2.6") == false);
 
#if 0
     printf ("Leaving SageInterface::prependStatement() \n");
#endif
   } // prependStatement()
 
 
void SageInterface::prependStatement(SgStatement *stmt, SgForInitStatement* for_init_stmt)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (stmt != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (for_init_stmt != NULL);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::prependStatement(): stmt = %p = %s scope = %p = %s (resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement: stmt) \n",stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str(),scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
  // DQ (12/2/2015): If this is a moved statement then cause it to update internal data structures
  // to record it being moved (and thus the macroExpansions that it might be associated with having
  // to force the macroExpansion's associated statements to be marked as a transformation.
     resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement(stmt);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::prependStatement(): stmt = %p = %s scope = %p = %s (resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement: scope) \n",stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str(),scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
  // DQ (12/2/2015): Also look at the statements on either side of the location where this statement
  // is being inserted to make sure that they are not a part of a macro expansion. In the case of
  // prepend, we only need to look at the scope.
     resetInternalMapsForTargetStatement(for_init_stmt);
 
  for_init_stmt->prepend_init_stmt (stmt);
}
 
void SageInterface::prependStatementList(const std::vector<SgStatement*>& stmts, SgScopeStatement* scope)
   {
     for (size_t i = stmts.size(); i > 0; --i)
        {
          prependStatement(stmts[i - 1], scope);
        }
   }
 
bool  SageInterface::hasSimpleChildrenList (SgScopeStatement* scope)
{
  bool rt = false;
  ROSE_ASSERT (scope != NULL);
  switch (scope->variantT())
  {
    case V_SgBasicBlock:
    case V_SgClassDefinition:
    case V_SgFunctionDefinition:
    case V_SgGlobal:
    case V_SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement: //?
      rt = true;
      break;
 
     case V_SgAssociateStatement :
     case V_SgBlockDataStatement :
     case V_SgCatchOptionStmt:
     case V_SgDoWhileStmt:
     case V_SgForAllStatement:
     case V_SgForStatement:
     case V_SgFortranDo:
     case V_SgIfStmt:
     case V_SgSwitchStatement:
     case V_SgUpcForAllStatement:
     case V_SgWhileStmt:
      rt = false;
      break;
 
    default:
      cout<<"unrecognized or unhandled scope type for SageInterface::hasSimpleChildrenList() "<<endl;
    break;
  }
  return rt;
}
 
 
// DQ (11/21/2018): We need to sometimes insert something after the last statement of the collection from rose_edg_required_macros_and_functions.h.
SgStatement* SageInterface::lastFrontEndSpecificStatement( SgGlobal* globalScope )
   {
  // When inserting a statement into global scope, if inserting at the top of scope it is best to insert
  // after the last statement from the preinclude file rose_edg_required_macros_and_functions.h.
 
     SgDeclarationStatementPtrList & declarationList = globalScope->get_declarations();
 
     SgStatement* last_statement = NULL;
     SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator i = declarationList.begin();
  // while (i != declarationList.end())
     while (i != declarationList.end() && (*i)->get_file_info() != NULL && (*i)->get_file_info()->isFrontendSpecific() == true)
        {
#if 0
          printf ("(*i)->get_file_info()->get_file_id() = %d isFrontendSpecific = %s \n",(*i)->get_file_info()->get_file_id(),(*i)->get_file_info()->isFrontendSpecific() ? "true" : "false");
#endif
          last_statement = *i;
 
          i++;
        }
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(last_statement != NULL);
#if 1
     printf ("last_statement = %p = %s \n",last_statement,last_statement->class_name().c_str());
#endif
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
 
     return last_statement;
   }
 
 
  //TODO handle more side effect like SageBuilder::append_statement() does
  //Merge myStatementInsert()
  // insert  SageInterface::insertStatement()
void SageInterface::insertStatement(SgStatement *targetStmt, SgStatement* newStmt, bool insertBefore, bool autoMovePreprocessingInfo /*= true */)
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(targetStmt &&newStmt);
     ROSE_ASSERT(targetStmt != newStmt); // should not share statement nodes!
 
     if (isSgGlobal(targetStmt) ||
         isSgClassDefinition(targetStmt)||
         isSgNamespaceDefinitionStatement(targetStmt)||
         isSgFunctionParameterList(targetStmt)||
         isSgFunctionDefinition(targetStmt)||
         isSgCtorInitializerList(targetStmt))
     {
       string className = targetStmt->class_name();
       string err_msg = "targetStmt cannot be a " + className + ". Its parent does not implement insert_child(). Please revise your code to avoid inserting a stmt as a sibling of this type of targetStmt.";
       cerr<<err_msg<<endl;
       ROSE_ASSERT (false);
     }
 
#if 0 // it is allowed to have different types of statements inserted after SgCaseOptionStmt
     if (isSgCaseOptionStmt(targetStmt))
     {
         if (!isSgCaseOptionStmt(newStmt))
         {
           cerr<<"Target statment is a case option stmt. The new stmt should also be the same type to be a sibling. But it is "<< newStmt->class_name() << " instead. This is not semantically correct." <<endl;
           ROSE_ASSERT(false);
         }
     }
#endif
     SgNode* parent = targetStmt->get_parent();
     if (parent == NULL)
        {
          cerr << "Empty parent pointer for target statement. May be caused by the wrong order of target and new statements in insertStatement(targetStmt, newStmt)"<<endl;
          ROSE_ASSERT(parent);
        }
 
     // Issuing an error due to variable initialization inside a switch statement block without enclosing braces {}.
     //
     // This is a tricky situation: C++ allows a flat list of statements following case option statement, even though they are indented
     //case HORIZONTAL_TAB:
     //   foundHorizontalTab = true;
     //   break;
     // case VERTICAL_TAB:
     //   foundVerticalTab = true;
     //   break;
     // ...
     //
     // Unparser will flatten them out.
     // 
     // when we try to inserat a  variable decl stmt into the list after case option statement, compilers will complain
     //     error: jump to case label
     //     crosses initialization of "int variablexyz"
     //
     //
     // if targetStmt's parent is SgCaseOptionStmt, 
    if (/* SgCaseOptionStmt * case_opt_stmt = */ isSgCaseOptionStmt(parent))
    {
      if (/* SgVariableDeclaration* var_stmt = */ isSgVariableDeclaration(newStmt))
      {
        cerr<<"Error: you cannot insert a variable declaration stmt inside a case option statement without enclosing brances in between."<<endl;
        cerr<<"parent of target is a case option stmt:"<<parent <<endl; 
        cerr<<"new statement is a variable statement:"<<newStmt <<endl; 
        ASSERT_require(false);
      }
    }
 
     if (isSgLabelStatement(parent) != nullptr)
        {
          SgLabelStatement* labelStatement = isSgLabelStatement(parent);
          parent = labelStatement->get_parent();
          ROSE_ASSERT(isSgLabelStatement(parent) == NULL);
        }
 
     if (isSgFunctionDefinition(parent) ||
         isSgTypedefDeclaration(parent) ||
         isSgSwitchStatement(parent) ||
         isSgVariableDeclaration(parent))
     { 
       string className = parent->class_name();
       string err_msg = "targetStmt's parent cannot be a " + className + ". This parent does not implement insert() function. Please revise your code to avoid inserting a stmt as a child of this type of parent.";
       cerr<<err_msg<<endl;
       if (SgSwitchStatement * switch_stmt = isSgSwitchStatement(parent))
       {
           if (switch_stmt->get_item_selector() == targetStmt)
           {
              cerr<<"The target statement is the item selector of a switch statement. You cannot insert any statement before or after it."<<endl;
           }
       }
 
       ROSE_ASSERT (false);
     }
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::insertStatement(): insert newStmt = %p = %s before/after targetStmt = %p = %s \n",newStmt,newStmt->class_name().c_str(),targetStmt,targetStmt->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
  // DQ (12/2/2014): Not sure why this was here in the first place (likely debugging code from the fix for the SgLableStatement insertion.
  // SgFunctionDefinition* functionDefinition = SageInterface::getEnclosingProcedure(targetStmt);
  // ROSE_ASSERT(functionDefinition != NULL);
 
  // Liao 3/2/2012. The semantics of ensureBasicBlockAsParent() are messy. input targetStmt may be
  // returned as it is if it is already a basic block as a body of if/while/catch/ etc.
  // We now have single statement true/false body for IfStmt etc
  // However, IfStmt::insert_child() is ambiguous and not implemented
  // So we make SgBasicBlock out of the single statement and
  // essentially call SgBasicBlock::insert_child() instead.
  // TODO: add test cases for If, variable, variable/struct inside if, etc
    // parent = ensureBasicBlockAsParent(targetStmt);
 
  // must get the new scope after ensureBasicBlockAsParent ()
     SgScopeStatement* scope = targetStmt->get_scope();
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope);
 
#if 0
     printf ("targetStmt = %p = %s \n",targetStmt,targetStmt->class_name().c_str());
     printf ("scope      = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
  // DQ (11/16/2014): This step is problematic if the targetStmt has been transformed to be associated with a SgLabelStatement.
  // The reason is that the targetStmt's parent will have been reset to be the SgLabelStatement and the logic in the set_parent()
  // function will assert fail when the parent is being set to itself (which is a good idea in general).  A better solution might
  // be to set the parent to the scope of the target instead.  This would be just as correct in the general case, but also make
  // more sense in this special case of a SgLabelStatement.
  // newStmt->set_parent(targetStmt->get_parent());
     newStmt->set_parent(scope);
 
  // DQ (11/16/2014): This function had a bug that is now fixed.  It allowed a 2nd SgLableSymbol to be built when an initial one was found.
  // The fix was the reuse the one that was found.
     fixStatement(newStmt,scope);
 
  // DQ (9/16/2010): Added assertion that appears to be required to be true.
  // However, if this is required to be true then what about statements in
  // SgStatementExpression IR nodes?
     ROSE_ASSERT(isSgStatement(parent) != NULL);
 
  // DQ (9/16/2010): Added support to move comments and CPP directives marked to
  // appear before the statement to be attached to the inserted statement (and marked
  // to appear before that statement).
     ROSE_ASSERT(targetStmt != NULL);
     AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* comments = targetStmt->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo();
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::insertStatement(): after checking for associated comments \n");
     reportNodesMarkedAsModified(scope);
#endif
 
  // TODO refactor this portion of code into a separate function
  // DQ (9/17/2010): Trying to eliminate failing case in OpenMP projects/OpenMP_Translator/tests/npb2.3-omp-c/LU/lu.c
  // I think that special rules apply to inserting a SgBasicBlock so disable comment reloation when inserting a SgBasicBlock.
     if (autoMovePreprocessingInfo) // Do this only if automatically handling of preprocessing information is request by users
     {
     if (comments != NULL && isSgBasicBlock(newStmt) == NULL)
        {
          vector<int> captureList;
#if 0
          printf ("Found attached comments (at %p = %s, inserting %p = %s insertBefore = %s): comments->size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",
               targetStmt,targetStmt->class_name().c_str(),newStmt,newStmt->class_name().c_str(),insertBefore ? "true" : "false",comments->size());
#endif
       // DQ (9/17/2010): Assert that the new statement being inserted has no attached comments or CPP directives.
          if (newStmt->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo() != NULL && newStmt->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo()->empty() == false)
             {
            // If the inserted statment has attached comments or CPP directives then this is gets a little
            // bit more comple and we don't support that at present.
               printf ("Warning: at present statements being inserted should not have attached comments of CPP directives (could be a problem, but comment relocation is not disabled). \n");
             }
       // DQ (9/17/2010): commented out because it fails test in projects/OpenMP_Translator/for_firstprivate.c
          ROSE_ASSERT((newStmt->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo() == NULL) || (newStmt->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo() != NULL && newStmt->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo()->empty() == false));
 
          int commentIndex = 0;
          AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator i;
          for (i = comments->begin(); i != comments->end(); i++)
             {
               ROSE_ASSERT ( (*i) != NULL );
#if 0
               printf ("          Attached Comment (relativePosition=%s): %s\n",
                    ((*i)->getRelativePosition() == PreprocessingInfo::before) ? "before" : "after",
                    (*i)->getString().c_str());
               printf ("Comment/Directive getNumberOfLines = %d getColumnNumberOfEndOfString = %d \n",(*i)->getNumberOfLines(),(*i)->getColumnNumberOfEndOfString());
               (*i)->get_file_info()->display("comment/directive location");
#endif
               PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType relativePosition = (insertBefore == true) ? PreprocessingInfo::before : PreprocessingInfo::after;
               if ((*i)->getRelativePosition() == relativePosition)
                  {
                 // accumulate into list
                    captureList.push_back(commentIndex);
                  }
 
               commentIndex++;
             }
 
       // printf ("captureList.size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",captureList.size());
          if (captureList.empty() == false)
             {
            // Remove these comments and/or CPP directives and put them into the previous statement (marked to be output after the statement).
            // SgStatement* surroundingStatement = (insertBefore == true) ? getPreviousStatement(targetStmt) : getNextStatement(targetStmt);
            // SgStatement* surroundingStatement = (insertBefore == true) ? newStmt : newStmt;
               SgStatement* surroundingStatement = newStmt;
               ROSE_ASSERT(surroundingStatement != targetStmt);
               ROSE_ASSERT(surroundingStatement != NULL);
#if 0
               if (surroundingStatement == NULL)
                  {
                 // printf ("Warning: the surrounding statement for insertBefore = %s is NULL (so use the newStmt) \n",insertBefore ? "true" : "false");
                    surroundingStatement = (insertBefore == true) ? newStmt : newStmt;
                  }
#endif
            // Now add the entries from the captureList to the surroundingStatement and remove them from the targetStmt.
            // printf ("This is a valid surrounding statement = %s for insertBefore = %s \n",surroundingStatement->class_name().c_str(),insertBefore ? "true" : "false");
               vector<int>::iterator j = captureList.begin();
               while (j != captureList.end())
                  {
                 // Add the captured comments to the new statement. Likely we need to make sure that the order is preserved.
                 // printf ("Attaching comments to newStmt = %p = %s \n",newStmt,newStmt->class_name().c_str());
                    newStmt->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo((*comments)[*j]);
 
                 // Remove them from the targetStmt. (set them to NULL and then remove them in a separate step).
                 // printf ("Removing entry from comments list on targetStmt = %p = %s \n",targetStmt,targetStmt->class_name().c_str());
                    (*comments)[*j] = NULL;
 
                    j++;
                  }
 
            // Now remove each NULL entries in the comments vector.
            // Because of iterator invalidation we must reset the iterators after each call to erase (I think).
               for (size_t n = 0; n < captureList.size(); n++)
                  {
                    AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator k = comments->begin();
                    while (k != comments->end())
                       {
                      // Only modify the list once per iteration over the captureList
                         if (*k == NULL)
                            {
                              comments->erase(k);
                                                          break;
                            }
                             k++;
                       }
                  }
             }
        }
       else
        {
       // printf ("No attached comments (at %p of type: %s): \n",targetStmt,targetStmt->class_name().c_str());
       // DQ (9/17/2010): Trying to eliminate failing case in OpenMP projects/OpenMP_Translator/tests/npb2.3-omp-c/LU/lu.c
       // I think that special rules apply to inserting a SgBasicBlock so disable comment relocation when inserting a SgBasicBlock.
          if (comments != NULL)
             {
               printf ("Warning: special rules appear to apply to the insertion of a SgBasicBlock which has attached comments and/or CPP directives (comment relocation disabled). \n");
             }
        }
     } // end if autoMovePreprocessingInfo
 
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::insertStatement(): after processing associated comments \n");
     reportNodesMarkedAsModified(scope);
#endif
 
     if (isSgIfStmt(parent))
        {
          if (isSgIfStmt(parent)->get_conditional()==targetStmt)
             {
               insertStatement(isSgStatement(parent),newStmt,insertBefore);
             }
            else
             {
               if (isSgIfStmt(parent)->get_true_body()==targetStmt)
                  {
                    // Liao 3/2/2012
                    // We have some choices:
                    // 1) if the targeStmt is a basic block, we can append/prepend the new stmt
                    // within the targetStmt. But this is not the exact semantics of insertStatment. It will break the outliner.
                    // Since the targetStmt will have new content inside of it, which is not the semantics of
                    // inserting anything before/or after it.
                    // 2) always insert a padding basic block between parent and targetStmt
                    //   and we can legally insert before/after the target statement within the
                    //   padding basic block.
                    //TODO: this insertion of padding basic block should ideally go into some AST normalization phase
                    // so the transformation function (insertStatement) only does what it means to do, no more and no less.
                    SgBasicBlock* newparent = buildBasicBlock (targetStmt);
                    isSgIfStmt(parent)->set_true_body(newparent);
                    newparent->set_parent(parent);
                    insertStatement(targetStmt, newStmt,insertBefore);
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    if (isSgIfStmt(parent)->get_false_body()==targetStmt)
                       {
                      // ensureBasicBlockAsParent(targetStmt);
                         SgBasicBlock* newparent = buildBasicBlock (targetStmt);
                         isSgIfStmt(parent)->set_false_body(newparent);
                         newparent->set_parent(parent);
                         insertStatement(targetStmt, newStmt,insertBefore);
                      // insertStatement(isSgStatement(parent),newStmt,insertBefore);
                       }
                  }
             }
        }
       else
        {
          if (isSgWhileStmt(parent))
             {
               if (isSgWhileStmt(parent)->get_condition()==targetStmt)
                  {
                    insertStatement(isSgStatement(parent),newStmt,insertBefore);
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    if (isSgWhileStmt(parent)->get_body()==targetStmt)
                       {
                         SgBasicBlock* newparent = buildBasicBlock (targetStmt);
                         isSgWhileStmt(parent)->set_body(newparent);
                         newparent->set_parent(parent);
                         insertStatement(targetStmt, newStmt,insertBefore);
                      // ensureBasicBlockAsParent(targetStmt);
                      // insertStatement(isSgStatement(parent),newStmt,insertBefore);
                       }
                  }
             }
            else
             {
               if (isSgDoWhileStmt(parent))
                  {
                    if (isSgDoWhileStmt(parent)->get_condition()==targetStmt)
                       {
                         insertStatement(isSgStatement(parent),newStmt,insertBefore);
                       }
                      else
                       {
                         if (isSgDoWhileStmt(parent)->get_body()==targetStmt)
                            {
                              SgBasicBlock* newparent = buildBasicBlock (targetStmt);
                              isSgDoWhileStmt(parent)->set_body(newparent);
                              newparent->set_parent(parent);
                              insertStatement(targetStmt, newStmt,insertBefore);
                           // ensureBasicBlockAsParent(targetStmt);
                           // insertStatement(isSgStatement(parent),newStmt,insertBefore);
                            }
                       }
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    if (isSgForStatement(parent))
                       {
                         if (isSgForStatement(parent)->get_loop_body()==targetStmt)
                            {
                              SgBasicBlock* newparent = buildBasicBlock (targetStmt);
                              isSgForStatement(parent)->set_loop_body(newparent);
                              newparent->set_parent(parent);
                              insertStatement(targetStmt, newStmt,insertBefore);
                           // ensureBasicBlockAsParent(targetStmt);
                           // insertStatement(isSgStatement(parent),newStmt,insertBefore);
                            }
                           else
                            {
                              if (isSgForStatement(parent)->get_test()==targetStmt)
                                 {
                                   insertStatement(isSgStatement(parent),newStmt,insertBefore);
                                 }
                            }
                       }
                      else // \pp (2/24/2011) added support for UpcForAll
                       {
                         if (SgUpcForAllStatement* p = isSgUpcForAllStatement(parent))
                            {
                              //const bool stmt_present = (p->get_loop_body() == targetStmt || p->get_test() == targetStmt);
 
                          // \pp \todo what if !stmt_present
                           // ROSE_ASSERT(stmt_present != NULL);
                              insertStatement(p, newStmt, insertBefore);
                            }
                           else
                            {
                              if (SgOmpBodyStatement * p = isSgOmpBodyStatement (parent))
                                 {
                                   SgBasicBlock* newparent = buildBasicBlock (targetStmt);
                                   p->set_body(newparent);
                                   newparent->set_parent(parent);
                                   insertStatement(targetStmt, newStmt,insertBefore);
                                 }
                               else
                                 {
                                // It appears that all of the recursive calls are untimately calling this location.
                                   SgStatement* stmnt = isSgStatement(parent);
                                   ROSE_ASSERT(stmnt != NULL);
                                   stmnt->insert_statement(targetStmt,newStmt,insertBefore);
                                 }
                            }
                       }
                  }
             }
        }
 
  // DQ (11/19/2012): If we are building the AST within the front-end then don't do this expensive
  // fixup (we already set it properly in the AST construction within the frontend so we don't need
  // this).  Also since this is only operating within a single scope it is likely too specific to C
  // instead of addessing the details of C++ where functions can be placed in alternative scopes and
  // use name qualification).
  // update the links after insertion!
     SourcePositionClassification scp = getSourcePositionClassificationMode();
     if ( (scp != e_sourcePositionFrontendConstruction) && (isSgFunctionDeclaration(newStmt) != NULL) )
        {
          updateDefiningNondefiningLinks(isSgFunctionDeclaration(newStmt),scope);
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::insertStatement(): at BASE of function \n");
     reportNodesMarkedAsModified(scope);
#endif
   }
 
 
void SageInterface::insertStatementList(SgStatement *targetStmt, const std::vector<SgStatement*>& newStmts, bool insertBefore)
   {
     if (insertBefore)
        {
          for (size_t i = 0; i < newStmts.size(); ++i)
             {
               insertStatementBefore(targetStmt, newStmts[i]);
             }
        }
       else
        {
          for (size_t i = newStmts.size(); i > 0; --i)
             {
               insertStatementAfter(targetStmt, newStmts[i - 1]);
             }
        }
   }
 
void SageInterface::insertStatementAfter(SgStatement *targetStmt, SgStatement* newStmt, bool autoMovePreprocessingInfo /*= true*/)
  {
    insertStatement(targetStmt,newStmt,false, autoMovePreprocessingInfo);
  }
 
void SageInterface::insertStatementListAfter(SgStatement *targetStmt, const std::vector<SgStatement*>& newStmts)
  {
    insertStatementList(targetStmt,newStmts,false);
  }
 
void SageInterface::insertStatementAfterLastDeclaration(SgStatement* stmt, SgScopeStatement* scope)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT (stmt != NULL);
    ROSE_ASSERT (scope != NULL);
    // Insert to be the declaration after current declaration sequence, if any
    SgStatement* l_stmt = findLastDeclarationStatement (scope);
    if (l_stmt)
      insertStatementAfter(l_stmt,stmt);
    else
      prependStatement(stmt, scope);
  }
 
void SageInterface::insertStatementAfterLastDeclaration(std::vector<SgStatement*> stmt_list, SgScopeStatement* scope)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT (scope != NULL);
    vector <SgStatement* >::iterator iter;
    SgStatement* prev_stmt = NULL;
    for (iter= stmt_list.begin(); iter != stmt_list.end(); iter++)
    {
      if (iter == stmt_list.begin())
      {
        insertStatementAfterLastDeclaration (*iter, scope);
      }
      else
      {
        ROSE_ASSERT (prev_stmt != NULL);
        insertStatementAfter (prev_stmt, *iter);
      }
      prev_stmt = *iter;
    }
  }
 
void SageInterface::insertStatementBeforeFirstNonDeclaration(SgStatement *newStmt, SgScopeStatement *scope, bool movePreprocessingInfo)
{
    ROSE_ASSERT(newStmt!=NULL);
    ROSE_ASSERT(scope!=NULL);
    BOOST_FOREACH (SgStatement *targetStmt, scope->generateStatementList()) {
        if (!isSgDeclarationStatement(targetStmt)) {
            insertStatementBefore(targetStmt, newStmt, movePreprocessingInfo);
            return;
        }
    }
    appendStatement(newStmt, scope);
}
 
void SageInterface::insertStatementListBeforeFirstNonDeclaration(const std::vector<SgStatement*> &newStmts,SgScopeStatement *scope)
{
    ROSE_ASSERT(scope!=NULL);
    BOOST_FOREACH (SgStatement *targetStmt, scope->generateStatementList()) {
        if (!isSgDeclarationStatement(targetStmt)) {
            insertStatementListBefore(targetStmt, newStmts);
            return;
        }
    }
    appendStatementList(newStmts, scope);
}
 
void SageInterface::insertStatementBefore(SgStatement *targetStmt, SgStatement* newStmt, bool autoMovePreprocessingInfo /*= true */)
  {
    insertStatement(targetStmt,newStmt,true, autoMovePreprocessingInfo);
  }
 
void SageInterface::insertStatementListBefore(SgStatement *targetStmt, const std::vector<SgStatement*>& newStmts)
  {
    insertStatementList(targetStmt,newStmts,true);
  }
 
  //a wrapper for set_expression(), set_operand(), set_operand_exp() etc
  // special concern for lvalue, parent,
  // todo: warning overwriting existing operands
void SageInterface::setOperand(SgExpression* target, SgExpression* operand)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(target);
    ROSE_ASSERT(operand);
    ROSE_ASSERT(target!=operand);
    switch (target->variantT())
    {
      case V_SgActualArgumentExpression:
        isSgActualArgumentExpression(target)->set_expression(operand);
        break;
      case V_SgAsmOp:
        isSgAsmOp(target)->set_expression(operand);
        break;
      case V_SgSizeOfOp:
        isSgSizeOfOp(target)->set_operand_expr(operand);
        break;
      case V_SgTypeIdOp:
        isSgTypeIdOp(target)->set_operand_expr(operand);
        break;
      case V_SgVarArgOp:
        isSgVarArgOp(target)->set_operand_expr(operand);
        break;
      case V_SgVarArgStartOneOperandOp:
        isSgVarArgStartOneOperandOp(target)->set_operand_expr(operand);
        break;
      case V_SgAssignInitializer:
         isSgAssignInitializer (target)->set_operand(operand);
         break;
      default:
        if (isSgUnaryOp(target)!=NULL)
          isSgUnaryOp(target)->set_operand_i(operand);
        else
          {
            cerr<<"\tSageInterface::setOperand(): unhandled case for target expression of type "
                <<target->class_name()<<endl;
            ROSE_ABORT();
          }
    }// end switch
    operand->set_parent(target);
    markLhsValues(target);
  }
 
  // binary and SgVarArgCopyOp, SgVarArgStartOp
void SageInterface::setLhsOperand(SgExpression* target, SgExpression* lhs)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(target);
    ROSE_ASSERT(lhs);
    ROSE_ASSERT(target!=lhs);
    bool hasrhs = false;
 
    SgVarArgCopyOp* varargcopy = isSgVarArgCopyOp(target);
    SgVarArgStartOp* varargstart = isSgVarArgStartOp(target);
    SgBinaryOp* binary = isSgBinaryOp(target);
 
    if (varargcopy!=NULL)
    {
      varargcopy->set_lhs_operand(lhs);
       if( varargcopy->get_rhs_operand()!=NULL) hasrhs= true;
    }
    else if(varargstart!=NULL)
    {
      varargstart->set_lhs_operand(lhs);
      if( varargstart->get_rhs_operand()!=NULL) hasrhs= true;
    }
    else if(binary!=NULL)
    {
      binary->set_lhs_operand(lhs);
      if( binary->get_rhs_operand()!=NULL) hasrhs= true;
    }
    else
    {
      cout<<"SageInterface::setLhsOperand(): unhandled case for target expression of type "
                <<target->class_name()<<endl;
      ROSE_ABORT();
    }
    lhs->set_parent(target);
// only when both lhs and rhs are available, can we set lvalue
// there is assertion(rhs!=NULL) in markLhsValues()
   if (hasrhs)
      markLhsValues(target);
  }
 
  void SageInterface::setRhsOperand(SgExpression* target, SgExpression* rhs)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(target);
    ROSE_ASSERT(rhs);
    ROSE_ASSERT(target!=rhs);
    bool haslhs = false;
 
    SgVarArgCopyOp* varargcopy = isSgVarArgCopyOp(target);
    SgVarArgStartOp* varargstart = isSgVarArgStartOp(target);
    SgBinaryOp* binary = isSgBinaryOp(target);
 
    if (varargcopy!=NULL)
    {
       varargcopy->set_rhs_operand(rhs);
       if( varargcopy->get_lhs_operand()!=NULL) haslhs= true;
    }
    else if(varargstart!=NULL)
    {
      varargstart->set_rhs_operand(rhs);
      if( varargstart->get_lhs_operand()!=NULL) haslhs= true;
    }
    else if(binary!=NULL)
    {
      binary->set_rhs_operand(rhs);
      if( binary->get_lhs_operand()!=NULL) haslhs= true;
    }
    else
    {
      cout<<"SageInterface::setRhsOperand(): unhandled case for target expression of type "
                <<target->class_name()<<endl;
      ROSE_ABORT();
    }
    rhs->set_parent(target);
// only when both lhs and rhs are available, can we set lvalue
   if (haslhs)
      markLhsValues(target);
  }
 
// DQ (1/25/2010): Added to simplify handling of directories (e.g. for code generation).
void SageInterface::moveToSubdirectory ( std::string directoryName, SgFile* file )
   {
  // This support makes use of the new SgDirectory IR node.  It causes the unparser to
  // generate a subdirectory and unparse the file into the subdirectory.  It works
  // by internally calling the system function "system()" to call "mkdir directoryName"
  // and then chdir()" to change the current directory.  These steps are handled by the
  // unparser.
 
  // This function just does the transformation to insert a SgDirectory IR node between
  // the referenced SgFile and it's project (fixing up parents and file lists etc.).
 
  // Add a directory and unparse the code (to the new directory)
     SgDirectory* directory = new SgDirectory(directoryName);
 
     SgFileList* parentFileList = isSgFileList(file->get_parent());
     ROSE_ASSERT(parentFileList != NULL);
     directory->set_parent(file->get_parent());
 
     SgProject* project           = NULL;
     SgDirectory* parentDirectory = isSgDirectory(parentFileList->get_parent());
 
     if (parentDirectory != NULL)
        {
       // Add a directory to the list in the SgDirectory node.
          parentDirectory->get_directoryList()->get_listOfDirectories().push_back(directory);
 
       // Erase the reference to the file in the project's file list.
       // parentDirectory->get_fileList().erase(find(parentDirectory->get_fileList().begin(),parentDirectory->get_fileList().end(),file));
        }
       else
        {
          project = isSgProject(parentFileList->get_parent());
          ROSE_ASSERT(project != NULL);
 
       // Add a directory to the list in the SgProject node.
          project->get_directoryList()->get_listOfDirectories().push_back(directory);
 
       // Erase the reference to the file in the project's file list.
       // project->get_fileList().erase(find(project->get_fileList().begin(),project->get_fileList().end(),file));
        }
 
  // Put the file into the new directory.
     directory->get_fileList()->get_listOfFiles().push_back(file);
 
  // Erase the reference to the file in the project's file list.
     parentFileList->get_listOfFiles().erase(find(parentFileList->get_listOfFiles().begin(),parentFileList->get_listOfFiles().end(),file));
 
     file->set_parent(directory);
}
 
 
//------------------------- AST repair----------------------------
//----------------------------------------------------------------
void SageInterface::fixStructDeclaration(SgClassDeclaration* structDecl, SgScopeStatement* scope)
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(structDecl != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
     SgClassDeclaration* nondefdecl = isSgClassDeclaration(structDecl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
     ROSE_ASSERT(nondefdecl != NULL);
 
  // ROSE_ASSERT(structDecl->get_definingDeclaration() != NULL);
     SgClassDeclaration* defdecl = isSgClassDeclaration(structDecl->get_definingDeclaration());
  // ROSE_ASSERT(defdecl != NULL);
 
  // Liao, 9/2/2009
  // fixup missing scope when bottomup AST building is used
     if (structDecl->get_scope() == NULL)
          structDecl->set_scope(scope);
     if (nondefdecl->get_scope() == NULL)
          nondefdecl->set_scope(scope);
 
#if 0
     if (structDecl->get_parent() == NULL)
          structDecl->set_parent(scope);
     if (nondefdecl->get_parent() == NULL)
          nondefdecl->set_parent(scope);
#else
  // printf ("*** WARNING: In SageInterface::fixStructDeclaration(): Commented out the setting of the parent (of input class declaration and the nondefining declaration) to be the same as the scope (set only if NULL) \n");
 
  // DQ (7/21/2012): Can we assert this here? NO!
  // ROSE_ASSERT(structDecl->get_parent() == NULL);
  // ROSE_ASSERT(nondefdecl->get_parent() == NULL);
#endif
 
     SgName name = structDecl->get_name();
 
  // This is rare case (translation error) when scope->lookup_class_symbol(name) will find something
  // but nondefdecl->get_symbol_from_symbol_table() returns NULL
  // But symbols are associated with nondefining declarations whenever possible
  // and AST consistent check will check the nondefining declarations first
  // Liao, 9/2/2009
  // SgClassSymbol* mysymbol = scope->lookup_class_symbol(name);
     SgClassSymbol* mysymbol = isSgClassSymbol(nondefdecl->get_symbol_from_symbol_table());
 
  // DQ (3/14/2014): This is false for a copy of a class declaration being inserted into the AST.
  // DQ (9/4/2012): I want to assert this for the new EDG/ROSE connection code (at least).
  // ROSE_ASSERT(mysymbol != NULL);
 
     if (mysymbol == NULL)
        {
          printf ("Note: SageInterface::fixStructDeclaration(): structDecl = %p nondefdecl = %p (mysymbol == NULL) \n",structDecl,nondefdecl);
 
       // DQ (12/3/2011): This will be an error for C++ if the scope of the statment is different from the scope where it is located structurally...
       // DQ (12/4/2011): Only generate symbols and set the scope if this is the correct scope.
          ROSE_ASSERT(structDecl->get_scope() != NULL);
 
          if (scope == structDecl->get_scope())
             {
               mysymbol = new SgClassSymbol(nondefdecl);
               ROSE_ASSERT(mysymbol);
 
            // I need to check the rest of these functions.
               printf ("############## DANGER:DANGER:DANGER ################\n");
 
               printf ("In SageInterface::fixStructDeclaration(): Adding class symbol to scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
               scope->insert_symbol(name, mysymbol);
 
            // ROSE_ASSERT(defdecl != NULL);
               if (defdecl)
                    defdecl->set_scope(scope);
               nondefdecl->set_scope(scope);
 
               printf ("*** WARNING: In SageInterface::fixStructDeclaration(): (mysymbol == NULL) Commented out the setting of the parent to be the same as the scope \n");
#if 0
               if (defdecl)
                    defdecl->set_parent(scope);
               nondefdecl->set_parent(scope);
#endif
             }
            else
             {
               printf ("In SageInterface::fixStructDeclaration(): (mysymbol == NULL) Skipped building an associated symbol! \n");
             }
        }
 
  // DQ (9/4/2012): I want to assert this for the new EDG/ROSE connection code (at least).
     ROSE_ASSERT(nondefdecl->get_type() != NULL);
 
  // DQ (9/4/2012): This is a sign that the pointer to the type was deleted.
     ROSE_ASSERT(nondefdecl->get_type()->variantT() != V_SgNode);
 
  // DQ (9/4/2012): This should be a SgClassType IR node.
     ROSE_ASSERT(isSgClassType(nondefdecl->get_type()) != NULL);
 
  // fixup SgClassType, which is associated with the first non-defining declaration only
  // and the other declarations share it.
     if (nondefdecl->get_type() == NULL)
        {
          nondefdecl->set_type(SgClassType::createType(nondefdecl));
        }
     ROSE_ASSERT (nondefdecl->get_type() != NULL);
 
  // DQ (9/4/2012): If defDecl != NULL, I want to assert this for the new EDG/ROSE connection code (at least).
     if (defdecl != NULL)
        {
       // DQ (9/4/2012): This is a sign that the pointer to the type was deleted.
          ROSE_ASSERT(defdecl->get_type()->variantT() != V_SgNode);
 
       // DQ (9/4/2012): This should be a SgClassType IR node.
          ROSE_ASSERT(isSgClassType(defdecl->get_type()) != NULL);
        }
 
  // ROSE_ASSERT(defdecl != NULL);
     if (defdecl != NULL)
        {
       // DQ (9/4/2012): If defDecl != NULL, I want to assert this for the new EDG/ROSE connection code (at least).
          ROSE_ASSERT(defdecl->get_type() != NULL);
          if (defdecl->get_type() != nondefdecl->get_type())
             {
               printf ("ERROR: defdecl->get_type() != nondefdecl->get_type(): what are these: \n");
               printf ("   defdecl->get_type()    = %p = %s \n",defdecl   ->get_type(),defdecl   ->get_type()->class_name().c_str());
               SgNamedType* namedType_definingDecl = isSgNamedType(defdecl->get_type());
               if (namedType_definingDecl != NULL)
                  {
                    printf ("namedType_definingDecl->get_declaration() = %p = %s \n",namedType_definingDecl->get_declaration(),namedType_definingDecl->get_declaration()->class_name().c_str());
                  }
               printf ("   nondefdecl->get_type() = %p = %s \n",nondefdecl->get_type(),nondefdecl->get_type()->class_name().c_str());
               SgNamedType* namedType_nondefiningDecl = isSgNamedType(nondefdecl->get_type());
               if (namedType_nondefiningDecl != NULL)
                  {
                    printf ("namedType_nondefiningDecl->get_declaration() = %p = %s \n",namedType_nondefiningDecl->get_declaration(),namedType_nondefiningDecl->get_declaration()->class_name().c_str());
                  }
             }
          //ROSE_ASSERT(defdecl->get_type() == nondefdecl->get_type());
        }
   }
 
 
void SageInterface::fixClassDeclaration(SgClassDeclaration* classDecl, SgScopeStatement* scope)
  {
    fixStructDeclaration(classDecl,scope);
  }
 
 
void SageInterface::fixNamespaceDeclaration(SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement* structDecl, SgScopeStatement* scope)
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(structDecl);
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope);
     SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement* nondefdecl = isSgNamespaceDeclarationStatement(structDecl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
     ROSE_ASSERT(nondefdecl);
  // Liao, 9/2/2009
  // fixup missing scope when bottomup AST building is used
     if (structDecl->get_parent() == NULL)
          structDecl->set_parent(scope);
     if (nondefdecl->get_parent() == NULL)
          nondefdecl->set_parent(scope);
 
  // tps : (09/03/2009) Namespace should not have a scope
    /*
    if (structDecl->get_scope() == NULL)
      structDecl->set_scope(scope);
    if (nondefdecl->get_scope() == NULL)
      nondefdecl->set_scope(scope);
    */
 
     SgName name= structDecl->get_name();
  // SgNamespaceSymbol* mysymbol = scope->lookup_namespace_symbol(name);
     SgNamespaceSymbol* mysymbol = isSgNamespaceSymbol(nondefdecl->get_symbol_from_symbol_table());
     if (mysymbol==NULL)
        {
       // DQ (12/4/2011): This code is modified to try to only insert the symbol into the correct scope.  It used to
       // just insert the symbol into whatever scope structureally held the declaration (not good enough for C++).
          if (scope == structDecl->get_scope())
             {
               mysymbol = new SgNamespaceSymbol(name,nondefdecl);
               ROSE_ASSERT(mysymbol);
 
               printf ("In SageInterface::fixNamespaceDeclaration(): inserting namespace symbol into scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
               scope->insert_symbol(name, mysymbol);
 
               SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement* defdecl = isSgNamespaceDeclarationStatement(structDecl->get_definingDeclaration());
               ROSE_ASSERT(defdecl);
               defdecl->set_scope(scope);
               nondefdecl->set_scope(scope);
 
               defdecl->set_parent(scope);
               nondefdecl->set_parent(scope);
             }
        }
   }
 
#define DEBUG__SageInterface__fixVariableDeclaration 0
 
void SageInterface::fixVariableDeclaration(SgVariableDeclaration* varDecl, SgScopeStatement* scope)
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(varDecl != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope   != NULL);
 
     SgInitializedNamePtrList namelist = varDecl->get_variables();
     SgTemplateVariableInstantiation * tplinst = isSgTemplateVariableInstantiation(varDecl);
 
  // printf ("In SageInterface::fixVariableDeclaration(): Is this a recursive call! \n");
 
#if DEBUG__SageInterface__fixVariableDeclaration
     printf ("In SageInterface::fixVariableDeclaration():\n");
     printf ("  varDecl = %p scope = %p = %s \n", varDecl);
     printf ("  scope = %p : %s \n", scope, scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(namelist.size() > 0);
 
     SgInitializedNamePtrList::iterator i;
     for (i = namelist.begin(); i != namelist.end(); i++)
        {
          SgInitializedName *initName = *i;
          ROSE_ASSERT(initName != NULL);
#if DEBUG__SageInterface__fixVariableDeclaration
          printf ("  initName = %p\n", initName);
          printf ("  initName->get_scope() = %p : %s\n", initName->get_scope(), initName->get_scope() ? initName->get_scope()->class_name().c_str() : "");
#endif
 
          SgName name = initName->get_name();
#if DEBUG__SageInterface__fixVariableDeclaration
          printf ("  name = %s\n", name.str());
#endif
          if (tplinst) {
            name = appendTemplateArgumentsToName(name, tplinst->get_templateArguments());
          }
#if DEBUG__SageInterface__fixVariableDeclaration
          printf ("  name = %s\n", name.str());
#endif
 
       // DQ (11/19/2011): When used with C++, the variable may already have an associated scope
       // and be using name qualification, so might not be associated with the current scope.
          SgScopeStatement* requiredScope = scope;
          SgScopeStatement* preAssociatedScope = initName->get_scope();
          if (preAssociatedScope != NULL) {
            requiredScope = preAssociatedScope;
          }
 
       // DQ (11/19/2011): C++ can have a different scope than that of the current scope.
          initName->set_scope(requiredScope);
          if (topScopeStack() != NULL) {
            varDecl->set_parent(topScopeStack());
            ROSE_ASSERT(varDecl->get_parent() != NULL);
          }
          ROSE_ASSERT(requiredScope != NULL);
          SgVariableSymbol* varSymbol = requiredScope->lookup_variable_symbol(name);
#if DEBUG__SageInterface__fixVariableDeclaration
          printf ("  varSymbol = %p (%s)\n", varSymbol, varSymbol ? varSymbol->class_name().c_str() : "");
#endif
          if (varSymbol == NULL) {
            if (scope == initName->get_scope()) {
              if (isSgTemplateVariableDeclaration(varDecl)) {
                varSymbol = new SgTemplateVariableSymbol(initName);
              } else {
                varSymbol = new SgVariableSymbol(initName);
              }
              ROSE_ASSERT(varSymbol);
              scope->insert_symbol(name, varSymbol);
            }
          } else {
            SgInitializedName* prev_decl = varSymbol->get_declaration();
            ROSE_ASSERT(prev_decl);
            if (initName != prev_decl) {
              initName->set_prev_decl_item(prev_decl);
            }
            ROSE_ASSERT(initName->get_prev_decl_item() != initName);
          }
#if DEBUG__SageInterface__fixVariableDeclaration
          printf ("  varSymbol = %p (%s)\n", varSymbol, varSymbol ? varSymbol->class_name().c_str() : "");
#endif
        } //end for
 
  // Liao 12/8/2010
  // For Fortran, a common statement may refer to a variable which is declared later.
  // In this case, a fake symbol is used for that variable reference.
  // But we have to replace the fake one with the real one once the variable declaration is inserted into AST
     if (SageInterface::is_Fortran_language() == true)
        {
          fixVariableReferences(scope);
        }
   }
 
int SageInterface::fixVariableReferences(SgNode* root, bool cleanUnusedSymbols/*=true*/)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(root);
  int counter=0;
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> varList;
 
  SgVarRefExp* varRef=NULL;
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> reflist = NodeQuery::querySubTree(root, V_SgVarRefExp);
  for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*>::iterator i=reflist.begin();i!=reflist.end();i++)
  {
    varRef= isSgVarRefExp(*i);
    ROSE_ASSERT(varRef->get_symbol());
    SgInitializedName* initname= varRef->get_symbol()->get_declaration();
 
    ROSE_ASSERT (initname != NULL);
    if (initname->get_type()==SgTypeUnknown::createType())
    {
      SgName varName=initname->get_name();
      SgSymbol* realSymbol = NULL;
 
#if 1
      // CH (5/7/2010): Before searching SgVarRefExp objects, we should first deal with class/structure
      // members. Or else, it is possible that we assign the wrong symbol to those members if there is another
      // variable with the same name in parent scopes. Those members include normal member referenced using . or ->
      // operators, and static members using :: operators.
      //
      if (SgArrowExp* arrowExp = isSgArrowExp(varRef->get_parent()))
      {
        if (varRef == arrowExp->get_rhs_operand_i())
        {
            // make sure the lhs operand has been fixed
            counter += fixVariableReferences(arrowExp->get_lhs_operand_i());
            SgType* lhs_type = arrowExp->get_lhs_operand_i()->get_type() ;
            lhs_type = lhs_type->stripType(SgType::STRIP_MODIFIER_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_REFERENCE_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_RVALUE_REFERENCE_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_TYPEDEF_TYPE);
            SgPointerType* ptrType = isSgPointerType(lhs_type);
            ROSE_ASSERT(ptrType);
            SgClassType* clsType = isSgClassType(ptrType->get_base_type()-> stripType(SgType::STRIP_MODIFIER_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_REFERENCE_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_RVALUE_REFERENCE_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_TYPEDEF_TYPE));
            ROSE_ASSERT(clsType);
            SgClassDeclaration* decl = isSgClassDeclaration(clsType->get_declaration());
            decl = isSgClassDeclaration(decl->get_definingDeclaration());
            ROSE_ASSERT(decl);
 
         // DQ (8/16/2013): We want to lookup variable symbols not just any symbol.
         // realSymbol = lookupSymbolInParentScopes(varName, decl->get_definition());
            realSymbol = lookupVariableSymbolInParentScopes(varName, decl->get_definition());
        }
        else
        {
         // DQ (8/16/2013): We want to lookup variable symbols not just any symbol.
         // realSymbol = lookupSymbolInParentScopes(varName,getScope(varRef));
            realSymbol = lookupVariableSymbolInParentScopes(varName, getScope(varRef));
        }
      }
      else if (SgDotExp* dotExp = isSgDotExp(varRef->get_parent()))
      {
        if (varRef == dotExp->get_rhs_operand_i())
        {
            // make sure the lhs operand has been fixed
            counter += fixVariableReferences(dotExp->get_lhs_operand_i());
 
            SgType* lhs_type = dotExp->get_lhs_operand_i()->get_type() ;
            lhs_type = lhs_type->stripType(SgType::STRIP_MODIFIER_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_REFERENCE_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_RVALUE_REFERENCE_TYPE | SgType::STRIP_TYPEDEF_TYPE);
            SgClassType* clsType = isSgClassType(lhs_type);
            ROSE_ASSERT(clsType);
            SgClassDeclaration* decl = isSgClassDeclaration(clsType->get_declaration());
            decl = isSgClassDeclaration(decl->get_definingDeclaration());
            ROSE_ASSERT(decl);
 
         // DQ (8/16/2013): We want to lookup variable symbols not just any symbol.
         // realSymbol = lookupSymbolInParentScopes(varName, decl->get_definition());
            realSymbol = lookupVariableSymbolInParentScopes(varName, decl->get_definition());
        }
        else
         // DQ (8/16/2013): We want to lookup variable symbols not just any symbol.
         // realSymbol = lookupSymbolInParentScopes(varName,getScope(varRef));
            realSymbol = lookupVariableSymbolInParentScopes(varName, getScope(varRef));
      }
      else
#endif
      {
         // DQ (8/16/2013): We want to lookup variable symbols not just any symbol.
         // realSymbol = lookupSymbolInParentScopes(varName,getScope(varRef));
            realSymbol = lookupVariableSymbolInParentScopes(varName, getScope(varRef));
      }
 
      // should find a real symbol at this final fixing stage!
      // This function can be called any time, not just final fixing stage
      if (realSymbol==NULL)
      {
        //cerr<<"Error: cannot find a symbol for "<<varName.getString()<<endl;
        //ROSE_ASSERT(realSymbol);
      }
      else {
        // release placeholder initname and symbol
        ROSE_ASSERT(realSymbol!=(varRef->get_symbol()));
#if 0
        // CH (5/12/2010):
        // To delete a symbol node, first check if there is any node in memory
        // pool which points to this symbol node. Only if no such node exists,
        // this symbol together with its initialized name can be deleted.
        //
        bool toDelete = true;
 
        SgSymbol* symbolToDelete = varRef->get_symbol();
        varRef->set_symbol(isSgVariableSymbol(realSymbol));
        counter ++;
 
        if (varList.empty())
        {
            VariantVector vv(V_SgVarRefExp);
            varList = NodeQuery::queryMemoryPool(vv);
        }
 
        for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*>::iterator i = varList.begin();
                i != varList.end(); ++i)
        {
            if (SgVarRefExp* var = isSgVarRefExp(*i))
            {
                if (var->get_symbol() == symbolToDelete)
                {
                    toDelete = false;
                    break;
                }
            }
        }
        if (toDelete)
        {
            delete initname; // TODO deleteTree(), release File_Info nodes etc.
            delete symbolToDelete;
        }
 
#else
 
        // CH (2010/7/26): We cannot delete those initname and symbol here, since there may be other variable references
        // which point to them. We will delay this clear just before AstTests.
#if 0
        delete initname; // TODO deleteTree(), release File_Info nodes etc.
        delete (varRef->get_symbol());
#endif
 
        //std::cout << "Fixed variable reference: " << realSymbol->get_name().str() << std::endl;
        varRef->set_symbol(isSgVariableSymbol(realSymbol));
        counter ++;
#endif
      }
    }
  } // end for
  // Liao 2/1/2013: delete unused initname and symbol, considering possible use by the current subtree from root node
  if (cleanUnusedSymbols)
    clearUnusedVariableSymbols(root);
  return counter;
}
 
void SageInterface::clearUnusedVariableSymbols(SgNode* root /*= NULL */)
{
    Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> symbolList;
    VariantVector sym_vv(V_SgVariableSymbol);
    symbolList = NodeQuery::queryMemoryPool(sym_vv);
 
    Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> varList;
    VariantVector var_vv(V_SgVarRefExp);
    //varList = NodeQuery::queryMemoryPool(var_vv);
    if (root != NULL)
    {
      varList = NodeQuery::querySubTree(root, V_SgVarRefExp);
    }
 
    for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*>::iterator i = symbolList.begin();
            i != symbolList.end(); ++i)
    {
        SgVariableSymbol* symbolToDelete = isSgVariableSymbol(*i);
        ROSE_ASSERT(symbolToDelete);
        if (symbolToDelete->get_declaration()->get_type() != SgTypeUnknown::createType())
            continue;
        // symbol with a declaration of SgTypeUnknown will be deleted
        bool toDelete = true;
 
        if (root != NULL) // if root is specified. We further check if the symbol is referenced by any nodes of the tree rooted at "root"
        {
          for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*>::iterator j = varList.begin();
              j != varList.end(); ++j)
          {
            SgVarRefExp* var = isSgVarRefExp(*j);
            ROSE_ASSERT(var);
 
            if (var->get_symbol() == symbolToDelete)
            {
              toDelete = false;
              break;
            }
          }
        }
 
        if (toDelete)
        {
#if 0
            std::cout << "Symbol " << symbolToDelete->get_name().str() << ' ' << symbolToDelete <<
               ' ' << symbolToDelete->get_declaration() <<  " is deleted." << std::endl;
#endif
            delete symbolToDelete->get_declaration();
            delete symbolToDelete;
        }
    }
}
 
 
/*
 * label statement has special scope: the closest function definition , not SgBasicBlock or others!
 */
void SageInterface::fixLabelStatement(SgLabelStatement* stmt, SgScopeStatement* scope)
   {
     SgLabelStatement* label_stmt = isSgLabelStatement(stmt);
     ROSE_ASSERT(label_stmt);
     SgName name = label_stmt->get_label();
 
   // PP (07/18/23): In Ada, label symbols should be inserted in the current scope's symbol table
     const bool        symbolAtFunctionLevel = !is_Ada_language();
     SgScopeStatement* label_scope = symbolAtFunctionLevel ? getEnclosingFunctionDefinition(scope,true)
                                                           : scope;
 
  // DQ (11/16/2014): Added error checking for when the input scope is the SgFunctionDefinition instead of a nested scope.
     if (isSgFunctionDefinition(scope) != nullptr)
        {
          ASSERT_not_null(label_scope);
        }
 
     if (label_scope) //Should we assert this instead? No for bottom up AST building
        {
          label_stmt->set_scope(label_scope);
          SgLabelSymbol* lsymbol = label_scope->lookup_label_symbol(name);
 
          if (lsymbol == nullptr)
             {
            // SgLabelStatement should always be in the function scope
            //  PP (07/18/23): in Ada symbols should be at the innermost scope
               lsymbol= new SgLabelSymbol(label_stmt);
               ASSERT_not_null(lsymbol);
               label_scope->insert_symbol(lsymbol->get_name(), lsymbol);
             }
        }
   }
 
 
//efExp are created transparently as needed.
void SageInterface::setFortranNumericLabel(SgStatement* stmt, int label_value,
                                           SgLabelSymbol::label_type_enum label_type, SgScopeStatement* label_scope)
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT (stmt != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT (label_value >0 && label_value <=99999); //five digits for Fortran label
 
  // Added optional label_type and label_scope [Rasmussen 2019.01.20]
     if (label_scope == NULL)
        {
           label_scope = getEnclosingFunctionDefinition(stmt);
        }
     ROSE_ASSERT (label_scope != NULL);
     SgName label_name(StringUtility::numberToString(label_value));
     SgLabelSymbol * symbol = label_scope->lookup_label_symbol (label_name);
     if (symbol == NULL)
        {
       // DQ (12/4/2011): This is the correct handling for SgLabelStatement (always in the function scope, same as C and C++).
       // DQ (2/2/2011): We want to call the old constructor (we now have another constructor that takes a SgInitializedName pointer).
       // symbol = new SgLabelSymbol(NULL);
          symbol = new SgLabelSymbol((SgLabelStatement*) NULL);
          ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
          symbol->set_fortran_statement(stmt);
          symbol->set_numeric_label_value(label_value);
          label_scope->insert_symbol(label_name,symbol);
        }
       else
        {
          cerr<<"Error. SageInterface::setFortranNumericLabel() tries to set a duplicated label value!"<<endl;
          ROSE_ASSERT (false);
        }
 
  // SgLabelRefExp
     SgLabelRefExp* ref_exp = buildLabelRefExp(symbol);
     ref_exp->set_parent(stmt);
 
     switch(label_type)
       {
         case SgLabelSymbol::e_start_label_type:
            {
              stmt->set_numeric_label(ref_exp);
              break;
            }
         case SgLabelSymbol::e_end_label_type:
            {
              stmt->set_end_numeric_label(ref_exp);
              break;
            }
         default:
            {
               std::cerr << "SageInterface::setFortranNumericLabel: unimplemented for label_type " << label_type << "\n";
               ROSE_ABORT();  // NOT IMPLEMENTED
            }
       }
 
   }
 
 
int  SageInterface::suggestNextNumericLabel(SgFunctionDefinition* func_def)
{
  int result =10;
  ROSE_ASSERT (func_def != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (SageInterface::is_Fortran_language()== true);
  std::set<SgNode*> symbols = func_def->get_symbol_table()->get_symbols();
 
  // find the max label value, +10 to be the suggested next label value
  std::set<SgNode*>::iterator iter ;
  for (iter=symbols.begin(); iter !=symbols.end(); iter++)
  {
    SgLabelSymbol * l_symbol = isSgLabelSymbol(*iter);
    if (l_symbol)
    {
      int cur_val = l_symbol->get_numeric_label_value();
      if (result <=cur_val)
        result = cur_val +10;
    }
  }
 
  ROSE_ASSERT (result <= 99999); // max 5 digits for F77 label
  return result;
}
 
/*
 * function declarations can have a scope that is different from their structural location (e.g. member functions declared outside of the defining class declaration.
 */
void SageInterface::fixFunctionDeclaration(SgFunctionDeclaration* stmt, SgScopeStatement* scope)
   {
 // DQ (3/5/2012): Added test.
    ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
 
 // fix function type table's parent edge
 // Liao 5/4/2010
    SgFunctionTypeTable * fTable = SgNode::get_globalFunctionTypeTable();
    ROSE_ASSERT(fTable != NULL);
 
    if (fTable->get_parent() == NULL)
       {
      // DQ (3/5/2012): This is a problem for test2012_13.C (test code taken from test2004_42.C).
      // fTable->set_parent(getGlobalScope(scope));
#if 0
         printf ("WARNING: Skip setting the scope of the SgFunctionTypeTable scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
         fTable->set_parent(getGlobalScope(scope));
       }
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::fixStatement(): stmt = %p = %s \n",stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
  // Liao 4/23/2010,  Fix function symbol
  // This could happen when users copy a function, then rename it (func->set_name()), and finally insert it to a scope
  // Added SgProgramHeaderStatement [Rasmussen, 2020.01.19]
     SgFunctionDeclaration               * func         = isSgFunctionDeclaration(stmt);
     SgMemberFunctionDeclaration         * mfunc        = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(stmt);
     SgTemplateFunctionDeclaration       * tfunc        = isSgTemplateFunctionDeclaration(stmt);
     SgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration * tmfunc       = isSgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration(stmt);
     SgProcedureHeaderStatement          * procfunc     = isSgProcedureHeaderStatement(stmt);
     SgProgramHeaderStatement            * progfunc     = isSgProgramHeaderStatement(stmt);
 
     if (tmfunc != NULL)
       assert(tmfunc->variantT() == V_SgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration);
     else if (mfunc != NULL)
       assert(mfunc->variantT() == V_SgMemberFunctionDeclaration || mfunc->variantT() == V_SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl);
     else if (tfunc != NULL)
       assert(tfunc->variantT() == V_SgTemplateFunctionDeclaration);
     else if (procfunc != NULL)
        assert(procfunc->variantT() == V_SgProcedureHeaderStatement);
     else if (progfunc != NULL)
        assert(progfunc->variantT() == V_SgProgramHeaderStatement);
     else if (func != NULL)
       assert(func->variantT() == V_SgFunctionDeclaration || func->variantT() == V_SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl);
     else ROSE_ABORT();
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::fixStatement(): scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
     printf ("In SageInterface::fixStatement(): stmt->get_scope() = %p \n",stmt->get_scope());
#endif
 
  // DQ (12/3/2011): This is a scary piece of code, but I think it is OK now!
  // It is an error to put the symbol for a function into the current scope if the function's scope
  // is explicitly set to be different.  So this should be allowed only if the function's scope is
  // not explicitly set, or if the scopes match.  This is an example of something different for C++
  // than for C or other simpler languages.
  // If the scope of the function is not set, or if it matches the current scope then allow this step.
     if (stmt->get_scope() == NULL || scope == stmt->get_scope())
        {
#if 0
          printf ("Looking up the function symbol using name = %s and type = %p = %s \n",func->get_name().str(),func->get_type(),func->get_type()->class_name().c_str());
#endif
          SgFunctionSymbol* func_symbol = NULL;
 
       // DQ (7/31/2013): Fixing API to use functions that now require template parameters and template specialization arguments.
       // In this case these are unavailable from this point.
          if (tmfunc != NULL)
          {
            SgTemplateParameterPtrList & templateParameterList = tmfunc->get_templateParameters();
         // func_symbol = scope->lookup_template_member_function_symbol (func->get_name(), func->get_type());
         // func_symbol = scope->lookup_template_member_function_symbol (func->get_name(), func->get_type(),NULL);
            func_symbol = scope->lookup_template_member_function_symbol (func->get_name(), func->get_type(),&templateParameterList);
          }
          else if (mfunc != NULL)
          {
            SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl = isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(mfunc);
            SgTemplateArgumentPtrList* templateArgumentList = (templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl != NULL) ? &(templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl->get_templateArguments()) : NULL;
         // func_symbol = scope->lookup_nontemplate_member_function_symbol (func->get_name(), func->get_type(),NULL);
            func_symbol = scope->lookup_nontemplate_member_function_symbol (func->get_name(), func->get_type(),templateArgumentList);
          }
          else if (tfunc != NULL)
          {
            SgTemplateParameterPtrList & templateParameterList = tfunc->get_templateParameters();
#if 0
            printf ("In SageInterface::fixStatement(): templateParameterList.size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",templateParameterList.size());
#endif
         // func_symbol = scope->lookup_template_function_symbol (func->get_name(), func->get_type());
         // func_symbol = scope->lookup_template_function_symbol (func->get_name(), func->get_type(),NULL);
            func_symbol = scope->lookup_template_function_symbol (func->get_name(), func->get_type(),&templateParameterList);
          }
          else if (procfunc != NULL)
          {
#if 0
            printf ("In SageInterface::fixStatement(): procfunc->get_name() = %s calling lookup_function_symbol() \n",procfunc->get_name().str());
#endif
            func_symbol = scope->lookup_function_symbol (procfunc->get_name(), procfunc->get_type());
            assert(func_symbol != NULL);
          }
          else if (progfunc != NULL)
          {
            func_symbol = scope->lookup_function_symbol (progfunc->get_name(), progfunc->get_type());
            assert(func_symbol != NULL);
          }
          else if (func != NULL)
          {
#if 0
            printf ("In SageInterface::fixStatement(): func->get_name() = %s calling lookup_function_symbol() \n",func->get_name().str());
#endif
            SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl* templateInstantiationFunctionDecl = isSgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl(func);
            SgTemplateArgumentPtrList* templateArgumentList = (templateInstantiationFunctionDecl != NULL) ? &(templateInstantiationFunctionDecl->get_templateArguments()) : NULL;
         // func_symbol = scope->lookup_function_symbol (func->get_name(), func->get_type(),NULL);
            func_symbol = scope->lookup_function_symbol (func->get_name(), func->get_type(),templateArgumentList);
 
         // DQ (8/23/2013): Adding support for when the symbol is not present.  This can happen when building a new function as a copy of an existing
         // function the symantics of the copy is that it will not add the symbol (since it does not know the scope). So this function is the first
         // opportunity to fixup the function to have a symbol in the scope's symbol table.
            if (func_symbol == NULL)
               {
              // scope->print_symboltable("In SageInterface::fixStatement()");
                 func_symbol = new SgFunctionSymbol(func);
                 scope->insert_symbol(func->get_name(), func_symbol);
               }
          }
          else
          {
            ROSE_ABORT();
          }
#if 0
          printf ("In SageInterface::fixStatement(): func_symbol = %p \n",func_symbol);
#endif
          assert(func_symbol != NULL);
        }
   }
 
/*
 * function declarations can have a scope that is different from their structural location (e.g. member functions declared outside of the defining class declaration.
 */
void SageInterface::fixTemplateDeclaration(SgTemplateDeclaration*, SgScopeStatement*)
   {
  // DQ (12/4/2011): This function has not been implemented yet.  It will assert fail if it is required.
     printf ("Need to handle SgTemplateDeclaration IR nodes as well...(implement later) \n");
   }
 
 
void SageInterface::fixStatement(SgStatement* stmt, SgScopeStatement* scope)
   {
  // fix symbol table
     if (isSgVariableDeclaration(stmt))
        {
          fixVariableDeclaration(isSgVariableDeclaration(stmt), scope);
        }
       else if (isStructDeclaration(stmt))
        {
          SgClassDeclaration* classDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(stmt);
          ROSE_ASSERT(classDeclaration != nullptr);
          fixStructDeclaration(classDeclaration,scope);
        }
       else if (isSgClassDeclaration(stmt))
        {
          fixClassDeclaration(isSgClassDeclaration(stmt),scope);
        }
      else if (isSgLabelStatement(stmt))
        {
          fixLabelStatement(isSgLabelStatement(stmt),scope);
        }
       else if (isSgFunctionDeclaration(stmt))
        {
#if 1
          fixFunctionDeclaration(isSgFunctionDeclaration(stmt),scope);
#else
       // fix function type table's parent edge
       // Liao 5/4/2010
          SgFunctionTypeTable * fTable = SgNode::get_globalFunctionTypeTable();
          ROSE_ASSERT(fTable);
          if (fTable->get_parent() == NULL)
               fTable->set_parent(getGlobalScope(scope));
 
       // Liao 4/23/2010,  Fix function symbol
       // This could happen when users copy a function, then rename it (func->set_name()), and finally insert it to a scope
          SgFunctionDeclaration*       func        = isSgFunctionDeclaration(stmt);
          SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* mfunc       = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(stmt);
 
          printf ("In SageInterface::fixStatement(): scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
          printf ("In SageInterface::fixStatement(): stmt->get_scope() = %p \n",stmt->get_scope());
 
       // DQ (12/3/2011): This is a scary piece of code, but I think it is OK now!
       // It is an error to put the symbol for a function into the current scope if the function's scope
       // is explicitly set to be different.  So this should be allowed only if the function's scope is
       // not explicitly set, or if the scopes match.  This is an example of something different for C++
       // than for C or other simpler languages.
       // If the scope of the function is not set, or if it matches the current scope then allow this step.
          if (stmt->get_scope() == NULL || scope == stmt->get_scope())
             {
#if 0
               printf ("Looking up the function symbol using name = %s and type = %p = %s \n",func->get_name().str(),func->get_type(),func->get_type()->class_name().c_str());
#endif
               SgFunctionSymbol*            func_symbol = scope->lookup_function_symbol (func->get_name(), func->get_type());
 
               printf ("In SageInterface::fixStatement(): func_symbol = %p \n",func_symbol);
               if (func_symbol == NULL)
                  {
                 // DQ (12/3/2011): Added support for C++ member functions.
                 // func_symbol = new SgFunctionSymbol (func);
                    if (mfunc != NULL)
                       {
                         func_symbol = new SgMemberFunctionSymbol (func);
                       }
                      else
                       {
                         func_symbol = new SgFunctionSymbol (func);
                       }
                    ROSE_ASSERT (func_symbol != NULL);
 
                    scope->insert_symbol(func->get_name(), func_symbol);
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    printf ("In SageInterface::fixStatement(): found a valid function so no need to insert new symbol \n");
                  }
             }
#if 0
       // Fix local symbol, a symbol directly refer to this function declaration
       // This could happen when a non-defining func decl is copied, the corresonding symbol will point to the original source func
       // symbolTable->find(this) used inside get_symbol_from_symbol_table()  won't find the copied decl
          SgSymbol* local_symbol = func ->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
          if (local_symbol == NULL) //
             {
               if (func->get_definingDeclaration() == NULL) // prototype function
                  {
                    SgFunctionDeclaration * src_func = func_symbol->get_declaration();
                    if (func != src_func )
                       {
                         ROSE_ASSERT (src_func->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration () == src_func);
                         func->set_firstNondefiningDeclaration (func_symbol->get_declaration());
                       }
                  }
             }
#endif
#endif
        }
       else if (isSgTemplateDeclaration(stmt) != NULL)
        {
       // DQ (12/3/2011): Added new case for SgTemplateDeclaration (adding template declarations to the AST).
          fixTemplateDeclaration(isSgTemplateDeclaration(stmt),scope);
        }
 
#if 0
  // DQ (12/4/2011): This WAS not the correct behavior for C++ since declarations can appear structureally in different
  // scopes than where the are positioned (e.g. member functions defined outside of there associated class).
  // This this code is very dangerous.
 
  // fix scope pointer for statements explicitly storing scope pointer
     switch (stmt->variantT())
        {
       // The case of SgLabelStatement should maybe be included.
          case V_SgEnumDeclaration:
          case V_SgTemplateDeclaration:
          case V_SgTypedefDeclaration:
          case V_SgFunctionDeclaration:
          case V_SgMemberFunctionDeclaration:
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl:
             {
            // DQ (12/4/2011): We can't just set the scope this simily (except in C).  In C++ the scope should have
            // already been set or we can let it default to the current scope where it si located structurally.
            // stmt->set_scope(scope);
                if ( (stmt->hasExplicitScope() == true) && (stmt->get_scope() == NULL) )
                  {
                    stmt->set_scope(scope);
                  }
               break;
             }
 
          default:
             {
            // debugging support...
               printf ("In SageInterface::fixStatement(): switch default case used (likely OK): stmt = %p = %s \n",stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str());
               ROSE_ASSERT(stmt->hasExplicitScope() == false);
#if 0
               printf ("switch case not handled properly: stmt = %p = %s \n",stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str());
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
               break;
             }
        }
#else
  // If the scoep has to be set and it has not yet been set, then set it directly.
     if ( (stmt->hasExplicitScope() == true) && (stmt->get_scope() == NULL) )
        {
          stmt->set_scope(scope);
        }
#endif
   }
 
 
void SageInterface::updateDefiningNondefiningLinks(SgFunctionDeclaration* func, SgScopeStatement* scope)
   {
  // DQ (11/19/2012): Note that this appears to be an expensive function presently taking 22.5% of the total time
  // to process the tests/CompilerTests/Cxx_tests/rosePerformance.C file.  So this is a performance problem.
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(func != NULL && scope != NULL);
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(func  != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
 
     SgStatementPtrList stmtList, sameFuncList;
 
  // SgFunctionDeclaration* first_nondef = NULL;
  // Some annoying part of scope
     if (scope->containsOnlyDeclarations())
        {
          SgDeclarationStatementPtrList declList = scope->getDeclarationList();
          SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator i;
          for (i=declList.begin();i!=declList.end();i++)
               stmtList.push_back(*i);
        }
       else
        {
          stmtList = scope->getStatementList();
        }
 
     SgFunctionDeclaration* firstNondefiningFunctionDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(func->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
     if (firstNondefiningFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
        {
       // If there exists a non-NULL reference to a firstNondefiningFunctionDeclaration
       // then use it (unless we want to handle where it might be set wrong).
#if 0
          printf ("In SageInterface::updateDefiningNondefiningLinks(): func = %p Found a valid pointer to a firstNondefiningFunctionDeclaration = %p \n",func,firstNondefiningFunctionDeclaration);
#endif
        }
 
  // DQ (3/12/2012): Added assertion
  // ROSE_ASSERT(scope == func->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()->get_scope());
     ROSE_ASSERT(func->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()->get_scope() != NULL);
 
  // DQ (5/25/2013): This test fails for the astInterface test: buildStructDeclaration.C, since this is a new test, make it a warning for now.
     if (func->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()->get_scope()->lookup_function_symbol(func->get_name(),func->get_type()) == NULL)
        {
          printf ("WARNING: symbol for func->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() = %p = %s = %s is not present in the scope = %p = %s associated with the firstNondefiningDeclaration \n",
               func->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration(),func->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()->class_name().c_str(),func->get_name().str(),
               func->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()->get_scope(),func->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()->get_scope()->class_name().c_str());
        }
  // ROSE_ASSERT(func->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()->get_scope()->lookup_function_symbol(func->get_name(),func->get_type()) != NULL);
 
#if 0
  // It would be better to find the first non-defining declaration via the symbol.
     SgSymbol* functionSymbol = scope->lookup_function_symbol(func->get_name(),func->get_type());
     if (functionSymbol != NULL)
        {
          printf ("In SageInterface::updateDefiningNondefiningLinks(): func = %p Found a valid symbol = %p \n",func,functionSymbol);
        }
       else
        {
          printf ("In SageInterface::updateDefiningNondefiningLinks(): func = %p functionSymbol == NULL \n",func);
        }
#endif
 
  // Find the same function declaration list, including func itself
     SgStatementPtrList::iterator j;
     for (j = stmtList.begin(); j != stmtList.end(); j++)
        {
          SgFunctionDeclaration* func_decl = isSgFunctionDeclaration(*j);
          if (func_decl != NULL)
             {
            // DQ (11/19/2012): This call to the isSameFunction() function is taking a total of 22.1%
            // of the total execution time of the tests/CompilerTests/Cxx_tests/rosePerformance.C file.
               if (isSameFunction(func_decl, func))
                  {
                 // Assume all defining functions have definingdeclaration links set properly already!!
                    sameFuncList.push_back(func_decl);
                  }
             }
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("func                            = %p \n",func);
     printf ("func->get_definingDeclaration() = %p \n",func->get_definingDeclaration());
#endif
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(func != NULL);
 
     if (func->get_definingDeclaration() == func)
        {
          for (j = sameFuncList.begin(); j != sameFuncList.end(); j++)
               isSgFunctionDeclaration(*j)->set_definingDeclaration(func);
        }
       else
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT(func  != NULL);
 
       // DQ (3/9/2012): Added assertion to avoid empty list that would be an error in both cases below.
          ROSE_ASSERT(sameFuncList.empty() == false);
 
          if (func == isSgFunctionDeclaration(*(sameFuncList.begin()))) // is first_nondefining declaration
             {
               for (j = sameFuncList.begin(); j != sameFuncList.end(); j++)
                  {
                    SgFunctionDeclaration* func_decl = isSgFunctionDeclaration(*j);
#if 0
                    printf ("In SageInterface::updateDefiningNondefiningLinks(): (case 1) Testing j = %p set_firstNondefiningDeclaration(%p) \n",*j,func);
#endif
                 // DQ (3/9/2012): Avoid setting the function to be it's own firstNondefiningDeclaration.
                 // isSgFunctionDeclaration(*j)->set_firstNondefiningDeclaration(func);
                    if (func_decl != func)
                       {
                      // DQ (11/18/2013): Modified to only set if not already set (see buildIfStmt.C in tests/nonsmoke/functional/roseTests/astInterface_tests).
                      // isSgFunctionDeclaration(*j)->set_firstNondefiningDeclaration(func);
                         if (func_decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() == NULL)
                            {
#if 0
                              printf ("In SageInterface::updateDefiningNondefiningLinks(): (case 1) Calling j = %p set_firstNondefiningDeclaration(%p) \n",*j,func);
#endif
                              func_decl->set_firstNondefiningDeclaration(func);
                            }
                       }
                  }
             }
            else // is a following nondefining declaration, grab any other's first nondefining link then
             {
#if 0
               printf ("In SageInterface::updateDefiningNondefiningLinks(): (case 2) Testing func = %p set_firstNondefiningDeclaration(%p) \n",func,isSgFunctionDeclaration(*(sameFuncList.begin()))->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
#endif
            // DQ (11/18/2013): Modified to only set if not already set (see buildIfStmt.C in tests/nonsmoke/functional/roseTests/astInterface_tests).
            // func->set_firstNondefiningDeclaration(isSgFunctionDeclaration(*(sameFuncList.begin()))->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
               if (func->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() == NULL)
                  {
#if 0
                    printf ("In SageInterface::updateDefiningNondefiningLinks(): (case 2) Calling func = %p set_firstNondefiningDeclaration(%p) \n",func,isSgFunctionDeclaration(*(sameFuncList.begin()))->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
#endif
                    func->set_firstNondefiningDeclaration(isSgFunctionDeclaration(*(sameFuncList.begin()))->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
                  }
             }
        }
   }
 
PreprocessingInfo* SageInterface::attachComment(SgSourceFile * source_file, const std::string & content, PreprocessingInfo::DirectiveType directive_type, PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType  position) {
  assert(source_file != NULL);
  assert(position == PreprocessingInfo::before || position ==  PreprocessingInfo::after);
 
  SgGlobal * global_scope = source_file->get_globalScope();
 
  PreprocessingInfo* result = new PreprocessingInfo(directive_type, content, "Transformation generated",0, 0, 0, position);
  ROSE_ASSERT(result);
 
  // DQ (3/12/2019): We need to mark the added comments and CPP directives as a transformation so that then can be output.
  // This is a result of a fix to support the correct handling of comments and CPP directives for shared IR nodes as happen
  // when multiple files are used on the command line.
  result->get_file_info()->setTransformation();
 
  global_scope->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(result, position);
 
  return result;
}
 
//---------------------------------------------------------------
PreprocessingInfo* SageInterface::attachComment(
           SgLocatedNode* target, const string& content,
           PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType  position /*=PreprocessingInfo::before*/,
           PreprocessingInfo::DirectiveType dtype /* PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorUnknownDeclaration */)
   {
     ASSERT_not_null(target); //dangling comment is not allowed
 
     PreprocessingInfo* result = NULL;
     PreprocessingInfo::DirectiveType mytype=dtype;
     string comment;
 
  // Rasmussen (11/3/2020): Added Ada and Jovial style comments
  // DQ (5/5/2010): infer comment type from target's language
     if (mytype == PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorUnknownDeclaration)
        {
       // This is a rather expensive way to detect the language type (chases pointers back to the SgFile object).
          if (is_C_language() || is_C99_language())
             {
             // Comment = "/* "+ content + " */";
                mytype = PreprocessingInfo::C_StyleComment;
             }
          else if (is_Cxx_language() || is_Java_language())
             {
             // Comment = "// "+ content;
                mytype = PreprocessingInfo::CplusplusStyleComment;
             }
          else if (is_Fortran_language() || is_CAF_language()) //FMZ:3/23/2009
             {
             // Comment = "! "+ content;
                mytype = PreprocessingInfo::F90StyleComment;
             }
          else if (is_Ada_language())
             {
             // Comment = "-- " + content;
                mytype = PreprocessingInfo::AdaStyleComment;
             }
          else if (is_Jovial_language())
             {
             // Comment = "% " + content + " %";
                mytype = PreprocessingInfo::JovialStyleComment;
             }
          else
             {
               cout << "WARNING: SageInterface::attachComment(): Unknown programming language \n";
               ROSE_ABORT();
             }
        }
 
  // Once the langauge type is set (discovered automatically or more directly specified by the user).
     bool resetPositionInfo = false;
     switch (mytype)
        {
          case PreprocessingInfo::C_StyleComment:        comment = "/* " + content + " */"; break;
          case PreprocessingInfo::CplusplusStyleComment: comment = "// " + content;         break;
          case PreprocessingInfo::FortranStyleComment:   comment = "      C " + content;    break;
          case PreprocessingInfo::F90StyleComment:       comment = "!"   + content;         break;
          case PreprocessingInfo::AdaStyleComment:       comment = "-- " + content;         break;
          case PreprocessingInfo::JovialStyleComment:
            // The Jovial comment content will already have the comment delimiters, '%' or '"'
               comment = content;
               break;
          case PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorLineDeclaration:
               comment = "#myline " + content;
               mytype = PreprocessingInfo::CplusplusStyleComment;
               resetPositionInfo = true;
               break;
          case PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIfndefDeclaration: comment = "#ifndef " + content + "\n"; break;
          case PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorDefineDeclaration: comment = "#define " + content + "\n"; break;
          case PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorEndifDeclaration:  comment = "#endif" + (content.empty() ? "\n" : (" /* " + content + " */\n")); break;
          case PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorEnd_ifDeclaration:  comment = "#end if" + (content.empty() ? "\n" : (" /* " + content + " */\n")); break;
 
          default:
             {
               printf ("Error: default in switch reached in SageInterface::attachComment() PreprocessingInfo::DirectiveType == %d \n",mytype);
               ROSE_ABORT();
             }
        }
 
     result = new PreprocessingInfo (mytype,comment, "transformation-generated", 0, 0, 0, position);
 
  // If this is a Cpp Line declaration then we have to set the position to match the statement.
     if (resetPositionInfo == true)
        {
       // Call the Sg_File_Info::operator=() member function.
          *(result->get_file_info()) = *(target->get_file_info());
        }
       else
        {
       // DQ (3/12/2019): We need to mark the added comments and CPP directives as a transformation so that then can be output.
       // This is a result of a fix to support the correct handling of comments and CPP directives for shared IR nodes as happen
       // when multiple files are used on the command line.
          result->get_file_info()->setTransformation();
        }
 
     ASSERT_not_null(result);
     target->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(result);
     return result;
   }
 
void SageInterface::guardNode(SgLocatedNode * target, std::string guard) {
  PreprocessingInfo * if_macro = new PreprocessingInfo(
    PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIfDeclaration,
    "#if " + guard,
    "transformation-generated", 0, 0, 0,
    PreprocessingInfo::before
  );
  target->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(if_macro);
 
  PreprocessingInfo * endif_macro = new PreprocessingInfo(
    PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorEndifDeclaration,
    "#endif",
    "transformation-generated", 0, 0, 0,
    PreprocessingInfo::after
  );
  target->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(endif_macro);
 
// DQ (3/12/2019): We need to mark the added comments and CPP directives as a transformation so that then can be output.
// This is a result of a fix to support the correct handling of comments and CPP directives for shared IR nodes as happen
// when multiple files are used on the command line.
  if_macro->get_file_info()->setTransformation();
  endif_macro->get_file_info()->setTransformation();
}
 
// internal hash table to cache the results: fileHeaderDict[file][header-key]
// header-key:
//    system header : <header.h>
//    non-system headers : "header.h"
static map<SgSourceFile*, map<string, PreprocessingInfo*> > fileHeaderDict;
PreprocessingInfo * SageInterface::findHeader(SgSourceFile * source_file, const std::string & header_file_name, bool isSystemHeader)
{
  string header_key;
  if (isSystemHeader)
    header_key="<"+header_file_name+">";
  else
    header_key="\""+header_file_name+"\"";
 
  if (fileHeaderDict.count(source_file) && fileHeaderDict[source_file].count(header_key))
    return fileHeaderDict[source_file][header_key];
 
  vector<SgLocatedNode*> candidates;
  // do a fresh check. we only check global scope's declarations since we insert header into global scope
  // check SgGlobal
  SgGlobal* global= source_file -> get_globalScope();
 
  candidates.push_back(global);
 
  //check declarations within the global scope
  SgDeclarationStatementPtrList decl_stmt_list = global->get_declarations();
  for (SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator iter= decl_stmt_list.begin(); iter!=decl_stmt_list.end(); iter++)
    candidates.push_back(*iter);
 
  bool found = false;
  for (size_t ci=0; ci<candidates.size(); ci++)
  {
    SgLocatedNode* locatedNode= candidates[ci];
    AttachedPreprocessingInfoType *comments = locatedNode->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo ();
 
    if (comments == NULL) continue;
    AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator i;
    for (i = comments->begin (); i != comments->end (); i++)
    {
      if ((*i)->getTypeOfDirective () != PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIncludeDeclaration) continue;
      string content = (*i)->getString ();
      if (content.find(header_key) != string::npos)
      {
        fileHeaderDict[source_file][header_key] = *i;
        found =true;
        break;
      }
 
    } // each comment
 
    if (found) break;
  } // each node
 
  if (found)
    return fileHeaderDict[source_file][header_key];
  return NULL;
}
 
PreprocessingInfo*
SageInterface::insertHeader(SgSourceFile * source_file, const string & header_file_name, bool isSystemHeader, PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType position)
   {
  // DQ (3/22/2019): If we are using the token based unparsing, then this will not work, since the global scope will not
  // be marked as a transformation.  So it might be better to implement this with an option to support the token based
  // unparsing, and specifically add a null declaration so that we can attach the #include directive directly to that statement.
     bool supportTokenUnparsing = false;
 
     assert(source_file != NULL);
     assert(position == PreprocessingInfo::before || position ==  PreprocessingInfo::after);
 
     SgGlobal * global_scope = source_file->get_globalScope();
 
     string content;
     if (isSystemHeader)
        content = "#include <" + header_file_name + "> \n";
     else
        content = "#include \"" + header_file_name + "\" \n";
 
     PreprocessingInfo* result = new PreprocessingInfo(PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIncludeDeclaration, content, "Transformation generated",0, 0, 0, position);
     ROSE_ASSERT(result);
 
  // DQ (3/12/2019): We need to mark the added comments and CPP directives as a transformation so that then can be output.
  // This is a result of a fix to support the correct handling of comments and CPP directives for shared IR nodes as happen
  // when multiple files are used on the command line.
     result->get_file_info()->setTransformation();
 
  // DQ (11/21/2019): Need to set supportTokenUnparsing.
     supportTokenUnparsing = source_file->get_unparse_tokens();
     bool supportUnparseHeaders = source_file->get_unparseHeaderFiles();
 
#if 0
     printf ("supportTokenUnparsing = %s \n",supportTokenUnparsing ? "true" : "false");
     printf ("supportUnparseHeaders = %s \n",supportUnparseHeaders ? "true" : "false");
     printf ("source_file           = %p \n",source_file);
     printf ("global_scope          = %p \n",global_scope);
#endif
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
 
  // global_scope->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(result, position);
     if (supportTokenUnparsing == false)
        {
          global_scope->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(result, position);
        }
       else
        {
       // global_scope->prepend_statement(null_statement);
          SgEmptyDeclaration* emptyDeclaration = buildEmptyDeclaration();
 
          if (supportUnparseHeaders == true)
              {
             // In this case we need to set the physical_file_id to match the target file to be unparsed.
                int physical_file_id = global_scope->get_startOfConstruct()->get_physical_file_id();
#if 0
                printf ("physical_file_id = %d \n",physical_file_id);
#endif
                emptyDeclaration->get_startOfConstruct()->set_physical_file_id(physical_file_id);
                emptyDeclaration->get_endOfConstruct()->set_physical_file_id(physical_file_id);
#if 0
                printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
                ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
              }
 
          emptyDeclaration->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(result, position);
 
          global_scope->prepend_statement(emptyDeclaration);
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
     ROSE_ASSERT(false);
#endif
 
     return result;
   }
 
PreprocessingInfo* SageInterface::insertHeader(const string& filename, PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType position /*=after*/, bool isSystemHeader /*=false*/, SgScopeStatement* scope /*=NULL*/)
   {
  // DQ (3/22/2019): If we are using the token based unparsing, then this will not work, since the global scope will not
  // be marked as a transformation.  So it might be better to implement this with an option to support the token based
  // unparsing, and specifically add a null declaration so that we can attach the #include directive directly to that statement.
     bool supportTokenUnparsing = false;
 
 // DQ (8/12/2020): This is a compiler warning.
 // bool successful = false;
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::insertHeader(): filename = %s \n",filename.c_str());
     printf (" --- position = %s \n",PreprocessingInfo::relativePositionName(position).c_str());
#endif
 
     if (scope == NULL)
          scope = SageBuilder::topScopeStack();
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope);
 
     SgGlobal* globalScope = getGlobalScope(scope);
     ROSE_ASSERT(globalScope != NULL);
 
  // To support inserting a header file into a header file, we need this srcScope to indicate the src file in which to insert the header
  // if the input scope is within a header file,
  // its global scope will jump to a .cpp file. Later looping will not find a match.
     SgScopeStatement* srcScope = globalScope;
     PreprocessingInfo* result=NULL;
     string content;
     if (isSystemHeader)
          content = "#include <" + filename + "> \n";
       else
          content = "#include \"" + filename + "\" \n";
 
  // DQ (11/21/2019): Token based unparsing has an additional requirement, we need to mark that the
  // whitespace around the statement has been modified.  This will trigger the unparser to output
  // the comments and CPP directives when using the token-based unparsing. The insertion of a header
  // file requires this support else the original token stream will not have the added header file.
 
  // DQ (11/21/2019): Need to set supportTokenUnparsing.
     SgSourceFile* sourceFile = getEnclosingSourceFile(scope);
     ROSE_ASSERT(sourceFile != NULL);
 
     supportTokenUnparsing      = sourceFile->get_unparse_tokens();
 
     bool supportUnparseHeaders = sourceFile->get_unparseHeaderFiles();
     // if unparsing header and the scope is within a header file, we adjust srcScope to be scope, not its enclosing global scope
     if (supportUnparseHeaders)
        {
          string filename= scope->get_file_info()->get_filename();
          string suffix = Rose::StringUtility ::fileNameSuffix(filename);
 
       // vector.tcc: This is an internal header file, included by other library headers
          if (suffix=="h" ||suffix=="hpp"|| suffix=="hh"||suffix=="H" ||suffix=="hxx"||suffix=="h++" ||suffix=="tcc")
               srcScope = scope;
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("supportTokenUnparsing = %s \n",supportTokenUnparsing ? "true" : "false");
     printf ("supportUnparseHeaders = %s \n",supportUnparseHeaders ? "true" : "false");
     printf ("sourceFile  = %p \n",sourceFile);
     printf ("globalScope = %p \n",globalScope);
#endif
#if 0
     printf ("supportTokenUnparsing = %s \n",supportTokenUnparsing ? "true" : "false");
#endif
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
 
     SgDeclarationStatementPtrList & stmtList = globalScope->get_declarations();
 
#if 0
     printf ("stmtList.size() = %zu \n",stmtList.size());
#endif
 
     if (stmtList.size() > 0) // the source file is not empty
        {
          for (SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator j = stmtList.begin (); j != stmtList.end (); j++)
             {
            // must have this judgement, otherwise wrong file will be modified!
            // It could also be the transformation generated statements with #include attached
               if ( ((*j)->get_file_info())->isSameFile(srcScope->get_file_info ()) || ((*j)->get_file_info ())->isTransformation() )
                  {
                    result = new PreprocessingInfo(PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIncludeDeclaration, content, "Transformation generated",0, 0, 0, PreprocessingInfo::before);
                    ROSE_ASSERT(result != NULL);
#if 0
                    printf ("Building a PreprocessingInfo: result = %p \n",result);
#endif
                 // DQ (3/22/2019): Fixing this to work with the token-based unparsing.
                 // add to the last position
                 // TODO: support to add to the first,
                 // TODO: support fine positioning with #include directives
                 // (*j)->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(result,position);
 
                    if (supportTokenUnparsing == false)
                       {
                         (*j)->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(result,position);
                       }
                      else
                       {
                         (*j)->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(result,position);
#if 0
                         printf ("In SageInterface::insertHeader(): Calling set_containsTransformationToSurroundingWhitespace(true) \n");
#endif
#if 1
                      // DQ (12/31/2020): Set the whitespace around the statement as being modified.
                         (*j)->set_containsTransformationToSurroundingWhitespace(true);
#endif
#if 0
                         SgDeclarationStatement* declarationStatement = *j;
 
                      // DQ (1/5/2021): Don't call unparseToString, since this triggers the unparer which then unparses
                      // from the token stream and makrs some token stream elements as already unparsed.
                      // printf ("declarationStatement = %p = %s unparseToString() = %s \n",declarationStatement,
                      //     declarationStatement->class_name().c_str(),declarationStatement->unparseToString().c_str());
                         printf ("In SageInterface::insertHeader(): declarationStatement = %p = %s \n",declarationStatement,declarationStatement->class_name().c_str());
                         printf ("In SageInterface::insertHeader(): declarationStatement->get_containsTransformationToSurroundingWhitespace() = %s \n",
                              declarationStatement->get_containsTransformationToSurroundingWhitespace() ? "true" : "false");
#endif
#if 0
                      // Liao, let's try the new way.
                      // global_scope->prepend_statement(null_statement);
                         SgEmptyDeclaration* emptyDeclaration = buildEmptyDeclaration();
 
                         if (supportUnparseHeaders == true)
                            {
                           // In this case we need to set the physical_file_id to match the target file to be unparsed.
                              int physical_file_id = globalScope->get_startOfConstruct()->get_physical_file_id();
#if 0
                              printf ("physical_file_id = %d \n",physical_file_id);
#endif
                              emptyDeclaration->get_startOfConstruct()->set_physical_file_id(physical_file_id);
                              emptyDeclaration->get_endOfConstruct()->set_physical_file_id(physical_file_id);
#if 0
                              printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
                              ROSE_ASSERT(false);
#endif
                            }
 
                         emptyDeclaration->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(result, position);
 
                         globalScope->insert_statement(*j,emptyDeclaration);
#endif
                       }
#if 0
                    printf ("break out of for loop: result = %p \n",result);
#endif
                 // DQ (8/12/2020): This is a compiler warning.
                 // successful = true;
                    break;
                  }
             }
        }
       else // empty file, attach it after SgGlobal,TODO it is not working for unknown reason!!
        {
          cerr<<"SageInterface::insertHeader() Empty file is found!"<<endl;
          cerr<<"#include xxx is  preprocessing information which has to be attached  to some other  located node (a statement for example)"<<endl;
          cerr<<"You may have to insert some statement first before inserting a header"<<endl;
          ROSE_ASSERT(false);
          result = new PreprocessingInfo(PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIncludeDeclaration, content, "Transformation generated",0, 0, 0, PreprocessingInfo::after);
          ROSE_ASSERT(result);
          globalScope->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(result,position);
 
       // DQ (8/12/2020): This is a compiler warning.
       // successful = true;
        }
 
  // DQ (3/12/2019): We need to mark the added comments and CPP directives as a transformation so that then can be output.
  // This is a result of a fix to support the correct handling of comments and CPP directives for shared IR nodes as happen
  // when multiple files are used on the command line.
  // DQ (3/12/2019): This can be NULL for the omp tests.
     if (result != NULL)
        {
          result->get_file_info()->setTransformation();
        }
 
  // must be inserted once somehow
  // Liao 3/11/2015. We allow failed insertion sometimes, for example when translating an empty file for OpenMP, we don't need to insert any headers
  // The caller function should decide what to do if insertion is failed: ignore vs. assert failure.
  // ROSE_ASSERT(successful==true);
 
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
     ROSE_ASSERT(false);
#endif
 
#if 0
     printf ("Leaving SageInterface::insertHeader(): filename = %s \n",filename.c_str());
#endif
 
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
     ROSE_ASSERT(false);
#endif
 
     return result;
   }
 
 
// insert a new header right before stmt,  if there are existing headers attached to stmt, insert it as the last or first header as specified by asLastHeader
void SageInterface::insertHeader (SgStatement* stmt, PreprocessingInfo* newheader, bool asLastHeader)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (stmt != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (newheader != NULL);
 
#if 0
  printf ("In SageInterface::insertHeader (SgStatement* stmt, PreprocessingInfo* newheader, bool asLastHeader) \n");
#endif
 
  PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType position ;
 
  if (asLastHeader )
    position = PreprocessingInfo::after;
  else
    position = PreprocessingInfo::before;
 
 
  // Find existing first and last header.
  AttachedPreprocessingInfoType *comments = stmt->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo ();
 
  if (comments != NULL)
  {
    PreprocessingInfo * firstExistingHeader = NULL;
    PreprocessingInfo * lastExistingHeader  = NULL;
    PreprocessingInfo * firstExistingEndif  = NULL;
 
 // DQ (10/27/2020): Fixed warning of unused variable by compiler.
 // PreprocessingInfo * lastExistingEndif   = NULL;
 
    AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator i, firsti, lasti;
    for (i = comments->begin (); i != comments->end (); i++)
    {
   // DQ (9/12/2020): this original code is not sufficent since when the final #include is enclosed in a
   // #ifdef #endif the added include directive might not be visible in the generated file.
   // This actually happened in the case of wget application: wget.c source file.
#if 0
   // Original version of code.
      if ((*i)->getTypeOfDirective () == PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIncludeDeclaration)
         {
        // Only set first header for the first time
           if ((*i)->getTypeOfDirective () == PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIncludeDeclaration)
              {
                if (firstExistingHeader == NULL)
                   {
                     firstExistingHeader = (*i);
                     firsti = i;
                   }
             // always updates last header
                lastExistingHeader = (*i);
                lasti = i;
             }
        }
#else
   // DQ (9/12/2020): New version of code. Addresses insertion after last endif if it is after any #include.
      if ( (*i)->getTypeOfDirective () == PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIncludeDeclaration ||
           (*i)->getTypeOfDirective () == PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorEndifDeclaration )
      {
        // Only set first header for the first time
        if ((*i)->getTypeOfDirective () == PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIncludeDeclaration)
           {
             if (firstExistingHeader == NULL)
             {
               firstExistingHeader = (*i);
               firsti = i;
             }
           // always updates last header
             lastExistingHeader = (*i);
             lasti = i;
           }
        if ((*i)->getTypeOfDirective () == PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorEndifDeclaration)
           {
             if (firstExistingEndif == NULL)
             {
               firstExistingEndif = (*i);
               firsti = i;
             }
          // always updates last header
          // DQ (10/27/2020): Fixed warning of unused variable by compiler.
          // lastExistingEndif = (*i);
             lasti = i;
           }
      }
#endif
    }
 
    // based on existing header positions, insert the new header
    if (asLastHeader)
    {
      if (lastExistingHeader == NULL) // No last header at all, just append to after
        stmt->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(newheader, PreprocessingInfo::after);
      else
      {
        comments->insert (lasti+1, newheader);
      }
    }
    else // add as the first header
    {
      if (firstExistingHeader == NULL) // no existing header at all, just append to after
        stmt->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(newheader, PreprocessingInfo::after);
      else
      {
        comments->insert (firsti, newheader);
      }
    }
  }
  else // No comments at all, first and last header mean the same, just attach to the located node
    stmt->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(newheader, position);
 
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
     ROSE_ASSERT(false);
#endif
 
}
 
 
// The recommended version
PreprocessingInfo* SageInterface::insertHeader(SgSourceFile * source_file, const std::string & filename, bool isSystemHeader , bool asLastHeader)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (source_file != NULL);
  SgGlobal* globalScope = source_file->get_globalScope();
  ROSE_ASSERT (globalScope != NULL);
 
  PreprocessingInfo* result=NULL;
  string content;
  if (isSystemHeader)
    content = "#include <" + filename + "> \n";
  else
    content = "#include \"" + filename + "\" \n";
 
#if 0
  // DQ (4/6/2021): This is a compiler warning, this variable is set but not used since some unreachable code is now commented out below.
  PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType position ;
 
  if (asLastHeader )
    position = PreprocessingInfo::after;
  else
    position = PreprocessingInfo::before;
#endif
 
  SgDeclarationStatementPtrList & stmtList = globalScope->get_declarations ();
  if (stmtList.size()>0) // the source file is not empty
  {
    for (SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator j = stmtList.begin (); j != stmtList.end (); j++)
    {
      // Attach to the first eligible located statement
      //must have this judgement, otherwise wrong file will be modified!
      //It could also be the transformation generated statements with #include attached
      if ( (*j)->get_file_info()->isSameFile(globalScope->get_file_info()) || (*j)->get_file_info()->isTransformation() )
      {
#if 0
        printf ("In SageInterface::insertHeader(): Found statement to attached #include: *j = %p = %s \n",*j,(*j)->class_name().c_str());
        printf (" --- unparseToString() = %s \n",(*j)->unparseToString().c_str());
#endif
        result = new PreprocessingInfo(PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIncludeDeclaration, content, "Transformation generated",0, 0, 0, PreprocessingInfo::before);
        ROSE_ASSERT(result);
        insertHeader (*j, result, asLastHeader);
        //successful = true;
#if 0
        printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
        ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
        break;
      }
    } // end for
  }
  else // empty file, attach it after SgGlobal,TODO it is not working for unknown reason!!
  {
    cerr<<"SageInterface::insertHeader() Empty file is found!"<<endl;
    cerr<<"#include xxx is  preprocessing information which has to be attached  to some other  located node (a statement for example)"<<endl;
    cerr<<"You may have to insert some statement first before inserting a header"<<endl;
    ROSE_ABORT();
#if 0 // [Robb Matzke 2021-03-24]: unreachable
    result = new PreprocessingInfo(PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIncludeDeclaration,
        content, "Transformation generated",0, 0, 0, PreprocessingInfo::after);
    ROSE_ASSERT(result);
    globalScope->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(result,position);
#endif
    //    successful = true;
  }
 
#if 0
  printf ("In SageInterface::insertHeader(): Marking include file for filename = %s as a transformation \n",filename.c_str());
#endif
 
  // DQ (3/12/2019): We need to mark the added comments and CPP directives as a transformation so that then can be output.
  // This is a result of a fix to support the correct handling of comments and CPP directives for shared IR nodes as happen
  // when multiple files are used on the command line.
  if (result)
    result->get_file_info()->setTransformation();
 
#if 0
  printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
  ROSE_ASSERT(false);
#endif
 
  // must be inserted once somehow
  // Liao 3/11/2015. We allow failed insertion sometimes, for example when translating an empty file for OpenMP, we don't need to insert any headers
  // The caller function should decide what to do if insertion is failed: ignore vs. assert failure.
  // ROSE_ASSERT(successful==true);
  return result;
 
} // end insertHeader
 
 
PreprocessingInfo*
SageInterface::attachArbitraryText(SgLocatedNode* target, const std::string & text, PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType position /*=PreprocessingInfo::before*/)
   {
  // DQ (1/13/2014): This function needs a better mechanism than attaching text to the AST unparser as a CPP directive.
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(target != NULL); //dangling #define xxx is not allowed in the ROSE AST
     PreprocessingInfo* result = NULL;
 
  // DQ (1/13/2014): It is a mistake to attach arbitrary test to the AST as a #define
  // (since we evaluate all #define CPP declarations to be a self-referential macro).
  // For now I will make it a #if CPP declaration, since these are not evaluated internally.
  // PreprocessingInfo::DirectiveType mytype = PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorDefineDeclaration;
     PreprocessingInfo::DirectiveType mytype = PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIfDeclaration;
 
  // DQ (1/13/2014): Output a warning so that this can be fixed whereever it is used.
     printf ("Warning: attachArbitraryText(): attaching arbitrary text to the AST as a #if declaration: text = %s \n",text.c_str());
 
     result = new PreprocessingInfo (mytype,text, "transformation-generated", 0, 0, 0, position);
     ROSE_ASSERT(result);
 
 // DQ (3/12/2019): We need to mark the added comments and CPP directives as a transformation so that then can be output.
 // This is a result of a fix to support the correct handling of comments and CPP directives for shared IR nodes as happen
 // when multiple files are used on the command line.
    result->get_file_info()->setTransformation();
 
     target->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(result);
 
     return result;
   }
 
 
// TODO This is a dirty fix since the ideal solution would be having a preprocessed pragma text generated by the compiler. String matching and replacing is never safe.
void SageInterface::replaceMacroCallsWithExpandedStrings(SgPragmaDeclaration* target)
{
  // This is part of Wave support in ROSE.
// #if CAN_NOT_COMPILE_WITH_ROSE != true
// #if CAN_NOT_COMPILE_WITH_ROSE == 0
#ifndef USE_ROSE
  ROSE_ASSERT(target != NULL);
  AttachedPreprocessingInfoType *info=  target->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo ();
  if (info == NULL) return;
  AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator j;
  for (j = info->begin (); j != info->end (); j++)
  {
    if ((*j)->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CMacroCall)
    {
#ifndef ROSE_SKIP_COMPILATION_OF_WAVE
   // DQ (2/17/2016): The token_container type is not defined if Wave is not available.
      std::ostringstream os;
      token_container tc = (*j)->get_macro_call()->expanded_macro;
      token_container::const_iterator iter;
      for (iter=tc.begin(); iter!=tc.end(); iter++)
        os<<(*iter).get_value();
      //cout<<"Found a macro call: "<<(*j)->getString()<<
      //"\nexpanding it to: "<<os.str()<<endl;
      string pragmaText = target->get_pragma()->get_pragma();
      string targetString = (*j)->getString();
      string replacement = os.str();
      // repeat until not found
      size_t pos1 = pragmaText.find(targetString);
      while (pos1 != string::npos)
      {
        pragmaText.replace(pos1, targetString.size(), replacement);
        pos1 = pragmaText.find(targetString);
      }
       delete target->get_pragma();
       target->set_pragma(buildPragma(pragmaText));
#endif
    } // end if
  } // end for
#endif
}
 
void SageInterface::changeBreakStatementsToGotos(SgStatement* loopOrSwitch) {
  using namespace SageBuilder;
  SgStatement* body = NULL;
  if (isSgWhileStmt(loopOrSwitch) || isSgDoWhileStmt(loopOrSwitch) ||
      isSgForStatement(loopOrSwitch)) {
    body = SageInterface::getLoopBody(isSgScopeStatement(loopOrSwitch));
  } else if (isSgSwitchStatement(loopOrSwitch)) {
    body = isSgSwitchStatement(loopOrSwitch)->get_body();
  }
  ROSE_ASSERT (body);
  std::vector<SgBreakStmt*> breaks = SageInterface::findBreakStmts(body);
  if (!breaks.empty()) {
    static int breakLabelCounter = 0;
    SgLabelStatement* breakLabel =
      buildLabelStatement("breakLabel" +
StringUtility::numberToString(++breakLabelCounter),
                          buildBasicBlock(),
                          isSgScopeStatement(loopOrSwitch->get_parent()));
    insertStatement(loopOrSwitch, breakLabel, false);
    for (size_t j = 0; j < breaks.size(); ++j) {
      SgGotoStatement* newGoto = buildGotoStatement(breakLabel);
 
  isSgStatement(breaks[j]->get_parent())->replace_statement(breaks[j],
  newGoto);
        newGoto->set_parent(breaks[j]->get_parent());
      }
    }
  }
 
  bool SageInterface::isStructDeclaration(SgNode* node)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(node!=NULL);
    SgClassDeclaration *decl = isSgClassDeclaration(node);
    if (decl==NULL)
      return false;
    else
       return (decl->get_class_type() == SgClassDeclaration::e_struct)? true:false;
  }
 
  bool SageInterface::isUnionDeclaration(SgNode* node)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(node!=NULL);
    SgClassDeclaration *decl = isSgClassDeclaration(node);
    if (decl==NULL)
      return false;
    else
       return (decl->get_class_type() == SgClassDeclaration::e_union)? true:false;
  }
 
 
void
SageInterface::movePreprocessingInfo (SgStatement* stmt_src,  SgStatement* stmt_dst, PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType src_position/* =PreprocessingInfo::undef */,
                                      PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType dst_position/* =PreprocessingInfo::undef */, bool usePrepend /*= false */)
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(stmt_src != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(stmt_dst != NULL);
     AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* infoList = stmt_src->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo();
 
     if (infoList == NULL)
        {
#if 0
          printf ("In SageInterface::movePreprocessingInfo(): infoList == NULL: exiting movePreprocessingInfo() \n");
#endif
          return;
        }
 
     AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* infoToRemoveList = new AttachedPreprocessingInfoType();
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::movePreprocessingInfo(): \n");
     printf ("   --- stmt_src = %p = %s src_position = %d \n",stmt_src,stmt_src->class_name().c_str(),src_position);
     SgDeclarationStatement* src_declarationStatement = isSgDeclarationStatement(stmt_src);
     if (src_declarationStatement != NULL)
        {
          printf ("src_declarationStatement->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() = %p \n",src_declarationStatement->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
          printf ("src_declarationStatement->get_definingDeclaration()         = %p \n",src_declarationStatement->get_definingDeclaration());
        }
     printf ("   --- stmt_dst = %p = %s dst_position = %d \n",stmt_dst,stmt_dst->class_name().c_str(),dst_position);
     SgDeclarationStatement* dst_declarationStatement = isSgDeclarationStatement(stmt_dst);
     if (dst_declarationStatement != NULL)
        {
          printf ("dst_declarationStatement->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() = %p \n",dst_declarationStatement->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
          printf ("dst_declarationStatement->get_definingDeclaration()         = %p \n",dst_declarationStatement->get_definingDeclaration());
        }
     printf ("   --- src_position                    = %s \n",PreprocessingInfo::relativePositionName(src_position).c_str());
     printf ("   --- dst_position                    = %s \n",PreprocessingInfo::relativePositionName(dst_position).c_str());
     printf ("   --- usePrepend                      = %s \n",usePrepend ? "true" : "false");
 
     printf ("   --- infoList                        = %p \n",infoList);
     printf ("   --- infoToRemoveList                = %p \n",infoToRemoveList);
 
     AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* dst_infoList = stmt_dst->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo();
     printf ("   --- dst_infoList                    = %p \n",dst_infoList);
#endif
#if 0
     printf ("****************************************************************** \n");
     printf ("In SageInterface::movePreprocessingInfo(): Attached comments and CPP directives: stmt_src \n");
     SageInterface::printOutComments (stmt_src);
     printf ("In SageInterface::movePreprocessingInfo(): Attached comments and CPP directives: stmt_dst \n");
     SageInterface::printOutComments (stmt_dst);
     printf ("****************************************************************** \n");
#endif
 
  // DQ (11/22/2020): These can't be the same list else we will have a case of iterator invalidation.
  // This is a bug in the support for building a new prototype from a defining function declaration
  // and caused this problem. This assertion will prevent this sort of error from happening again.
     ROSE_ASSERT(infoList == NULL || stmt_src->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo() != stmt_dst->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo());
 
 
#if 0
     printf ("   --- infoList->size()                = %zu \n",infoList->size());
     printf ("   --- infoToRemoveList->size()        = %zu \n",infoToRemoveList->size());
#endif
 
#if 0
     int counter = 0;
 
     for (Rose_STL_Container<PreprocessingInfo*>::iterator i = (*infoList).begin(); i != (*infoList).end(); i++)
        {
       // DQ (11/19/2020): Added assertion.
          ROSE_ASSERT(*i != NULL);
 
       // DQ (11/19/2020): Why do we have a dynamic cast here.
       // PreprocessingInfo * info = dynamic_cast<PreprocessingInfo*> (*i);
          PreprocessingInfo * info = *i;
          ROSE_ASSERT(info != NULL);
 
       // printf ("counter = %d \n",counter);
          printf ("counter = %d Processing PreprocessingInfo = %s \n",counter,info->getString().c_str());
          counter++;
        }
 
     counter = 0;
#endif
 
     PreprocessingInfo* prevItem = NULL;
 
     for (Rose_STL_Container<PreprocessingInfo*>::iterator i = (*infoList).begin(); i != (*infoList).end(); i++)
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT(*i != NULL);
 
          PreprocessingInfo * info = *i;
          ROSE_ASSERT(info != NULL);
 
          if (   // match enum values in http://rosecompiler.org/ROSE_HTML_Reference/classPreprocessingInfo.html
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::C_StyleComment)||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CplusplusStyleComment)||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::FortranStyleComment)||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::F90StyleComment)||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIncludeDeclaration )||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIncludeNextDeclaration )||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorDefineDeclaration )||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorUndefDeclaration)||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIfdefDeclaration )||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIfndefDeclaration )||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIfDeclaration )||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorDeadIfDeclaration )||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorElseDeclaration )||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorElifDeclaration )||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorEndifDeclaration ) ||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorEnd_ifDeclaration ) ||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorLineDeclaration) ||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorErrorDeclaration) ||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorWarningDeclaration) ||
            // DQ (12/28/2020): Added support for C linkage specifications.
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::ClinkageSpecificationStart) ||
               (info->getTypeOfDirective()==PreprocessingInfo::ClinkageSpecificationEnd)
             )
             {
            // move all source preprocessing info if the desired source type is not specified or matching
            // a specified desired source type
               if ( src_position == PreprocessingInfo::undef || info->getRelativePosition() == src_position)
                  {
                    if (usePrepend == true)
                       {
                      // Liao (1/27/2015):  modification to fix order of CPP directives when a list of them are moved.
                         if (prevItem == NULL)
                            {
                           // addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo() is poorly designed, the last parameter is used
                           // to indicate appending or prepending by reusing the type of relative position.
                           // this is very confusing for users
                              stmt_dst->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(info,PreprocessingInfo::before);
                            }
                           else // there is a previous item, insert after it
                            {
                              stmt_dst->insertToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(info, prevItem);
                            }
                         prevItem = info;
                       }
                      else
                       {
                         stmt_dst->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(info,PreprocessingInfo::after);
                       }
                 // DQ (1/15/2015): Added support to mark as transformations so that the token-based unparsing can know to NOT use the leading and trailing token stream for whitespace.
                    info->setAsTransformation();
 
                 // DQ (10/13/2015): This is a problem for the token-based unparsing since we don't want to have this
                 // set_containsTransformationToSurroundingWhitespace() function cause the isModified flag to be set.
                 // So we have to detect it being set and reset it as needed.  An alternative would be to have a
                 // non-ROSETTA generate function that didn't have the isModified flag set for the seter access function.
                 // Note that the inputmoveDeclarationToInnermostScope_test2015_123.C file demonstrates this problem.
                    bool isMarkedAsModified = stmt_dst->get_isModified();
                    stmt_dst->set_containsTransformationToSurroundingWhitespace(true);
                    if (isMarkedAsModified == false)
                       {
                         if (stmt_dst->get_isModified() == true)
                            {
                              stmt_dst->set_isModified(false);
                            }
                       }
                    (*infoToRemoveList).push_back(*i);
                  }
 
            // adjust dst position if needed
               if (dst_position != PreprocessingInfo::undef)
                  {
                    info->setRelativePosition(dst_position);
                  }
             } // end if
        } // end for
 
  // Remove the element from the list of comments at the current astNode
     AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator j;
     for (j = (*infoToRemoveList).begin(); j != (*infoToRemoveList).end(); j++)
        {
          infoList->erase( find(infoList->begin(),infoList->end(),*j) );
        }
   }
 
 
//----------------------------
// Sometimes, the preprocessing info attached to a declaration has to be
// moved 'up' if another declaration is inserted before it.
// This is a workaround for the broken LowLevelRewrite::insert() and the private
// LowLevelRewrite::reassociatePreprocessorDeclarations()
//
// input:
//     *stmt_dst: the new inserted declaration
//     *stmt_src: the existing declaration with preprocessing information
// tasks:
//     judge if stmt_src has propressingInfo with headers, ifdef, etc..
//     add them into stmt_dst
//     delete them from stmt_dst
// More general usage: move preprocessingInfo of stmt_src to stmt_dst, should used before any
//           LoweLevel::remove(stmt_src)
void SageInterface::moveUpPreprocessingInfo(SgStatement * stmt_dst, SgStatement * stmt_src,
      PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType src_position/*=PreprocessingInfo::undef*/,
      PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType dst_position/*=PreprocessingInfo::undef*/,
      bool usePrepend /*= false */)
   {
     movePreprocessingInfo (stmt_src, stmt_dst, src_position, dst_position, usePrepend);
   } // moveUpPreprocessingInfo()
 
 
static bool isNotRelPos (const PreprocessingInfo* info,
             PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType pos)
{
  return info && (info->getRelativePosition () != pos);
}
 
static bool isRelPos (const PreprocessingInfo* info,
             PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType pos)
{
  return info && !isNotRelPos (info, pos);
}
 
 
void SageInterface::cutPreprocessingInfo (SgLocatedNode* src_node, PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType pos, AttachedPreprocessingInfoType& save_buf)
{
  ASSERT_not_null(src_node);
 
  // [Rasmussen,Sottile 2023.01.10]: Replaced deleted bind2nd (as of 2017)
  AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* info = src_node->get_attachedPreprocessingInfoPtr();
  if (info)
  {
    // copy elements to save_buf where isRelPos() is false
    remove_copy_if(info->begin(),
                   info->end(),
                   back_inserter(save_buf),
                   [pos](auto x) { return !isRelPos(x, pos); }
                  );
 
    // delete copied elements from save_buf
    AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator
    new_end = remove_if(info->begin(),
                        info->end(),
                        [pos](auto x) { return isRelPos(x, pos); }
                       );
    info->erase(new_end, info->end());
  }
}
 
static AttachedPreprocessingInfoType *
createInfoList (SgLocatedNode* s)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (s);
  AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* info_list = s->get_attachedPreprocessingInfoPtr ();
  if (!info_list)
  {
    info_list = new AttachedPreprocessingInfoType;
    ROSE_ASSERT (info_list);
    s->set_attachedPreprocessingInfoPtr (info_list);
  }
 
  // Guarantee a non-NULL pointer.
  ROSE_ASSERT (info_list);
  return info_list;
}
 
void SageInterface::pastePreprocessingInfo (SgLocatedNode* dst_node, PreprocessingInfo::RelativePositionType pos, AttachedPreprocessingInfoType& save_buf)
{
  if (save_buf.size()==0) return;
  // if front
  AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* info = createInfoList (dst_node);
  ROSE_ASSERT (info);
 
  // DQ (9/26/2007): Commented out as part of move from std::list to std::vector
  // printf ("Commented out front_inserter() as part of move from std::list to std::vector \n");
  // copy (save_buf.rbegin (), save_buf.rend (), front_inserter (*info));
 
  // Liao (10/3/2007), vectors can only be appended at the rear
  if (pos==PreprocessingInfo::before)
  {
    for(AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::reverse_iterator i=save_buf.rbegin();i!=save_buf.rend();i++)
      info->insert(info->begin(),*i);
  }
  // if back
  else if (pos==PreprocessingInfo::after)
    copy (save_buf.begin (), save_buf.end (), back_inserter (*info));
  else if (pos==PreprocessingInfo::inside)
  {
    copy (save_buf.begin (), save_buf.end (), back_inserter (*info));
    cerr<<"SageInterface::pastePreprocessingInfo() pos==PreprocessingInfo::inside is not supported."<<endl;
    save_buf[0]->display("ttt");
  }
}
 
void SageInterface::dumpPreprocInfo (SgLocatedNode* locatedNode)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(locatedNode != NULL);
  AttachedPreprocessingInfoType *comments =
    locatedNode->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo ();
 
  if (comments != NULL)
  {
    printf ("-----------------------------------------------\n");
    printf ("Found an IR node (at %p of type: %s) in file %s \n",
        locatedNode, locatedNode->class_name ().c_str (),
        (locatedNode->get_file_info ()->get_filenameString ()).c_str ());
    int counter = 0;
    AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator i;
    for (i = comments->begin (); i != comments->end (); i++)
    {
      printf
        ("with attached preprocessingInfo numbering #%d :------------- \nclassification= %s:\nString format:%s\n",
         counter++,
         PreprocessingInfo::directiveTypeName ((*i)->getTypeOfDirective ()).
         c_str (), (*i)->getString ().c_str ());
      if ((*i)->getRelativePosition () == PreprocessingInfo::inside)
        printf ("relative position is: inside\n");
      else
        printf ("relative position is: %s\n", \
            ((*i)->getRelativePosition () == PreprocessingInfo::before) ? "before" : "after");
    }
  }
  else
  {
    printf ("No attached preprocessing info. (at %p of type: %s): \n", locatedNode,
        locatedNode->sage_class_name ());
  }
}
 
template <class ParentNode>
static
SgBasicBlock* ensureBasicBlock_aux( ParentNode& stmt,
                                    SgStatement* (ParentNode::*getter) () const,
                                    void (ParentNode::*setter) (SgStatement*)
                                  )
{
  SgStatement* const body_stmt = (stmt.*getter)();
  SgBasicBlock*      basicblock = isSgBasicBlock(body_stmt);
 
  if (basicblock == NULL) {
    basicblock = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(body_stmt);
    (stmt.*setter)(basicblock);
    basicblock->set_parent(&stmt);
  }
 
  ROSE_ASSERT (basicblock != NULL);
  return basicblock;
}
 
SgBasicBlock* SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfFor(SgForStatement* fs)
{
  SgStatement* b = fs->get_loop_body();
  if (!isSgBasicBlock(b)) {
    b = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(b);
    fs->set_loop_body(b);
    b->set_parent(fs);
 
 // DQ (1/21/2015): Save the SgBasicBlock that has been added so that we can undo this transformation later.
    recordNormalizations(b);
  }
  ROSE_ASSERT (isSgBasicBlock(b));
  return isSgBasicBlock(b);
}
 
SgBasicBlock* SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfCaseOption(SgCaseOptionStmt* cs)
{
  SgStatement* b = cs->get_body();
  if (!isSgBasicBlock(b)) {
    b = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(b);
    cs->set_body(b);
    b->set_parent(cs);
 
 // DQ (1/21/2015): Save the SgBasicBlock that has been added so that we can undo this transformation later.
    recordNormalizations(b);
  }
  ROSE_ASSERT (isSgBasicBlock(b));
  return isSgBasicBlock(b);
}
 
SgBasicBlock* SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfDefaultOption(SgDefaultOptionStmt * cs)
{
  SgStatement* b = cs->get_body();
  if (!isSgBasicBlock(b)) {
    b = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(b);
    cs->set_body(b);
    b->set_parent(cs);
 
 // DQ (1/21/2015): Save the SgBasicBlock that has been added so that we can undo this transformation later.
    recordNormalizations(b);
  }
  ROSE_ASSERT (isSgBasicBlock(b));
  return isSgBasicBlock(b);
}
 
SgBasicBlock* SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfUpcForAll(SgUpcForAllStatement* fs)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (fs != NULL);
 
  return ensureBasicBlock_aux(*fs, &SgUpcForAllStatement::get_loop_body, &SgUpcForAllStatement::set_loop_body);
}
 
  SgBasicBlock* SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfWhile(SgWhileStmt* fs) {
    SgStatement* b = fs->get_body();
    if (!isSgBasicBlock(b)) {
      b = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(b);
      fs->set_body(b);
      b->set_parent(fs);
 
   // DQ (1/21/2015): Save the SgBasicBlock that has been added so that we can undo this transformation later.
      recordNormalizations(b);
    }
    ROSE_ASSERT (isSgBasicBlock(b));
    return isSgBasicBlock(b);
  }
 
  SgBasicBlock* SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfDoWhile(SgDoWhileStmt* fs) {
    SgStatement* b = fs->get_body();
    if (!isSgBasicBlock(b)) {
      b = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(b);
      fs->set_body(b);
      b->set_parent(fs);
 
   // DQ (1/21/2015): Save the SgBasicBlock that has been added so that we can undo this transformation later.
      recordNormalizations(b);
    }
    ROSE_ASSERT (isSgBasicBlock(b));
    return isSgBasicBlock(b);
  }
 
  SgBasicBlock* SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfSwitch(SgSwitchStatement* fs) {
    SgStatement* b = fs->get_body();
    if (!isSgBasicBlock(b)) {
      b = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(b);
      fs->set_body(b);
      b->set_parent(fs);
 
   // DQ (1/21/2015): Save the SgBasicBlock that has been added so that we can undo this transformation later.
      recordNormalizations(b);
    }
    ROSE_ASSERT (isSgBasicBlock(b));
    return isSgBasicBlock(b);
  }
 
  SgBasicBlock* SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsTrueBodyOfIf(SgIfStmt* fs) {
    SgStatement* b = fs->get_true_body();
    if (!isSgBasicBlock(b)) {
      b = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(b);
      fs->set_true_body(b);
      b->set_parent(fs);
 
   // DQ (1/18/2015): Save the SgBasicBlock that has been added so that we can undo this transformation later.
      recordNormalizations(b);
#if 0
      printf ("In SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsTrueBodyOfIf(): Added SgBasicBlock b = %p to addedBasicBlockNodes.size() = %zu \n",b,addedBasicBlockNodes.size());
#endif
    }
    ROSE_ASSERT (isSgBasicBlock(b));
    return isSgBasicBlock(b);
  }
 
// DQ (1/18/2015): This is added to support better quality token-based unparsing.
void SageInterface::recordNormalizations(SgStatement* s)
   {
  // Record where normalization have been done so that we can preform denormalizations as required
  // for the token-based unparsing to generate minimal diffs.
 
     SgBasicBlock* bb = isSgBasicBlock(s);
     ROSE_ASSERT(bb != NULL);
     addedBasicBlockNodes.push_back(bb);
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::recordNormalizations(): Added SgBasicBlock = %p to addedBasicBlockNodes.size() = %zu \n",bb,addedBasicBlockNodes.size());
#endif
   }
 
// DQ (1/18/2015): This is added to support better quality token-based unparsing.
void SageInterface::cleanupNontransformedBasicBlockNode()
   {
  // Remove unused basic block IR nodes added as part of normalization.
  // This function should be called before the unparse step.
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::cleanupNontransformedBasicBlockNode(): addedBasicBlockNodes.size() = %zu \n",addedBasicBlockNodes.size());
#endif
 
     for (vector<SgBasicBlock*>::iterator i = addedBasicBlockNodes.begin(); i != addedBasicBlockNodes.end(); i++)
        {
          SgBasicBlock* b = *i;
          ROSE_ASSERT(b != NULL);
          if (b->get_statements().size() == 1)
             {
#if 0
                printf ("This SgBasicBlock can be denormalized: b = %p \n",b);
#endif
                SgStatement* parentOfBlock = isSgStatement(b->get_parent());
                ROSE_ASSERT(parentOfBlock != NULL);
 
                bool wasPreviouslyModified = parentOfBlock->get_isModified();
 
                SgStatement* s = b->get_statements()[0];
                ROSE_ASSERT(s != NULL);
 
                switch (parentOfBlock->variantT())
                   {
                     case V_SgIfStmt:
                        {
                          SgIfStmt* ifStatement = isSgIfStmt(parentOfBlock);
                          if (b == ifStatement->get_true_body())
                             {
#if 0
                               printf ("Calling set_true_body on ifStatement = %p = %s \n",ifStatement,ifStatement->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                            // DQ (10/6/2015): This member function call is causing the IR node to be marked as transformed.
                               ifStatement->set_true_body(s);
#if 0
                               printf ("Calling set_parent on s = %p = %n \n",s,s->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                            // DQ (10/6/2015): Calls to the set_parent member function do NOT cause the either node to be marked as isModfied.
                               s->set_parent(ifStatement);
#if 0
                               printf ("DONE: Calling set_parent on s = %p = %n \n",s,s->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                               *i = NULL;
                            // delete b;
                             }
                            else
                             {
                               ROSE_ASSERT(b == ifStatement->get_false_body());
#if 0
                               printf ("Calling set_false_body on ifStatement = %p = %s \n",ifStatement,ifStatement->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                            // DQ (10/6/2015): This member function call is causing the IR node to be marked as transformed.
                               ifStatement->set_false_body(s);
#if 0
                               printf ("Calling set_parent on s = %p = %n \n",s,s->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                            // DQ (10/6/2015): Calls to the set_parent member function do NOT cause the either node to be marked as isModfied.
                               s->set_parent(ifStatement);
#if 0
                               printf ("DONE: Calling set_parent on s = %p = %n \n",s,s->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                               *i = nullptr;
#if 0
                               printf ("Mark as NOT modified after calling set_false_body on ifStatement = %p = %n \n",ifStatement,ifStatement->class_name().c_str());
#endif
#if 0
                               printf ("Error: case not handled in case V_SgIfStmt: parentOfBlock = %p = %s \n",parentOfBlock,parentOfBlock->class_name().c_str());
                               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
                             }
                          break;
                        }
 
                  // DQ (1/21/2015): Adding support for de-normalization of while statements with normalized bodies.
                     case V_SgWhileStmt:
                        {
                          SgWhileStmt* whileStatement = isSgWhileStmt(parentOfBlock);
                          if (b == whileStatement->get_body())
                             {
                               whileStatement->set_body(s);
                               s->set_parent(whileStatement);
                             }
                          break;
                        }
 
                  // DQ (1/21/2015): Adding support for de-normalization of while statements with normalized bodies.
                     case V_SgSwitchStatement:
                        {
                          SgSwitchStatement* switchStatement = isSgSwitchStatement(parentOfBlock);
                          if (b == switchStatement->get_body())
                             {
                               switchStatement->set_body(s);
                               s->set_parent(switchStatement);
                             }
                          break;
                        }
 
                  // DQ (1/21/2015): Adding support for de-normalization of while statements with normalized bodies.
                     case V_SgForStatement:
                        {
                          SgForStatement* forStatement = isSgForStatement(parentOfBlock);
                          if (b == forStatement->get_loop_body())
                             {
                               forStatement->set_loop_body(s);
                               s->set_parent(forStatement);
                             }
                          break;
                        }
 
                  // DQ (1/21/2015): Adding support for de-normalization of while statements with normalized bodies.
                     case V_SgCaseOptionStmt:
                        {
                          SgCaseOptionStmt* caseOptionStatement = isSgCaseOptionStmt(parentOfBlock);
                          if (b == caseOptionStatement->get_body())
                             {
                               caseOptionStatement->set_body(s);
                               s->set_parent(caseOptionStatement);
                             }
                          break;
                        }
 
                  // DQ (1/21/2015): Adding support for de-normalization of while statements with normalized bodies.
                     case V_SgDefaultOptionStmt:
                        {
                          SgDefaultOptionStmt* defaultOptionStatement = isSgDefaultOptionStmt(parentOfBlock);
                          if (b == defaultOptionStatement->get_body())
                             {
                               defaultOptionStatement->set_body(s);
                               s->set_parent(defaultOptionStatement);
                             }
                          break;
                        }
 
                  // DQ (1/21/2015): Adding support for de-normalization of while statements with normalized bodies.
                     case V_SgDoWhileStmt:
                        {
                          SgDoWhileStmt* doWhileStatement = isSgDoWhileStmt(parentOfBlock);
                          if (b == doWhileStatement->get_body())
                             {
                               doWhileStatement->set_body(s);
                               s->set_parent(doWhileStatement);
                             }
                          break;
                        }
 
                     default:
                        {
                          printf ("Error: case not handled in switch: parentOfBlock = %p = %s \n",parentOfBlock,parentOfBlock->class_name().c_str());
                          ROSE_ABORT();
                        }
                   }
 
             // DQ (10/6/2015): Added code to reset isModified flag if it was only modified by this function.
                if (wasPreviouslyModified == false)
                   {
                     if (parentOfBlock->get_isModified() == true)
                        {
#if 0
                          printf ("In SageInterface::cleanupNontransformedBasicBlockNode(): parentOfBlock reset to FALSE after IR node member function call (e.g. set_body()): parentOfBlock = %p = %s \n",parentOfBlock,parentOfBlock->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                          parentOfBlock->set_isModified(false);
                        }
 
                   }
#if 0
                printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
                ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
             }
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("Leaving SageInterface::cleanupNontransformedBasicBlockNode(): addedBasicBlockNodes.size() = %zu \n",addedBasicBlockNodes.size());
#endif
   }
 
 
  SgBasicBlock* SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsFalseBodyOfIf(SgIfStmt* fs , bool createEmptyBody /* = true*/) {
    SgStatement* b = fs->get_false_body();
    // if no false body at all AND no-create-empty-body
    if (!createEmptyBody && (b == NULL || isSgNullStatement(b)))
      return NULL;
    if (!isSgBasicBlock(b)) {
      b = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(b); // This works if b is NULL as well (producing an empty block)
      fs->set_false_body(b);
      b->set_parent(fs);
 
   // DQ (1/18/2015): Save the SgBasicBlock that has been added so that we can undo this transformation later.
      recordNormalizations(b);
    }
    ROSE_ASSERT (isSgBasicBlock(b));
    return isSgBasicBlock(b);
  }
 
  SgBasicBlock* SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfCatch(SgCatchOptionStmt* fs) {
    SgStatement* b = fs->get_body();
    if (!isSgBasicBlock(b)) {
      b = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(b);
      fs->set_body(b);
      b->set_parent(fs);
    }
    ROSE_ASSERT (isSgBasicBlock(b));
    return isSgBasicBlock(b);
  }
 
SgBasicBlock* SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfOmpBodyStmt(SgOmpBodyStatement* fs)
{
  SgStatement* b = fs->get_body();
  if (!isSgBasicBlock(b)) {
    b = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock(b);
    fs->set_body(b);
    b->set_parent(fs);
  }
  ROSE_ASSERT (isSgBasicBlock(b));
  return isSgBasicBlock(b);
}
 
bool SageInterface::isBodyStatement (SgStatement* s)
{
  bool rt = false;
  ROSE_ASSERT(s);
  SgLocatedNode* p = isSgLocatedNode(s->get_parent());
  ROSE_ASSERT(p);
 
  switch (p->variantT())
  {
    case V_SgForStatement:
      {
        if (isSgForStatement(p)->get_loop_body() == s)
          rt = true;
        break;
      }
    case V_SgUpcForAllStatement: // PP
      {
        SgUpcForAllStatement& upcforall = *isSgUpcForAllStatement(p);
        if (upcforall.get_loop_body() == s)
          rt = true;
        break;
      }
    case V_SgWhileStmt:
      {
        if (isSgWhileStmt(p)->get_body() == s)
          rt = true;
        break;
      }
    case V_SgDoWhileStmt:
      {
        if (isSgDoWhileStmt(p)->get_body() == s)
          rt = true;
        break;
      }
    case V_SgSwitchStatement:
      {
        if (isSgSwitchStatement(p)->get_body() == s)
          rt = true;
        break;
      }
    case V_SgCaseOptionStmt:
      {
          if (isSgCaseOptionStmt(p)->get_body() == s)
              rt = true;
          break;
      }
    case V_SgDefaultOptionStmt:
      {
          if (isSgDefaultOptionStmt(p)->get_body() == s)
              rt = true;
          break;
      }
    case V_SgCatchOptionStmt:
      {
        if (isSgCatchOptionStmt(p)->get_body() == s)
          rt = true;
        break;
      }
    case V_SgIfStmt:
      {
        if (isSgIfStmt(p)->get_true_body() == s)
          rt = true;
        else if (isSgIfStmt(p)->get_false_body() == s)
          rt = true;
        break;
      }
    default:
      {
        if (isSgOmpBodyStatement(p))
          rt = true;
        break;
      }
  }
  return rt;
}
 
//etc.
SgBasicBlock * SageInterface::makeSingleStatementBodyToBlock(SgStatement* singleStmt)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (singleStmt != NULL); // not NULL
  ROSE_ASSERT (isSgBasicBlock(singleStmt) == NULL); //not a block
  ROSE_ASSERT (isBodyStatement(singleStmt) == true); // is a body statement
 
  SgBasicBlock* rt = NULL;
 
 
 
  SgStatement* s = singleStmt;
  SgLocatedNode* p = isSgLocatedNode(s->get_parent());
  ROSE_ASSERT(p);
  switch (p->variantT())
  {
    case V_SgForStatement:
      {
        if (isSgForStatement(p)->get_loop_body() == s)
          rt = ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfFor(isSgForStatement(p));
        break;
      }
    case V_SgUpcForAllStatement: // PP
      {
        SgUpcForAllStatement& upcforall = *isSgUpcForAllStatement(p);
 
        if (upcforall.get_loop_body() == s)
          rt = ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfUpcForAll(&upcforall);
        break;
      }
    case V_SgWhileStmt:
      {
        if (isSgWhileStmt(p)->get_body() == s)
          rt = ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfWhile(isSgWhileStmt(p));
        break;
      }
    case V_SgDoWhileStmt:
      {
        if (isSgDoWhileStmt(p)->get_body() == s)
          rt = ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfDoWhile(isSgDoWhileStmt(p));
        break;
      }
    case V_SgSwitchStatement:
      {
        if (isSgSwitchStatement(p)->get_body() == s)
          rt = ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfSwitch(isSgSwitchStatement(p));
        break;
      }
    case V_SgCaseOptionStmt:
      {
          if (isSgCaseOptionStmt(p)->get_body() == s)
            rt = ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfCaseOption(isSgCaseOptionStmt(p));
          break;
      }
    case V_SgDefaultOptionStmt:
      {
          if (isSgDefaultOptionStmt(p)->get_body() == s)
            rt = ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfDefaultOption(isSgDefaultOptionStmt(p));
          break;
      }
    case V_SgCatchOptionStmt:
      {
        if (isSgCatchOptionStmt(p)->get_body() == s)
          rt = ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfCatch(isSgCatchOptionStmt(p));
        break;
      }
    case V_SgIfStmt:
      {
        if (isSgIfStmt(p)->get_true_body() == s)
          rt = ensureBasicBlockAsTrueBodyOfIf(isSgIfStmt(p));
        else if (isSgIfStmt(p)->get_false_body() == s)
          rt = ensureBasicBlockAsFalseBodyOfIf(isSgIfStmt(p));
        break;
      }
    default:
      {
        if (isSgOmpBodyStatement(p))
        {
          rt = ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfOmpBodyStmt(isSgOmpBodyStatement(p));
        }
        break;
      }
  }
  ROSE_ASSERT (rt != NULL); // the input statement has been confirmed to be a body statement, it must have being processed to be a basic block at this point.
  return rt;
}
 
#if 0
SgLocatedNode* SageInterface::ensureBasicBlockAsParent(SgStatement* s)
{
        ROSE_ASSERT(s);
 
        //Vulov: The parent of a statement is not necessarily a statement. It could be SgStatementExpression
        SgLocatedNode* p = isSgLocatedNode(s->get_parent());
        ROSE_ASSERT(p);
        switch (p->variantT())
        {
                case V_SgBasicBlock: return isSgBasicBlock(p);
                case V_SgForStatement:
                {
                        if (isSgForStatement(p)->get_loop_body() == s)
                                return ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfFor(isSgForStatement(p));
                        else if (isSgForStatement(p)->get_test() == s)
                        {
                        }
                        else if (isSgForStatement(p)->get_for_init_stmt() == s)
                        {
                        }
                        else ROSE_ABORT();
                        break;
                }
                case V_SgUpcForAllStatement: // PP
                {
                  SgUpcForAllStatement& upcforall = *isSgUpcForAllStatement(p);
 
                  if (upcforall.get_loop_body() == s)
                    return ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfUpcForAll(&upcforall);
 
                  ROSE_ASSERT(  (s == upcforall.get_for_init_stmt())
                      || (s == upcforall.get_test())
                      );
                  break;
                }
                case V_SgWhileStmt:
                {
                        if (isSgWhileStmt(p)->get_body() == s)
                                return ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfWhile(isSgWhileStmt(p));
                        else if (isSgWhileStmt(p)->get_condition() == s)
                        {
                        }
                        else ROSE_ABORT();
                        break;
                }
                case V_SgDoWhileStmt:
                {
                        if (isSgDoWhileStmt(p)->get_body() == s)
                                return ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfDoWhile(isSgDoWhileStmt(p));
                        else if (isSgDoWhileStmt(p)->get_condition() == s)
                        {
                        }
                        else ROSE_ABORT();
                        break;
                }
                case V_SgSwitchStatement:
                {
                        if (isSgSwitchStatement(p)->get_body() == s)
                                return ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfSwitch(isSgSwitchStatement(p));
                        else if (isSgSwitchStatement(p)->get_item_selector() == s)
                        {
                        }
                        else ROSE_ABORT();
                        break;
                }
                case V_SgCatchOptionStmt:
                {
                        if (isSgCatchOptionStmt(p)->get_body() == s)
                                return ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfCatch(isSgCatchOptionStmt(p));
                        else if (isSgCatchOptionStmt(p)->get_condition() == s)
                        {
                        }
                        else ROSE_ABORT();
                        break;
                }
                case V_SgIfStmt:
                {
                        if (isSgIfStmt(p)->get_true_body() == s)
                                return ensureBasicBlockAsTrueBodyOfIf(isSgIfStmt(p));
                        else if (isSgIfStmt(p)->get_false_body() == s)
                                return ensureBasicBlockAsFalseBodyOfIf(isSgIfStmt(p));
                        else if (isSgIfStmt(p)->get_conditional() == s)
                        {
                        }
                        else ROSE_ABORT();
                        break;
                }
                default:
                {
                        if (isSgOmpBodyStatement(p))
                        {
                                return ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfOmpBodyStmt(isSgOmpBodyStatement(p));
                        }
                        else
                                // Liao, 7/3/2008 We allow other conditions to fall through,
                                // they are legal parents with list of statements as children.
                                //cerr << "Unhandled parent block:"<< p->class_name() << endl;
                                // ROSE_ASSERT (!"Bad parent in ensureBasicBlockAsParent");
                                break;
                }
        }
        return p;
}
 
  void SageInterface::changeAllLoopBodiesToBlocks(SgNode* top) {
    cerr<<"Warning: SageInterface::changeAllLoopBodiesToBlocks() is being replaced by SageInterface::changeAllBodiesToBlocks()."<<endl;
    cerr<<"Please use SageInterface::changeAllBodiesToBlocks() if you can."<<endl;
        changeAllBodiesToBlocks(top) ;
  }
 
#endif
  void SageInterface::changeAllBodiesToBlocks(SgNode* top, bool createEmptyBody /*= true*/ ) {
    class Visitor: public AstSimpleProcessing {
      public:
      bool allowEmptyBody;
      Visitor (bool flag):allowEmptyBody(flag) {}
      virtual void visit(SgNode* n) {
 
        bool wasPreviouslyModified = n->get_isModified();
 
        switch (n->variantT()) {
          case V_SgForStatement: {
            ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfFor(isSgForStatement(n));
            break;
          }
          case V_SgWhileStmt: {
            ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfWhile(isSgWhileStmt(n));
            break;
          }
          case V_SgDoWhileStmt: {
            ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfDoWhile(isSgDoWhileStmt(n));
            break;
          }
          case V_SgSwitchStatement: {
            ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfSwitch(isSgSwitchStatement(n));
            break;
          }
          case V_SgIfStmt: {
            ensureBasicBlockAsTrueBodyOfIf(isSgIfStmt(n));
            ensureBasicBlockAsFalseBodyOfIf(isSgIfStmt(n), allowEmptyBody);
#if 0
         // DQ (10/6/2015): Debugging why changes are being made to the AST for token-based unparsing.
            printf ("In changeAllBodiesToBlocks(): case SgIfStmt: n->get_isModified() = %s \n",n->get_isModified() ? "true" : "false");
#endif
#if 0
         // Reset this to false as a test.
            if (n->get_isModified() == true)
               {
                 n->set_isModified(false);
                 printf ("In changeAllBodiesToBlocks(): AFTER RESET: case SgIfStmt: n->get_isModified() = %s \n",n->get_isModified() ? "true" : "false");
               }
#endif
            break;
          }
          case V_SgCatchOptionStmt: {
            ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfCatch(isSgCatchOptionStmt(n));
            break;
          }
          case V_SgUpcForAllStatement: {
            ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfUpcForAll(isSgUpcForAllStatement(n));
            break;
          }
 
          default:
            {
              if (isSgOmpBodyStatement(n))
                ensureBasicBlockAsBodyOfOmpBodyStmt(isSgOmpBodyStatement(n));
              break;
            }
        }
 
  // DQ (10/6/2015): Added code to reset isModified flag if it was only modified by this function.
     if (wasPreviouslyModified == false)
        {
          if (n->get_isModified() == true)
             {
#if 0
               printf ("In SageInterface::changeAllBodiesToBlocks(): parentOfBlock reset to FALSE after IR node member function call (e.g. set_body()): parentOfBlock = %p = %s \n",n,n->class_name().c_str());
#endif
               n->set_isModified(false);
             }
 
        }
 
      }
    };
    Visitor(createEmptyBody).traverse(top, postorder);
  }
 
 
// Replace a given expression with a list of statements produced by a
// generator.  The generator, when given a variable as input, must produce
// some code which leaves its result in the given variable.  The output
// from the generator is then inserted into the original program in such a
// way that whenever the expression had previously been evaluated, the
// statements produced by the generator are run instead and their result is
// used in place of the expression.
// Assumptions: not currently traversing from or the statement it is in
void
SageInterface::replaceExpressionWithStatement(SgExpression* from, StatementGenerator* to)
   {
  // DQ (3/11/2006): The problem here is that the test expression for a "for loop" (SgForStmt)
  // is assumed to be a SgExpression.  This was changed in Sage III as part of a bugfix and so
  // the original assumptions upon which this function was based are not incorrect, hence the bug!
  // Note that a number of cases were changed when this fix was made to SageIII (see documentation
  // for SgScopeStatement).
 
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
     SgStatement*           enclosingStatement      = getStatementOfExpression(from);
     SgExprStatement*       exprStatement           = isSgExprStatement(enclosingStatement);
 
     SgForStatement*        forStatement            = isSgForStatement(enclosingStatement);
     SgReturnStmt*          returnStatement         = isSgReturnStmt(enclosingStatement);
     SgVariableDeclaration* varDeclarationStatement = isSgVariableDeclaration(enclosingStatement);
 
 
  // DQ (3/11/2006): Bugfix for special cases of conditional that are either SgStatement or SgExpression IR nodes.
 
     ROSE_ASSERT (exprStatement || forStatement || returnStatement || varDeclarationStatement);
 
     if (varDeclarationStatement)
        {
          replaceSubexpressionWithStatement(from, to);
        }
       else
        {
          SgExpression* root = getRootOfExpression(from);
          ROSE_ASSERT (root);
       // printf ("root = %p \n",root);
             {
               if (forStatement && forStatement->get_increment() == root)
                  {
                 // printf ("Convert step of for statement \n");
                 // Convert step of for statement
                 // for (init; test; e) body; (where e contains from) becomes
                 // for (init; test; ) {
                 //   body (with "continue" changed to "goto label");
                 //   label: e;
                 // }
                 // std::cout << "Converting for step" << std::endl;
                    SgExprStatement* incrStmt = SageBuilder::buildExprStatement(forStatement->get_increment());
                    forStatement->get_increment()->set_parent(incrStmt);
 
                    SageInterface::addStepToLoopBody(forStatement, incrStmt);
                    SgNullExpression* ne = buildNullExpression();
                    forStatement->set_increment(ne);
                    ne->set_parent(forStatement);
                    replaceSubexpressionWithStatement(from, to);
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    SgStatement* enclosingStmtParent = isSgStatement(enclosingStatement->get_parent());
                    assert (enclosingStmtParent);
                    SgWhileStmt* whileStatement = isSgWhileStmt(enclosingStmtParent);
                    SgDoWhileStmt* doWhileStatement = isSgDoWhileStmt(enclosingStmtParent);
                    SgIfStmt* ifStatement = isSgIfStmt(enclosingStmtParent);
                    SgSwitchStatement* switchStatement = isSgSwitchStatement(enclosingStmtParent);
                    SgForStatement* enclosingForStatement = isSgForStatement(enclosingStmtParent);
                  if (enclosingForStatement && enclosingForStatement->get_test() == exprStatement)
                     {
                    // Convert test of for statement:
                    // for (init; e; step) body; (where e contains from) becomes
                    // for (init; true; step) {
                    //   bool temp;
                    //   temp = e;
                    //   if (!temp) break;
                    //   body;
                    // }
                    // in which "temp = e;" is rewritten further
                    // std::cout << "Converting for test" << std::endl;
                       pushTestIntoBody(enclosingForStatement);
                       replaceSubexpressionWithStatement(from, to);
                     }
                  else if (whileStatement && whileStatement->get_condition() == exprStatement)
                     {
                    // printf ("Convert while statements \n");
                    // Convert while statement:
                    // while (e) body; (where e contains from) becomes
                    // while (true) {
                    //   bool temp;
                    //   temp = e;
                    //   if (!temp) break;
                    //   body;
                    // }
                    // in which "temp = e;" is rewritten further
                    // std::cout << "Converting while test" << std::endl;
                       pushTestIntoBody(whileStatement);
                    // FixSgTree(whileStatement);
                       replaceSubexpressionWithStatement(from, to);
                     }
                  else if (doWhileStatement && doWhileStatement->get_condition() == exprStatement)
                    {
         // printf ("Convert do-while statements \n");
                   // Convert do-while statement:
                   // do body; while (e); (where e contains from) becomes
                   // {bool temp = true;
                   //  do {
                   //    body (with "continue" changed to "goto label";
                   //    label:
                   //    temp = e;} while (temp);}
                   // in which "temp = e;" is rewritten further
                   // std::cout << "Converting do-while test" << std::endl;
                      SgBasicBlock* new_statement = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock();
                   // printf ("Building IR node #14: new SgBasicBlock = %p \n",new_statement);
                      assert (doWhileStatement->get_parent());
                      new_statement->set_parent(doWhileStatement->get_parent());
                      myStatementInsert(doWhileStatement, new_statement, false);
                      SageInterface::myRemoveStatement(doWhileStatement);
                      SgName varname = "rose__temp1"; // Does not need to be unique, but must not be used in user code anywhere
                      SgAssignInitializer* assignInitializer = buildAssignInitializer(
                          buildBoolValExp(true));
                      //SageInterface::getBoolType(doWhileStatement));
                      SgVariableDeclaration* new_decl = buildVariableDeclaration(
                        varname, buildBoolType(), assignInitializer, new_statement);
 
                      SgInitializedName* initname = new_decl->get_variables().back();
                      initname->set_scope(new_statement);
 
         // DQ (12/14/2006): set the parent of the SgAssignInitializer to the variable (SgInitializedName).
            assignInitializer->set_parent(initname);
 
#if 1
                      // MS 7/3/2018: bugfix: above buildVariableDeclaration already creates var symbol
                      SgVariableSymbol* varsym = SageInterface::getFirstVarSym(new_decl);
#else
                      SgVariableSymbol* varsym = new SgVariableSymbol(initname);
                      new_statement->insert_symbol(varname, varsym);
                      varsym->set_parent(new_statement->get_symbol_table());
#endif
 
                      SageInterface::appendStatement(new_decl, new_statement);
                      SageInterface::appendStatement(doWhileStatement, new_statement);
                      assert (varsym);
                      SgCastExp* castExp1 = buildCastExp(root,buildBoolType());
                      SgVarRefExp* vr = buildVarRefExp(varsym);
                      vr->set_lvalue(true);
 
                      SgExprStatement* temp_setup = SageBuilder::buildAssignStatement(vr, castExp1);
 
                      SageInterface::addStepToLoopBody(doWhileStatement, temp_setup);
                      SgVarRefExp* varsymVr = buildVarRefExp(varsym);
 
                      SgExprStatement* condStmt = SageBuilder::buildExprStatement(varsymVr);
                      varsymVr->set_parent(condStmt);
                      doWhileStatement->set_condition(condStmt);
                      condStmt->set_parent(doWhileStatement);
                      replaceSubexpressionWithStatement(from, to);
                    }
                  else if (ifStatement && ifStatement->get_conditional() == exprStatement)
                    {
                      SgBasicBlock* new_statement = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock();
                   // printf ("Building IR node #15: new SgBasicBlock = %p \n",new_statement);
                      assert (ifStatement->get_parent());
                      new_statement->set_parent(ifStatement->get_parent());
                      myStatementInsert(ifStatement, new_statement, false);
                      SageInterface::myRemoveStatement(ifStatement);
                      SgName varname = "rose__temp2"; // Does not need to be unique, but must not be used in user code anywhere
                      SgBoolValExp* trueVal = buildBoolValExp(true);
 
                      SgAssignInitializer* ai = buildAssignInitializer(trueVal);
 
                      SgVariableDeclaration* new_decl = buildVariableDeclaration(varname,
                         buildBoolType(), ai,new_statement);
                      SgInitializedName* initname = new_decl->get_variables().back();
                      ai->set_parent(initname);
                      initname->set_scope(new_statement);
#if 1
                      // MS 7/3/2018: bugfix: above buildVariableDeclaration already creates var symbol
                      SgVariableSymbol* varsym = SageInterface::getFirstVarSym(new_decl);
#else
                      SgVariableSymbol* varsym = new SgVariableSymbol(initname);
                      new_statement->insert_symbol(varname, varsym);
                      varsym->set_parent(new_statement->get_symbol_table());
#endif
                      SageInterface::appendStatement(new_decl, new_statement);
                      ifStatement->set_parent(new_statement);
                      assert (varsym);
 
                      SgCastExp* castExp2 = SageBuilder::buildCastExp(root, SageInterface::getBoolType(ifStatement));
                      SgVarRefExp* vr = buildVarRefExp(varsym);
                      vr->set_lvalue(true);
                      SgExprStatement* temp_setup = SageBuilder::buildAssignStatement(vr, castExp2 );
                      SageInterface::appendStatement(temp_setup, new_statement);
                      SageInterface::appendStatement(ifStatement, new_statement);
                      SgVarRefExp* vr2 = SageBuilder::buildVarRefExp(varsym);
                      SgExprStatement* es = SageBuilder::buildExprStatement(vr2);
                      ifStatement->set_conditional(es);
                      es->set_parent(ifStatement);
                      replaceSubexpressionWithStatement(from, to);
                    }
                  else if (switchStatement && switchStatement->get_item_selector() == exprStatement)
                    {
                      SgExpression* switchCond = exprStatement->get_expression();
                      ROSE_ASSERT (switchCond);
                      SgBasicBlock* new_statement = SageBuilder::buildBasicBlock();
                   // printf ("Building IR node #15: new SgBasicBlock = %p \n",new_statement);
                      assert (switchStatement->get_parent());
                      new_statement->set_parent(switchStatement->get_parent());
                      myStatementInsert(switchStatement, new_statement, false);
                      SageInterface::myRemoveStatement(switchStatement);
                      SgName varname = "rose__temp3"; // Does not need to be unique, but must not be used in user code anywhere
                      switchCond->set_parent(NULL);
                      SgVariableDeclaration* new_decl = SageBuilder::buildVariableDeclaration(varname, switchCond->get_type(), SageBuilder::buildAssignInitializer(switchCond), new_statement);
                      SgVariableSymbol* varsym = SageInterface::getFirstVarSym(new_decl);
                      SageInterface::appendStatement(new_decl, new_statement);
                      switchStatement->set_parent(new_statement);
                      assert (varsym);
 
 
                      SageInterface::appendStatement(switchStatement, new_statement);
                      SgVarRefExp* vr2 = SageBuilder::buildVarRefExp(varsym);
                      SgExprStatement* es = SageBuilder::buildExprStatement(vr2);
                      switchStatement->set_item_selector(es);
                      es->set_parent(switchStatement);
                      replaceSubexpressionWithStatement(from, to);
                    }
                  else
                    {
                      // printf ("Handles expression and return statements \n");
                      // Handles expression and return statements
                      // std::cout << "Converting other statement" << std::endl;
                      replaceSubexpressionWithStatement(from, to);
                    }
                  }
             }
        }
 
#endif
 
  // printf ("Leaving replaceExpressionWithStatement(from,to) \n");
   }
 
 
// Similar to replaceExpressionWithStatement, but with more restrictions.
// Assumptions: from is not within the test of a loop or if
//              not currently traversing from or the statement it is in
void SageInterface::replaceSubexpressionWithStatement(SgExpression* from, StatementGenerator* to)
   {
 
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
     SgStatement* stmt = getStatementOfExpression(from);
 
     if (isSgExprStatement(stmt))
        {
          SgExpression* top = getRootOfExpression(from);
 
 
          if (top == from)
             {
               SgStatement* generated = to->generate(0);
               isSgStatement(stmt->get_parent())->replace_statement(stmt, generated);
               generated->set_parent(stmt->get_parent());
               return;
             }
            else
             {
               if (isSgAssignOp(top) && isSgAssignOp(top)->get_rhs_operand() == from)
                  {
                    SgAssignOp* t = isSgAssignOp(top);
                    SgStatement* generated = to->generate(t->get_lhs_operand());
                    isSgStatement(stmt->get_parent())->replace_statement(stmt, generated);
                    generated->set_parent(stmt->get_parent());
                    return;
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // printf ("In replaceSubexpressionWithStatement(): Statement not generated \n");
                  }
             }
        }
 
  // cout << "1: " << getStatementOfExpression(from)->unparseToString() << endl;
     SgAssignInitializer* init = splitExpression(from);
  // cout << "2: " << getStatementOfExpression(from)->unparseToString() << endl;
     convertInitializerIntoAssignment(init);
  // cout << "3: " << getStatementOfExpression(from)->unparseToString() << endl;
  // cout << "3a: " << getStatementOfExpression(from)->get_parent()->unparseToString() << endl;
     SgExprStatement* new_stmt = isSgExprStatement(getStatementOfExpression(from));
     assert (new_stmt != NULL); // Should now have this form because of conversion
     replaceAssignmentStmtWithStatement(new_stmt, to);
 
  // printf ("In replaceSubexpressionWithStatement: new_stmt = %p = %s \n",new_stmt,new_stmt->class_name().c_str());
  // cout << "4: " << getStatementOfExpression(from)->get_parent()->unparseToString() << endl;
 
#endif
   }
 
 
  // Liao, 6/27/2008
  //Tasks
  //  find all return statements
  //  rewrite it to  temp = expression; return temp; if expression is not a single value.
  //  insert s right before 'return xxx;'
  int SageInterface::instrumentEndOfFunction(SgFunctionDeclaration * func, SgStatement* s)
  {
    int result = 0;
    ROSE_ASSERT(func&&s);
  //  vector<SgReturnStmt* > stmts = findReturnStmts(func);
    Rose_STL_Container <SgNode* > stmts = NodeQuery::querySubTree(func, V_SgReturnStmt);
    //vector<SgReturnStmt*>::iterator i;
    Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*>::iterator i;
    for (i=stmts.begin();i!=stmts.end();i++)
    {
      SgReturnStmt* cur_stmt = isSgReturnStmt(*i);
      ROSE_ASSERT(cur_stmt);
      SgExpression * exp = cur_stmt->get_expression();
   // TV (05/03/2011) Catch the case "return ;" where exp is NULL
      bool needRewrite = (exp != NULL) && !(isSgValueExp(exp));
      if (needRewrite)
      {
        splitExpression(exp);
      }
       // avoid reusing the statement
      if (result>=1 )
         s = copyStatement(s);
       insertStatementBefore(cur_stmt,s);
      result ++;
    } // for
    if (stmts.size()==0 ) // a function without any return at all,
    {
      SgBasicBlock * body = func->get_definition()->get_body();
      if (body== NULL)
       {
         cout<<"In instrumentEndOfFunction(), found an empty function body.! "<<endl;
         ROSE_ABORT();
       }
      appendStatement(s,body);
      result ++;
    }
    return result;
  } // instrumentEndOfFunction
 
  bool SageInterface::isStatic(SgDeclarationStatement* stmt)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(stmt);
    return ((stmt->get_declarationModifier()).get_storageModifier()).isStatic();
  } // isStatic()
 
  void SageInterface::setStatic(SgDeclarationStatement* stmt)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(stmt);
    return ((stmt->get_declarationModifier()).get_storageModifier()).setStatic();
  }
 
  bool SageInterface::isExtern(SgDeclarationStatement* stmt)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(stmt);
    return ((stmt->get_declarationModifier()).get_storageModifier()).isExtern();
  } // isExtern()
 
 
  void SageInterface::setExtern(SgDeclarationStatement* stmt)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(stmt);
    return ((stmt->get_declarationModifier()).get_storageModifier()).setExtern();
  }
 
  // Check if an SgInitializedName is "mutable' (has storage modifier set)
  bool SageInterface::isMutable(SgInitializedName* name)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(name);
    return name->get_storageModifier().isMutable();
  }
 
  // True if a parameter name is a Jovial output parameter
  bool SageInterface::isJovialOutParam(SgInitializedName* name)
  {
    return isMutable(name);
  }
 
  // Get a vector of Jovial input parameters from the function parameter list
  // TODO: Look into making this work for Fortran
  std::vector<SgInitializedName*> SageInterface::getInParameters(const SgInitializedNamePtrList &params)
  {
    std::vector<SgInitializedName*> in_params;
    BOOST_FOREACH (SgInitializedName* name, params)
      {
        if (!isJovialOutParam(name)) in_params.push_back(name);
      }
    return in_params;
  }
 
  // Get a list of Jovial output parameters from the function parameter list
  // TODO: Look into making this work for Fortran
  std::vector<SgInitializedName*> SageInterface::getOutParameters(const SgInitializedNamePtrList &params)
  {
    std::vector<SgInitializedName*> out_params;
    BOOST_FOREACH (SgInitializedName* name, params)
      {
        if (isJovialOutParam(name)) out_params.push_back(name);
      }
    return out_params;
  }
 
  unsigned long long SageInterface::getIntegerConstantValue(SgValueExp* expr) {
    switch (expr->variantT()) {
      case V_SgCharVal: return (long long)(isSgCharVal(expr)->get_value());
      case V_SgSignedCharVal: return (long long)(isSgSignedCharVal(expr)->get_value());
      case V_SgUnsignedCharVal: return isSgUnsignedCharVal(expr)->get_value();
      case V_SgShortVal: return (long long)(isSgShortVal(expr)->get_value());
      case V_SgUnsignedShortVal: return isSgUnsignedShortVal(expr)->get_value();
      case V_SgIntVal: return (long long)(isSgIntVal(expr)->get_value());
      case V_SgUnsignedIntVal: return isSgUnsignedIntVal(expr)->get_value();
      case V_SgLongIntVal: return (long long)(isSgLongIntVal(expr)->get_value());
      case V_SgUnsignedLongVal: return isSgUnsignedLongVal(expr)->get_value();
      case V_SgLongLongIntVal: return isSgLongLongIntVal(expr)->get_value();
      case V_SgUnsignedLongLongIntVal: return isSgUnsignedLongLongIntVal(expr)->get_value();
      case V_SgBoolValExp: return (long long )(isSgBoolValExp(expr)->get_value());
 
   // DQ (2/18/2015): Make this a better error message.
   // default: ROSE_ASSERT (!"Bad kind in getIntegerConstantValue");
      default:
         {
           printf ("ERROR: In SageInterface::getIntegerConstantValue(): default reached: expr = %p = %s \n",expr,expr->class_name().c_str());
           ROSE_ASSERT (false);
         }
 
    }
 
    ROSE_ASSERT (!"Bad kind return in getIntegerConstantValue");
        return 0;
  }
 
 
#ifdef ROSE_ENABLE_BINARY_ANALYSIS
// tps : 28 Oct 2008 - support for finding the main interpretation
// rpm : 18 Sep 2009 - rewritten to support multiple files per interpretation
SgAsmInterpretation *
SageInterface::getMainInterpretation(SgAsmGenericFile *file)
{
    SgBinaryComposite *binary = getEnclosingNode<SgBinaryComposite>(file);
    ROSE_ASSERT(binary!=NULL);
 
    /* Find the only header or the PE header of this file */
    SgAsmGenericHeader *requisite_header = NULL; /*the returned interpretation must point to this header*/
    const SgAsmGenericHeaderPtrList &headers = file->get_headers()->get_headers();
    if (1==headers.size()) {
        requisite_header = headers[0];
    } else {
        for (SgAsmGenericHeaderPtrList::const_iterator hi=headers.begin(); hi!=headers.end(); ++hi) {
            if (isSgAsmPEFileHeader(*hi)) {
                requisite_header = isSgAsmPEFileHeader(*hi);
                break;
            }
        }
    }
    ROSE_ASSERT(requisite_header!=NULL);
 
    /* Find an interpretation that points to this header */
    const SgAsmInterpretationPtrList &interps = binary->get_interpretations()->get_interpretations();
    for (SgAsmInterpretationPtrList::const_iterator ii=interps.begin(); ii!=interps.end(); ++ii) {
        const SgAsmGenericHeaderPtrList &headers = (*ii)->get_headers()->get_headers();
        for (SgAsmGenericHeaderPtrList::const_iterator hi=headers.begin(); hi!=headers.end(); ++hi) {
            if ((*hi)==requisite_header)
                return *ii;
        }
    }
 
    ROSE_ASSERT(!"no appropriate interpretation");
    return NULL;
}
#endif
 
class CollectDependentDeclarationsCopyType : public SgCopyHelp
   {
     public:
       // This is the simpliest possible version of a deep copy SgCopyHelp::copyAst() member function.
       // Note that the root of the does not have its file info set like its children.
          virtual SgNode *copyAst(const SgNode *n)
             {
            // DQ (2/26/2009): This defines a simple concept of "deep" copy. It forms a more testable building block, I hope.
               SgNode* copy = n->copy(*this);
 
            // Also mark this as a transformation and to be output in unparsing (so it will be output by the code generator).
               Sg_File_Info* fileInfo = copy->get_file_info();
               if (fileInfo != NULL)
                  {
                 // Must make this for output (checked in unparser), marking as a transformation is not checked
                    fileInfo->setOutputInCodeGeneration();
                    fileInfo->setTransformation();
                  }
 
               return copy;
             }
   } collectDependentDeclarationsCopyType;
 
 
class CollectCppDirectivesTraversal : public SgSimpleProcessing
   {
  // This traversal collects the includes at the top of a file.
 
     public:
          vector<PreprocessingInfo*> cppDirectiveList;
 
          void visit(SgNode *astNode);
   };
 
 
void
CollectCppDirectivesTraversal::visit(SgNode *astNode)
   {
     SgLocatedNode* locatedNode = isSgLocatedNode(astNode);
     if (locatedNode != NULL)
        {
          AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* comments = locatedNode->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo();
 
          if (comments != NULL)
             {
#if 0
               printf ("Found attached comments (at %p of type: %s): \n",locatedNode,locatedNode->sage_class_name());
#endif
               AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator i;
               for (i = comments->begin(); i != comments->end(); i++)
                  {
                    ROSE_ASSERT ( (*i) != NULL );
#if 0
                    printf ("          Attached Comment (relativePosition=%s): %s\n",
                         ((*i)->getRelativePosition() == PreprocessingInfo::before) ? "before" : "after",
                         (*i)->getString().c_str());
                    printf ("Comment/Directive getNumberOfLines = %d getColumnNumberOfEndOfString = %d \n",(*i)->getNumberOfLines(),(*i)->getColumnNumberOfEndOfString());
                    (*i)->get_file_info()->display("comment/directive location");
#endif
 
                 // We only save the #include directives, but likely we should be collecting ALL directives to
                 // avoid the collection of #include that is meant to be hidden in an #if 0 ... #endif pairing.
                 // if ((*i)->getTypeOfDirective() == PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIncludeDeclaration)
                       {
                      // This is an include directive.
                         cppDirectiveList.push_back(*i);
#if 0
                         printf ("          Attached include directive (relativePosition=%s): %s\n",
                              ((*i)->getRelativePosition() == PreprocessingInfo::before) ? "before" : "after",
                              (*i)->getString().c_str());
#endif
                       }
                  }
             }
            else
             {
#if 0
               printf ("No attached comments (at %p of type: %s): \n",locatedNode,locatedNode->sage_class_name());
#endif
             }
        }
   }
 
 
// This is part of a mechanism to collect directives from code that is to be outlined.
// However if we collect include directives we likely should really be collecting ALL
// directives (since the #include could be inside of an #if 0 ... #endif pairing.
// This level of detail will be addressed later (in an iterative approach).
vector<PreprocessingInfo*>
collectCppDirectives ( SgSourceFile* file )
   {
  // This function is used to collect include directives from the whole file.
     CollectCppDirectivesTraversal t;
     t.traverse(file,preorder);
 
     return t.cppDirectiveList;
   }
 
 
vector<PreprocessingInfo*>
collectCppDirectives ( SgLocatedNode* n )
   {
  // This function is used to collect include directives from specific dependent declarations.
     CollectCppDirectivesTraversal t;
     t.traverse(n,preorder);
 
     return t.cppDirectiveList;
   }
 
// Debugging support.
void
outputPreprocessingInfoList ( const vector<PreprocessingInfo*> & l )
   {
  // This function support debugging the generated directive lists.
 
     vector<PreprocessingInfo*>::const_iterator i = l.begin();
     while ( i != l.end() )
        {
          printf ("          Attached include directive (relativePosition=%s): %s\n",
             ((*i)->getRelativePosition() == PreprocessingInfo::before) ? "before" : "after",
             (*i)->getString().c_str());
          i++;
        }
   }
 
 
 
SgDeclarationStatement*
getAssociatedDeclaration( SgScopeStatement* scope )
   {
  //TODO This should become a member of SgScopeStatement
 
     SgDeclarationStatement* declaration = NULL;
     switch(scope->variantT())
        {
          case V_SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement:
             {
               SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement* namespaceDefinition = isSgNamespaceDefinitionStatement(scope);
               declaration = namespaceDefinition->get_namespaceDeclaration();
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgClassDefinition:
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationDefn: // Liao, 5/12/2009
             {
               SgClassDefinition* classDefinition = isSgClassDefinition(scope);
               declaration = classDefinition->get_declaration();
               break;
             }
 
          default:
             {
               printf ("Error: default reached in getAssociatedDeclaration(): scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
               ROSE_ABORT();
             }
        }
 
  // There may be some scopes that don't have an associated declaration.
     ROSE_ASSERT(declaration != NULL);
 
     return declaration;
   }
 
 
class CollectDependentDeclarationsTraversal : public SgSimpleProcessing
   {
     public:
       // Accumulate a list of copies of associated declarations referenced in the AST subtree
       // (usually of the outlined functions) to insert in the separate file to support outlining.
          vector<SgDeclarationStatement*> declarationList;
 
       // Save the list of associated symbols of dependent declarations identified so that we can
       // support their replacement in the new AST.
          vector<SgSymbol*> symbolList;
 
       // Keep track of declarations already copied so that we don't copy them more than once and try to insert them.
          set<SgDeclarationStatement*> alreadySavedDeclarations;
 
       // Required visit function for the AST traversal
          void visit(SgNode *astNode);
     private:
       void addDeclaration(SgDeclarationStatement* decl);
   };
 
SgDeclarationStatement*
getGlobalScopeDeclaration( SgDeclarationStatement* inputDeclaration )
   {
  // DQ (2/16/2009): Basically if a class is used from a namespace (or any outer scope) and we
  // outline the reference to the class, we have to declare not the class but the outer scope
  // (which will have the class included).
 
     SgDeclarationStatement* returnDeclaration = inputDeclaration;
 
  // I think that we have to copy the outer scope if the declaration's scope is not SgGlobal.
     SgScopeStatement* scope = inputDeclaration->get_scope();
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
 
  // printf ("inputDeclaration->get_scope() = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
 
  // If the input declaration is not in global scope then find the parent declaration that is in global scope!
     SgGlobal* globalScope = isSgGlobal(scope);
     if (globalScope == NULL)
        {
       // Traverse back to the global scope to include outer declarations which contain the "declaration"
       // printf ("Traverse back to the global scope to include outer declarations \n");
 
          SgScopeStatement* parentScope = scope;
          SgDeclarationStatement* associatedDeclaration = returnDeclaration;
          ROSE_ASSERT(parentScope != NULL);
          while (globalScope == NULL)
             {
               associatedDeclaration = getAssociatedDeclaration(parentScope);
               ROSE_ASSERT(associatedDeclaration != NULL);
 
               parentScope = parentScope->get_scope();
               globalScope = isSgGlobal(parentScope);
             }
 
          returnDeclaration = associatedDeclaration;
        }
 
     return returnDeclaration;
   }
 
 
// Debugging support.
void
outputDeclarationList ( const vector<SgDeclarationStatement*> & l )
   {
  // This function support debugging the generated declarations.
 
     int counter = 0;
     vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>::const_iterator i = l.begin();
     while ( i != l.end() )
        {
          printf ("In outputDeclarationList(): list[%d] = %p = %s = %s \n",counter++,*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(*i).c_str());
          i++;
        }
   }
 
void CollectDependentDeclarationsTraversal::addDeclaration(SgDeclarationStatement* declaration)
{
  // If there was a declaration found then handle it.
     if (declaration != NULL)
        {
       // Reset the defining declaration in case there is an outer declaration that is more important
       // to consider the dependent declaration (e.g. a class in a namespace).  In general this will
       // find the associated outer declaration in the global scope.
          SgDeclarationStatement* dependentDeclaration = getGlobalScopeDeclaration(declaration);
 
       // This declaration is in global scope so we just copy the declaration
       // For namespace declarations: they may have the save name but they have to be saved separated.
          if (alreadySavedDeclarations.find(dependentDeclaration) == alreadySavedDeclarations.end())
             {
#if 0
               printf ("In CollectDependentDeclarationsTraversal::visit(): selected dependentDeclaration = %p = %s = %s \n",
                    dependentDeclaration,dependentDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(dependentDeclaration).c_str());
#endif
            // DQ (2/22/2009): Semantics change for this function, just save the original declaration, not a copy of it.
               declarationList.push_back(dependentDeclaration);
 
            // Record this as a copied declaration
               alreadySavedDeclarations.insert(dependentDeclaration);
#if 0
               printf ("In CollectDependentDeclarationsTraversal::visit(): astNode = %p = %s = %s \n",astNode,astNode->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(astNode).c_str());
               printf ("############### ADDING dependentDeclaration = %p = %s to alreadySavedDeclarations set (size = %" PRIuPTR ") \n",
                    dependentDeclaration,dependentDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),alreadySavedDeclarations.size());
#endif
            // DQ (2/21/2009): Added assertions (will be inforced in SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration()).
            // ROSE_ASSERT(copy_definingDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() != NULL);
             }
            else
             {
#if 0
               printf ("In CollectDependentDeclarationsTraversal::visit(): astNode = %p = %s = %s \n",astNode,astNode->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(astNode).c_str());
               printf ("############### EXISTING dependentDeclaration = %p = %s found in alreadySavedDeclarations set (size = %" PRIuPTR ") \n",
                    dependentDeclaration,dependentDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),alreadySavedDeclarations.size());
#endif
             }
        }
}
 
static std::vector<SgTypedefDeclaration*> collectTypedefDeclarations(SgType* type)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(type != NULL);
  std::vector<SgTypedefDeclaration*> result;
  SgType* currentType = type;
 
  SgModifierType*  modType     = NULL;
  SgPointerType*   pointType   = NULL;
  SgReferenceType* refType     = NULL;
  SgArrayType*     arrayType   = NULL;
  SgTypedefType*   typedefType = NULL;
 
  while (true)
  {
    modType = isSgModifierType(currentType);
    if(modType)
    {
      currentType = modType->get_base_type();
    }
    else
    {
      refType = isSgReferenceType(currentType);
      if(refType)
      {
        currentType = refType->get_base_type();
      }
      else
      {
         pointType = isSgPointerType(currentType);
        if ( pointType)
        {
          currentType = pointType->get_base_type();
        }
        else
        {
          arrayType = isSgArrayType(currentType);
          if  (arrayType)
          {
            currentType = arrayType->get_base_type();
          }
          else
          {
            typedefType = isSgTypedefType(currentType);
            if (typedefType)
            {
              currentType = typedefType->get_base_type();
              SgTypedefDeclaration* tdecl = isSgTypedefDeclaration(typedefType->get_declaration());
              // have to try to get the defining declaration for a defining typedef declaration
              // otherwise AST traversal will not visit the non-defining one for a defining typedef declaration
              // sortSgNodeListBasedOnAppearanceOrderInSource() won't work properly
              SgTypedefDeclaration* decl = isSgTypedefDeclaration(tdecl->get_definingDeclaration());
              if (decl ==NULL)
                decl = tdecl;
              result.push_back(decl);
            }
            else
            {
              // Exit the while(true){} loop!
              break;
            }
          }
        }
      }
    }
  }
#if 0
  // debug here
  if (result.size()>0)
  {
    cout<<"------------Found a chain of typedef decls: count="<<result.size()<<endl;
    for (vector <SgTypedefDeclaration*>::const_iterator iter = result.begin();
          iter!=result.end(); iter ++)
      cout<<(*iter)->unparseToString()<<endl;
  }
#endif
  return result;
}
 
void
CollectDependentDeclarationsTraversal::visit(SgNode *astNode)
   {
  // Statements that can cause us to have declaration dependences:
  //    1) variable declarations (through their types)
  //    2) function calls
  //    3) typedefs (through their base types)
  //  Not implemented:
  //    4) static member functions (through their class)
  //    5) static data members (through their class)
  //    6) namespaces
  //    7) #include<> CPP directives.
 
  // DQ (2/22/2009): Changing the semantics for this function,
  // just save the original declaration, not a copy of it.
 
#if 0
  // Debugging support.
     Sg_File_Info* fileInfo = astNode->get_file_info();
     if (fileInfo != NULL && fileInfo->isFrontendSpecific() == false && (isSgStatement(astNode) != NULL) )
        {
          printf ("\n\nIn CollectDependentDeclarationsTraversal::visit(): astNode = %p = %s = %s \n",astNode,astNode->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(astNode).c_str());
       // fileInfo->display("In CollectDependentDeclarationsTraversal::visit()");
          int counter = 0;
          printf ("alreadySavedDeclarations.size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",alreadySavedDeclarations.size());
          for (set<SgDeclarationStatement*>::iterator i = alreadySavedDeclarations.begin(); i != alreadySavedDeclarations.end(); i++)
             {
               printf ("alreadySavedDeclarations %d: %p = %s \n",counter++,*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str());
             }
        }
#endif
 
  // The following conditionals set this variable
     SgDeclarationStatement* declaration = NULL;
 
  // 1) ------------------------------------------------------------------
  // Collect the declarations associated with referenced types in variable declarations (or any types associated with SgInitializedName IR nodes)
     SgInitializedName* initializedname = isSgInitializedName(astNode);
     if (initializedname != NULL)
     {
       SgType* type = initializedname->get_type();
 
       // handle all dependent typedef declarations, if any
       std::vector <SgTypedefDeclaration*> typedefVec = collectTypedefDeclarations(type);
        for (std::vector <SgTypedefDeclaration*>::const_iterator iter =typedefVec.begin();
                iter != typedefVec.end(); iter++)
       {
         SgTypedefDeclaration* typedef_decl = *iter;
         addDeclaration(typedef_decl);
         symbolList.push_back(typedef_decl->get_symbol_from_symbol_table());
       }
 
      // handle base type:
 
       // We now can to strip typedefs since they are already handled by collectTypedefDeclarations()
       // this also reach to the defining body of a defining typedef declaration
       // and treat it as an independent declarations,
       // the assumption here is that a defining typedef declaration will only has its
       // nondefining declaration copied to avoid redefining of the struct.
       // This is also a workaround for an AST copy bug: defining body gets lost after copying
       // a defining typedef declaration.
       // Liao, 5/8/2009
       //
       // e.g. typedef struct hypre_BoxArray_struct
       // {
       //          int alloc_size;
       // } hypre_BoxArray;
       //
       // struct hypre_BoxArray_struct will be treated as a strippedType and its declaration
       // will be inserted.
       //
       SgType* strippedType = type->stripType();
       SgNamedType* namedType = isSgNamedType(strippedType);
       if (namedType != NULL)
       {
         // Note that since this was obtained via the types and types are shared, this is the non-defining
         // declaration in original program (not the separate file is this is to support outlining into a
         // separate file.
         SgDeclarationStatement* named_decl = namedType->get_declaration();
         // the case of class declaration, including struct, union
         SgClassDeclaration* classDeclaration = isSgClassDeclaration(named_decl);
         if (classDeclaration != NULL)
         {
           // printf ("Found class declaration: classDeclaration = %p \n",classDeclaration);
           declaration = classDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration();
           // Liao, 12/09/2016.
           // In some cases, forward declaration of class types are used and sufficient, without providing defining declaration.
           // We should allow this.
           if (declaration != NULL)
           {
             //  ROSE_ASSERT(declaration != NULL);
             addDeclaration(declaration);
           }
           else
             addDeclaration (classDeclaration); // we use the original forward declaration.
 
           // Note that since types are shared in the AST, the declaration for a named type may be (is)
           // associated with the class declaration in the original file. However, we want to associated
           // class declaration in the current file, but since the AST copy mechanism work top-down, this
           // mapping form the declaration in the original file to the new declaration in the copied AST
           // is available in the SgCopyHelp map of copied IR nodes.
           // DQ (3/3/2009): Added support for symbol references to be saved (symbols in the original file).
           // these symbols will be mapped to their new symbols.
           ROSE_ASSERT(classDeclaration->hasAssociatedSymbol() == true);
           SgSymbol* classSymbol = classDeclaration->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
           ROSE_ASSERT(classSymbol != NULL);
 
           // printf ("Saving classSymbol = %p \n",classSymbol);
           symbolList.push_back(classSymbol);
         }
 
         // handle Enum types
         SgEnumDeclaration* enum_decl = isSgEnumDeclaration(named_decl);
         if (enum_decl != NULL)
         {
           declaration = enum_decl->get_definingDeclaration();
           ROSE_ASSERT(declaration != NULL);
           addDeclaration(declaration);
           ROSE_ASSERT(enum_decl->hasAssociatedSymbol() == true);
           // Liao 12/14/2012. use search_for_symbol_from_symbol_table() instead to avoid the defining/nondefing decl issue
           //SgSymbol* esymbol = enum_decl->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
           SgSymbol* esymbol = enum_decl->search_for_symbol_from_symbol_table();
           ROSE_ASSERT(esymbol!= NULL);
           symbolList.push_back(esymbol);
         }
       } // end if namedType
#if 0
       printf ("Found reference to type = %p = %s strippedType = %p = %s \n",type,type->class_name().c_str(),strippedType,strippedType->class_name().c_str());
#endif
     }// end if (initializedname)
 
  // 2) ------------------------------------------------------------------
  // Collect declarations associated with function calls.
     SgFunctionCallExp* functionCallExp = isSgFunctionCallExp(astNode);
     if (functionCallExp != NULL)
        {
          declaration = functionCallExp->getAssociatedFunctionDeclaration();
          //ROSE_ASSERT(declaration != NULL);
          // We allow a function pointer to have no specific declaration associated.
          if (declaration != NULL)
            addDeclaration(declaration);
 
       // DQ (3/2/2009): Added support for symbol references to be saved (this can be a SgFunctionSymbol or a SgMemberFunctionSymbol).
          SgSymbol* functionSymbol = functionCallExp->getAssociatedFunctionSymbol();
          //ROSE_ASSERT(functionSymbol != NULL);
 
       // printf ("Saving functionSymbol = %p \n",functionSymbol);
          if (functionSymbol)
            symbolList.push_back(functionSymbol);
        }
 
    // 3) ------------------------------------------------------------------
    // Collect enumerate declarations associated with SgEnumVal
    SgEnumVal * eval = isSgEnumVal(astNode);
    if (eval != NULL)
    {
      declaration = eval->get_declaration();
      ROSE_ASSERT(declaration != NULL);
      addDeclaration(declaration);
      SgSymbol* symbol = declaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
      ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL);
      symbolList.push_back(symbol);
    }
//       addDeclaration(declaration); // do it in different cases individually
   }
 
static std::map<const SgStatement*, bool> visitedDeclMap; // avoid infinite recursion
 
 
// Used to separate a function to a new source file and add necessary type declarations into the new file.
// NOTICE: each call to this function has to have call visitedDeclMap.clear() first!!
static void
getDependentDeclarations (SgStatement* stmt, vector<SgDeclarationStatement*> & declarationList, vector<SgSymbol*> & symbolList )
{
  // This function returns a list of the dependent declaration for any input statement.
  // Dependent declaration are functions called, types referenced in variable declarations, etc.
#if 0
  printf ("\n\n********************************************************** \n");
  printf (" Inside of getDependentDeclarations(stmt = %p = %s) \n",stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str());
  printf ("********************************************************** \n");
#endif
 visitedDeclMap[stmt]= true;
  CollectDependentDeclarationsTraversal t;
  t.traverse(stmt,preorder);
#if 0
     declarationList = t.declarationList;
     symbolList      = t.symbolList;
#else
  // Merge to the parent level list
  copy(t.declarationList.begin(),t.declarationList.end(), back_inserter(declarationList));
  copy(t.symbolList.begin(),t.symbolList.end(), back_inserter(symbolList));
    // make their elements unique
  sort (declarationList.begin(), declarationList.end());
  vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>::iterator new_end = unique(declarationList.begin(), declarationList.end());
  declarationList.erase(new_end, declarationList.end());
 
  sort (symbolList.begin(), symbolList.end());
  vector<SgSymbol*>::iterator end2 = unique(symbolList.begin(), symbolList.end());
  symbolList.erase(end2, symbolList.end());
 
 
  // Liao, 5/7/2009 recursively call itself to get dependent declarations' dependent declarations
  for (vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>::const_iterator iter = t.declarationList.begin();
      iter !=t.declarationList.end(); iter++)
  {
    SgDeclarationStatement* decl = *iter;
    SgType* base_type = NULL;
    SgStatement* body_stmt= NULL;
 
    // grab base type for a declaration
    // For class declaration: grab their
    if (isSgClassDeclaration(decl))
    {
      base_type =  isSgClassDeclaration(decl)->get_type();
    } else
    if (isSgTypedefDeclaration(decl))
    {
 
      // we don't want to strip of nested typedef declarations
      base_type = isSgTypedefDeclaration(decl)->get_base_type()->stripType(SgType::STRIP_POINTER_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_ARRAY_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_REFERENCE_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_RVALUE_REFERENCE_TYPE|SgType::STRIP_MODIFIER_TYPE);
    }
 
    //TODO variable declaration, function declaration: parameter list types,
    // multiple base_type then
 
    // is the base type associated with a defining body?
    // TODO enum type
      if (isSgClassType(base_type))
      {
        SgClassDeclaration* class_decl = isSgClassDeclaration(isSgClassType(base_type)->get_declaration()->get_definingDeclaration());
        if (class_decl!=NULL)
        {
          body_stmt = class_decl->get_definition();
        }
      }
    // recursively collect dependent declarations for the body stmt
    if ((body_stmt!=NULL) &&(!visitedDeclMap[body_stmt]))
      { // avoid infinite recursion
        getDependentDeclarations(body_stmt, declarationList, symbolList);
      }
    }
#endif
} // end void getDependentDeclarations()
 
 
// Reorder a list of declaration statements based on their appearance order in source files
// This is essential to insert their copies into a new file in a right order
// Liao, 5/7/2009
vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>
SageInterface::sortSgNodeListBasedOnAppearanceOrderInSource(const vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>& nodevec)
{
  vector<SgDeclarationStatement*> sortedNode;
 
  if (nodevec.size()==0 )
    return sortedNode;
  // no need to sort if there is only 1 element
  if (nodevec.size() ==1)
    return nodevec;
 
  SgProject* project = SageInterface::getProject();
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> queryResult = NodeQuery::querySubTree(project,V_SgDeclarationStatement);
  for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*>::const_iterator iter = queryResult.begin();
      iter!= queryResult.end(); iter++)
  {
    //    cerr<<"Trying to match:"<<(*iter)<<" "<<(*iter)->class_name() <<" "<<(*iter)->unparseToString()<<endl;
    SgNode* cur_node = *iter;
    SgDeclarationStatement* cur_stmt =  isSgDeclarationStatement(cur_node);
    ROSE_ASSERT(cur_stmt!=NULL);
    // Liao 12/14/2012. It is possible nodevec contains a first non-defining function declaration since the function is called in the outlined function
    // This is true even if the AST only has a defining function declaration.
    //
    // But that first non-defining function declaration is not traversable in AST due to it is hidden.
    // The solution here is to for each defining function decl traversed, convert it to the first nondefining one to do the match.
    SgFunctionDeclaration * func_decl = isSgFunctionDeclaration (cur_stmt);
    if (func_decl)
    {
      if (func_decl->get_definingDeclaration() == func_decl )
      {
        cur_stmt = func_decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration();
        ROSE_ASSERT (cur_stmt != func_decl);
      }
    }
    vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>::const_iterator i = find (nodevec.begin(), nodevec.end(), cur_stmt);
    if (i!=nodevec.end())
    {
      // It is possible we already visited a real prototype func decl before, now we see a prototype converted from a defining declaration.
      // We have to make sure only one copy is inserted.
      vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>::const_iterator j = find (sortedNode.begin(), sortedNode.end(), *i);
      if (j == sortedNode.end())
        sortedNode.push_back(*i);
    }
  }
 
  if (nodevec.size() != sortedNode.size())
  {
    cerr<<"Fatal error in sortSgNodeListBasedOnAppearanceOrderInSource(): nodevec.size() != sortedNode.size()"<<endl;
    cerr<<"nodevec() have "<< nodevec.size()<<" elements. They are:"<<endl;
    for (vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>::const_iterator iter = nodevec.begin(); iter != nodevec.end(); iter++)
    {
      cerr<<(*iter)<<" "<<(*iter)->class_name() <<" "<<(*iter)->unparseToString()<<endl;
    }
    cerr<<"sortedNode() have " << sortedNode.size() <<" elements. They are:"<<endl;
    for (vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>::const_iterator iter = sortedNode.begin(); iter != sortedNode.end(); iter++)
    {
      cerr<<(*iter)<<" "<<(*iter)->class_name() <<" "<<(*iter)->unparseToString()<<endl;
    }
 
    ROSE_ASSERT(nodevec.size() == sortedNode.size());
  }
  return sortedNode;
}
 
// This function clears a history map transparently and return a sorted list of dependent declarations
std::vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>
SageInterface::getDependentDeclarations ( SgStatement* stmt )
   {
  // This function returns a list of the dependent declaration for any input statement.
  // Dependent declaration are functions called, types referenced in variable declarations, etc.
#if 0
     printf ("\n\n********************************************************** \n");
     printf (" Inside of getDependentDeclarations(stmt = %p = %s) \n",stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str());
     printf ("********************************************************** \n");
 
     CollectDependentDeclarationsTraversal t;
     t.traverse(stmt,preorder);
 
     return t.declarationList;
#else
     // share a single implementation for recursive lookup for dependent declaration
   visitedDeclMap.clear();
   vector<SgDeclarationStatement*> declarationList;
   vector<SgSymbol*> symbolList;
   getDependentDeclarations(stmt, declarationList, symbolList);
   declarationList = sortSgNodeListBasedOnAppearanceOrderInSource(declarationList);
#if 0
     printf ("\n\n ********************************************************** \n");
     cout<<"Found dependent decl: count="<<declarationList.size()<<endl;
     for ( vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>::const_iterator iter = declarationList.begin();
          iter != declarationList.end(); iter++)
     {
       cout<<"\t"<<(*iter)->class_name()<<" at line "<<(*iter)->get_file_info()->get_line()<<endl;
       if ((*iter)->variantT()== V_SgFunctionDeclaration)
         cout<<"func name is:"<<isSgFunctionDeclaration(*iter)->get_name().getString()<<endl;
       //<<(*iter)->unparseToString()<<endl;  // unparseToString() won't work on outlined function
     }
     printf ("\n ********************************************************** \n");
#endif
 
   return declarationList;
 
#endif
   }
 
 
bool
SageInterface::isPrefixOperatorName( const SgName & functionName )
   {
     bool returnValue = false;
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::isPrefixOperatorName(): functionName = %s (might have to check the return type to distinguish the deref operator from the multiply operator) \n",functionName.str());
#endif
 
     if (functionName.is_null() == false)
        {
       // DQ (1/20/2019): Add operator~() to this list (see test2019_10.C).
          if ( functionName == "operator++" || functionName == "operator--" || functionName == "operator&" ||
               functionName == "operator!"  || functionName == "operator*"  || functionName == "operator+" ||
               functionName == "operator-"  || functionName == "operator+"  || functionName == "operator~")
             {
               returnValue = true;
             }
        }
 
     return returnValue;
   }
 
 
// DQ (4/13/2013): We need these to support the unparing of operators defined by operator syntax or member function names.
bool
SageInterface::isPrefixOperator( SgExpression* exp )
   {
  // DQ (4/21/2013): Reimplemented this function to support more of the prefix operators.
  // Also we now support when they are defined as member functions and non-member functions.
 
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     SgFunctionRefExp* functionRefExp             = isSgFunctionRefExp(exp);
     SgMemberFunctionRefExp* memberFunctionRefExp = isSgMemberFunctionRefExp(exp);
  // ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionRefExp != NULL);
 
     SgName functionName;
     size_t numberOfOperands = 0;
 
     if (memberFunctionRefExp != NULL)
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT(functionRefExp == NULL);
          SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* memberFunctionDeclaration = memberFunctionRefExp->getAssociatedMemberFunctionDeclaration();
          if (memberFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
             {
               functionName = memberFunctionDeclaration->get_name();
               numberOfOperands = memberFunctionDeclaration->get_args().size();
             }
        }
       else
        {
       // This could be "friend bool operator!(const X & x);"
          if (functionRefExp != NULL)
             {
               SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = functionRefExp->getAssociatedFunctionDeclaration();
               if (functionDeclaration != NULL)
                  {
                    functionName     = functionDeclaration->get_name();
                    numberOfOperands = functionDeclaration->get_args().size();
                  }
             }
            else
             {
            // Note clear if this should be an error.
               printf ("In SageInterface::isPrefixOperator(): unknown case of exp = %p = %s \n",exp,exp->class_name().c_str());
             }
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::isPrefixOperator(): functionName = %s numberOfOperands = %" PRIuPTR " (might have to check the return type to distinguish the deref operator from the multiply operator) \n",functionName.str(),numberOfOperands);
#endif
 
     if (isPrefixOperatorName(functionName) == true)
        {
          if (memberFunctionRefExp != NULL)
             {
            // This case is for member functions.
               ROSE_ASSERT(functionRefExp == NULL);
               if (numberOfOperands == 0)
                  {
                 // This is the C++ signature for the operator++() prefix operator.
                    returnValue = true;
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // This is the C++ signature for the operator++() postfix operator.
                    returnValue = false;
                  }
             }
            else
             {
            // This case is for non-member functions.
               ROSE_ASSERT(functionRefExp != NULL);
               ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionRefExp == NULL);
               if (numberOfOperands == 1)
                  {
                 // This is the C++ signature for the operator++() prefix operator.
                    returnValue = true;
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // This is the C++ signature for the operator++() postfix operator.
                    ROSE_ASSERT(numberOfOperands == 2);
                    returnValue = false;
                  }
             }
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("Leaving SageInterface::isPrefixOperator(): returnValue = %s \n",returnValue ? "true" : "false");
#endif
 
     return returnValue;
   }
 
 
bool
SageInterface::isPostfixOperator( SgExpression* exp )
   {
     return ( (isPrefixOperator(exp) == false) && (isIndexOperator(exp) == false) );
   }
 
 
bool
SageInterface::isIndexOperator( SgExpression* exp )
   {
     bool returnValue = false;
     SgMemberFunctionRefExp* memberFunctionRefExp = isSgMemberFunctionRefExp(exp);
     if (memberFunctionRefExp == NULL)
       return false;
 
     SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* memberFunctionDeclaration = memberFunctionRefExp->getAssociatedMemberFunctionDeclaration();
     if (memberFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
        {
          SgName functionName = memberFunctionDeclaration->get_name();
          if ( (functionName == "operator[]") && (isSgType(memberFunctionDeclaration->get_type()) != NULL) )
             {
               returnValue = true;
             }
            else
             {
               if ( (functionName == "operator()") && (isSgType(memberFunctionDeclaration->get_type()) != NULL) )
                  {
                    returnValue = true;
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    returnValue = false;
                  }
             }
        }
 
     return returnValue;
   }
 
 
// DQ (1/10/2014): Adding more general support for token based unparsing.
SgStatement*
SageInterface::lastStatementOfScopeWithTokenInfo (SgScopeStatement* scope, std::map<SgNode*,TokenStreamSequenceToNodeMapping*> & tokenStreamSequenceMap)
   {
  // Return the last statement in the associated scope that has token information.
     SgStatement* lastStatement = NULL;
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::lastStatementOfScopeWithTokenInfo(): scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
     SgIfStmt* ifStatement = isSgIfStmt(scope);
     if (ifStatement != NULL)
        {
          lastStatement = ifStatement->get_false_body();
          if (lastStatement == NULL || (tokenStreamSequenceMap.find(lastStatement) == tokenStreamSequenceMap.end() || tokenStreamSequenceMap[lastStatement] == NULL))
             {
               lastStatement = ifStatement->get_true_body();
               if (lastStatement == NULL || (tokenStreamSequenceMap.find(lastStatement) == tokenStreamSequenceMap.end() || tokenStreamSequenceMap[lastStatement] == NULL))
                  {
                    lastStatement = NULL;
                  }
             }
 
          printf ("Note: SgIfStmt scope in SageInterface::lastStatementOfScopeWithTokenInfo(): returning lastStatement = %p \n",lastStatement);
          if (lastStatement != NULL)
             {
               printf ("   --- lastStatement = %p = %s \n",lastStatement,lastStatement->class_name().c_str());
             }
 
          return lastStatement;
        }
 
     SgStatementPtrList statementList = scope->generateStatementList();
     if (statementList.rbegin() != statementList.rend())
        {
       // Find the last statement with token stream information.
          SgStatementPtrList::reverse_iterator i = statementList.rbegin();
 
          while (i != statementList.rend() && (tokenStreamSequenceMap.find(*i) == tokenStreamSequenceMap.end() || tokenStreamSequenceMap[*i] == NULL) )
             {
               i++;
             }
 
          if (i == statementList.rend())
             {
               lastStatement = NULL;
             }
            else
             {
               lastStatement = *i;
             }
        }
 
     return lastStatement;
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::checkAccessPermissions ( SgNode* astNode )
   {
  // DQ (8/12/2020): Check the access permissions of all defining and nodefining declarations (debugging support for Cxx_tests/test2020_28.C).
 
     class DeclarationTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
            // DeclarationTraversal() {}
 
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgDeclarationStatement* decl = isSgDeclarationStatement(node);
                    if (decl != NULL)
                       {
                         SgDeclarationStatement* definingDeclaration         = isSgDeclarationStatement(decl->get_definingDeclaration());
                         SgDeclarationStatement* firstNondefiningDeclaration = isSgDeclarationStatement(decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
                         SgDeclarationStatement* otherDeclaration            = NULL;
 
                      // Output access modifier information for each declaration.
                         printf ("Found declaration = %p = %s name = %s \n",decl,decl->class_name().c_str(),get_name(decl).c_str());
                         if (decl != definingDeclaration && decl != firstNondefiningDeclaration)
                            {
                              otherDeclaration = decl;
                            }
 
                         if (definingDeclaration != NULL)
                            {
                              definingDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().get_accessModifier().display("definingDeclaration: accessModifier");
                            }
 
                         if (firstNondefiningDeclaration != NULL)
                            {
                              firstNondefiningDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().get_accessModifier().display("firstNondefiningDeclaration: accessModifier");
                            }
 
                         if (otherDeclaration != NULL)
                            {
                              otherDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().get_accessModifier().display("otherDeclaration: accessModifier");
                            }
 
                      // Adding space for formatting.
                         printf ("\n");
                       }
                  }
        };
 
  // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the AST subtree.
     DeclarationTraversal traversal;
     traversal.traverse(astNode, preorder);
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::checkSymbolTables ( SgNode* astNode )
   {
  // DQ (8/14/2020): Check the symbol tables for specific scopes (debugging support).
 
     class ScopeTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgScopeStatement* scope = isSgScopeStatement(node);
                    if (scope != NULL)
                       {
                         SgFunctionDefinition* functionDefinition = isSgFunctionDefinition(scope);
                         if (functionDefinition != NULL)
                            {
                              SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = functionDefinition->get_declaration();
                              ROSE_ASSERT(functionDeclaration != NULL);
 
                              string functionName = functionDeclaration->get_name();
 
                              printf ("functionName = %s \n",functionName.c_str());
 
                              if (functionName == "main")
                                 {
 
                                   SgBasicBlock* functionBody = functionDefinition->get_body();
                                   ROSE_ASSERT(functionBody != NULL);
                                   SgSymbolTable* symbolTable = functionBody->get_symbol_table();
                                   ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable != NULL);
 
                                // Print out the symbol table.
                                   symbolTable->print();
                                 }
                            }
 
                         SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement* namespaceDefinition = isSgNamespaceDefinitionStatement(scope);
                         if (namespaceDefinition != NULL)
                            {
                              SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement* namespaceDeclaration = namespaceDefinition->get_namespaceDeclaration();
                              ROSE_ASSERT(namespaceDeclaration != NULL);
 
                              string namespaceName = namespaceDeclaration->get_name();
 
                              printf ("namespaceName = %s \n",namespaceName.c_str());
 
                              if (namespaceName == "B")
                                 {
                                   SgSymbolTable* symbolTable = namespaceDefinition->get_symbol_table();
                                   ROSE_ASSERT(symbolTable != NULL);
 
                                // Print out the symbol table.
                                   symbolTable->print();
                                 }
                            }
                       }
                  }
        };
 
  // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the AST subtree.
     ScopeTraversal traversal;
     traversal.traverse(astNode, preorder);
   }
 
//Jim Leek TODO (07/25/2023):  After Dan merges his branch, please clean up all the #1f 0 stuff
void SageInterface::markNodeToBeUnparsed(SgNode* node, int physical_file_id)
   {
#if 0
     Sg_File_Info* fileInfo=node->get_file_info();
     if (fileInfo != NULL)
        {
          fileInfo->setTransformation();
          fileInfo->setOutputInCodeGeneration();
 
          SgLocatedNode* locatedNode = isSgLocatedNode(node);
          if (locatedNode != NULL)
             {
            // DQ (7/7/2015): Make the subtree as transformed.
               locatedNode->setTransformation();
               locatedNode->setOutputInCodeGeneration();
 
            // DQ (7/8/2021): Added assertion.
               ROSE_ASSERT(locatedNode->get_file_info() != NULL);
#if 0
               printf ("In markNodeToBeUnparsed(): physical_file_id = %d \n",physical_file_id);
#endif
            // DQ (10/26/2020): Set the physical_file_id, required for ueader file unparsing (is it?).
               locatedNode->get_file_info()->set_physical_file_id(physical_file_id);
#if 1
               printf ("Note: calling node markTransformationsForOutput(): node = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
#endif
            // DQ (7/14/2021): This is just a redundant traversal over the subtree that only appears
            // to call setTransformation() and setOutputInCodeGeneration().
               markTransformationsForOutput(node);
             }
            else
             {
#if 0
               printf ("Note: node is not a SgLocatedNode: node = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
#endif
             }
        }
       else
        {
#if 0
          printf ("Note: no Sg_File_Info was found: node = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
#endif
        }
#else
     SgLocatedNode* locatedNode = isSgLocatedNode(node);
     if (locatedNode != NULL)
        {
          locatedNode->setTransformation();
          locatedNode->setOutputInCodeGeneration();
 
       // DQ (10/26/2020): Set the physical_file_id, required for header file unparsing (is it?).
          if (locatedNode->get_file_info() != NULL)
             {
#if 0
               printf ("In SageInterface::markNodeToBeUnparsed(): locatedNode = %p = %s calling set_physical_file_id(%d) \n",locatedNode,locatedNode->class_name().c_str(),physical_file_id);
#endif
               locatedNode->get_file_info()->set_physical_file_id(physical_file_id);
             }
            else
             {
#if 1
               printf ("Note: no Sg_File_Info was found: node = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
#endif
             }
 
       // DQ (7/14/2021): This is just a redundant traversal over the subtree that only appears
       // to call setTransformation() and setOutputInCodeGeneration().
       // Jim Leek (07/25/2023) This doesn't seem to be redundant, it definately marks a bunch of the subtree as transformed
       // That otherwise isn't, but Reverse Type Dependence often  fails to compile because too much gets unparsed.
       // markTransformationsForOutput(node);
        }
#endif
   }
 
 
 
void SageInterface::markSubtreeToBeUnparsed(SgNode* root, int physical_file_id)
   {
     RoseAst ast(root);
     for (RoseAst::iterator i=ast.begin();i!=ast.end();++i)
       {
          markNodeToBeUnparsed(*i,physical_file_id);
       }
   }
 
 
 
void SageInterface::markSubtreeToBeUnparsedTreeTraversal(SgNode* root, int physical_file_id)
   {
  // DQ (7/13/2021): This function marks nodes in a subtree to be a transformation, but avoids marking subtrees of the SgCastExp.
  // This is important because currently the marking of an implicit cast will cause it to be unparsed, even though it is marked
  // as implicit.  This detail of precedence of implicit flags over transformation flags needs to be fixed separated.
  // This function has been implemented as part of debugging this issue.
     (void) root;  (void) physical_file_id; // defeat clang warning messages
 
     class InheritedAttribute
        {
          public:
               int physical_file_id;
               bool isCastSubtree;
               InheritedAttribute(int file_id): physical_file_id(file_id), isCastSubtree(false) {}
               InheritedAttribute(const InheritedAttribute & X)
                  {
                    isCastSubtree    = X.isCastSubtree;
                    physical_file_id = X.physical_file_id;
                  }
        };
 
// DQ (7/21/21): This code construction does not work with the GNU 4.9.x compilers.
// #if !( ( (__GNUC__ == 4) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ <= 9) ) || (__GNUC__ < 4))
#if (__GNUC__ > 4)
 
     class SubtreeTraversal : public SgTopDownProcessing<InheritedAttribute>
        {
          public:
               InheritedAttribute evaluateInheritedAttribute ( SgNode* node, InheritedAttribute inheritedAttribute)
                  {
                    InheritedAttribute returnAttribute(inheritedAttribute);
 
                    SgCastExp* castExpression = isSgCastExp(node);
                    if (castExpression != NULL)
                       {
                         returnAttribute.isCastSubtree = true;
                       }
 
                    if (returnAttribute.isCastSubtree == true)
                       {
                      // Nothing to do, unless we want to fixup the physical node id.
#if 0
                         printf ("In markSubtreeToBeUnparsedTreeTraversal(): subtree of a SgCastExp: node = %p = %s physical_file_id = %d \n",
                              node,node->class_name().c_str(),inheritedAttribute.physical_file_id);
#endif
                       }
                      else
                       {
#if 0
                         printf ("In markSubtreeToBeUnparsedTreeTraversal(): Calling markNodeToBeUnparsed(): node = %p = %s physical_file_id = %d \n",
                              node,node->class_name().c_str(),inheritedAttribute.physical_file_id);
#endif
                      // This logic will cause the SgCastExp node to NOT be marked as a transformation (not just its children).
                         markNodeToBeUnparsed(node,inheritedAttribute.physical_file_id);
                       }
 
                    return returnAttribute;
                  }
        };
 
     InheritedAttribute inheritedAttribute(physical_file_id);
 
  // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the AST subtree.
     SubtreeTraversal traversal;
 
#if 0
     printf ("\nIn markSubtreeToBeUnparsedTreeTraversal(): calling traverse \n");
#endif
 
     traversal.traverse(root, inheritedAttribute);
#else
     printf ("This function does not compile with GNU 4.9 or older compilers (part of ROSE used only with more modern compilers) \n");
#endif
 
   }
 
 
 
 
vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>
generateCopiesOfDependentDeclarations (const  vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>& dependentDeclarations, SgScopeStatement* targetScope)
//generateCopiesOfDependentDeclarations ( SgStatement* stmt, SgScopeStatement* targetScope )
   {
  // Liao suggests adding the target scope to the parameter list so that the constructed function
  // built using SageBuilder::buildNondefiningFunctionDeclaration() can be built to be in the
  // correct scope as soon as possible.
 
  // This function uses the getDependentDeclarations() function to get the dependent declarations
  // and then returns a list of copies of each of them.
 
#if 0
     printf ("\n\n********************************************************** \n");
     printf (" Inside of generateCopiesOfDependentDeclarations(stmt = %p = %s) \n",stmt,stmt->class_name().c_str());
     printf ("********************************************************** \n");
#endif
 
     vector<SgDeclarationStatement*> copiesOfDependentDeclarations;
     // avoiding call getDependentDeclarations() twice
//     vector<SgDeclarationStatement*> dependentDeclarations = getDependentDeclarations(stmt);
 
#if 0
     printf ("Output the dependentDeclarations: dependentDeclarations.size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",dependentDeclarations.size());
     outputDeclarationList(dependentDeclarations);
#endif
#if 0
     printf ("************************************************ \n");
     printf ("*** Make all copies of dependentDeclarations *** \n");
     printf ("************************************************ \n");
#endif
 
  // Should have a valid scope, so that symbol tables can be expected to be setup.
     ROSE_ASSERT(targetScope != NULL);
 
  // DQ (2/25/2009): Initially this is always global scope so test this for now, at least.
     ROSE_ASSERT(isSgGlobal(targetScope) != NULL);
 
     for (vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>::const_iterator i = dependentDeclarations.begin(); i != dependentDeclarations.end(); i++)
        {
#if 0
          printf ("Copying declaration = %p = %s = %s \n",*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(*i).c_str());
#endif
       // SgNode* copy_node = (*i)->copy(collectDependentDeclarationsCopyType);
 
          SgNode* copy_node = NULL;
          const SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(*i);
 
       // For function declarations we don't want to do deep copies on defining declarations
       // since that would violate the One-time Definition Rule (ODR).
          if (functionDeclaration != NULL)
             {
               // the target scope may already have a declaration for this function.
               // This happens since SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration() is called in the end of outlining
               // and the original enclosing class of the outlined target has been changed already (replaced target with a call to OUT_xxx())
               // Also, getDependentDeclarations() recursively searches for declarations within the dependent class and hits OUT_xxx()
               // Liao, 5/8/2009
 
             if ( SgProject::get_verbose() >= 1 )
                printf ("WARNING: In SageInterface -- generateCopiesOfDependentDeclarations(): I think this is the wrong lookup symbol function that is being used here! \n");
 
            // DQ (8/16/2013): I think this is the wrong symbol lookup function to be using here, but the API is fixed.
            // TV (2/4/2014): can be found in the project wide global scope...
            //                So I removed it as we only build a nondef decl and it will only happen for function declared in global scope.`
#endif
#if 0
               printf ("In generateCopiesOfDependentDeclarations(): Copy mechanism appied to SgFunctionDeclaration functionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() = %p \n",functionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
 
               printf ("functionDeclaration                                    = %p \n",functionDeclaration);
               printf ("functionDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration()         = %p \n",functionDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration());
               printf ("functionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() = %p \n",functionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
               printf ("functionDeclaration->get_scope()                       = %p \n",functionDeclaration->get_scope());
               printf ("targetScope                                            = %p \n",targetScope);
#endif
               SgFunctionDeclaration* copy_functionDeclaration = SageBuilder::buildNondefiningFunctionDeclaration(functionDeclaration,targetScope);
               assert(copy_functionDeclaration != NULL);
 
               copy_functionDeclaration->set_parent(targetScope);
 
               assert(copy_functionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() != NULL);
 
            // DQ (11/8/2020): This can not be asserted now that the buildSourceFile() has the
            // feature of clearing the symbol table used across multiple files.
            // assert(copy_functionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() != copy_functionDeclaration);
 
               assert(copy_functionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()->get_symbol_from_symbol_table() != NULL);
 
               assert(copy_functionDeclaration->get_scope() != NULL);
               assert(copy_functionDeclaration->get_scope() == targetScope);
               assert(copy_functionDeclaration->get_scope()->lookup_function_symbol(copy_functionDeclaration->get_name(),
                    copy_functionDeclaration->get_type()) != NULL);
               assert(copy_functionDeclaration->get_scope()->lookup_function_symbol(copy_functionDeclaration->get_name(),
                    copy_functionDeclaration->get_type())->get_symbol_basis() == copy_functionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
 
               copy_node = copy_functionDeclaration;
#if 0
               printf ("In generateCopiesOfDependentDeclarations(): DONE: Copy mechanism appied to SgFunctionDeclaration \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
             }
            else
             {
          // We only copy the non-defining declaration of a defining typedef declaration
          // since its defining body will be treated as a separate declaration and inserted to the new file.
          // This is also a workaround for an AST copy bug: losing defining body of a defining typedef declaration after copying.
                 SgTypedefDeclaration* tdecl = isSgTypedefDeclaration(*i);
                 if (tdecl)
                 {
#if 0
                   if (tdecl->get_definingDeclaration() == tdecl)
                     cout<<"Copying a defining typedef declaration:"<<tdecl->unparseToString()<<endl;
                   else
                     cout<<"Copying a non-defining typedef declaration:"<<tdecl->unparseToString()<<endl;
#endif
                   copy_node = SageInterface::deepCopy(tdecl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
                   SgTypedefDeclaration* tdecl_copy = isSgTypedefDeclaration(copy_node);
                   tdecl_copy->set_typedefBaseTypeContainsDefiningDeclaration (false); // explicit indicate this does not contain defining base type, Liao 12/14/2012
                 }
                  else
                   copy_node = (*i)->copy(collectDependentDeclarationsCopyType);
 
            // Set the scope now that we know it (might be the same as the parent which will be set when the copy is inserted into the AST).
               SgDeclarationStatement* copy_declaration = isSgDeclarationStatement(copy_node);
               ROSE_ASSERT(copy_declaration != NULL);
 
            // DQ (3/2/2009): This will be done later, but it is set above, so set it in this branch to be consistant.
               if (copy_declaration->hasExplicitScope() == true)
                    copy_declaration->set_scope(targetScope);
             }
 
       // SgNode* copy_node = (*i)->copy(collectDependentDeclarationsCopyType);
       // Build a function prototype, but what scope should be used?
       // ROSE_ASSERT(functionDeclaration->get_scope() != NULL);
       // copy = SageBuilder::buildNondefiningFunctionDeclaration(functionDeclaration,functionDeclaration->get_scope());
 
#if 0
          printf ("DONE: Copying declaration: original = %p = %s = %s to copy = %p = %s = %s \n",*i,(*i)->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(*i).c_str(),copy_node,copy_node->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(copy_node).c_str());
#endif
 
          ROSE_ASSERT(copy_node != NULL);
          ROSE_ASSERT(copy_node->get_file_info() != NULL);
 
       // Note that the root of the does not have its file info set like its children.
          copy_node->get_file_info()->setTransformation();
          copy_node->get_file_info()->setOutputInCodeGeneration();
       // copy_node->get_file_info()->display("CollectDependentDeclarationsTraversal::visit()");
 
          SgDeclarationStatement* copy_definingDeclaration = isSgDeclarationStatement(copy_node);
          ROSE_ASSERT(copy_definingDeclaration != NULL);
 
          ROSE_ASSERT( *i != NULL );
          ROSE_ASSERT(copy_definingDeclaration != NULL);
 
       // DQ (2/26/2009): get_scope() will require a valid parent for some cases (see moreTest4.cpp).
          if (copy_definingDeclaration->get_parent() == NULL)
             {
               copy_definingDeclaration->set_parent(targetScope);
             }
          ROSE_ASSERT(copy_definingDeclaration->get_parent() != NULL);
 
#if 0
          printf ("DONE: Copying declaration: original scope = %p copied to scope = %p \n",(*i)->get_scope(),copy_definingDeclaration->get_scope());
#endif
 
       // DQ (2/22/2009): I think we need to set these explicitly (it will be reset later).
          copy_definingDeclaration->set_parent(NULL);
 
       // Now that we pass in the scope explicitly we can set the scope (above), so don't reset to NULL!
       // copy_definingDeclaration->set_scope(NULL);
 
       // DQ (2/20/2009): Added assertion.
          ROSE_ASSERT(copy_definingDeclaration->get_parent() == NULL);
 
#if 0
       // DQ (2/20/2009): Added assertion.
       // ROSE_ASSERT(copy_definingDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration() != NULL);
          if (copy_definingDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() == NULL)
             {
               printf ("copy_definingDeclaration = %p \n",copy_definingDeclaration);
               printf ("copy_definingDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() == NULL \n");
               printf ("copy_definingDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration() = %p \n",copy_definingDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration());
             }
#endif
 
       // DQ (2/21/2009): Commented out as a test.
          if ((*i)->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() != NULL)
             {
               ROSE_ASSERT(copy_definingDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() != NULL);
             }
 
       // DQ (2/20/2009): Added asertion.
       // ROSE_ASSERT(copy_definingDeclaration->get_parent() != NULL);
 
          copiesOfDependentDeclarations.push_back(copy_definingDeclaration);
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("****************************************************** \n");
     printf ("*** DONE: Make all copies of dependentDeclarations *** \n");
     printf ("****************************************************** \n");
     printf ("copiesOfDependentDeclarations.size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",copiesOfDependentDeclarations.size());
#endif
 
  // The mapping of copies to original declarations should be 1-to-1.
  // Liao, not true anymore for getDependentDeclarations() using recursion: a depending class's body is searched for dependents also.
  // The class body  might have a call to an outlined function, which already has a prototype in the target scope and needs no redundant copy
     ROSE_ASSERT(copiesOfDependentDeclarations.size() <= dependentDeclarations.size());
 
     return copiesOfDependentDeclarations;
   }
 
 
bool
declarationContainsDependentDeclarations( SgDeclarationStatement* decl, vector<SgDeclarationStatement*> & dependentDeclarationList )
   {
  // DQ (2/16/2009): This function finds the declarations in "decl" and checks if they match against those in dependentDeclarationList
     bool returnValue = false;
 
#if 0
     printf ("\n\n********************************************************** \n");
     printf (" Inside of declarationContainsDependentDeclarations(decl = %p = %s) \n",decl,decl->class_name().c_str());
     printf ("********************************************************** \n");
#endif
 
     vector<SgDeclarationStatement*> locallyDependentDeclarationList = SageInterface::getDependentDeclarations(decl);
 
  // printf ("In declarationContainsDependentDeclarations(): locallyDependentDeclarationList: \n");
  // outputPreprocessingInfoList(locallyDependentDeclarationList);
 
     for (size_t i = 0; i < locallyDependentDeclarationList.size(); i++)
        {
          SgDeclarationStatement* d = locallyDependentDeclarationList[i];
#if 0
          printf ("locallyDependentDeclarationList[%" PRIuPTR "] = %p = %s = %s \n",i,d,d->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(d).c_str());
#endif
          vector<SgDeclarationStatement*>::iterator j = find(dependentDeclarationList.begin(),dependentDeclarationList.end(),d);
          if (j != dependentDeclarationList.end())
             {
            // These identified declaration must be output as members of the class when it is output in the separate header file.
            // infact ODR may require that the whole class be output! Actually I think we don't have any chioce here!
#if 0
               printf ("Found a dependent declaration buried in the class definition: locallyDependentDeclarationList[%" PRIuPTR "] = %p = %s = %s \n",i,d,d->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(d).c_str());
#endif
               returnValue = true;
             }
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("**************************************************************************** \n");
     printf (" LEAVING: Inside of declarationContainsDependentDeclarations(decl = %p = %s) returnValue = %s \n",decl,decl->class_name().c_str(),returnValue ? "true" : "false");
     printf ("**************************************************************************** \n");
#endif
 
     return returnValue;
   }
SgCommaOpExp * SageInterface::insertBeforeUsingCommaOp (SgExpression* new_exp, SgExpression* anchor_exp)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (new_exp != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (anchor_exp != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (new_exp != anchor_exp);
 
  SgNode* parent = anchor_exp->get_parent();
  ROSE_ASSERT (parent != NULL);
 
  //TODO use deep copy may be a better way, avoid reusing the original anchor_exp
  SgCommaOpExp * result = buildCommaOpExp(new_exp, NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (result != NULL);
  replaceExpression (anchor_exp, result, true);
 
  result->set_rhs_operand(anchor_exp);
  anchor_exp->set_parent(result);
  return result ;
}
 
 
SgCommaOpExp * SageInterface::insertAfterUsingCommaOp (SgExpression* new_exp, SgExpression* anchor_exp, SgStatement** temp_decl /* = NULL */, SgVarRefExp** temp_ref /* = NULL */)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (new_exp != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (anchor_exp != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (new_exp != anchor_exp);
 
  SgNode* parent = anchor_exp->get_parent();
  ROSE_ASSERT (parent != NULL);
 
  // insert TYPE T1; right before the enclosing statement of anchor_exp
  SgType * t = anchor_exp ->get_type();
  ROSE_ASSERT (t != NULL);
  SgStatement * enclosing_stmt = getEnclosingStatement(anchor_exp);
  ROSE_ASSERT (enclosing_stmt != NULL);
 
  gensym_counter ++;
  string temp_name = "_t_"+ StringUtility::numberToString(gensym_counter);
  SgVariableDeclaration* t_decl = buildVariableDeclaration(temp_name, t, NULL, enclosing_stmt->get_scope());
  insertStatementBefore (enclosing_stmt, t_decl);
  SgVariableSymbol * temp_sym = getFirstVarSym (t_decl);
  ROSE_ASSERT (temp_sym != NULL);
  if (temp_decl)
    *temp_decl = t_decl;
 
  // build ((T1 = anchor_exp, new_exp),T1) )
  SgVarRefExp * first_ref = buildVarRefExp(temp_sym);
  if (temp_ref)
    * temp_ref = first_ref;
  SgCommaOpExp * result = buildCommaOpExp ( buildCommaOpExp (buildAssignOp ( first_ref, deepCopy(anchor_exp)), new_exp) , buildVarRefExp(temp_sym));
  replaceExpression (anchor_exp, result, false);
 
  return result;
}
 
void
SageInterface::addMessageStatement( SgStatement* stmt, string message )
   {
  // Put out a message in the separate file to lable the dependent CPP directives.
  // --- PreprocessingInfo(DirectiveType, const std::string & inputString, const std::string & filenameString, int line_no, int col_no, int nol, RelativePositionType relPos );
  // SgSourceFile* separateSourceFile = TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(scope);
     string fileName = "separate-outlined-file";
     PreprocessingInfo* messageToUser = new PreprocessingInfo(PreprocessingInfo::C_StyleComment,message,fileName,0,0,1,PreprocessingInfo::before);
  // requiredDirectivesList.push_back(messageToUser);
     stmt->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(messageToUser,PreprocessingInfo::before);
 
  // DQ (3/12/2019): We need to mark the added comments and CPP directives as a transformation so that then can be output.
  // This is a result of a fix to support the correct handling of comments and CPP directives for shared IR nodes as happen
  // when multiple files are used on the command line.
     messageToUser->get_file_info()->setTransformation();
   }
 
 
// DQ (2/6/2009): Added function to support outlining into separate file.
// Append a function 'decl' into a 'scope', including any referenced declarations required if the scope is within a compiler generated file. All referenced declarations, including those from headers, are inserted if excludeHeaderFiles is set to true (the new file will not have any headers)
void
SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration( SgDeclarationStatement* decl, SgGlobal* scope, SgStatement* original_statement, bool excludeHeaderFiles)
   {
  // New function to support outlining of functions into separate files (with their required declarations).
 
#if 0
     printf ("***** In SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration(): decl                                    = %p \n",decl);
     printf ("***** In SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration(): decl->get_parent()                      = %p \n",decl->get_parent());
     printf ("***** In SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration(): decl->get_scope()                       = %p \n",decl->get_scope());
     printf ("***** In SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration(): original_statement                      = %p \n",original_statement);
     printf ("***** In SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration(): file (decl)                             = %s \n",TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl)->getFileName().c_str());
     printf ("***** In SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration(): decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() = %p \n",decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
     if (decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() != NULL)
          printf ("***** In SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration(): file (first non-defining)               = %s \n",TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration())->getFileName().c_str());
     printf ("***** In SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration(): decl->get_definingDeclaration()         = %p \n",decl->get_definingDeclaration());
     if (decl->get_definingDeclaration() != NULL)
          printf ("***** In SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration(): file (first non-defining)               = %s \n",TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl->get_definingDeclaration())->getFileName().c_str());
#endif
 
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
  // Make sure that the input declaration (decl" is consistent in it's representation across more
  // than one file (only a significant test when outlining to a separate file; which is what this
  // function supports).
     ROSE_ASSERT(decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl) == TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()));
     ROSE_ASSERT(TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl->get_scope()) == TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()));
 
  // DQ (2/6/2009): I need to write this function to support the
  // insertion of the function into the specified scope.  If the
  // file associated with the scope is marked as compiler generated
  // (or as a transformation) then the declarations referenced in the
  // function must be copied as well (those not in include files)
  // and the include files must be copies also. If the SgFile
  // is not compiler generated (or a transformation) then we just
  // append the function to the scope (trivial case).
 
  // This code will be based on the work in:
  //   developersScratchSpace/Dan/translator_tests/reverseTraversal.C
 
  // To test this run: "rm moreTest2.o ; make moreTest2.o"
  // in directory: tests/nonsmoke/functional/roseTests/astOutliningTests
 
  // ***** Also move different loop IR nodes into a common base class *****
 
  // SgSourceFile* separateSourceFile = TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(scope);
 
  // DQ (3/2/2009): This now calls a newer function which returns a list of declarations and a list of symbols.
  // The declarations are sometimes outer declarations of nested references to dependent declaration in inner
  // scopes (see moreTest3.cpp).  The Symbol list are the symbols in the old AST that will be mapped to newer
  // symbols generated in the copied AST.
  // Collect the declaration that the input declaration depends upon.
    vector<SgDeclarationStatement*> dependentDeclarationList_inOriginalFile;
 
    dependentDeclarationList_inOriginalFile = getDependentDeclarations(decl);
 
  // Generate the copies of all the dependent statements
//     printf ("Fixme: this currently causes the getDependentDeclarations(decl) function to be called twice \n");
//     vector<SgDeclarationStatement*> dependentDeclarationList = generateCopiesOfDependentDeclarations(decl,scope);
     vector<SgDeclarationStatement*> dependentDeclarationList = generateCopiesOfDependentDeclarations(dependentDeclarationList_inOriginalFile,scope);
     ROSE_ASSERT(dependentDeclarationList.size() <= dependentDeclarationList_inOriginalFile.size());
 
  // Make sure that the input declaration (decl" is consistent in it's representation across more
  // than one file (only a significant test when outlining to a separate file; which is what this
  // function supports).
     ROSE_ASSERT(decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl) == TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()));
     ROSE_ASSERT(TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl->get_scope()) == TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()));
 
  // This is used to fixup the AST by resetting references to IR nodes (leveraged from AST merge).
     std::map<SgNode*, SgNode*> replacementMap;
 
  // DQ (3/2/2009): Now use the collectDependentDeclarationsCopyType object to generate the mapping
  // from the symbols in the old AST to the new symbols in the new AST (generated as part of the AST
  // copy mechanism).
     SgCopyHelp::copiedNodeMapType copyNodeMap = collectDependentDeclarationsCopyType.get_copiedNodeMap();
     SgCopyHelp::copiedNodeMapType::iterator copyNodeMapItrator = copyNodeMap.begin();
     while (copyNodeMapItrator != copyNodeMap.end())
        {
       // Loop over all the nodes generated in the AST copy mechanism (accumulated result over multiple copies).
       // const SgNode* first  = const_cast<SgNode*>(copyNodeMapItrator->first);
       // SgNode* first  = copyNodeMapItrator->first;
          SgNode* first  = const_cast<SgNode*>(copyNodeMapItrator->first);
          SgNode* second = copyNodeMapItrator->second;
#if 0
          printf ("copyNodeMapItrator.first = %p = %s second = %p = %s \n",first,first->class_name().c_str(),second,second->class_name().c_str());
#endif
       // Add the SgGlobal referenece to the replacementMap
          if (isSgSymbol(first) != NULL)
             {
#if 0
               printf ("Adding to replacementMap (first = %p = %s = %s , second = %p \n",first,first->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(first).c_str(),second);
#endif
               replacementMap.insert(pair<SgNode*,SgNode*>(first,second));
             }
 
          copyNodeMapItrator++;
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting after test of new functionality \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
 
  // DQ (2/22/2009): We need all the declarations! (moreTest3.cpp demonstrates this, since it drops
  // the "#define SIMPLE 1" which causes it to be treated a "0" (causing errors in the generated code).
     SgSourceFile* sourceFile = TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(original_statement);
     vector<PreprocessingInfo*> requiredDirectivesList = collectCppDirectives(sourceFile);
 
     SgFunctionDeclaration* outlinedFunctionDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(decl);
     ROSE_ASSERT(outlinedFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
     SgGlobal* originalFileGlobalScope = TransformationSupport::getGlobalScope(original_statement);
     ROSE_ASSERT(originalFileGlobalScope != NULL);
     if ( SgProject::get_verbose() >= 1 )
       printf ("WARNING: In SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration(): I think this is the wrong lookup symbol function that is being used here! \n");
 
  // DQ (8/16/2013): I think this is the wrong symbol lookup function to be using here, but the API is fixed.
  // SgFunctionSymbol* outlinedFunctionSymbolFromOriginalFile = isSgFunctionSymbol(originalFileGlobalScope->lookup_symbol(outlinedFunctionDeclaration->get_name()));
     SgFunctionSymbol* outlinedFunctionSymbolFromOriginalFile = isSgFunctionSymbol(originalFileGlobalScope->lookup_symbol(outlinedFunctionDeclaration->get_name(),NULL,NULL));
 
  // SgSymbol* outlinedFunctionSymbolFromOutlinedFile = scope->lookup_symbol(outlinedFunctionDeclaration->get_name());
     ROSE_ASSERT(decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() != NULL);
     SgFunctionSymbol* outlinedFunctionSymbolFromOutlinedFile = isSgFunctionSymbol(decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()->get_symbol_from_symbol_table());
#if 0
     printf ("outlinedFunctionSymbolFromOriginalFile = %p outlinedFunctionSymbolFromOutlinedFile = %p \n",outlinedFunctionSymbolFromOriginalFile,outlinedFunctionSymbolFromOutlinedFile);
 
     printf ("TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl)->getFileName()                                    = %s \n",TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl)->getFileName().c_str());
     printf ("TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration())->getFileName() = %s \n",TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration())->getFileName().c_str());
     printf ("TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(original_statement)->getFileName()                      = %s \n",TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(original_statement)->getFileName().c_str());
#endif
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(outlinedFunctionSymbolFromOriginalFile != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(outlinedFunctionSymbolFromOutlinedFile != NULL);
 
  // TV (07/24/2013): Symbol are unified across files through the project wide global scope
     ROSE_ASSERT(outlinedFunctionSymbolFromOriginalFile == outlinedFunctionSymbolFromOutlinedFile);
 
  // Add the SgGlobal referenece to the replacementMap
     replacementMap.insert(pair<SgNode*,SgNode*>(originalFileGlobalScope,scope));
 
  // Add the non-defining declarations of the outlined function to the replacementMap
     SgFunctionDeclaration* outlinedNondefiningFunctionDeclarationFromOriginalFile = isSgFunctionDeclaration(outlinedFunctionSymbolFromOriginalFile->get_declaration());
     SgFunctionDeclaration* outlinedNondefiningFunctionDeclarationFromOutlinedFile = isSgFunctionDeclaration(decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
     ROSE_ASSERT(outlinedNondefiningFunctionDeclarationFromOriginalFile != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(outlinedNondefiningFunctionDeclarationFromOutlinedFile != NULL);
     replacementMap.insert(pair<SgNode*,SgNode*>(outlinedNondefiningFunctionDeclarationFromOriginalFile,outlinedNondefiningFunctionDeclarationFromOutlinedFile));
 
 
  // list<SgDeclarationStatement>::iterator i = declarationList.begin();
  // while (i != declarationList.end())
  // for (list<SgDeclarationStatement>::iterator i = declarationList.begin(); i != declarationList.end(); i++)
 
//      cout<<"\n*******************************************\n"<<endl;
//      cout<<"Inserting dependent decls: count="<<dependentDeclarationList.size()<<endl;
     for (size_t i = 0; i < dependentDeclarationList.size(); i++)
        {
          SgDeclarationStatement* d                   = dependentDeclarationList[i]; // copies of dependent declarations
#if 0
          SgDeclarationStatement* originalDeclaration = dependentDeclarationList_inOriginalFile[i];
          printf ("declarationList[%" PRIuPTR "] = %p = %s = %s \n",i,d,d->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(d).c_str());
          printf ("originalDeclaration = %p \n",originalDeclaration);
 
          d->get_file_info()->display("SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration()");
#endif
 
       // DQ (2/20/2009): Added assertion.
          ROSE_ASSERT(d->get_parent() == NULL);
 
       // scope->append_declaration(d);
       // scope->insert_statement (decl, d, /* bool inFront= */ true);
          ROSE_ASSERT(decl->get_scope() == scope);
          ROSE_ASSERT(find(scope->getDeclarationList().begin(),scope->getDeclarationList().end(),decl) != scope->getDeclarationList().end());
          scope->insert_statement (decl, d, /* bool inFront= */ true);
          d->set_parent (scope);
 
#if 0
          printf ("Add the required symbol information to the symbol table: scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
       // For whatever type of declaration we add to the global scope in the new separate
       // file we have to add the required symbol information to the symbol table.
          switch(d->variantT())
             {
               case V_SgClassDeclaration:
                  {
                    if ( declarationContainsDependentDeclarations(d,dependentDeclarationList) == true )
                         printf ("Warning: This class contains dependent declarations (not implemented) \n");
                    break;
                  }
 
               case V_SgMemberFunctionDeclaration:
                  printf ("Sorry, support for dependent member function declarations not implemented! \n");
                  ROSE_ABORT();
 
                case V_SgTemplateInstantiationDecl:
                  printf ("Sorry, not implemented: case SgTemplateInstantiationDecl not handled as dependent declaration \n");
                  d->get_file_info()->display("Sorry, not implemented: case SgTemplateInstantiationDecl not handled as dependent declaration");
 
                  printf ("Case of SgTemplateInstantiationDecl not implemented. \n");
                  ROSE_ABORT();
 
                case V_SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement:
                  if (declarationContainsDependentDeclarations(d,dependentDeclarationList) == true )
                    printf ("Warning: This namespace contains dependent declarations (not supported) \n");
                  break;
 
               case V_SgFunctionDeclaration:
               case V_SgTypedefDeclaration:
               case V_SgEnumDeclaration:
                  break;
 
               default:
                 printf ("default case in SageInterface::appendStatementWithDependentDeclaration() (handling dependentDeclarationList) d = %p = %s \n",d,d->class_name().c_str());
                 ROSE_ABORT();
             }
 
 
       // Collect include directives that are already attached to this dependent declaration.
          vector<PreprocessingInfo*> cppDirectivesAlreadyAttachedToDependentDeclarations = collectCppDirectives(d);
 
#if 0
          printf ("directives BEFORE excluding those already present in dependent declarations \n");
          outputPreprocessingInfoList(requiredDirectivesList);
 
          printf ("directives already attached to dependent declarations \n");
          outputPreprocessingInfoList(cppDirectivesAlreadyAttachedToDependentDeclarations);
#endif
 
       // Remove these include directives from the requiredDirectivesList (to prevent redundant output in the generated file)
          vector<PreprocessingInfo*>::iterator j = cppDirectivesAlreadyAttachedToDependentDeclarations.begin();
          while ( j != cppDirectivesAlreadyAttachedToDependentDeclarations.end() )
             {
            // Remove this directive from the requiredDirectivesList (to avoid having them output redundently).
               vector<PreprocessingInfo*>::iterator entry = find(requiredDirectivesList.begin(),requiredDirectivesList.end(),*j);
               ROSE_ASSERT(entry != requiredDirectivesList.end());
 
               requiredDirectivesList.erase(entry);
 
               j++;
             }
 
#if 0
          printf ("directives AFTER excluding those already present in dependent declarations \n");
          outputPreprocessingInfoList(requiredDirectivesList);
#endif
        }
 
  // Add a message to the top of the outlined function that has been added
     addMessageStatement(decl,"/* OUTLINED FUNCTION */");
 
  // Insert the dependent declarations ahead of the input "decl".
     SgStatement* firstStatmentInFile = NULL;
     if (dependentDeclarationList.empty() == true)
        {
          firstStatmentInFile = decl;
        }
       else
        {
          firstStatmentInFile = dependentDeclarationList[0];
        }
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(firstStatmentInFile != NULL);
 
  // Add a message to the top of the dependent declarations that have been added
     addMessageStatement(firstStatmentInFile,"/* REQUIRED DEPENDENT DECLARATIONS */");
 
  // DQ (3/6/2009): Added support to permit exclusion of "#include<header.h>" files since they can make it
  // much more difficult for external tools. Later we will check if there are remaining unsatisfied dependent
  // declarations (which must be in the header file) so we can automate this step.
     if (excludeHeaderFiles == false)
        {
       // Include all the "#include<header.h>" cpp directives obtained from the original file.
          vector<PreprocessingInfo*>::reverse_iterator j = requiredDirectivesList.rbegin();
          while ( j != requiredDirectivesList.rend() )
             {
               firstStatmentInFile->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo(*j,PreprocessingInfo::before);
               j++;
             }
        }
 
  // Add a message to the top of the CPP directives that have been added
     addMessageStatement(firstStatmentInFile,"/* REQUIRED CPP DIRECTIVES */");
 
  // ****************************************************************************
  // ****************  Fixup AST to Reset References To IR nodes  ***************
  // ****************************************************************************
  // This traversal of the replacement map modified the AST to reset pointers to subtrees that will be shared.
  // The whole AST is traversed (using the memory pool traversal) and the data member pointers to IR nodes that
  // are found in the replacement map are used to lookup the replacement values that are used to reset the
  // pointers in the AST. As the replacement is computed the pointer values that are marked in the replacement
  // list for update are added to the intermediateDeleteSet.
 
     SgSourceFile* outlinedFile = TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(scope);
     ROSE_ASSERT(outlinedFile != NULL);
 
  // This replacement will be done over the entire file (parts of it are redundant with what has already
  // been done by the AST copy (so this step need not do as much and may be reduced to just operating
  // on the outlined function, I think).
#if 0
     printf ("\n\n************************************************************\n");
     printf ("Calling Utils::edgePointerReplacement() \n");
#endif
 
     Rose::AST::Utility::edgePointerReplacement(outlinedFile,replacementMap);
 
#if 0
     printf ("Calling Utils::edgePointerReplacement(): DONE \n");
     printf ("************************************************************\n\n");
 
     printf ("\n\n After replacementMapTraversal(): intermediateDeleteSet: \n");
     displaySet(intermediateDeleteSet,"After Utils::edgePointerReplacement");
#endif
 
  // Repeated test from above
     ROSE_ASSERT(dependentDeclarationList.size() <= dependentDeclarationList_inOriginalFile.size());
 
// endif for ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
#endif
 
#if 0
  // The replacementMap should include the symbols associated with the dependentDeclarationList
  // and the outlined function (so dependentDeclarationList.size() + 1).
     printf ("replacementMap.size() = %" PRIuPTR " dependentDeclarationList.size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",replacementMap.size(),dependentDeclarationList.size());
  // ROSE_ASSERT(replacementMap.size() == dependentDeclarationList.size() + 1);
#endif
   }
 
void
SageInterface::deleteAST ( SgNode* n )
   {
       using DeletedStatementContainer = std::unordered_set<SgStatement*>;
 
        //Use MemoryPoolTraversal to count the number of references to a certain symbol
        //This class defines the visitors for the MemoryPoolTraversal
 
        class ClassicVisitor : public ROSE_VisitorPattern
        {
            private:
                int SgVariableSymbol_count = 0;
                int SgFunctionSymbol_count = 0;
                int SgClassDeclaration_count = 0;
                int SgTypedefSymbol_count = 0;
                int SgMemFuncSymbol_count = 0;
                int SgTemplateSymbol_count = 0;
                int SgEnumFieldSymbol_count = 0;
 
                SgVariableSymbol* SgVariableSymbolPtr = nullptr;
                SgFunctionSymbol* SgFunctionSymbolPtr = nullptr;
                SgClassSymbol * SgClassSymbolPtr = nullptr;
                SgTypedefSymbol * SgTypedefPtr = nullptr;
                SgEnumFieldSymbol * SgEnumFieldSymbolPtr = nullptr;
                SgMemberFunctionSymbol * SgMemFuncSymbolPtr = nullptr;
                SgTemplateSymbol * SgTemplateSymbolPtr = nullptr;
                SgClassDeclaration * class_defining = nullptr;
                SgTemplateDeclaration * template_defining = nullptr;
                SgMemberFunctionDeclaration * memFunc = nullptr;
                SgTypedefDeclaration * typedef_defining = nullptr;
                SgTemplateInstantiationDecl * templateInstantiate_defining = nullptr;
                DeletedStatementContainer& deletedStatements;
 
                void markForDeletion(SgStatement* n) { deletedStatements.insert(n); }
 
 
            public:
                ClassicVisitor(SgVariableSymbol* symbol, DeletedStatementContainer& deletedStmt)
                : SgVariableSymbolPtr(symbol), deletedStatements(deletedStmt)
                {}
 
                ClassicVisitor(SgFunctionSymbol* symbol, DeletedStatementContainer& deletedStmt)
                : SgFunctionSymbolPtr(symbol), deletedStatements(deletedStmt)
                {}
 
                ClassicVisitor(SgClassSymbol* symbol, DeletedStatementContainer& deletedStmt)
                : SgClassSymbolPtr(symbol), deletedStatements(deletedStmt)
                {}
 
                ClassicVisitor(SgTypedefSymbol* symbol, DeletedStatementContainer& deletedStmt)
                : SgTypedefPtr(symbol), deletedStatements(deletedStmt)
                {}
 
                ClassicVisitor(SgMemberFunctionSymbol* symbol, DeletedStatementContainer& deletedStmt)
                : SgMemFuncSymbolPtr(symbol), deletedStatements(deletedStmt)
                {}
 
                ClassicVisitor(SgTemplateSymbol* symbol, DeletedStatementContainer& deletedStmt)
                : SgTemplateSymbolPtr(symbol), deletedStatements(deletedStmt)
                {}
 
                ClassicVisitor(SgEnumFieldSymbol* symbol, DeletedStatementContainer& deletedStmt)
                : SgEnumFieldSymbolPtr(symbol), deletedStatements(deletedStmt)
                {}
 
                ClassicVisitor(SgClassDeclaration* decl, DeletedStatementContainer& deletedStmt)
                : class_defining(decl), deletedStatements(deletedStmt)
                {}
 
                ClassicVisitor(SgTemplateDeclaration* decl, DeletedStatementContainer& deletedStmt)
                : template_defining(decl), deletedStatements(deletedStmt)
                {}
 
                ClassicVisitor(SgFunctionDeclaration* /*decl*/, DeletedStatementContainer& deletedStmt)
                    : /*function_decl(decl),*/ deletedStatements(deletedStmt)
                {}
 
                ClassicVisitor(SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* decl, DeletedStatementContainer& deletedStmt)
                : memFunc(decl), deletedStatements(deletedStmt)
                {}
 
                ClassicVisitor(SgTypedefDeclaration* decl, DeletedStatementContainer& deletedStmt)
                : typedef_defining(decl), deletedStatements(deletedStmt)
                {}
 
                ClassicVisitor(SgTemplateInstantiationDecl* decl, DeletedStatementContainer& deletedStmt)
                : templateInstantiate_defining(decl), deletedStatements(deletedStmt)
                {}
 
 
        // SgVariableSymbol and SgEnumFieldSymbol
                void visit(SgInitializedName* node)
                   {
                     if(SgVariableSymbolPtr !=NULL)
                        {
                          if(node->get_scope()!=NULL)
                             {
                            // DQ (5/21/2013): We want to restrict access to the symbol table.
                               if(node->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                  {
                                    SgSymbol* s = node->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                    if (isSgVariableSymbol(s) == SgVariableSymbolPtr) SgVariableSymbol_count++;
                                  }
                             }
                        }
 
                     if(SgEnumFieldSymbolPtr !=NULL)
                        {
                          if(node->get_scope()!=NULL)
                             {
                            // DQ (5/21/2013): We want to restrict access to the symbol table.
                               if(node->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                  {
                                    SgSymbol* s = node->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                    if (isSgEnumFieldSymbol(s) == SgEnumFieldSymbolPtr) SgEnumFieldSymbol_count++;
                                  }
                             }
                        }
                   }
 
                void visit(SgVarRefExp* node)
                {
                        if(SgVariableSymbolPtr !=NULL){
                                SgVariableSymbol* s = node->get_symbol();
                                if (s == SgVariableSymbolPtr) SgVariableSymbol_count++;
                        }
                }
 
                int get_num_variable_pointers(){return SgVariableSymbol_count;}
                int get_num_EnumField_pointers(){return SgEnumFieldSymbol_count;}
 
                void visit(SgFunctionDeclaration* node) {
                        if(SgFunctionSymbolPtr !=NULL) {
                                if(node->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                   // DQ (5/21/2013): We want to restrict access to the symbol table.
                                      if(node->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                        {
                                                SgSymbol* s = ((SgFunctionDeclaration*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                if ((SgFunctionSymbol *)s == SgFunctionSymbolPtr) SgFunctionSymbol_count++;
                                        }
                                }
                        }
                }
 
                void visit(SgFunctionRefExp* node)
                {
                        if (SgFunctionSymbolPtr !=NULL)
                        {
                                SgFunctionSymbol* s = node->get_symbol_i();
                                if (isSgFunctionSymbol(s) == SgFunctionSymbolPtr)
                                {
                                  SgFunctionSymbol_count++;
                                }
                        }
                }
 
                void visit(SgMemberFunctionRefExp* node)
                {
                        if (SgFunctionSymbolPtr !=NULL)
                        {
                                SgFunctionSymbol* s = node->get_symbol_i();
                                if (isSgFunctionSymbol(s) == SgFunctionSymbolPtr)
                                {
                                  SgFunctionSymbol_count++;
                                }
                        }
                }
 
                void visit(SgUserDefinedBinaryOp* node)
                {
                        if (SgFunctionSymbolPtr !=NULL){
                                SgFunctionSymbol* s = node->get_symbol();
                                if (isSgFunctionSymbol(s) == SgFunctionSymbolPtr) SgFunctionSymbol_count++;
                        }
                }
 
                int get_num_Function_pointers(){return SgFunctionSymbol_count;}
 
                void visit(SgClassDeclaration* node)
                {
                        if(SgClassSymbolPtr !=NULL){
                                if(node->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                     if(node->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                        {
                                                SgSymbol* s = node->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                if (isSgClassSymbol(s) == SgClassSymbolPtr) SgClassDeclaration_count++;
                                        }
                                }
                        }
 
                        if(class_defining!=NULL) {
                                if(node->get_symbol_from_symbol_table() == NULL){
                                        SgDeclarationStatement * class_decl = ((SgDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration();
                                        SgDeclarationStatement * class_decl1 = ((SgDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_definingDeclaration();
                                        if((class_decl==class_defining||class_decl1==class_defining) && node!=class_defining )
                                                markForDeletion(node);
                                }
                        }
                }
 
                void visit(SgTemplateInstantiationDecl* node)
                {
                        if(SgClassSymbolPtr !=NULL){
                                if(node->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                     if(node->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                        {
                                                SgSymbol* s = node->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                if (isSgClassSymbol(s) == SgClassSymbolPtr) SgClassDeclaration_count++;
                                        }
                                }
                        }
 
                        if(templateInstantiate_defining!=NULL) {
                                if(node->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                     if(node->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                        {
                                                if(node->get_symbol_from_symbol_table() == NULL){
                                                        SgDeclarationStatement * template_decl = ((SgDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration();
                                                        SgDeclarationStatement * template_decl1 = ((SgDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_definingDeclaration();
                                                        if((template_decl==templateInstantiate_defining||template_decl1==templateInstantiate_defining) && node!=templateInstantiate_defining){
                                                                /*vector<SgTemplateArgument*> tempargs=  ((SgTemplateInstantiationDecl*)node)->get_templateArguments();
                                                                foreach (SgTemplateArgument* element, tempargs){
                                                                        SgTemplateArgument* temparg = isSgTemplateArgument(element);
                                                                        if(temparg){
                                                                                delete temparg;
                                                                        }
                                                                        printf("SgTemplateArg in Memory Pool traversal\n");
                                                                }*/
                                                                markForDeletion(node);
                                                                //printf("SgTemplateInstantiationDecl in Memory Pool traversal\n");
                                                        }
                                                }
                                        }
                                }
                        }
                }
 
                void visit(SgThisExp* node)
                {
                        if (SgClassSymbolPtr !=NULL){
                                SgSymbol* s = node->get_class_symbol();
                                if (s == SgClassSymbolPtr) SgClassDeclaration_count++;
                        }
                }
 
                void visit(SgClassNameRefExp* node)
                {
                        if (SgClassSymbolPtr !=NULL){
                                SgSymbol* s = node->get_symbol();
                                if (isSgClassSymbol(s) == SgClassSymbolPtr) SgClassDeclaration_count++;
                        }
                }
 
 
                int get_num_Class_pointers(){return SgClassDeclaration_count;}
 
 
        // SgMemberFunctionSymbol
                void visit(SgCtorInitializerList* node)
                {
                        if(memFunc !=NULL){
                                SgMemberFunctionDeclaration * func= (SgMemberFunctionDeclaration*) (node->get_parent());
                                if(func == memFunc){
                                        markForDeletion(node);
                                }
                        }
                }
 
 
                void visit(SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* node)
                {
                        if (SgMemFuncSymbolPtr !=NULL){
                                if(node->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                     if(node->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                        {
                                                SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgMemberFunctionDeclaration*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                if(symbol == SgMemFuncSymbolPtr){
                                                        SgMemFuncSymbol_count++;
                                                }
                                        }
                                }
                        }
                }
 
                void visit(SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* node)
                {
                        if (SgMemFuncSymbolPtr !=NULL){
                                if(node->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                     if(node->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                        {
                                                SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                if(symbol == SgMemFuncSymbolPtr){
                                                        SgMemFuncSymbol_count++;
                                                }
                                        }
                                }
                        }
                }
 
 
 
                int get_num_memFunc_pointers(){return SgMemFuncSymbol_count;}
 
 
        // SgTypedefSymbol
                void visit(SgTypedefDeclaration* node)
                {
                        if(SgTypedefPtr!=NULL){
                                if(node->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                     if(node->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                        {
                                                SgSymbol* s = ((SgTypedefDeclaration*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                if ((SgTypedefSymbol *)s == SgTypedefPtr) SgTypedefSymbol_count++;
                                        }
                                }
                        }
                        if(typedef_defining!=NULL){
                                SgDeclarationStatement * typedef_define = ((SgDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_definingDeclaration();
                                if(typedef_define == typedef_defining && node != typedef_defining ) {
                                        markForDeletion(node);
                                }
                        }
                }
 
                int get_num_Typedef_pointers(){return SgTypedefSymbol_count;}
 
 
 
                void visit(SgTemplateDeclaration* node)
                {
                        if (SgTemplateSymbolPtr !=NULL){
                                if(node->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                     if(node->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                        {
                                                SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgTemplateDeclaration*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                if(symbol == SgTemplateSymbolPtr){
                                                        SgTemplateSymbol_count++;
                                                }
                                        }
                                }
                        }
 
                        if(template_defining !=NULL) {
                                if(node->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                     if(node->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                        {
                                                if(node->get_symbol_from_symbol_table() == NULL){
                                                        SgDeclarationStatement * template_decl = ((SgDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration();
                                                        SgDeclarationStatement * template_decl1 = ((SgDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_definingDeclaration();
                                                        if((template_decl==template_defining||template_decl1==template_defining) && node!=template_defining) {
                                                                markForDeletion(node);
 
                                                        }
                                                }
                                        }
                                }
                        }
                }
 
                int get_num_Template_pointers(){return SgTemplateSymbol_count;}
        };
 
 
        //Tan August,25,2010 //Traverse AST in post order, delete nodes and their symbols if it's safe to do so
        class DeleteAST : public SgSimpleProcessing,  ROSE_VisitTraversal
                {
                        public:
 
                        void visit (SgNode* node)
                        {
                        //These nodes are manually deleted because they cannot be visited by the traversal
                                //remove SgVariableDefinition, SgVariableSymbol and SgEnumFieldSymbol
                                if(isSgInitializedName(node) !=NULL){
                                        //remove SgVariableDefinition
                                        SgDeclarationStatement* var_def;
                                        var_def =  ((SgInitializedName *)node)->get_definition();
                                        if(isSgVariableDefinition(var_def) !=NULL){
                                                markForDeletion(var_def);
                                                //printf("A SgVariableDefinition was deleted\n");
                                        }
 
 
                                        //remove SgVariableSymbol
                                        if(isSgInitializedName(node)->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                             if(isSgInitializedName(node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                                {
                                                        SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgInitializedName *)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                        if(isSgVariableSymbol(symbol) !=NULL){
                                                                ClassicVisitor visitor((SgVariableSymbol*)symbol, deletedStatements);
                                                                traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor);
                                                                if(visitor.get_num_variable_pointers()==1){ //only one reference to this symbol => safe to delete
                                                                ((SgInitializedName*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                                        delete symbol;
                                                                        //printf("A SgVariableSymbol was deleted\n");
                                                                }
                                                        }
 
                                                        if(isSgEnumFieldSymbol(symbol) !=NULL){
                                                                ClassicVisitor visitor((SgEnumFieldSymbol*)symbol, deletedStatements);
                                                                traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor);
                                                                if(visitor.get_num_EnumField_pointers()==1){
                                                                        ((SgInitializedName*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                                        delete symbol;
                                                                        //printf("A SgEnumFieldSymbol was deleted\n");
                                                                }
                                                        }
 
                                                }
                                        }
                                }
 
                                if(isSgVarRefExp(node) !=NULL){
                                                SgVariableSymbol *symbol = ((SgVarRefExp*)node)->get_symbol();
                                                ClassicVisitor visitor(symbol, deletedStatements);
                                                traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor);
                                                if(visitor.get_num_variable_pointers()==1){ //only one reference to this symbol => safe to delete
                                                        //((SgSymbol*)symbol)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                        delete symbol;
                                                        //printf("A SgVariableSymbol was deleted\n");
                                                }
                                }
 
                                /*////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                /remove SgFunctionSymbol
 
                                {
                                   SgFunctionDeclaration* funcDecl = isSgFunctionDeclaration(node);
                                   if (funcDecl != NULL){
                                      if (isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(node) == NULL) {
                                         if (funcDecl->get_scope() != NULL) {
                                            if (funcDecl->get_scope()->get_symbol_table() != NULL) {
                                               SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgFunctionDeclaration*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                               ClassicVisitor visitor((SgFunctionSymbol *)symbol, deletedStatements);
                                               traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor);
                                               if (visitor.get_num_Function_pointers()==1) { //only one reference to this FunctionSymbol => safe to delete
                                                  ((SgFunctionDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                  delete symbol;
                                                //printf("A SgFunctionSymbol was deleted\n");
                                               }
                                               ClassicVisitor visitor1((SgFunctionDeclaration *)node, deletedStatements);
                                               traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor1);
                                            }
                                         }
                                      }
                                   }
                                }
 
                                if(isSgFunctionRefExp(node) !=NULL)
                                {
                                                SgFunctionSymbol *symbol = ((SgFunctionRefExp*)node)->get_symbol_i();
                                                ClassicVisitor visitor(symbol, deletedStatements);
                                                traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor);
                                                if(visitor.get_num_Function_pointers()==1)
                                                {
                                                    // only one reference to this FunctionSymbol => safe to delete
                                                    delete symbol;
                                                }
 
                                }
 
                                if(isSgUserDefinedBinaryOp(node) !=NULL){
                                        SgFunctionSymbol *symbol = ((SgUserDefinedBinaryOp*)node)->get_symbol();
                                        ClassicVisitor visitor(symbol, deletedStatements);
                                        traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor);
                                        if(visitor.get_num_Function_pointers()==1){ //only one reference to this FunctionSymbol => safe to delete
                                                ((SgSymbol*)symbol)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                delete symbol;
                                                //printf("A SgFunctionSymbol was deleted\n");
                                        }
                                }
 
                                /*/
                                /remove SgTypedefSymbol
 
                                if(isSgTypedefDeclaration(node) !=NULL){
                                        if(((SgTypedefDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                             if(((SgTypedefDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                                {
                                                        SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgTypedefDeclaration*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                        if(isSgTypedefSymbol(symbol)){
                                                                ClassicVisitor visitor((SgTypedefSymbol*) symbol, deletedStatements);
                                                                traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor);
                                                                if(visitor.get_num_Typedef_pointers()==1){ //only one reference to this SgTypedefSymbol  => safe to delete
                                                                        ((SgTypedefDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                                        delete symbol;
                                                                        //printf("A SgTypedefSymbol was deleted\n");
                                                                }
                                                        }
                                                }
                                        }
 
                                        if(node == isSgTypedefDeclaration(node)->get_definingDeclaration()){
                                                ClassicVisitor visitor1((SgTypedefDeclaration*) node, deletedStatements);
                                                traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor1);
                                        }
                                }
 
                                /*////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                /remove SgNamespaceDeclarationSymbol
 
                                if(isSgNamespaceDeclarationStatement(node) !=NULL){
                                        if(((SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                             if(((SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                                {
                                                        SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                        if(isSgNamespaceSymbol(symbol)){
                                                                ((SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                                delete symbol;
                                                                //printf("A SgNamespaceSymbol was deleted\n");
                                                        }
                                                }
                                        }
                                }
 
 
                                if(isSgNamespaceAliasDeclarationStatement(node) !=NULL){
                                        if(((SgNamespaceAliasDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                             if(((SgNamespaceAliasDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                                {
                                                        SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgNamespaceAliasDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                        if(isSgNamespaceSymbol(symbol)){
                                                                ((SgNamespaceAliasDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                                delete symbol;
                                                                //printf("A SgNamespaceSymbol was deleted\n");
                                                        }
                                                }
                                        }
                                }
 
 
                                /*/
                                /remove SgLabelSymbol
 
                                if(isSgLabelStatement(node) !=NULL){
                                        if(((SgLabelStatement*)node)->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                             if(((SgLabelStatement*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                                {
                                                        SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgLabelStatement*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                        if(isSgLabelSymbol(symbol)){
                                                                ((SgLabelStatement*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                                delete symbol;
                                                                //printf("A SgLabelSymbol was deleted\n");
                                                        }
                                                }
                                        }
                                }
 
                                if(isSgLabelRefExp(node) !=NULL){
                                        SgLabelSymbol* symbol = ((SgLabelRefExp*)node)->get_symbol();
                                        ((SgSymbol*)symbol)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                        delete symbol;
                                        //printf("A SgLabelSymbol was deleted\n");
                                }
 
 
                                /*////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                /remove SgEnumSymbol
 
                                if(isSgEnumDeclaration(node) !=NULL){
                                        if(((SgEnumDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                             if(((SgEnumDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                                {
                                                        SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgEnumDeclaration*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                        if(isSgEnumSymbol(symbol) !=NULL){
                                                                ((SgSymbol*)symbol)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                                delete symbol;
                                                                //printf("A SgEnumSymbol was deleted\n");
                                                        }
                                                }
                                        }
                                        SgEnumType* type= ((SgEnumDeclaration*)node)->get_type();
                                        if(type !=NULL){
                                                        delete type;
                                                        //printf("A SgEnumType was deleted\n");
                                        }
                                }
 
 
                                /*/
                                /remove SgClassSymbol
 
                                if(isSgClassDeclaration(node) !=NULL && isSgTemplateInstantiationDecl(node) ==NULL){
                                        if(((SgClassDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                             if(((SgClassDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                                {
                                                        SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgClassDeclaration*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                        if(isSgClassSymbol(symbol) !=NULL){
                                                                ClassicVisitor visitor((SgClassSymbol*)symbol, deletedStatements);
                                                                traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor);
                                                                if(visitor.get_num_Class_pointers()==1){ //only one reference to this symbol => safe to delete
                                                                        ((SgClassDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                                        delete symbol;
                                                                        //printf("A SgClassSymbol was deleted\n");
                                                                }
                                                        }
                                                }
                                        }
 
                                        ClassicVisitor visitor((SgClassDeclaration*) node, deletedStatements );
                                        traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor);
 
                                        SgClassType* type= ((SgClassDeclaration*)node)->get_type();
                                        if(type !=NULL){
                                                delete type;
                                                //printf("A SgClassType was deleted\n");
                                        }
                                }
 
                                if(isSgThisExp(node) !=NULL){
                                        SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgThisExp*)node)->get_class_symbol();
                                        ClassicVisitor visitor((SgClassSymbol*)symbol, deletedStatements);
                                        traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor);
                                        if(visitor.get_num_Class_pointers()==1){ //only one reference to this symbol => safe to delete
                                                ((SgSymbol*)symbol)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                delete symbol;
                                                //printf("A SgClassSymbol was deleted\n");
                                        }
 
                                }
 
                                if(isSgClassNameRefExp(node) !=NULL){
                                        SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgClassNameRefExp*)node)->get_symbol();
                                        if(isSgClassSymbol(symbol) !=NULL)
                                        {
                                                ClassicVisitor visitor((SgClassSymbol*)symbol, deletedStatements);
                                                traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor);
                                                if(visitor.get_num_Class_pointers()==1){ //only one reference to this symbol => safe to delete
                                                        ((SgSymbol*)symbol)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                        delete symbol;
                                                        //printf("A SgClassSymbol was deleted\n");
                                                }
                                        }
                                }
 
                                /*////////////////////////////////////////////////
                                /remove SgMemberFunctionSymbol
 
 
                                if(isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(node) !=NULL){
                                        if(((SgMemberFunctionDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                             if(((SgMemberFunctionDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                                {
                                                        SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgMemberFunctionDeclaration*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                        if(isSgMemberFunctionSymbol(symbol)){
                                                                ClassicVisitor visitor((SgMemberFunctionSymbol*)symbol, deletedStatements);
                                                                traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor);
                                                                if(visitor.get_num_memFunc_pointers()==1){
                                                                        ((SgMemberFunctionDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                                        delete symbol;
                                                                        //printf("A SgMemberFunctionSymbol was deleted\n");
                                                                }
                                                        }
                                                }
                                        }
                                        ClassicVisitor visitor((SgMemberFunctionDeclaration*) node, deletedStatements);
                                        traverseMemoryPoolVisitorPattern(visitor);
 
                                }
 
                                /*/
                                /remove SgInterfaceSymbol and SgModuleSymbol
 
                                if(isSgInterfaceStatement(node) !=NULL){
                                        if(((SgDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                             if(((SgDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                                {
                                                        SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                        if(isSgInterfaceSymbol(symbol)){
                                                                ((SgDeclarationStatement*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                                delete symbol;
                                                                //printf("A SgInterfaceSymbol was deleted\n");
                                                        }
                                                }
                                        }
 
                                }
 
 
                                if(isSgModuleStatement(node) !=NULL){
                                        if(((SgClassDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()!=NULL){
                                             if(((SgClassDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()!=NULL)
                                                {
                                                        SgSymbol* symbol = ((SgClassDeclaration*)node)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
                                                        if(isSgModuleSymbol(symbol)){
                                                                ((SgClassDeclaration*)node)->get_scope()->get_symbol_table()->remove(symbol);
                                                                delete symbol;
                                                                //printf("A SgModuleSymbol was deleted\n");
                                                        }
                                                }
                                        }
 
                                }
 
                     // Normal nodes  will be removed in a post-order way
                          if (SgStatement* stmt = isSgStatement(node))
                            markForDeletion(stmt);
                          else
                            delete node;
                        }
 
                        void cleanUpMacrosThenDeleteStatements(SgSourceFile* file)
                        {
                          if (file)
                          {
                            std::map<SgStatement*,MacroExpansion*>& macroMap = file->get_macroExpansionMap();
 
                            for (SgStatement* deletedStmt : deletedStatements)
                            {
                              auto pos = macroMap.find(deletedStmt);
                              if (pos == macroMap.end()) continue;
 
                              ASSERT_not_null(pos->second);
                              std::vector<SgStatement*>& vec = pos->second->associatedStatementVector;
                              auto const vecLim = vec.end();
 
                              vec.erase(std::remove(vec.begin(), vecLim, deletedStmt), vecLim);
 
                              macroMap.erase(pos);
                            }
                          }
 
                          for (SgStatement* deletedStmt : deletedStatements)
                            delete deletedStmt;
                        }
 
                        void markForDeletion(SgStatement* n) { deletedStatements.insert(n); }
 
                  // Delete statements from macros referencing them.
                    private:
                        DeletedStatementContainer deletedStatements;
                };
 
 
          // query source file before anything is deleted
          SgSourceFile* const sourceFile = getEnclosingSourceFile(n);
          DeleteAST           deleteTree;
 
          // Deletion must happen in post-order to avoid traversal of (visiting) deleted IR nodes
          deleteTree.traverse(n,postorder);
          deleteTree.cleanUpMacrosThenDeleteStatements(sourceFile);
   }
 
 
#ifndef USE_ROSE
// DQ (9/25/2011):  The deleteAST() function will not remove original expression trees behind constant folded expressions.
// These exist in the AST within the internal construction of the AST until they are simplified in the AST post-processing.
// In the post-processing either:
//    1) the constant folded values are kept and the original expression trees deleted (optional, controled by default parameter to function "frontend()", OR
//    2) the constant folded values are replaced by the original expression trees, and the constant folded values are deleted (default).
// Either way, after the AST post-processing the AST is simplified.  Until then the expression trees can contain constant
// folded values and the values will have a pointer to the original expression tree.  Before (9/16/2011) the original
// tree would also sometimes (not uniformally) be traversed as part of the AST.  This was confusing (to people and
// to numerous forms of analysis), so this is being fixed to be uniform (using either of the methods defined above).
// However, the fact that until post-processing the AST has this complexity, and that the AST traversal does not
// traverse the original expression trees (now uniform); means that we need a special delete function for subtrees
// that are not use post-processed.  This is the special purpose function that we need.
//
// NOTE: This function is called from the SgArrayType::createType() member function and in the constant folding AST post-processing.
//
void SageInterface::deleteExpressionTreeWithOriginalExpressionSubtrees(SgNode* root)
   {
     struct Visitor: public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          virtual void visit(SgNode* n)
             {
               SgExpression* expression = isSgExpression(n);
               if (expression != NULL)
                  {
                    Visitor().traverse(expression->get_originalExpressionTree(), postorder);
                  }
 
               delete (n);
             }
        };
 
     Visitor().traverse(root, postorder);
   }
#endif
  // move symbol table from one scope to another
static void moveSymbolTableBetweenBlocks(SgScopeStatement* sourceBlock, SgScopeStatement* targetBlock, std::vector <SgInitializedName*>& initname_vec)
{
  // Move the symbol table
  SgSymbolTable* s_table = sourceBlock->get_symbol_table();
  ASSERT_not_null(sourceBlock->get_symbol_table());
  // Liao, 11/26/2019 make sure the symbol table has symbols for init names before and after the move
  for (SgInitializedName* iname : initname_vec)
  {
    SgSymbol* symbol = s_table->find(iname);
    ASSERT_not_null(symbol);
  }
  // entirely move source block's symbol table to target block
  targetBlock->set_symbol_table(sourceBlock->get_symbol_table());
 
  ASSERT_not_null(sourceBlock);
  ASSERT_not_null(targetBlock);
  ASSERT_not_null(targetBlock->get_symbol_table());
  ASSERT_not_null(sourceBlock->get_symbol_table());
  targetBlock->get_symbol_table()->set_parent(targetBlock);
 
  ASSERT_not_null(sourceBlock->get_symbol_table());
  sourceBlock->set_symbol_table(nullptr);
 
  // Reset with a valid symbol table
  sourceBlock->set_symbol_table(new SgSymbolTable());
  sourceBlock->get_symbol_table()->set_parent(sourceBlock);
 
  ASSERT_require(targetBlock->get_symbol_table() == s_table);
  for (SgInitializedName* iname : initname_vec)
  {
    SgSymbol* symbol = s_table->find(iname);
    ASSERT_not_null(symbol);
  }
 
  // Liao, 11/26/2019 make sure init names have symbols after the move.
  for (SgInitializedName* iname : initname_vec)
  {
    SgSymbol* symbol = iname->get_symbol_from_symbol_table();
    ASSERT_not_null(symbol);
  }
}
 
// helper function to move a single statement or declaration from a block to another
static void moveOneStatement(SgScopeStatement* sourceBlock, SgScopeStatement* targetBlock, SgStatement* stmt, std::vector <SgInitializedName*>& initname_vec)
{
  // append statement to the target block
  targetBlock->append_statement(stmt);
 
  // Make sure that the parents are set.
  ASSERT_require(stmt->get_parent() == targetBlock);
  if (stmt->hasExplicitScope())
  {
    if (stmt->get_scope() != targetBlock)
    {
      if (SgFunctionDeclaration* func = isSgFunctionDeclaration(stmt))
      {
        // why only move if it is a first nondefining declaration?
        // We have a case to move both defining and nondefining function declarations of Ada package body to namespace definition.
         // comment out the if condition for now. 1/20/2021
        //
        // A call to a undeclared function will introduce a hidden func prototype declaration in the enclosing scope .
        // The func declaration should be moved along with the call site.
        // The scope should be set to the new block also
        // Liao 1/14/2011
          func->set_scope(targetBlock);
          // This is needed to move functions in Ada package body into C++ namespace
          // We may have compiler generated first nondefining declaration. We need to move its scope also
          SgFunctionDeclaration* nondef_decl= isSgFunctionDeclaration(func->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
          if (func != nondef_decl)
          {
            ASSERT_not_null(nondef_decl);
            ASSERT_not_null(nondef_decl->get_file_info());
            if (nondef_decl->get_file_info()->isCompilerGenerated()) {
              nondef_decl->set_scope(targetBlock);
            }
          }
      }
      else if (auto labelStmt = isSgLabelStatement(stmt))
      {
        if (labelStmt->get_scope() == sourceBlock) {
          labelStmt->set_scope(targetBlock);
          // Make sure the labelStmt is in the enclosing function scope of targetBlock
          SageInterface::fixLabelStatement(labelStmt, targetBlock);
        }
      }
      else if (isSgJovialTableStatement(stmt) || isSgTypedefDeclaration(stmt) || isSgEnumDeclaration(stmt))
      {
        // Rasmussen 9/21/2020,10/27/2020,11/4/2020: Uncovered by issues RC-135 and RC-227.
        // The issues are fixed in the switch statement below but this test is needed
        // so that the warning message immediately below is not triggered.
      }
      else
      {
        mlog[Rose::Diagnostics::WARN] << "test failing stmt->get_scope() == targetBlock in SageInterface::moveStatementsBetweenBlocks(): class: "
                                      << stmt->class_name() << "\n";
      }
    }
  }
 
  SgDeclarationStatement* declaration = isSgDeclarationStatement(stmt);
  if (declaration != nullptr)
  {
    // Need to reset the scope from sourceBlock to targetBlock.
    switch(declaration->variantT())
    {
      // There will be other cases to handle, but likely not all declaration will be possible to support.
 
      case V_SgVariableDeclaration:
        {
          // Reset the scopes on any SgInitializedName objects.
          SgVariableDeclaration* varDecl = isSgVariableDeclaration(declaration);
          SgInitializedNamePtrList & l = varDecl->get_variables();
          for (SgInitializedNamePtrList::iterator ii = l.begin(); ii != l.end(); ii++)
          {
            // reset the scope, but make sure it was set to sourceBlock to make sure.
            // This might be an issue for extern variable declaration that have a scope
            // in a separate namespace of a static class member defined external to
            // its class, etc. I don't want to worry about those cases right now.
 
            SgInitializedName * init_name = (*ii);
 
            // Rasmussen (3/16/2021): Use the base type in case type is modified (i.e., const)
            SgType* var_type = init_name->get_type();
            if (SgModifierType* mod_type = isSgModifierType(var_type))
            {
              var_type = mod_type->get_base_type();
            }
 
            // Rasmussen (6/29/2020) and (10/19/2020): Variable declarations related to anonymous types are not
            // moved. This is fixed below. Note that SgJovialTableType derives from SgClassType, it may
            // be that class types are not moved correctly either.
            //
            if (isSgEnumType(var_type))
            {
              SgEnumType* enum_type = isSgEnumType(var_type);
              SgEnumDeclaration* decl = isSgEnumDeclaration(enum_type->get_declaration());
              SgEnumDeclaration* def_decl = isSgEnumDeclaration(decl->get_definingDeclaration());
              SgEnumDeclaration* nondef_decl = isSgEnumDeclaration(decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
 
              if (decl->get_scope() == sourceBlock)
              {
                // Needs to be moved
                def_decl->set_scope(targetBlock);
                nondef_decl->set_scope(targetBlock);
                nondef_decl->set_parent(targetBlock);
 
                // Move the scope of the enumerators to the new block as well
                for (SgInitializedName* enumerator : def_decl->get_enumerators())
                {
                  enumerator->set_scope(targetBlock);
                }
              }
            }
            else if (isSgJovialTableType(var_type))
            {
              SgJovialTableType* table_type = isSgJovialTableType(var_type);
              SgDeclarationStatement* decl = table_type->get_declaration();
              if (decl->get_scope() == sourceBlock)
              {
                // Needs to be moved
                SgDeclarationStatement* def_decl = decl->get_definingDeclaration();
                SgDeclarationStatement* nondef_decl = decl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration();
                def_decl->set_scope(targetBlock);
                nondef_decl->set_scope(targetBlock);
                nondef_decl->set_parent(targetBlock);
              }
            }
 
            // Must also move the symbol into the source block, Liao 2019/8/14
            SgVariableSymbol* var_sym = isSgVariableSymbol(init_name -> search_for_symbol_from_symbol_table ()) ;
            ASSERT_not_null(var_sym);
            SgScopeStatement * old_scope = var_sym -> get_scope();
#if 1 // we will later move entire source symbol table to target scope,  so we move symbol to the sourceBlock first here.
            if (old_scope != sourceBlock)
            {
              old_scope->remove_symbol (var_sym);
              sourceBlock ->insert_symbol(init_name->get_name(), var_sym);
            }
#endif
            init_name->set_scope(targetBlock);
            initname_vec.push_back(init_name);
          }
          break;
        }
      case V_SgFunctionDeclaration: // Liao 1/15/2009, I don't think there is any extra things to do here
        {
          SgFunctionDeclaration* funcDecl = isSgFunctionDeclaration(declaration);
          ASSERT_not_null(funcDecl);
#if 0 // we will later move entire source symbol table to target scope,  so we move symbol to the sourceBlock first here.
          // move function symbols also: search_for_symbol_from_symbol_table()
          SgSymbol* func_sym= funcDecl->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration()->search_for_symbol_from_symbol_table();
          if (func_sym)
          {
            SgScopeStatement * old_scope = func_sym -> get_scope();
            if (old_scope != sourceBlock)
            {
              old_scope->remove_symbol (func_sym);
              sourceBlock ->insert_symbol(func_sym->get_name(), func_sym);
            }
          }
#endif
          break;
        }
      // needed to move Ada record into definition of C++ namespace
      case V_SgProgramHeaderStatement:
      case V_SgProcedureHeaderStatement:
      case V_SgClassDeclaration:
      case V_SgEnumDeclaration:
        {
          SgDeclarationStatement* nondef_decl = declaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration();
          ASSERT_not_null(nondef_decl);
 
          nondef_decl->set_parent(targetBlock);
          nondef_decl->set_scope(targetBlock);
 
          SgDeclarationStatement* def_decl = declaration->get_definingDeclaration();
          if (def_decl)
            {
              def_decl->set_parent(targetBlock);
              def_decl->set_scope(targetBlock);
            }
          else
            {
              // Set the scope of the function arguments
              if (auto proc = isSgProcedureHeaderStatement(nondef_decl)) {
                for (auto arg : proc->get_parameterList()->get_args()) {
                  if (arg->get_scope() != proc->get_scope()) {
                    // Note: arg (is an SgInitializedName) from the parameter list does not have
                    // a symbol in the scope of the procedure declaration (proc). Should add
                    // arg to initname_vec, which will check for missing symbols [GL-387, Rasmussen 7/22/2024].
                    arg->set_scope(proc->get_scope());
                  }
                }
              }
            }
 
          SgEnumDeclaration* enum_decl = isSgEnumDeclaration(stmt);
          if (enum_decl)
            {
              // Set the scope of the enumerators [Rasmussen 12/23/2020]
              for (SgInitializedName* name : enum_decl->get_enumerators())
                {
                  name->set_scope(targetBlock);
                }
            }
          break;
        }
      case V_SgJovialTableStatement:
        {
          // [RC-135, Rasmussen 9/21/2020]
          SgJovialTableStatement* table = isSgJovialTableStatement(declaration);
          ROSE_ASSERT (table);
 
          SgDeclarationStatement* def_decl = table->get_definingDeclaration();
          SgDeclarationStatement* nondef_decl = table->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration();
          nondef_decl->set_parent(targetBlock);
          nondef_decl->set_scope(targetBlock);
          def_decl->set_scope(targetBlock);
          break;
        }
      case V_SgTypedefDeclaration:
        {
          // [RC-227, Rasmussen 10/19/2020]
          SgTypedefDeclaration* typedef_decl = isSgTypedefDeclaration(declaration);
          ASSERT_not_null(typedef_decl);
          typedef_decl->set_parent(targetBlock);
          typedef_decl->set_scope(targetBlock);
          break;
       }
      case V_SgAttributeSpecificationStatement:
      case V_SgEmptyDeclaration:
      case V_SgFortranIncludeLine:
      case V_SgImplicitStatement: // Rasmussen 5/13/2021: TODO: implicit statement with letter-list
      case V_SgJovialDefineDeclaration:
      case V_SgJovialDirectiveStatement:
      case V_SgJovialLabelDeclaration:
      case V_SgJovialOverlayDeclaration:
      case V_SgPragmaDeclaration:
      case V_SgAdaAttributeClause:
        break;
      default:
        {
          printf ("Moving this declaration = %p = %s = %s between blocks is not yet supported \n",declaration,declaration->class_name().c_str(), SageInterface::get_name(declaration).c_str());
          declaration->get_file_info()->display("file info");
          ROSE_ABORT();
        }
    }
  } // end if
}
 
// different handling for scopes with declarations only
template <class T1, class T2>
void moveDeclarationsBetweenScopes( T1* sourceBlock, T2* targetBlock)
{
  // This function moves statements from one block to another (used by the outliner).
  // printf ("***** Moving statements from sourceBlock %p to targetBlock %p ***** \n",sourceBlock,targetBlock);
  ROSE_ASSERT (sourceBlock && targetBlock);
  ROSE_ASSERT (sourceBlock->containsOnlyDeclarations() && targetBlock->containsOnlyDeclarations());
  if ((void*)sourceBlock == (void*)targetBlock)
  {
    cerr<<"warning: SageInterface::moveStatementsBetweenScopes() is skipped, "<<endl;
    cerr<<"         since program is trying to move statements from and to the identical scoped block. "<<endl;
    return;
  }
 
  SgDeclarationStatementPtrList& srcStmts = sourceBlock->get_declarations ();
  std::vector <SgInitializedName*> initname_vec;
 
  for (auto stmt : srcStmts)
  {
    moveOneStatement(sourceBlock, targetBlock, stmt, initname_vec);
  }
 
  // Remove the statements in the sourceBlock
  srcStmts.clear();
  ROSE_ASSERT(srcStmts.empty() == true);
  ROSE_ASSERT(sourceBlock->get_declarations().empty() == true);
 
 // move symbol table from one scope to another
  moveSymbolTableBetweenBlocks(sourceBlock, targetBlock, initname_vec);
 
  // Liao 2/4/2009
  // Finally , move preprocessing information attached inside the source block to the target block
  // Outliner uses this function to move a code block to the outlined function.
  // This will ensure that a trailing #endif (which is attached inside the source block) will be moved
  // to the target block to match #if (which is attached
  // before some statement moved to the target block)
  SageInterface::moveUpPreprocessingInfo (targetBlock, sourceBlock, PreprocessingInfo::inside);
}
 
 
// source and destination class, both are derived classes of scope statement but with support of get_statements()
template <class T1, class T2>
void moveStatementsBetweenScopes( T1* sourceBlock, T2* targetBlock)
{
  // This function moves statements from one block to another (used by the outliner).
  ROSE_ASSERT (sourceBlock && targetBlock);
  if ((void*)sourceBlock == (void*)targetBlock)
  {
    cerr<<"warning: SageInterface::moveStatementsBetweenScopes() is skipped, "<<endl;
    cerr<<"         since program is trying to move statements from and to the identical scoped block. "<<endl;
    return;
  }
 
  SgStatementPtrList & srcStmts = sourceBlock->get_statements();
  std::vector <SgInitializedName*> initname_vec;
 
  for (SgStatement* stmt : srcStmts)
  {
    moveOneStatement(sourceBlock, targetBlock, stmt, initname_vec);
  }
 
  // Remove the statements in the sourceBlock
  srcStmts.clear();
  ROSE_ASSERT(srcStmts.empty() == true);
  ROSE_ASSERT(sourceBlock->get_statements().empty() == true);
 
 // move symbol table from one scope to another
  moveSymbolTableBetweenBlocks(sourceBlock, targetBlock, initname_vec);
 
  // Liao 2/4/2009
  // Finally , move preprocessing information attached inside the source block to the target block
  // Outliner uses this function to move a code block to the outlined function.
  // This will ensure that a trailing #endif (which is attached inside the source block) will be moved
  // to the target block to match #if (which is attached
  // before some statement moved to the target block)
  SageInterface::moveUpPreprocessingInfo (targetBlock, sourceBlock, PreprocessingInfo::inside);
 
}
 
static void createAliasSymbols (SgNamespaceDeclarationStatement* decl)
{
  ASSERT_not_null(decl);
  SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement* local_def = decl->get_definition();
  SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement* global_def = local_def->get_global_definition();
 
  ASSERT_require(local_def && global_def && (local_def!=global_def));
 
  for (auto symbol : local_def->get_symbol_table()->get_symbols())
  {
    SgSymbol *orig_sym = isSgSymbol(symbol);
    ASSERT_not_null(orig_sym);
    SgAliasSymbol* asym = new SgAliasSymbol (orig_sym);
    global_def->get_symbol_table()->insert (asym->get_name(), asym);
  }
}
 
//TODO: now with more types, we need to use template functions
void SageInterface::moveStatementsBetweenBlocks ( SgAdaPackageSpec * sourceBlock, SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement* targetBlock )
{
  moveDeclarationsBetweenScopes(sourceBlock, targetBlock);
  //create alias symbols in its global definition
  createAliasSymbols(isSgNamespaceDeclarationStatement(targetBlock->get_parent()));
}
 
void SageInterface::moveStatementsBetweenBlocks ( SgAdaPackageBody* sourceBlock, SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement* targetBlock )
{
  moveStatementsBetweenScopes(sourceBlock, targetBlock);
  //create alias symbols in its global definition
  createAliasSymbols(isSgNamespaceDeclarationStatement(targetBlock->get_parent()));
}
 
void SageInterface::moveStatementsBetweenBlocks ( SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement* sourceBlock, SgNamespaceDefinitionStatement* targetBlock )
{
  moveDeclarationsBetweenScopes(sourceBlock, targetBlock);
}
 
void
SageInterface::moveStatementsBetweenBlocks ( SgBasicBlock* sourceBlock, SgBasicBlock* targetBlock )
{
  moveStatementsBetweenScopes (sourceBlock, targetBlock);
}
 
// TODO, expose to SageInterface namespace
bool SageInterface::isLambdaFunction (SgFunctionDeclaration* func)
{
  bool rt = false;
  ROSE_ASSERT (func != NULL);
  SgNode* p = func->get_parent();
  ROSE_ASSERT (p != NULL);
  SgLambdaExp* le = isSgLambdaExp (p);
  if (le && le->get_lambda_function() == func)
    rt = true;
  return rt;
}
 
// check if a variable reference is this->a[i] inside of a lambda function
// SgArrowExp <SgThisExp,  SgVarRefExp>, both are compiler generated nodes
// class symbol of ThisExp 's declaration is AutonomousDeclaration SgClassDeclaration
// its parent is SgLambdaExp, and lambda_closure_class points back to this class declaration
bool SageInterface::isLambdaCapturedVariable (SgVarRefExp* varRef)
{
  bool rt = false;
#ifdef  _MSC_VER
  #pragma message ("WARNING: MSVC does not handle isLambdaCapturedVariable() properly.")
#else
  ROSE_ASSERT (varRef!= NULL);
  SgNode* parent = varRef->get_parent();
  if (SgArrowExp *p = isSgArrowExp(parent))
  {
    SgThisExp* te = isSgThisExp(p->get_lhs_operand_i());
    if (te != NULL)
    {
      SgClassSymbol* csym = te->get_class_symbol();
      ROSE_ASSERT (csym!= NULL);
      SgClassDeclaration* xdecl = isSgClassDeclaration(csym->get_declaration());
      // each this exp should have a class decl
      ROSE_ASSERT (xdecl != NULL);
      SgLambdaExp* le = isSgLambdaExp(xdecl->get_parent());
      if (le != NULL)
      {
        if (le->get_lambda_closure_class() == xdecl ) // the class is a lambda closure class
          rt = true;
      }
    }
  }
#endif
  return rt;
}
 
//TODO consult  AstInterface::IsVarRef() for more cases
SgInitializedName* SageInterface::convertRefToInitializedName(SgNode* current, bool coarseGrain/*=true*/)
{
  SgInitializedName* name = NULL;
  SgExpression* nameExp = NULL;
  ROSE_ASSERT(current != NULL);
 
  if (isSgInitializedName(current))
  {
    name = isSgInitializedName(current);
  }
  else if (isSgPntrArrRefExp(current) != NULL)
  {
    bool suc=false;
    SgExpression* exp = isSgExpression(current);
    ROSE_ASSERT(exp != NULL);
    suc = SageInterface::isArrayReference(exp,&nameExp);
    ROSE_ASSERT(suc == true);
     // has to resolve this recursively
    return convertRefToInitializedName(nameExp, coarseGrain);
  }
  else if (isSgVarRefExp(current) != NULL)
  {
    if (coarseGrain)
    {
     // Outliner needs coarse grain mem objects to work. Always returning fine grain objects will cause problems.
      SgNode* parent = current->get_parent();
      if (isSgDotExp(parent))
      {
        if (isSgDotExp(parent)->get_rhs_operand() == current)
          return convertRefToInitializedName(parent, coarseGrain);
      }
      // avoid backtracking to parent if this is part of lambda function
      else if(isSgArrowExp(parent) && ! isLambdaCapturedVariable ( isSgVarRefExp(current) ) )
      {
        if (isSgArrowExp(parent)->get_rhs_operand() == current)
          return convertRefToInitializedName(parent, coarseGrain);
      }
    }
    name = isSgVarRefExp(current)->get_symbol()->get_declaration();
  }
  else if (isSgFunctionRefExp(current) != NULL ||
           isSgTemplateFunctionRefExp(current) != NULL ||
           isSgMemberFunctionRefExp(current) != NULL ||
           isSgTemplateMemberFunctionRefExp(current) != NULL)
  {
    //If a function is here it's probably related to a function pointer, it can't be converted to an SgInitailizedName
    return NULL;
  }
  else if (isSgNonrealRefExp(current) != NULL)
  {
    //SgNonrealRefExp is not a reasonable thing to convert to an SgInitializedName (I think) -Jim Leek
    return NULL;
  }
  else if (isSgDotExp(current))
  {
    SgExpression* child = NULL;
    if (coarseGrain)
     child= isSgDotExp(current)->get_lhs_operand();
    else
     child= isSgDotExp(current)->get_rhs_operand();
    ROSE_ASSERT(child);
     // has to resolve this recursively
    return convertRefToInitializedName(child, coarseGrain);
  }
   else if (isSgArrowExp(current))
  {
    SgExpression* child = NULL;
    if (coarseGrain)
    {
      SgExpression* lhs = isSgArrowExp(current)->get_lhs_operand();
      ROSE_ASSERT(lhs);
      // Liao 9/12/2016, special handling for variables inside of C++11 lambda functions
      // They capture variables outside of the lambda function.
      // They are represented as a class variable of an anonymous class, this->a[i]
      // So, we have to recognize this pattern, and pass the rhs variable to obtain initialized name.
      // has to resolve this recursively
      SgFunctionDeclaration* efunc =  getEnclosingFunctionDeclaration (current);
 
      if (isLambdaFunction (efunc) )
        child= isSgArrowExp(current)->get_rhs_operand();
      else
        child = lhs;
    }
    else
      child = isSgArrowExp(current)->get_rhs_operand();
    ROSE_ASSERT(child);
     // has to resolve this recursively
 
    return convertRefToInitializedName(child, coarseGrain);
  } // The following expression types are usually introduced by left hand operands of DotExp, ArrowExp
  else if (isSgThisExp(current))
  {
    //SgThisExp* texp = isSgThisExp(current);
    name = NULL; // inside a class, there is no initialized name at all!! what to do??
  }
  else if (isSgPointerDerefExp(current))
  {
    return convertRefToInitializedName(isSgPointerDerefExp(current)->get_operand(), coarseGrain);
  }
  else if(isSgUnaryOp(current)) { //Written for SgAddressOfOp, but seems generally aplicable to all Unary Ops (replace above?) -JL
    return convertRefToInitializedName(isSgUnaryOp(current)->get_operand(), coarseGrain);
  }
  else if (isSgCastExp(current))
  {
    return convertRefToInitializedName(isSgCastExp(current)->get_operand(), coarseGrain);
  }
  // Scientific applications often use *(address + offset) to access array elements
  // If a pointer dereferencing  is applied to AddOp, we assume the left operand is the variable of our interests
  else if (isSgAddOp(current))
  {
    SgExpression* lhs = isSgAddOp(current)->get_lhs_operand();
    return convertRefToInitializedName(lhs, coarseGrain);
  }
  else if (isSgSubtractOp(current))
  {
    SgExpression* lhs = isSgSubtractOp(current)->get_lhs_operand();
    return convertRefToInitializedName(lhs, coarseGrain);
  }
  // operator->() may be called upon a class object.
  // e.g.  we need to get the function: it a SgDotExp node, (lhs is the class object, rhs is its member function)
  else if (SgFunctionCallExp * func_call = isSgFunctionCallExp(current))
  {
      return convertRefToInitializedName(func_call->get_function(), coarseGrain);
  }
  else if (isSgIntVal(current))
  {
      //It is very rare, but sometimes a constant is treated as a
      //variable.  In which case we don't need an SgInitializdName
      return NULL;
  }
 
  else
  {
      // side effect analysis will return rhs of  Class A a = A(); as a read ref exp. SgConstructorInitializer
      if (!isSgConstructorInitializer(current))
      {
          mlog[Sawyer::Message::Common::WARN] <<
              "convertRefToInitializedName: " <<
              current->get_file_info()->get_filename() << ":" <<
              current->get_file_info()->get_line() << "-" << current->get_file_info()->get_col()<<endl;
          cerr<<"In SageInterface::convertRefToInitializedName(): unhandled reference type:"<<current->class_name()<<endl;
          ROSE_ABORT();
      }
  }
  //ROSE_ASSERT(name != NULL);
  return name;
}
 
SgNode* SageInterface::getSgNodeFromAbstractHandleString(const std::string& input_string)
{
#ifdef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
  printf ("AbstractHandle support is disabled for ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT \n");
  ROSE_ABORT();
#else
  AbstractHandle::abstract_handle * project_handle = buildAbstractHandle(getProject());
 
  // trim off the possible leading handle for project: "Project<numbering,1>::"
  size_t pos = input_string.find("SourceFile<");
  ROSE_ASSERT (pos != string::npos);
  string trimed_string = input_string.substr(pos);
  AbstractHandle::abstract_handle * handle = new AbstractHandle::abstract_handle(project_handle, trimed_string);
  if (handle)
  {
    if (handle->getNode()!=NULL)
    {
#ifdef _MSC_VER
      // DQ (11/28/2009): This is related to the use of covariant return types (I think).
      SgNode* result = NULL; // (SgNode*)(handle->getNode()->getNode());
#pragma message ("WARNING: covariant return type for get_node() not supported in MSVC.")
      printf ("ERROR: covariant return type for get_node() not supported in MSVC. \n");
      ROSE_ABORT();
#else
      SgNode* result = (SgNode*)(handle->getNode()->getNode());
#endif
      // deallocate memory, should not do this!!
      // May corrupt the internal std maps used in abstract handle namespace
      //delete handle->getNode();
      //delete handle;
      return result;
    }
  }
#endif
 
  return NULL;
}
 
 
// unparseToString() is too strict for debugging purpose
//  we provide this instead.
void SageInterface::dumpInfo(SgNode* node, std::string desc/*=""*/)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(node != NULL);
  cout<<desc<<endl;
  // base information for all SgNode:
  cout<<"///////////// begin of SageInterface::dumpInfo() ///////////////"<<endl;
  cout<<"--------------base info. for SgNode---------------"<<endl;
  cout<<node<<" "<<node->class_name()<<endl;
  SgLocatedNode* snode = isSgLocatedNode(node);
  if (snode)
  {
    // source file info. dump
    cout<<"--------------source location info. for SgNode---------------"<<endl;
    cout<<snode->get_file_info()->get_filename()
      << ":"<<snode->get_file_info()->get_line()<<"-"
      << snode->get_file_info()->get_col()<<endl;
    // preprocessing info dump
    AttachedPreprocessingInfoType *comments = snode->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo ();
    if (comments)
    {
      cout<<"--------------preprocessing info. for SgNode---------------"<<endl;
      AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator i;
      cout<<"Total attached preprocessingInfo count="<<comments->size()<<endl;
      for (i = comments->begin (); i != comments->end (); i++)
      {
        PreprocessingInfo * pinfo = *i;
        pinfo->display("");
      }
    }
    cout<<"--------------name info. for SgNode---------------"<<endl;
    // print out namea for named nodes
    SgFunctionDeclaration * decl = isSgFunctionDeclaration(snode);
    if (decl)
      cout<<"\tqualified name="<<decl->get_qualified_name().getString()<<endl;
    SgVarRefExp * varRef =  isSgVarRefExp(snode);
    if (varRef)
      cout<<"\treferenced variable name= "<<varRef->get_symbol()->get_name().getString()<<endl;
  }
  SgInitializedName * iname = isSgInitializedName(snode);
  if (iname)
    cout<<"\tvariable name= "<<iname->get_qualified_name().getString()<<endl;
 
  cout<<endl;
  cout<<"///////////// end of SageInterface::dumpInfo() ///////////////"<<endl;
}
 
bool
SageInterface::collectReadWriteRefs(SgStatement* stmt, std::vector<SgNode*>& readRefs, std::vector<SgNode*>& writeRefs, bool useCachedDefUse)
{   // The type cannot be SgExpression since variable declarations have SgInitializedName as the reference, not SgVarRefExp.
  bool retVal = true;
 
  ROSE_ASSERT(stmt !=NULL);
 
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
  // We should allow accumulate the effects for multiple statements
  // ROSE_ASSERT(readRefs.size() == 0);
  // ROSE_ASSERT(writeRefs.size() == 0);
 
  // convert a request for a defining function declaration to its function body
  SgFunctionDeclaration* funcDecl = isSgFunctionDeclaration(stmt);
  if (funcDecl != NULL)
  {
    funcDecl= isSgFunctionDeclaration(funcDecl->get_definingDeclaration ());
    if (funcDecl == NULL)
    {
      cerr<<"In collectReadWriteRefs(): cannot proceed without a function body!"<<endl;
    }
    else
      stmt = funcDecl->get_definition()->get_body();
  }
 
  // get function level information
  SgFunctionDefinition* funcDef = isSgFunctionDefinition(stmt);
  if (!funcDef)
     funcDef= SageInterface::getEnclosingFunctionDefinition(stmt);
 
  ROSE_ASSERT(funcDef != NULL);
  SgBasicBlock* funcBody = funcDef->get_body();
  ROSE_ASSERT(funcBody!= NULL);
 
  // prepare Loop transformation environment
  AstInterfaceImpl faImpl(funcBody);
  AstInterface fa(&faImpl);
  ArrayAnnotation* annot = ArrayAnnotation::get_inst();
  if( useCachedDefUse ){
    ArrayInterface* array_interface = ArrayInterface::get_inst(*annot, fa, funcDef, AstNodePtrImpl(funcDef));
    LoopTransformInterface::set_arrayInfo(array_interface);
  } else {
    ArrayInterface array_interface(*annot);
 // Alias analysis and value propagation are called in initialize(). Turn both off for now.
//    array_interface.initialize(fa, AstNodePtrImpl(funcDef));
    array_interface.observe(fa);
    LoopTransformInterface::set_arrayInfo(&array_interface);
  }
  LoopTransformInterface::set_astInterface(fa);
  // Liao, 3/27/2015. connect to annotations for function side effect
  LoopTransformInterface::set_sideEffectInfo(annot);
 
  // variables to store results
  DoublyLinkedListWrap<AstNodePtr> rRef1, wRef1;
  CollectDoublyLinkedList<AstNodePtr> crRef1(rRef1),cwRef1(wRef1);
  AstNodePtr s1 = AstNodePtrImpl(stmt);
 
  // Actual side effect analysis
  if (!AnalyzeStmtRefs(fa, s1, cwRef1, crRef1))
  {
    //False returned here just means that the function called a
    //function that was not annotated with Qing's RWset annotation
    //method.  This doesn't matter for my tool. -Jim Leek 03/21/2023
    mlog[Sawyer::Message::Common::DEBUG] << "Function: " << funcDef->get_declaration()->get_qualified_name() << " calls at least one function that has not been annotated." << endl;
    retVal = false;
  }
 
  // transfer results into STL containers.
  for (DoublyLinkedEntryWrap<AstNodePtr>* p = rRef1.First(); p != 0; )
  {
    DoublyLinkedEntryWrap<AstNodePtr>* p1 = p;
    p = rRef1.Next(p);
    AstNodePtr cur = p1->GetEntry();
    SgNode* sgRef = AstNodePtrImpl(cur).get_ptr();
   ROSE_ASSERT(sgRef != NULL);
    readRefs.push_back(sgRef);
    //cout<<"read reference:"<<sgRef->unparseToString()<<" address "<<sgRef<<
    //    " sage type:"<< sgRef->class_name()<< endl;
  }
 
  for (DoublyLinkedEntryWrap<AstNodePtr>* p = wRef1.First(); p != 0; )
  {
    DoublyLinkedEntryWrap<AstNodePtr>* p1 = p;
    p = wRef1.Next(p);
    AstNodePtr cur = p1->GetEntry();
    SgNode* sgRef = AstNodePtrImpl(cur).get_ptr();
    ROSE_ASSERT(sgRef != NULL);
    writeRefs.push_back(sgRef);
  //  cout<<"write reference:"<<sgRef->unparseToString()<<" address "<<sgRef<<
  //      " sage type:"<< sgRef->class_name()<< endl;
  }
 
#endif
 
  return retVal;
}
#if 0
// The side effect analysis will report three references for a statement like this->x = ...
// 1.SgThisExp 2. SgArrowExp  3. SgVarRefExp
// We only need to keep SgVarRefExp and skip the other two.
static bool skipSomeRefs(SgNode* n)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (n);
  return (isSgThisExp(n)||isSgArrowExp(n)||isSgDotExp(n));
}
#endif
bool SageInterface::collectReadWriteVariables(SgStatement* stmt, set<SgInitializedName*>& readVars, set<SgInitializedName*>& writeVars, bool coarseGrain/*=true*/)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(stmt != NULL);
  vector <SgNode* > readRefs, writeRefs;
 
  bool retVal = collectReadWriteRefs(stmt, readRefs, writeRefs);
  // process read references
  vector<SgNode*>::iterator iter = readRefs.begin();
  for (; iter!=readRefs.end();iter++)
  {
    SgNode* current = *iter;
    //if (skipSomeRefs(current)) continue;
 
    ROSE_ASSERT (current != NULL);
    SgInitializedName* name= convertRefToInitializedName(current, coarseGrain);
    //ROSE_ASSERT (name); // this pointer will return NULL
    if (!name) continue;
   // Only insert unique ones
   // We use std::set to ensure uniqueness now
    readVars.insert(name);
  }
  // process write references
  vector<SgNode*>::iterator iterw = writeRefs.begin();
  for (; iterw!=writeRefs.end();iterw++)
  {
    SgNode* current = *iterw;
    ROSE_ASSERT (current != NULL);
    SgInitializedName* name = convertRefToInitializedName(current, coarseGrain);
    if (!name) continue;
    //ROSE_ASSERT (name); // this pointer will return NULL
   // Only insert unique ones
   // We use std::set to ensure uniqueness now
    writeVars.insert(name);
  }
  return retVal;
}
 
void SageInterface::collectReadOnlyVariables(SgStatement* stmt, std::set<SgInitializedName*>& readOnlyVars, bool coarseGrain/*=true*/)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(stmt != NULL);
  set<SgInitializedName*> readVars, writeVars;
   // Only collect read only variables if collectReadWriteVariables() succeeded.
  if (collectReadWriteVariables(stmt, readVars, writeVars, coarseGrain))
  {
    // read only = read - write
    set_difference(readVars.begin(), readVars.end(),
        writeVars.begin(), writeVars.end(),
        std::inserter(readOnlyVars, readOnlyVars.begin()));
  }
  else // Qing's side effect analysis often fails, we do a simple type based read only variable collection, find all referenced variables of const type
  {
    RoseAst ast(stmt);
 
    for(RoseAst::iterator i=ast.begin();i!=ast.end();++i) {
      if (SgVarRefExp* v_ref = isSgVarRefExp(*i))
      {
        if (isConstType(v_ref->get_type()))
          readOnlyVars.insert (v_ref->get_symbol()->get_declaration());
      }
    } // end for
  } // end else
}
 
 
void SageInterface::collectReadOnlySymbols(SgStatement* stmt, std::set<SgVariableSymbol*>& readOnlySymbols, bool coarseGrain/*=true*/)
{
  set<SgInitializedName*> temp;
  collectReadOnlyVariables(stmt, temp, coarseGrain);
 
  for (set<SgInitializedName*>::const_iterator iter = temp.begin();
      iter!=temp.end(); iter++)
  {
    SgSymbol* symbol = (*iter)->get_symbol_from_symbol_table () ;
    ROSE_ASSERT(symbol != NULL );
    ROSE_ASSERT(isSgVariableSymbol(symbol));
    readOnlySymbols.insert(isSgVariableSymbol(symbol));
  }
 
}
 
bool SageInterface::isUseByAddressVariableRef(SgVarRefExp* ref)
{
  bool result = false;
  ROSE_ASSERT(ref != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT(ref->get_parent() != NULL);
  // case 1: ref is used as an operator for & (SgAddressofOp)
  // TODO tolerate possible type casting operations in between ?
  if (isSgAddressOfOp(ref->get_parent()))
  {
    result = true;
  }
  // case 2. ref is used as a function call's parameter, and the parameter has reference type in C++
  else if ((SageInterface::is_Cxx_language())&&(isSgExprListExp(ref->get_parent())))
  {
    SgNode* grandparent = ref->get_parent()->get_parent();
    ROSE_ASSERT(grandparent);
    if (isSgFunctionCallExp(grandparent)) // Is used as a function call's parameter
    {
      // find which parameter ref is in SgExpressionPtrList
 
   // DQ (8/12/2020): This is a compiler warning where it is used below in comparision between signed and unsigned types.
   // int param_index = 0;
      size_t param_index = 0;
 
      SgExpressionPtrList expList = isSgExprListExp(ref->get_parent())->get_expressions();
      Rose_STL_Container<SgExpression*>::const_iterator iter= expList.begin();
      for (; iter!=expList.end(); iter++)
      {
        if (*iter == ref)
          break;
        else
          param_index++;
      }
      // find the parameter type of the corresponding function declaration
      SgExpression* func_exp = isSgFunctionCallExp(grandparent)->get_function();
      ROSE_ASSERT (func_exp);
      SgFunctionRefExp * funcRef = isSgFunctionRefExp(func_exp);
      if (funcRef) // regular functions
      {
        SgFunctionDeclaration* funcDecl = isSgFunctionSymbol(funcRef->get_symbol())->get_declaration();
        SgInitializedNamePtrList nameList = funcDecl->get_args();
        //TODO tolerate typedef chains
        // printf() has only two arguments to express variable arguments.
        // The third argument index ==2 will be out of bounds for nameList[index]
        // So we must check the bound first.
        if (param_index >= nameList.size() ||isSgTypeEllipse(nameList[param_index]->get_type()) )
        {
          if (isSgReferenceType(ref))
            result = true;
        }
        else // now within the bound: two situations,
        if (isSgReferenceType(nameList[param_index]->get_type()))
        {
          result = true;
        }
      } //It also could be a dot or arrow expression where its right hand operand is a SgMemberFunctionRefExp
      else if (isSgDotExp (func_exp) || isSgArrowExp(func_exp)) // ArrowExp TODO
      {
        SgBinaryOp* binOp = isSgBinaryOp(func_exp);
        ROSE_ASSERT (binOp);
        SgMemberFunctionRefExp* mfuncRef = isSgMemberFunctionRefExp(binOp->get_rhs_operand_i());
        ROSE_ASSERT (mfuncRef);
        SgMemberFunctionDeclaration * mfuncDecl = isSgMemberFunctionSymbol (mfuncRef->get_symbol())->get_declaration();
        ROSE_ASSERT (mfuncDecl);
        SgInitializedNamePtrList nameList = mfuncDecl->get_args();
        //TODO tolerate typedef chains
        if (isSgReferenceType(nameList[param_index]->get_type()))
        {
          result = true;
        }
      }
 
    }
  }
  return result;
}
 
 
void SageInterface::collectUseByAddressVariableRefs (const SgStatement* s, std::set<SgVarRefExp* >& varSetB)
{
  Rose_STL_Container <SgNode*> var_refs = NodeQuery::querySubTree (const_cast<SgStatement *> (s), V_SgVarRefExp);
 
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*>::iterator iter = var_refs.begin();
  for (; iter!=var_refs.end(); iter++)
  {
    SgVarRefExp* ref = isSgVarRefExp(*iter);
    ROSE_ASSERT(ref != NULL);
    ROSE_ASSERT(ref->get_parent() != NULL);
#if 0
    // case 1: ref is used as an operator for & (SgAddressofOp)
    // TODO tolerate possible type casting operations in between ?
    if (isSgAddressOfOp(ref->get_parent()))
    {
      varSetB.insert(ref);
    }
    // case 2. ref is used as a function call's parameter, and the parameter has reference type in C++
    else if ((SageInterface::is_Cxx_language())&&(isSgExprListExp(ref->get_parent())))
    {
      SgNode* grandparent = ref->get_parent()->get_parent();
      ROSE_ASSERT(grandparent);
      if (isSgFunctionCallExp(grandparent)) // Is used as a function call's parameter
      {
        // find which parameter ref is in SgExpressionPtrList
        int param_index =0;
        SgExpressionPtrList expList = isSgExprListExp(ref->get_parent())->get_expressions();
        Rose_STL_Container<SgExpression*>::const_iterator iter= expList.begin();
        for (; iter!=expList.end(); iter++)
        {
          if (*iter == ref)
            break;
          else
            param_index++;
        }
        // find the parameter type of the corresponding function declaration
        SgFunctionRefExp * funcRef = isSgFunctionRefExp(isSgFunctionCallExp(grandparent)->get_function());
        SgFunctionDeclaration* funcDecl = isSgFunctionSymbol(funcRef->get_symbol())->get_declaration();
        SgInitializedNamePtrList nameList = funcDecl->get_args();
        //TODO tolerate typedef chains
        if (isSgReferenceType(nameList[param_index]->get_type()))
        {
          varSetB.insert(ref);
        }
      }
    }
#endif
    if (isUseByAddressVariableRef(ref))
      varSetB.insert(ref);
  }
}
 
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
LivenessAnalysis * SageInterface::call_liveness_analysis(SgProject* project, bool debug/*=false*/)
{
  // We expect this function to be called multiple times but always return the result generated from the first execution.
  static LivenessAnalysis* liv = NULL; // one instance
  if (liv!=NULL)
    return liv;
 
  static DFAnalysis * defuse = NULL; // only one instance
  // Prepare def-use analysis
  if (defuse==NULL)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(project != NULL);
    defuse = new DefUseAnalysis(project);
  }
 
  ROSE_ASSERT(defuse != NULL);
  defuse->run(debug);
 
  if (debug)
    defuse->dfaToDOT();
 
  //Prepare variable liveness analysis
  liv = new LivenessAnalysis(debug,(DefUseAnalysis*)defuse);
  ROSE_ASSERT(liv != NULL);
 
  std::vector <FilteredCFGNode < IsDFAFilter > > dfaFunctions;
  NodeQuerySynthesizedAttributeType vars =
          NodeQuery::querySubTree(project, V_SgFunctionDefinition);
  NodeQuerySynthesizedAttributeType::const_iterator i;
  bool abortme=false;
     // run liveness analysis on each function body
  for (i= vars.begin(); i!=vars.end();++i)
  {
    SgFunctionDefinition* func = isSgFunctionDefinition(*i);
    ROSE_ASSERT(func != NULL);
    if (debug)
    {
      std::string name = func->class_name();
      string funcName = func->get_declaration()->get_qualified_name().str();
      cout<< " .. running liveness analysis for function: " << funcName << endl;
    }
    FilteredCFGNode <IsDFAFilter> rem_source = liv->run(func,abortme);
    // propagate results to statement level
    liv->fixupStatementsINOUT(func);
    if (rem_source.getNode()!=NULL)
      dfaFunctions.push_back(rem_source);
    if (abortme)
      break;
  } // end for ()
  if(debug)
  {
    cout << "Writing out liveness analysis results into var.dot... " << endl;
    std::ofstream f2("var.dot");
    dfaToDot(f2, string("var"), dfaFunctions, (DefUseAnalysis*)defuse, liv);
    f2.close();
  }
  if (abortme) {
    cerr<<"Error: Liveness analysis is ABORTING ." << endl;
    ROSE_ABORT();
  }
  return liv;
  //return !abortme;
}
#endif
 
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
void SageInterface::getLiveVariables(LivenessAnalysis * liv, SgForStatement* loop, std::set<SgInitializedName*>& liveIns, std::set<SgInitializedName*> & liveOuts)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(liv != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT(loop != NULL);
  SgForStatement *forstmt = loop;
  std::vector<SgInitializedName*> liveIns0, liveOuts0; // store the original one
 
  // Jeremiah's hidden constructor parameter value '2' to grab the node for forStmt's
  // Several CFG nodes are used for the same SgForStatement, only one of the is needed.
  // We have to check the full control flow graph to find all SgForStatement's nodes,
  // check the index numbers from 0 , find the one with two out edges (true, false)
  // The CFG node should have a caption like" <SgForStatement> @ 8: 1",
  // which means this is a CFG node for a for statement at source line 8, with an index 1.
  // For SgForStatement, there are 5 cfg nodes, 0 and 4 are for begin and end CFG nodes
  // 1: after init statement, 2: after test expression (the remaining one after filtering), 3: before increment
  CFGNode cfgnode(forstmt,2);
  FilteredCFGNode<IsDFAFilter> filternode= FilteredCFGNode<IsDFAFilter> (cfgnode);
  // This one does not return the one we want even its getNode returns the
  // right for statement
  //FilteredCFGNode<IsDFAFilter> filternode= FilteredCFGNode<IsDFAFilter> (forstmt->cfgForBeginning());
  ROSE_ASSERT(filternode.getNode()==forstmt);
 
  // Check out edges
  vector<FilteredCFGEdge < IsDFAFilter > > out_edges = filternode.outEdges();
  ROSE_ASSERT(out_edges.size()==2);
  vector<FilteredCFGEdge < IsDFAFilter > >::iterator iter= out_edges.begin();
 
  for (; iter!=out_edges.end();iter++)
  {
    FilteredCFGEdge < IsDFAFilter > edge= *iter;
    //SgForStatement should have two outgoing edges based on the loop condition
    // one true(going into the loop body) and one false (going out the loop)
    //x. Live-in (loop) = live-in (first-stmt-in-loop)
    if (edge.condition()==eckTrue)
    {
      SgNode* firstnode= edge.target().getNode();
      liveIns0 = liv->getIn(firstnode);
      // cout<<"Live-in variables for loop:"<<endl;
      for (std::vector<SgInitializedName*>::iterator iter = liveIns0.begin();
          iter!=liveIns0.end(); iter++)
      {
        // SgInitializedName* name = *iter;
        liveIns.insert(*iter);
        //           cout<< name->get_qualified_name().getString()<<endl;
      }
    }
    //x. live-out(loop) = live-in (first-stmt-after-loop)
    else if (edge.condition()==eckFalse)
    {
      SgNode* firstnode= edge.target().getNode();
      liveOuts0 = liv->getIn(firstnode);
      //  cout<<"Live-out variables for loop:"<<endl;
      for (std::vector<SgInitializedName*>::iterator iter = liveOuts0.begin();
          iter!=liveOuts0.end(); iter++)
      {
        // SgInitializedName* name = *iter;
        //  cout<< name->get_qualified_name().getString()<<endl;
        liveOuts.insert(*iter);
      }
    }
    else
    {
      cerr<<"Unexpected CFG out edge type for SgForStmt!"<<endl;
      ROSE_ABORT();
    }
  } // end for (edges)
 
}
#endif
 
//Check if two references form an idiom like:  x= x op expr,  x = expr op x (except for subtraction)
static bool isAssignReduction (SgVarRefExp* ref_exp1, SgVarRefExp* ref_exp2, OmpSupport::omp_construct_enum& optype)
{
  bool isReduction = false;
  // Sanity check
  ROSE_ASSERT (ref_exp1!= NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (ref_exp2!= NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (ref_exp1-> get_symbol() == ref_exp2-> get_symbol());
  // must be scalar type
  ROSE_ASSERT (SageInterface::isScalarType(ref_exp1-> get_symbol()->get_type() ) );
 
  SgStatement* stmt = SageInterface::getEnclosingStatement(ref_exp1);
  SgStatement* stmt2 = SageInterface::getEnclosingStatement(ref_exp2);
  if (stmt != stmt2) return false; // early return false;
 
  // must be assignment statement using
  //  x= x op expr,  x = expr op x (except for subtraction)
  // one reference on left hand, the other on the right hand of assignment expression
  // the right hand uses associative operators +, *, -, &, ^ ,|, &&, ||
  SgExprStatement* exp_stmt =  isSgExprStatement(stmt);
  if (exp_stmt && isSgAssignOp(exp_stmt->get_expression()))
  {
    SgExpression* assign_lhs=NULL, * assign_rhs =NULL;
    assign_lhs = isSgAssignOp(exp_stmt->get_expression())->get_lhs_operand();
    assign_rhs = isSgAssignOp(exp_stmt->get_expression())->get_rhs_operand();
    ROSE_ASSERT(assign_lhs && assign_rhs);
    // x must show up in both lhs and rhs in any order:
    //  e.g.: ref1 = ref2 op exp or ref2 = ref1 op exp
    if (((assign_lhs==ref_exp1)&&SageInterface::isAncestor(assign_rhs,ref_exp2))
        ||((assign_lhs==ref_exp2)&&SageInterface::isAncestor(assign_rhs,ref_exp1)))
    {
      // assignment's rhs must match the associative binary operations
      // +, *, -, &, ^ ,|, &&, ||
      SgBinaryOp * binop = isSgBinaryOp(assign_rhs);
      if (binop!=NULL){
        SgExpression* op_lhs = binop->get_lhs_operand();
        SgExpression* op_rhs = binop->get_rhs_operand();
 
        // double check that the binary expression has either ref1 or ref2 as one operand
        if( !((op_lhs==ref_exp1)||(op_lhs==ref_exp2))
            && !((op_rhs==ref_exp1)||(op_rhs==ref_exp2)))
          return false;  // early return false;
 
        bool isOnLeft = false; // true if it has form (refx op exp), instead (exp or refx)
        if ((op_lhs==ref_exp1)||   // TODO might have in between !!
            (op_lhs==ref_exp2))
          isOnLeft = true;
        switch (binop->variantT())
        {
          case V_SgAddOp:
            {
              optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_plus;
              isReduction = true;
              break;
            }
          case V_SgMultiplyOp:
            {
              optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_mul;
              isReduction = true;
              break;
            }
          case V_SgSubtractOp: // special handle here!!
            {
              optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_minus;
              if (isOnLeft) // cannot allow (exp - x)a
              {
                isReduction = true;
              }
              break;
            }
          case V_SgBitAndOp:
            {
              optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_bitand ;
              isReduction = true;
              break;
            }
          case V_SgBitXorOp:
            {
              optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_bitxor;
              isReduction = true;
              break;
            }
          case V_SgBitOrOp:
            {
              optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_bitor;
              isReduction = true;
              break;
            }
          case V_SgAndOp:
            {
              optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_logand;
              isReduction = true;
              break;
            }
          case V_SgOrOp:
            {
              optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_logor;
              isReduction = true;
              break;
            }
          default:
            break;
        }
      } // end matching associative operations
    }
  } // end if assignop
  return isReduction;
}
// A helper function for reduction recognition
// check if two references to the same variable form a reduction idiom using if-statement
// example 1: if (array[i]> maxV) maxV = array[i]
// example 2: if (array[i]< minV) minV = array[i]
// If it matches, return true and the reduction operator type
static  bool isIfReduction(SgVarRefExp* ref1, SgVarRefExp* ref2, OmpSupport::omp_construct_enum& optype)
{
  bool matchStmt1 = false;
  bool matchStmt2 = false;
 
  //TODO: ensure ref1, ref2 are ordered as pre-order manner in AST
  //   SgExpression* reduction_var_ref = NULL;
  //   SgExpression* source_var_ref = NULL;  //array[i] is the source var ref
 
  // Sanity check
  ROSE_ASSERT (ref1 != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (ref2 != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (ref1-> get_symbol() == ref2-> get_symbol());
  // must be scalar type
  ROSE_ASSERT (SageInterface::isScalarType(ref1-> get_symbol()->get_type() ) );
 
  SgStatement* stmt1 = SageInterface::getEnclosingStatement(ref1);
  SgStatement* stmt2 = SageInterface::getEnclosingStatement(ref2);
 
  //early return if the same stmt
  if (stmt1 == stmt2) return false;
 
  // check stmt2 first. It is easier.
  // stmt2 should be an assignment stmt like:
  //    reduction_variable = else;
  //    minV = array[i];
  SgExpression* lhs2 = NULL;
  SgExpression* rhs2 = NULL;
  if (SageInterface::isAssignmentStatement (stmt2, &lhs2, &rhs2 ))
  {
    // lhs2 must be ref2
    if (lhs2 == ref2 )
    {
      matchStmt2 = true;
      //     reduction_var_ref = lhs2;
      //     source_var_ref= rhs2;
    }
  } // end assignment stmt
 
  // stmt1 should be a if-stmt's conditional expression stmt
  // and its body should be stmt2
  if (SgExprStatement* if_cond_stmt = isSgExprStatement(stmt1))
  {
    bool matchBody = false;
    bool matchCondition= false;
    if (SgIfStmt * if_stmt = isSgIfStmt (if_cond_stmt->get_parent()) )
    {
      if (SgStatement* body = if_stmt->get_true_body())
      {
        if (SgBasicBlock* block = isSgBasicBlock (body))
        {
          // stmt2 must be the only child of the if true body
          ROSE_ASSERT(stmt2 != NULL);
          if ( ((block->get_statements()).size() == 1) && stmt2->get_scope() == block )
            matchBody = true;
        }
        else
        {
          if (body == stmt2)
            matchBody = true;
        }
      } // body match test
 
      // match condition   SgExprStatement  ref1 SgLessThanOp source_var
      if (SgExprStatement* cond_exp_stmt = isSgExprStatement (if_stmt->get_conditional()) )
      {
        SgExpression* cond_exp = cond_exp_stmt->get_expression();
        if (SgBinaryOp * binop = isSgBinaryOp (cond_exp))
        {
          if (ref1 == binop->get_lhs_operand_i())
          {
            // minV > array[i] ;
            if (isSgLessThanOp (binop))
            {
              optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_max;
              matchCondition= true;
            }
            else if (isSgGreaterThanOp(binop))
            {
              optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_min;
              matchCondition= true;
            }
          }
          else if ( ref1 == binop->get_rhs_operand_i() )
          {
            // array[i] < minV
            if (isSgLessThanOp (binop))
            {
              optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_min;
              matchCondition= true;
            }
            else if (isSgGreaterThanOp(binop))
            {
              optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_max;
              matchCondition= true;
            }
          }
        } // end if binary op
        // TODO the source_var should match the source_var from stmt2
      }
    }
    matchStmt1 = matchBody && matchCondition;
  } // end if-stmt
 
 
  return (matchStmt2 && matchStmt1);
}
 
// check if a var ref is a form of
//  --x, x--, ++x, x++
//  x+= .., x-= ..., etc.
// The reduction variable appears only once in the reduction idiom.
static bool isSingleAppearanceReduction(SgVarRefExp* ref1, OmpSupport::omp_construct_enum& optype )
{
  bool isReduction = false;
 
  ROSE_ASSERT (ref1 != NULL);
  // must be scalar type
  ROSE_ASSERT (SageInterface::isScalarType(ref1-> get_symbol()->get_type() ) );
 
  SgStatement* stmt = SageInterface::getEnclosingStatement(ref1);
 
  if (isSgExprStatement(stmt))
  {
    SgExpression* exp = isSgExprStatement(stmt)->get_expression();
    SgExpression* binop = isSgBinaryOp(exp);
    if (isSgPlusPlusOp(exp)) // x++ or ++x
    { // Could have multiple reduction clause with different operators!!
      // So the variable list is associated with each kind of operator
      optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_plus;
      isReduction = true;
    }
    else if (isSgMinusMinusOp(exp)) // x-- or --x
    {
      optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_minus;
      isReduction = true;
    }
    else
      // x binop= expr where binop is one of + * - & ^ |
      // x must be on the left hand side
      if (binop!=NULL) {
        SgExpression* lhs= isSgBinaryOp(exp)->get_lhs_operand ();
        if (lhs==ref1)
        {
          switch (exp->variantT())
          {
            case V_SgPlusAssignOp:
              {
                optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_plus;
                isReduction = true;
                break;
              }
            case V_SgMultAssignOp:
              {
                optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_mul;
                isReduction = true;
                break;
              }
            case V_SgMinusAssignOp:
              {
                optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_minus;
                isReduction = true;
                break;
              }
            case V_SgAndAssignOp:
              {
                optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_bitand;
                isReduction = true;
                break;
              }
            case V_SgXorAssignOp:
              {
                optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_bitxor;
                isReduction = true;
                break;
              }
            case V_SgIorAssignOp:
              {
                optype = OmpSupport::e_reduction_bitor;
                isReduction = true;
                break;
              }
            default:
              break;
          } // end
        }// end if on left side
      }
  }
  return isReduction;
}
 
/* This code is refactored from project/autoParallelization/autoParSupport.C
  std::vector<SgInitializedName*>
  RecognizeReduction(SgNode *loop, OmpSupport::OmpAttribute* attribute, std::vector<SgInitializedName*>& candidateVars/)
  * Algorithms:
   *   for each scalar candidate which are both live-in and live-out for the loop body
   *   (We don't use liveness analysis here for simplicity)
   *    and which is not the loop invariant variable (loop index).
   *   Consider those with only 1 or 2 references
   *   1 reference
   *     the operation is one of x++, ++x, x--, --x, x binop= expr
   *   2 references belonging to the same operation
   *     operations: one of  x= x op expr,  x = expr op x (except for subtraction)
   * The reduction description from the OpenMP 3.0 specification.
   *  x is not referenced in exp
   *  expr has scalar type (no array, objects etc)
   *  x: scalar only, aggregate types (including arrays), pointer types and reference types may not appear in a reduction clause.
   *  op is not an overloaded operator, but +, *, -, &, ^ ,|, &&, ||
   *  binop is not an overloaded operator, but: +, *, -, &, ^ ,|
  */
void SageInterface::ReductionRecognition(SgForStatement* loop, std::set< std::pair <SgInitializedName*, OmpSupport::omp_construct_enum > > & results)
{
  //x. Collect variable references of scalar types as candidates, excluding loop index
  SgInitializedName* loopindex;
  if (!(isCanonicalForLoop(loop, &loopindex)))
  {
//    cerr<<"Skip reduction recognition for non-canonical for loop"<<endl;
    return;
  }
  std::set<SgInitializedName*> candidateVars; // scalar variables used within the loop
  //Store the references for each scalar variable
  std::map <SgInitializedName*, vector<SgVarRefExp* > > var_references;
 
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> reflist = NodeQuery::querySubTree(loop, V_SgVarRefExp);
  SgStatement* lbody= loop->get_loop_body();
  ROSE_ASSERT(lbody != NULL);
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*>::iterator iter = reflist.begin();
  for (; iter!=reflist.end(); iter++)
  {
    SgVarRefExp* ref_exp = isSgVarRefExp(*iter);
    SgInitializedName* initname= ref_exp->get_symbol()->get_declaration();
    // candidates are of scalar types and are not the loop index variable
    // And also should be live-in:
    //        not declared locally (var_scope equal or lower than loop body )
    //        or redefined (captured by ref count)
    SgScopeStatement* var_scope = initname->get_scope();
    ROSE_ASSERT(var_scope != NULL);
    if ((isScalarType(initname->get_type())) &&(initname !=loopindex)
        && !(SageInterface::isAncestor(lbody, var_scope)||(lbody==var_scope)))
    {
      candidateVars.insert(initname);
      var_references[initname].push_back(ref_exp);
    }
  }
 
  //Consider variables referenced at most twice
  std::set<SgInitializedName*>::iterator niter=candidateVars.begin();
  for (; niter!=candidateVars.end(); niter++)
  {
    SgInitializedName* initname = *niter;
    bool isReduction = false;
    OmpSupport::omp_construct_enum optype;
    // referenced once only
    if (var_references[initname].size()==1)
    {
      mlog[Sawyer::Message::Common::DEBUG] << "Debug: SageInterface::ReductionRecognition() A candidate used once:"<<initname->get_name().getString()<<endl;
      SgVarRefExp* ref_exp = *(var_references[initname].begin());
      if (isSingleAppearanceReduction (ref_exp, optype))
        isReduction = true;
    }
    // referenced twice within a same statement
    else if (var_references[initname].size()==2)
    {
      mlog[Sawyer::Message::Common::DEBUG] << "Debug: A candidate used twice:"<<initname->get_name().getString()<<endl;
      SgVarRefExp* ref_exp1 = *(var_references[initname].begin());
      SgVarRefExp* ref_exp2 = *(++var_references[initname].begin());
      // TODO: recognize  maxV = array[i]>maxV? array[i]:maxV // this can be normalized to if () stmt
      // TODO: recognize  maxV = max (maxV, array[i])
      if (isAssignReduction (ref_exp1, ref_exp2, optype) || isIfReduction (ref_exp1, ref_exp2, optype) )
      {
        isReduction = true;
      }
 
    }// end referenced twice
 
    if (isReduction)
      results.insert(make_pair(initname,optype));
  }// end for ()
}
 
void SageInterface::constantFolding(SgNode* r)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(r!=NULL);
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
  ConstantFolding::constantFoldingOptimization(r,false);
#endif
}
 
void SageInterface::annotateExpressionsWithUniqueNames (SgProject* project)
{
  class visitorTraversal:public AstSimpleProcessing
  {
    public:
      virtual void visit (SgNode * n)
      {
        SgExpression* exp = isSgExpression(n);
        if (exp)
        {
          string u_name = generateUniqueName(exp,false)+"-"+exp->class_name();
          AstAttribute * name_attribute = new UniqueNameAttribute(u_name);
          ROSE_ASSERT (name_attribute != NULL);
          exp->addNewAttribute("UniqueNameAttribute",name_attribute);
        }
      }
  };
  visitorTraversal exampleTraversal;
  //Sriram FIX: should traverse using the traverse function
  // exampleTraversal.traverseInputFiles(project,preorder);
  exampleTraversal.traverse(project, preorder);
}
 
 
  //
  // wrap free-standing function body in another function
 
  SgInitializedName& SageInterface::getFirstVariable(SgVariableDeclaration& vardecl)
  {
    ROSE_ASSERT(vardecl.get_variables().size());
 
    return *vardecl.get_variables().front();
  }
 
#if 0
  // DQ (11/1/2016): This function violated the ROSE -enable-advanced-warnings
  // option (-D_GLIBCXX_CONCEPT_CHECKS -D_GLIBCXX_DEBUG -D_GLIBCXX_DEBUG_PEDANTIC).
 
  static
  SgFunctionParameterList&
  cloneParameterList(const SgFunctionParameterList& params, SgFunctionDefinition* fundef = NULL)
  {
    namespace SB = SageBuilder;
 
    SgFunctionParameterList&          copy = *SB::buildFunctionParameterList();
    const SgInitializedNamePtrList&   orig_decls = params.get_args();
 
    std::transform( orig_decls.begin(), orig_decls.end(), sg::sage_inserter(copy), sg::InitNameCloner(copy, fundef) );
 
    return copy;
  }
#endif
 
#if 0
  // DQ (2/16/2017): This is a static function that is defined but not used in this file (compiler waring).
 
  static
  void swapDefiningElements(SgFunctionDeclaration& ll, SgFunctionDeclaration& rr)
  {
    // swap definitions
    sg::swap_child(ll, rr, &SgFunctionDeclaration::get_definition,    &SgFunctionDeclaration::set_definition);
    sg::swap_child(ll, rr, &SgFunctionDeclaration::get_parameterList, &SgFunctionDeclaration::set_parameterList);
 
    // \todo do we need to swap also exception spec, decorator_list, etc. ?
  }
#endif
 
#if 0
  // DQ (11/1/2016): This function violated the ROSE -enable-advanced-warnings
  // option (-D_GLIBCXX_CONCEPT_CHECKS -D_GLIBCXX_DEBUG -D_GLIBCXX_DEBUG_PEDANTIC).
 
  std::pair<SgStatement*, SgInitializedName*>
  SageInterface::wrapFunction(SgFunctionDeclaration& definingDeclaration, SgName newName)
  {
    namespace SB = SageBuilder;
 
    // handles freestanding functions only
    ROSE_ASSERT(typeid(SgFunctionDeclaration) == typeid(definingDeclaration));
    ROSE_ASSERT(definingDeclaration.get_definingDeclaration() == &definingDeclaration);
 
    // clone function parameter list
    SgFunctionParameterList&  param_list = cloneParameterList(*definingDeclaration.get_parameterList());
 
    // create new function definition/declaration in the same scope
    SgScopeStatement*         containing_scope = definingDeclaration.get_scope();
    SgType*                   result_type = definingDeclaration.get_type()->get_return_type();
    SgExprListExp*            decorators = deepCopy( definingDeclaration.get_decoratorList() );
 
 // DQ (4/9/2015): Suggested fix for this function.
 // SgFunctionDeclaration*    wrapperfn = SB::buildDefiningFunctionDeclaration(newName, result_type, &param_list, containing_scope, decorators);
    SgFunctionDeclaration*    wrapperfn = SB::buildDefiningFunctionDeclaration(newName, result_type, &param_list, containing_scope);
 
    SgFunctionDefinition*     wrapperdef = wrapperfn->get_definition();
    ROSE_ASSERT(wrapperdef);
 
    // copy the exception specification
    wrapperfn->set_exceptionSpecification(definingDeclaration.get_exceptionSpecification());
 
    // swap the original's function definition w/ the clone's function def
    //  and the original's func parameter list w/ the clone's parameters
    swapDefiningElements(definingDeclaration, *wrapperfn);
 
    // call original function from within the defining decl's body
    SgBasicBlock*             body = wrapperdef->get_body();
    SgExprListExp*            args = SB::buildExprListExp();
    SgInitializedNamePtrList& param_decls = param_list.get_args();
 
    std::transform( param_decls.begin(), param_decls.end(), sg::sage_inserter(*args), sg::VarRefBuilder(*wrapperdef) );
 
    SgFunctionCallExp*        callWrapped = SB::buildFunctionCallExp( newName, result_type, args, body );
    SgInitializedName*        resultName = NULL;
    SgStatement*              callStatement = NULL;
 
    // \todo skip legal qualifiers that could be on top of void
    if (!isSgTypeVoid(result_type))
    {
      // add call to original function and assign result to variable
      SgVariableDeclaration*  res = SB::buildVariableDeclaration( "res", result_type, SB::buildAssignInitializer(callWrapped), body );
      SgVarRefExp*            resref = SB::buildVarRefExp( res );
 
      appendStatement(res, body);
 
      // add return statement, returning result
      resultName    = &getFirstVariable(*res);
      callStatement = res;
 
      appendStatement(SB::buildReturnStmt(resref), body);
    }
    else
    {
      // add function call statement to original function
      callStatement = SB::buildExprStatement(callWrapped);
      appendStatement(callStatement, body);
    }
 
    ROSE_ASSERT(callStatement);
 
    // create non defining declaration
    SgExprListExp*            decorator_proto = deepCopy( decorators );
    SgFunctionDeclaration*    wrapperfn_proto = SB::buildNondefiningFunctionDeclaration(wrapperfn, containing_scope, decorator_proto);
 
    // add the new functions at the proper location of the surrounding scope
    insertStatementBefore(&definingDeclaration, wrapperfn_proto);
    insertStatementAfter (&definingDeclaration, wrapperfn);
 
    return std::make_pair(callStatement, resultName);
  }
#endif
 
  //
  // flatten C/C++ array dimensions
  namespace
  {
    struct VarrefBuilder
    {
      virtual SgVarRefExp* get() const = 0;
 
      static
      SgVarRefExp* build(const SgVarRefExp& n)
      {
        return SageInterface::deepCopy(&n);
      }
 
      static
      SgVarRefExp* build(SgInitializedName& n)
      {
        SgScopeStatement* scope = sg::ancestor<SgStatement>(n).get_scope();
 
        return SageBuilder::buildVarRefExp(&n, scope);
      }
    };
 
    template <class AstNode>
    struct VarrefCreator : VarrefBuilder
    {
      AstNode& origin;
 
      explicit
      VarrefCreator(AstNode& orig)
      : origin(orig)
      {}
 
      SgVarRefExp* get() const { return VarrefBuilder::build(origin); }
    };
 
    template <class AstNode>
    VarrefCreator<AstNode>
    varrefCreator(AstNode& n)
    {
      return VarrefCreator<AstNode>(n);
    }
 
    SgExpression* create_mulop(SgExpression* lhs, const SgExpression* rhs)
    {
      namespace SB = SageBuilder;
      namespace SI = SageInterface;
 
      // we own the lhs (intermediate result),
      // but we do not own the rhs (another top-level expression)
      return SB::buildMultiplyOp(lhs, SI::deepCopy(rhs));
    }
 
    std::pair<std::vector<SgExpression*>, SgType*>
    get_C_array_dimensions_aux(const SgArrayType& arr_type)
    {
      namespace SB = SageBuilder;
      namespace SI = SageInterface;
 
      const SgArrayType*         arrtype = &arr_type;
      std::vector<SgExpression*> indices;
      SgType*                    undertype = NULL;
 
      // \todo when get_index() does not return a nullptr anymore
      //       the condition can be removed
      if (arrtype->get_index() == NULL)
      {
        indices.push_back(SB::buildNullExpression());
        undertype = arrtype->get_base_type();
        arrtype = isSgArrayType(undertype);
      }
 
      while (arrtype)
      {
        SgExpression* indexexpr = arrtype->get_index();
        ROSE_ASSERT(indexexpr);
 
        indices.push_back(SI::deepCopy(indexexpr));
        undertype = arrtype->get_base_type();
        arrtype = isSgArrayType(undertype);
      }
 
      ROSE_ASSERT((!indices.empty()) && undertype);
      return std::make_pair(indices, undertype);
    }
 
    std::vector<SgExpression*>
    get_C_array_dimensions_aux(const SgArrayType& arrtype, const VarrefBuilder& varrefBuilder)
    {
      namespace SB = SageBuilder;
 
      std::pair<std::vector<SgExpression*>, SgType*> res = get_C_array_dimensions_aux(arrtype);
      const std::vector<SgExpression*>::iterator     first = res.first.begin();
 
      // if the first dimension was open, create the expression for it
      if (isSgNullExpression(*first))
      {
        // handle implicit first dimension for array initializers
        // for something like
        //      int p[][2][3] = {{{ 1, 2, 3 }, { 4, 5, 6 }}}
        //  we can calculate the first dimension as
        //      sizeof( p ) / ( sizeof( int ) * 2 * 3 )
 
        const std::vector<SgExpression*>::iterator aa = first+1;
        const std::vector<SgExpression*>::iterator zz = res.first.end();
 
        SgExpression* sz_undertype = SB::buildSizeOfOp(res.second);
        SgExpression* denominator  = std::accumulate(aa, zz, sz_undertype, create_mulop);
        SgSizeOfOp*   sz_var       = SB::buildSizeOfOp(varrefBuilder.get());
        SgExpression* sz           = SB::buildDivideOp(sz_var, denominator);
 
        std::swap(*first, sz);
        delete sz;
      }
 
      return res.first;
    }
  }
 
  std::vector<SgExpression*>
  SageInterface::get_C_array_dimensions(const SgArrayType& arrtype)
  {
    return get_C_array_dimensions_aux(arrtype).first;
  }
 
  std::vector<SgExpression*>
  SageInterface::get_C_array_dimensions(const SgArrayType& arrtype, const SgVarRefExp& varref)
  {
    return get_C_array_dimensions_aux(arrtype, varrefCreator(varref));
  }
 
  std::vector<SgExpression*>
  SageInterface::get_C_array_dimensions(const SgArrayType& arrtype, SgInitializedName& initname)
  {
    return get_C_array_dimensions_aux(arrtype, varrefCreator(initname));
  }
 
// DQ (1/23/2013): Added support for generated a set of source sequence entries.
class CollectSourceSequenceNumbers : public AstSimpleProcessing
   {
     public:
          set<unsigned int> sourceSequenceSet;
 
          void visit ( SgNode* astNode );
   };
 
// DQ (1/23/2013): Added support for generated a set of source sequence entries.
void
CollectSourceSequenceNumbers::visit ( SgNode* astNode )
   {
     Sg_File_Info* fileInfo = astNode->get_file_info();
     if (fileInfo != NULL)
        {
          unsigned int source_sequence_number = fileInfo->get_source_sequence_number();
#if 0
          printf ("In CollectSourceSequenceNumbers::visit(): source_sequence_number = %" PRIuPTR " \n",source_sequence_number);
#endif
          sourceSequenceSet.insert(source_sequence_number);
        }
   }
 
// DQ (1/23/2013): Added support for generated a set of source sequence entries.
set<unsigned int>
SageInterface::collectSourceSequenceNumbers( SgNode* astNode )
  {
    CollectSourceSequenceNumbers traversal;
 
    traversal.traverse(astNode,preorder);
 
    return traversal.sourceSequenceSet;
 
  }
 
/*Winnie, loop collapse, collapse nested for loops into one large for loop
 *  return a SgExprListExp *, which will contain a list of SgVarRefExp * to variables newly created, inserted outside of the
 *                            loop scope, and used inside the loop scope.
 *                            If the target_loop comes with omp target directive, these variables should be added in map in clause in
 *                            transOmpCollpase(..) function in omp_lowering.cpp.
 *
 *  The input loop pointer is changed to the generated collapsed loop after the transformation.
 *
 *
 *  Loop is normalized to [lb,ub,step], ub is inclusive (<=, >=)
 *
 *  to collapse two level of loops:
 *  iteration_count_one= (ub1-lb1+1)%step1 ==0?(ub1-lb1+1)/step1: (ub1-lb1+1)/step1+1
 *  iteration_count_two= (ub2-lb2+1)%step2 ==0?(ub2-lb2+1)/step2: (ub2-lb2+1)/step2+1
 *  total_iteration_count = iteration_count_one * iteration_count_two
 *
 *  Decide incremental/decremental loop by checking operator of test statement(ub), <=/>=, this is done in isCanonicalForLoop()
 *
 * Example 1:
 * for (int i=lb2;i<ub2;i+=inc2)                 //incremental
 *  {
 *      for (int j=lb1;j>ub1;i+=inc1)            //decremental
 *      {
 *                  for (int l=lb2;l<ub2;l+=inc2)        //incremental
 *              {
 *               a[i][j][l]=i+j+l;
 *              }
 *      }
 *  }
 *
 *==> translated output code ==>
 *  int i_nom_1_total_iters = (ub2 - 1 - lb2 + 1) % inc2 == 0?(ub2 - 1 - lb2 + 1) / inc2 : (ub2 - 1 - lb2 + 1) / inc2 + 1;
 *  int j_nom_2_total_iters = (lb1 - (ub1 + 1) + 1) % (inc1 * -1) == 0?(lb1 - (ub1 + 1) + 1) / (inc1 * -1) : (lb1 - (ub1 + 1) + 1) / (inc1 * -1) + 1;
 *  int l_nom_3_total_iters = (ub2 - 1 - lb2 + 1) % inc2 == 0?(ub2 - 1 - lb2 + 1) / inc2 : (ub2 - 1 - lb2 + 1) / inc2 + 1;
 *  int final_total_iters = 1 * i_nom_1_total_iters* j_nom_2_total_iters* l_nom_3_total_iters;
 *  int i_nom_1_interval = j_nom_2_total_iters * (l_nom_3_total_iters* 1);
 *  int j_nom_2_interval = l_nom_3_total_iters * 1;
 *  int l_nom_3_interval = 1;
 *
 *  for (int new_index = 0; new_index <= final_total_iters- 1; new_index += 1) {
 *    i_nom_1 = new_index / i_nom_1_interval* inc2 + lb2;
 *    int i_nom_1_remainder = new_index % i_nom_1_interval;
 *    j_nom_2 = -(i_nom_1_remainder / j_nom_2_interval* (inc1 * -1)) + lb1;
 *    l_nom_3 = i_nom_1_remainder % j_nom_2_interval* inc2 + lb2;
 *    a[i_nom_1][j_nom_2][l_nom_3] = i_nom_1 + j_nom_2 + l_nom_3;
 *  }
 *
 *  Example 2 with concrete numbers:
 *
 * // collapse the following two level of for loops:
 *       for (i=1; i<=9; i+=1)      //incremental for loop
 *       {
 *          for(j=10; j>=1; j+=-2)    //decremental for loop
 *         {
 *              a[i][j]=i+j;
 *         }
 *       }
 * // it becomes
 *     // total iteration count = ((9 - 1 + 1)/1) * ((10 - 1 + 1)/2) = 45
 *     // ub = 45
 *     // lb = 0
 *
 *     int i_nom_1_total_iters = 9;
 *     int j_nom_1_total_iters = 5;      // 10 % (-2 * -1) == 0 ? 10 / (-2 * -1) : 10 /(-2 * -1) + 1;
 *     int final_total_iters = 45;       // i_nom_1_total_iters * j_nom_2_total_iters;
 *
 *     int i_nom_1_interval = 5;
 *
 *     for (z=0; z<=44; z+=1)
 *     {
 *       i_nom_1 = z / 5 + 1;
 *       j_nom_2 = -(z % 5 * 2) + 10;
 *       a[i_nom_1][j_nom_2]=i_nom_1 + j_nom_2;
 *     }
 *  // for the generated loop, a few compiler generated variables are introduced
 *     final_total_iters for the collapsed loop
 *     i_interval for each of the n-1 loops
 **
*/
 
#ifndef USE_ROSE
SgExprListExp * SageInterface::loopCollapsing(SgForStatement* loop, size_t collapsing_factor)
{
#ifndef ROSE_USE_INTERNAL_FRONTEND_DEVELOPMENT
  //Handle 0 and 1, which means no collapsing at all
    if (collapsing_factor <= 1)
        return NULL;
 
    SgExprListExp * new_var_list = buildExprListExp();  //expression list contains all the SgVarRefExp * to variables that need to be added in the mapin clause
 
    /*
     *step 1: grab the target loops' header information
     */
    SgForStatement *& target_loop = loop;
 
    // we use global scope to help generate unique variable name later
    // local scope-based unique names may cause conflicts if the declarations are moved around (in OpenMP target data promotion)
    SgGlobal* global_scope = getGlobalScope (loop);
    ROSE_ASSERT (global_scope != NULL);
    SgInitializedName** ivar = new SgInitializedName*[collapsing_factor];
    SgExpression** lb = new SgExpression*[collapsing_factor];
    SgExpression** ub = new SgExpression*[collapsing_factor];
    SgExpression** step = new SgExpression*[collapsing_factor];
    SgStatement** orig_body = new SgStatement*[collapsing_factor];
 
    SgExpression** total_iters = new SgExpression*[collapsing_factor]; //Winnie, the real iteration counter in each loop level
    SgExpression** interval = new SgExpression*[collapsing_factor]; //Winnie, this will be used to calculate i_nom_1_remainder
    bool *isPlus = new bool[collapsing_factor]; //Winnie, a flag indicates incremental or decremental for loop
 
 
    //Winnie, get loops info first
    std::vector<SgForStatement* > loops= SageInterface::querySubTree<SgForStatement>(target_loop,V_SgForStatement);
    ROSE_ASSERT(loops.size()>=collapsing_factor);
 
    SgForStatement* temp_target_loop = NULL;
    SgExpression* temp_range_exp = NULL; //Raw iteration range
    SgExpression* temp_range_d_step_exp = NULL; //temp_range_exp / step[i]
    SgExpression* temp_condition_1 = NULL; //Check whether temp_range_exp % step[i] == 0
    SgExpression* temp_total_iter = NULL;
    SgExpression* ub_exp = buildIntVal(1); //Winnie, upbound
 
    /*
    *    get lb, ub, step information for each level of the loops
    *    ub_exp is the final iterantion range(starting from 0) after loop collapsing
    *    total_iters[i], = (ub[i] - lb[i] + 1)/step[i]  is the total iter num in each level of loop before loop collapsing
    */
 
    SgStatement* parent =  isSgStatement(getScope(target_loop)->get_parent());        //Winnie, the scope that include target_loop
    ROSE_ASSERT(getScope(target_loop)->get_parent()!= NULL);
 
    SgScopeStatement* scope = isSgScopeStatement(parent);    //Winnie, the scope that include target_loop
 
    while(scope == NULL)
    {
       parent = isSgStatement(parent->get_parent());
       scope = isSgScopeStatement(parent);
    }
 
    SgStatement* insert_target = findLastDeclarationStatement(scope);
    if (insert_target != NULL)
        insert_target = getNextStatement(insert_target);
    else
        insert_target = getFirstStatement(scope);
 
    ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
 
 
    for(size_t i = 0; i < collapsing_factor; i ++)
    {
        temp_target_loop = loops[i];
 
        // normalize the target loop first  // adjust to numbering starting from 0
        forLoopNormalization(temp_target_loop);
 
        if (!isCanonicalForLoop(temp_target_loop, &ivar[i], &lb[i], &ub[i], &step[i], &orig_body[i], &isPlus[i]))
        {
            cerr<<"Error in SageInterface::loopCollapsing(): target loop is not canonical."<<endl;
            dumpInfo(target_loop);
 
            // release memory
            delete[] ivar;
            delete[] lb;
            delete[] ub;
            delete[] step;
            delete[] orig_body;
            delete[] total_iters;
            delete[] interval;
            delete[] isPlus;
 
            return NULL;
        }
 
        ROSE_ASSERT(ivar[i]&& lb[i] && ub[i] && step[i]);
 
 
//Winnie, (ub[i]-lb[i]+1)%step[i] ==0?(ub[i]-lb[i]+1)/step[i]: (ub[i]-lb[i]+1)/step[i]+1; (need ceiling) total number of iterations in this level (ub[i] - lb[i] + 1)/step[i]
        if(isPlus[i] == true)
            temp_range_exp = buildAddOp(buildSubtractOp(copyExpression(ub[i]), copyExpression(lb[i])), buildIntVal(1));
        else{
            temp_range_exp = buildAddOp(buildSubtractOp(copyExpression(lb[i]), copyExpression(ub[i])), buildIntVal(1));
            step[i] = buildMultiplyOp(step[i], buildIntVal(-1));
        }
        temp_range_d_step_exp = buildDivideOp(temp_range_exp,copyExpression(step[i]));//(ub[i]-lb[i]+1)/step[i]
 
        temp_condition_1 = buildEqualityOp(buildModOp(copyExpression(temp_range_exp),copyExpression(step[i])),buildIntVal(0)); //(ub[i]-lb[i]+1)%step[i] ==0
 
        temp_total_iter = buildConditionalExp(temp_condition_1,temp_range_d_step_exp, buildAddOp(copyExpression(temp_range_d_step_exp),buildIntVal(1)));
 
        //build variables to store iteration numbers in each loop, simplify the calculation of "final_total_iters"
        //insert the new variable (store real iteration number of each level of the loop) before the target loop
        string iter_var_name= "_total_iters";
        //iter_var_name = ivar[i]->get_name().getString() + iter_var_name + generateUniqueName(temp_total_iter, false);
        iter_var_name = "__"+ivar[i]->get_name().getString() + iter_var_name+ generateUniqueVariableName (global_scope,"");
        SgVariableDeclaration* total_iter = buildVariableDeclaration(iter_var_name, buildIntType(), buildAssignInitializer(temp_total_iter, buildIntType()), scope);
        insertStatementBefore(insert_target, total_iter);
        constantFolding (total_iter);
        total_iters[i] = buildVarRefExp(iter_var_name, scope);
        ub_exp = buildMultiplyOp(ub_exp, total_iters[i]);    //Winnie, build up the final iteration range
    }
 
 
    /*
    * step 2: build new variables (new_index, final_total_iters, remainders...) for the new loop
    */
 
    /*Winnie, build another variable to store final total iteration counter of the loop after collapsing*/
    //string final_iter_counter_name = "final_total_iters" + generateUniqueName(ub_exp, false);
    string final_iter_counter_name = "__final_total_iters" + generateUniqueVariableName(global_scope,"");
    SgVariableDeclaration * final_total_iter = buildVariableDeclaration(final_iter_counter_name, buildIntType(), buildAssignInitializer(copyExpression(ub_exp), buildIntType()), scope);
    insertStatementBefore(insert_target, final_total_iter);
    ub_exp = buildVarRefExp(final_iter_counter_name, scope);
    new_var_list->append_expression(isSgVarRefExp(ub_exp));
 
    /*Winnie, interval[i] will make the calculation of remainders simpler*/
    for(unsigned int i = 0; i < collapsing_factor; i++)
    {
        interval[i] = buildIntVal(1);
        for(unsigned int j = collapsing_factor - 1; j > i; j--)
        {
            interval[i] = buildMultiplyOp(total_iters[j], interval[i]);
        }
        //string interval_name = ivar[i]->get_name().getString() + "_interval" + generateUniqueName(interval[i], false);
        string interval_name = "__"+ ivar[i]->get_name().getString() + "_interval" + generateUniqueVariableName (global_scope,"");
        SgVariableDeclaration* temp_interval = buildVariableDeclaration(interval_name, buildIntType(), buildAssignInitializer(copyExpression(interval[i]), buildIntType()), scope);
        insertStatementBefore(insert_target, temp_interval);
        interval[i] = buildVarRefExp(interval_name, scope);
        new_var_list->append_expression(isSgVarRefExp(interval[i]));
    }
 
 
   //Winnie, starting from here, we are dealing with variables inside loop, update scope
      scope = getScope(target_loop);
 
   //Winnie, init statement of the loop header, copy the lower bound, we are dealing with a range, the lower bound should always be "0"
    //Winnie, declare a brand new var as the new index
      string ivar_name = "__collapsed_index"+ generateUniqueVariableName (global_scope,"");
      ROSE_ASSERT(insert_target != NULL);
      SgVariableDeclaration* new_index_decl = buildVariableDeclaration(ivar_name, buildIntType(), NULL, insert_target->get_scope());
      SgVariableSymbol * collapsed_index_symbol = getFirstVarSym (new_index_decl);
      insertStatementBefore(insert_target, new_index_decl);
      SgVarRefExp * clps_index_ref = buildVarRefExp(collapsed_index_symbol);
      new_var_list->append_expression(clps_index_ref);
 
//      SgVariableDeclaration* init_stmt = buildVariableDeclaration(ivar_name, buildIntType(), buildAssignInitializer(buildIntVal(0), buildIntType()), scope);
 
 
     SgBasicBlock* body = isSgBasicBlock(deepCopy(temp_target_loop->get_loop_body())); // normalized loop has a BB body
     ROSE_ASSERT(body != NULL);
     SgExpression* new_exp = NULL;
     SgExpression* remain_exp_temp = buildVarRefExp(ivar_name, scope);
     std::vector<SgStatement*> new_stmt_list;
 
     SgExprStatement* assign_stmt = NULL;
 
     /*  Winnie
     *   express old iterator variables (i_norm, j_norm ...)  with new_index,
     *   new_exp, create new expression for each of the iterators
     *   i_nom_1 = (_new_index / interval[0])*step[0] + lb[0]
     *   i_nom_1_remain_value = (_new_index % interval[0])*step[0] + lb[0], create a new var to store remain value
     *   create a new var to store total_iters[i]
     */
     for(unsigned int i = 0; i < collapsing_factor - 1; i ++)
     {
         if(isPlus[i] == true)
             new_exp = buildAddOp(buildMultiplyOp(buildDivideOp(copyExpression(remain_exp_temp), copyExpression(interval[i])), step[i]), copyExpression(lb[i]));  //Winnie, (i_remain/interval[i])*step[i] + lb[i]
         else
             new_exp = buildAddOp(buildMinusOp(buildMultiplyOp(buildDivideOp(copyExpression(remain_exp_temp), copyExpression(interval[i])), step[i])), copyExpression(lb[i]));  //Winnie, -(i_remain/interval[i])*step[i] + lb[i], for decremental loop
 
         assign_stmt = buildAssignStatement(buildVarRefExp(ivar[i], scope), copyExpression(new_exp));
         new_stmt_list.push_back(assign_stmt);
         remain_exp_temp = buildModOp((remain_exp_temp), copyExpression(interval[i]));
 
         if(i != collapsing_factor - 2){ //Winnie, if this is the second last level of loop, no need to create new variable to hold the remain_value, or remove the original index variable declaration
             string remain_var_name= "_remainder";
             remain_var_name = "__"+ ivar[i]->get_name().getString() + remain_var_name;
             SgVariableDeclaration* loop_index_decl = buildVariableDeclaration(remain_var_name, buildIntType(), buildAssignInitializer(remain_exp_temp, buildIntType()), scope);
             remain_exp_temp = buildVarRefExp(remain_var_name, scope);
             new_stmt_list.push_back(loop_index_decl);
         }
         new_exp = NULL;
     }
 
//Winnie, the inner most loop, iter
    if(isPlus[collapsing_factor - 1] == true)
        assign_stmt = buildAssignStatement(buildVarRefExp(ivar[collapsing_factor - 1], scope), buildAddOp(buildMultiplyOp(remain_exp_temp, step[collapsing_factor - 1]), lb[collapsing_factor - 1]));
    else
        assign_stmt = buildAssignStatement(buildVarRefExp(ivar[collapsing_factor - 1], scope), buildAddOp(buildMinusOp(buildMultiplyOp(remain_exp_temp, step[collapsing_factor - 1])), lb[collapsing_factor - 1]));
     new_stmt_list.push_back(assign_stmt);
     prependStatementList(new_stmt_list, body);
 
    /*
    * step 3: build the new loop, new step is always 1, disregard value of step[i]
    */
    SgExpression* incr_exp = buildPlusAssignOp(buildVarRefExp(ivar_name, scope), buildIntVal(1));
 
    //Winnie, build the new conditional expression/ub
    SgExprStatement* cond_stmt = NULL;
    ub_exp = buildSubtractOp(ub_exp, buildIntVal(1));
    cond_stmt = buildExprStatement(buildLessOrEqualOp(buildVarRefExp(ivar_name,scope),copyExpression(ub_exp)));
    ROSE_ASSERT(cond_stmt != NULL);
 
    SgForStatement* new_loop = buildForStatement(buildAssignStatement(clps_index_ref, buildIntVal(0)), cond_stmt,incr_exp, body);  //Winnie, add in the new block!
    new_loop->set_parent(scope);  //TODO: what's the correct parent?
 
    replaceStatement(target_loop, new_loop);
 
    target_loop = new_loop; //Winnie, so that transOmpLoop() can work on the collapsed loop
   // constant folding for the transformed AST
   ConstantFolding::constantFoldingOptimization(scope->get_parent(),false);   //Winnie, "scope" is the scope that contains new_loop, this is the scope where we insert some new variables to store interation count and intervals
 
    delete [] ivar;
    delete [] lb;
    delete [] ub;
    delete [] step;
    delete [] orig_body;
    delete [] total_iters;
    delete [] interval;
    delete [] isPlus;
 
    #endif
 
    return new_var_list;
}
 
 
 
bool
SageInterface::isStructurallyEquivalentAST( SgNode* tree1, SgNode* tree2 )
   {
  // DQ (3/4/2014): Added support for testing two trees for equivalents using the AST iterators.
 
#ifndef USE_CMAKEx
  // DQ (3/8/2014): Make this conditionally compiled based on when CMake is not used because the libraries are not configured yet.
 
  // This is AST container for the ROSE AST that will provide an iterator.
  // We want two iterators (one for the copy of the snippet and one for the
  // original snippet so that we can query the original snippet's AST
  // as we process each IR node of the AST for the copy of the snippet.
  // Only the copy of the snippet is inserted into the target AST.
     RoseAst ast_of_copy(tree1);
     RoseAst ast_of_original(tree2);
 
  // printf ("ast_of_copy.size() = %" PRIuPTR " \n",ast_of_copy.size());
 
  // Build the iterators so that we can increment thorugh both ASTs one IR node at a time.
     RoseAst::iterator i_copy     = ast_of_copy.begin();
     RoseAst::iterator i_original = ast_of_original.begin();
 
  // Iterate of the copy of the snippet's AST.
     while (i_copy != ast_of_copy.end())
        {
#if 0
          printf ("*i_copy = %p = %s \n",*i_copy,(*i_copy)->class_name().c_str());
          printf ("*i_original = %p = %s \n",*i_original,(*i_original)->class_name().c_str());
#endif
       // DQ (2/28/2014): This is a problem for some of the test codes (TEST   store/load heap string [test7a] and [test7a])
       // ROSE_ASSERT((*i_copy)->variantT() == (*i_original)->variantT());
          if ((*i_copy)->variantT() != (*i_original)->variantT())
             {
#if 0
               printf ("ERROR: return from SageInterface::isStructurallyEquivalentAST(): (*i_copy)->variantT() != (*i_original)->variantT() \n");
#endif
#if 0
               printf ("Making this an error! \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
               return false;
             }
 
          i_copy++;
 
       // Verify that we have not reached the end of the ast for the original (both the
       // copy and the original are the same structurally, and thus the same size).
          ROSE_ASSERT(i_original != ast_of_original.end());
          i_original++;
        }
 
  // We have reached the end of both ASTs.
     ROSE_ASSERT(i_copy == ast_of_copy.end() && i_original == ast_of_original.end());
#endif
 
     return true;
   }
 
 
#endif
 
bool SageInterface::getForLoopInformations(
  SgForStatement * for_loop,
  SgVariableSymbol * & iterator,
  SgExpression * & lower_bound,
  SgExpression * & upper_bound,
  SgExpression * & stride
) {
 
  iterator = NULL;
  lower_bound = NULL;
  upper_bound = NULL;
  stride = NULL;
 
  SgForInitStatement * for_init_stmt = for_loop->get_for_init_stmt();
  const std::vector<SgStatement *> & init_stmts = for_init_stmt->get_init_stmt();
  assert(init_stmts.size() == 1);
  SgExprStatement * init_stmt = isSgExprStatement(init_stmts[0]);
  assert(init_stmt != NULL);
  SgExpression * init = init_stmt->get_expression();
 
  SgAssignOp * assign_init = isSgAssignOp(init);
  assert(assign_init != NULL);
  SgVarRefExp * iterator_init_ref = isSgVarRefExp(assign_init->get_lhs_operand_i());
  assert(iterator_init_ref != NULL);
  iterator = iterator_init_ref->get_symbol();
  assert(iterator != NULL);
  lower_bound = assign_init->get_rhs_operand_i();
 
  SgExprStatement * test_stmt = isSgExprStatement(for_loop->get_test());
  assert(test_stmt != NULL);
  SgExpression * test = test_stmt->get_expression();
  SgBinaryOp * bin_test = isSgBinaryOp(test);
  assert(bin_test);
 
  SgExpression * lhs_exp = bin_test->get_lhs_operand_i();
  while (isSgCastExp(lhs_exp)) lhs_exp = ((SgCastExp *)lhs_exp)->get_operand_i();
  SgVarRefExp * lhs_var_ref = isSgVarRefExp(lhs_exp);
  bool lhs_it = (lhs_var_ref != NULL) && (lhs_var_ref->get_symbol() == iterator);
 
  SgExpression * rhs_exp = bin_test->get_rhs_operand_i();
  while (isSgCastExp(rhs_exp)) rhs_exp = ((SgCastExp *)rhs_exp)->get_operand_i();
  SgVarRefExp * rhs_var_ref = isSgVarRefExp(rhs_exp);
#ifndef NDEBUG
  bool rhs_it = (rhs_var_ref != NULL) && (rhs_var_ref->get_symbol() == iterator);
 
// DQ (4/21/2016): Replacing use of bitwise xor with something more approriate for logical types.
// Note that the xor logica operator does not exist in C/C++ and that this is a case of using the
// bitwise xor operator on boolean values (not a great idea).  Note that logical "a xor b" is
// equivalent to "!a != !b"  the use of "!" only make sure that the "!=" is applied to a boolean
// value.  Since these are boolean typed values we can use "a != b", directly.
// assert(lhs_it xor rhs_it);
  assert(lhs_it != rhs_it);
#endif
 
  upper_bound = lhs_it ? bin_test->get_rhs_operand_i() : bin_test->get_lhs_operand_i();
 
  bool inclusive;
  bool reversed;
 
  switch (test->variantT()) {
    case V_SgGreaterOrEqualOp:
      inclusive = lhs_it;
      reversed = lhs_it;
      break;
    case V_SgGreaterThanOp:
      inclusive = !lhs_it;
      reversed = lhs_it;
      break;
    case V_SgLessOrEqualOp:
      inclusive = lhs_it;
      reversed = !lhs_it;
      break;
    case V_SgLessThanOp:
      inclusive = !lhs_it;
      reversed = !lhs_it;
      break;
    case V_SgEqualityOp:
    case V_SgNotEqualOp:
    default:
      ROSE_ABORT();
  }
 
  SgExpression * increment = for_loop->get_increment();
  switch (increment->variantT()) {
    case V_SgPlusPlusOp:
      assert(!reversed);
      stride = SageBuilder::buildIntVal(1);
      break;
    case V_SgMinusMinusOp:
      assert(reversed);
      stride = SageBuilder::buildIntVal(-1);
      break;
    case V_SgPlusAssignOp:
    {
      SgBinaryOp * bin_op = (SgBinaryOp *)increment;
#ifndef NDEBUG
      SgVarRefExp * var_ref_lhs = isSgVarRefExp(bin_op->get_lhs_operand_i());
      assert(var_ref_lhs != NULL && var_ref_lhs->get_symbol() == iterator);
#endif
      stride = bin_op->get_rhs_operand_i();
      break;
    }
    case V_SgMinusAssignOp:
    {
      SgBinaryOp * bin_op = (SgBinaryOp *)increment;
#ifndef NDEBUG
      SgVarRefExp * var_ref_lhs = isSgVarRefExp(bin_op->get_lhs_operand_i());
      assert(var_ref_lhs != NULL && var_ref_lhs->get_symbol() == iterator);
#endif
      stride = bin_op->get_rhs_operand_i();
      break;
    }
    case V_SgAssignOp:
    {
      SgAssignOp * assign_op = (SgAssignOp *)increment;
#ifndef NDEBUG
      SgVarRefExp * inc_assign_lhs = isSgVarRefExp(assign_op->get_lhs_operand_i());
      assert(inc_assign_lhs != NULL && inc_assign_lhs->get_symbol() == iterator);
#endif
      SgBinaryOp * inc_assign_rhs = isSgBinaryOp(assign_op->get_rhs_operand_i());
      assert(inc_assign_rhs != NULL);
      SgVarRefExp * inc_assign_rhs_lhs = isSgVarRefExp(inc_assign_rhs->get_lhs_operand_i());
      if (inc_assign_rhs_lhs != NULL && inc_assign_rhs_lhs->get_symbol() == iterator)
        stride = inc_assign_rhs->get_rhs_operand_i();
      SgVarRefExp * inc_assign_rhs_rhs = isSgVarRefExp(inc_assign_rhs->get_rhs_operand_i());
      if (inc_assign_rhs_rhs != NULL && inc_assign_rhs_rhs->get_symbol() == iterator)
        stride = inc_assign_rhs->get_lhs_operand_i();
      break;
    }
    default:
      ROSE_ABORT();
  }
 
  // DQ (7/19/2015): Added braces to avoid compiler warning about ambigious "else" case.
     if (!inclusive)
        {
          if (reversed)
               upper_bound = SageBuilder::buildAddOp(upper_bound, SageBuilder::buildIntVal(1));
            else
               upper_bound = SageBuilder::buildSubtractOp(upper_bound, SageBuilder::buildIntVal(1));
        }
 
  return true;
}
 
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifdef ROSE_BUILD_JAVA_LANGUAGE_SUPPORT
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
string SageInterface::getTempDirectory(SgProject *project) {
    jstring temp_directory = (jstring) Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> CallObjectMethod(::currentJavaTraversalClass, Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::getTempDirectoryMethod);
 
    const char *utf8 = Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> GetStringUTFChars(temp_directory, NULL);
    ROSE_ASSERT(utf8);
    string directory_name = utf8;
    Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> ReleaseStringUTFChars(temp_directory, utf8);
 
    list<string> sourcepath = project -> get_Java_sourcepath();
    sourcepath.push_back(directory_name); // push it in the back because it should have lower priority
    project -> set_Java_sourcepath(sourcepath);
 
    return directory_name;
}
 
 
void SageInterface::destroyTempDirectory(string directory_name) {
    string command = string("rm -fr ") + directory_name;
    int status = system(command.c_str());
    ROSE_ASSERT(status == 0);
}
 
 
SgFile* SageInterface::processFile(SgProject *project, string filename, bool unparse /* = false */) {
    //
    // Set up the new source file for processing "a la Rose".
    //
    project -> get_sourceFileNameList().push_back(filename);
    Rose_STL_Container<std::string> arg_list = project -> get_originalCommandLineArgumentList();
    arg_list.push_back(filename);
    Rose_STL_Container<string> fileList = CommandlineProcessing::generateSourceFilenames(arg_list, false);
    CommandlineProcessing::removeAllFileNamesExcept(arg_list, fileList, filename);
    int error_code = 0; // need this because determineFileType takes a reference "error_code" argument.
    SgFile *file = determineFileType(arg_list, error_code, project);
    SgSourceFile *sourcefile = isSgSourceFile(file);
    ROSE_ASSERT(sourcefile);
    sourcefile -> set_parent(project);
 
    //
    // Insert the file into the list of files in the project.
    //
    project -> get_fileList_ptr() -> get_listOfFiles().push_back(sourcefile);
    ROSE_ASSERT(sourcefile == isSgSourceFile((*project)[filename]));
 
    sourcefile -> build_Java_AST(arg_list, project -> get_originalCommandLineArgumentList());
 
    if (! unparse) { // if we are not supposed to unparse this file,
        project -> get_fileList_ptr() -> get_listOfFiles().pop_back(); // remove it from the list of files in the project
        ROSE_ASSERT(sourcefile != isSgSourceFile((*project)[filename]));
    }
 
  // DQ (7/2/2020): Added assertion (fails for snippet tests).
     ROSE_ASSERT(file->get_preprocessorDirectivesAndCommentsList() != NULL);
 
    return file;
}
 
 
string SageInterface::preprocessPackage(SgProject *project, string package_name) {
    string command = "package " + package_name + ";";
 
    //
    // Call the Java side to create an input file with the relevant package statement; translate the file and return the file name.
    //
    jstring temp_file = (jstring) Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> CallObjectMethod(Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentJavaTraversalClass,
                                                                                                    Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::createTempFileMethod,
                                                                                                    Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> NewStringUTF(command.c_str()));
 
    const char *utf8 = Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> GetStringUTFChars(temp_file, NULL);
    ROSE_ASSERT(utf8);
    string filename = (string) utf8;
    Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> ReleaseStringUTFChars(temp_file, utf8);
 
    processFile(project, filename); // translate the file
 
    return package_name;
}
 
 
string SageInterface::preprocessImport(SgProject *project, string import_string) {
    string command = "import " + import_string + ";";
 
    //
    // Call the Java side to create an input file with the relevant import statement.
    //
    jstring temp_file = (jstring) Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> CallObjectMethod(Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentJavaTraversalClass,
                                                                                                    Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::createTempFileMethod,
                                                                                                    Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> NewStringUTF(command.c_str()));
 
    const char *utf8 = Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> GetStringUTFChars(temp_file, NULL);
    ROSE_ASSERT(utf8);
    string filename = (string) utf8;
    Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> ReleaseStringUTFChars(temp_file, utf8);
 
    processFile(project, filename); // translate the file
 
    return import_string;
}
 
 
SgFile* SageInterface::preprocessCompilationUnit(SgProject *project, string file_name, string file_content, bool unparse /* true */) {
    //
    // Call the Java side to create an input file with the relevant import statement.
    //
    jstring temp_file = (jstring) Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> CallObjectMethod(Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentJavaTraversalClass,
                                                                                                    Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::createTempNamedFileMethod,
                                                                                                    Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> NewStringUTF(file_name.c_str()),
                                                                                                    Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> NewStringUTF(file_content.c_str()));
 
    const char *utf8 = Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> GetStringUTFChars(temp_file, NULL);
    ROSE_ASSERT(utf8);
    string filename = (string) utf8;
    Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> ReleaseStringUTFChars(temp_file, utf8);
 
    return processFile(project, filename, unparse); // translate the file and unparse it, if requested (unparse=true is the default).
}
 
 
SgClassDefinition *SageInterface::findJavaPackage(SgScopeStatement *scope, string package_name) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(scope);
    SgClassDefinition *package_definition = NULL;
    for (int index = 0, length = package_name.size(); index < length; index++) {
        int n;
        for (n = index; n < length; n++) {
            if (package_name[n] == '.') {
                break;
            }
        }
        string name = package_name.substr(index, n - index);
 
        SgClassSymbol *package_symbol = scope -> lookup_class_symbol(name);
        if (package_symbol == NULL) { // package not found?
            return NULL;
        }
 
        SgJavaPackageDeclaration *package_declaration = isSgJavaPackageDeclaration(package_symbol -> get_declaration() -> get_definingDeclaration());
        ROSE_ASSERT(package_declaration);
        package_definition = package_declaration -> get_definition();
        ROSE_ASSERT(package_definition);
        scope = package_definition;
 
        index = n;
    }
 
    return package_definition;
}
 
 
SgClassDefinition *SageInterface::findOrInsertJavaPackage(SgProject *project, string package_name, bool create_directory /* = false */) {
    SgGlobal *global_scope = project -> get_globalScopeAcrossFiles();
    SgClassDefinition *package_definition = findJavaPackage(global_scope, package_name);
    if (package_definition == NULL) { // try again after loading the package
        preprocessPackage(project, package_name);
 
        //
        // If requested, Create the directory associated with this package_name.
        //
        if (create_directory) {
            Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> CallObjectMethod(Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentJavaTraversalClass,
                                                                              Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::createTempNamedDirectoryMethod,
                                                                              Rose::Frontend::Java::Ecj::currentEnvironment -> NewStringUTF(package_name.c_str()));
        }
 
        package_definition = findJavaPackage(global_scope, package_name);
    }
 
    return package_definition;
}
 
SgClassDeclaration *SageInterface::findOrImportJavaClass(SgProject *project, SgClassDefinition *package_definition, string class_name) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(package_definition);
    SgClassSymbol *class_symbol = package_definition -> lookup_class_symbol(class_name);
    SgClassDeclaration *class_declaration = (class_symbol == NULL
                                                  ? NULL
                                                  : isSgClassDeclaration(class_symbol -> get_declaration() -> get_definingDeclaration()));
    if ((! class_declaration) || (! class_declaration -> attributeExists("complete"))) { // class not available in the scope
        string qualified_name = package_definition -> get_qualified_name().getString() + "." + class_name;
        preprocessImport(project, qualified_name);
        class_symbol = package_definition -> lookup_class_symbol(class_name);
    }
 
    class_declaration = (class_symbol == NULL
                                       ? NULL
                                       : isSgClassDeclaration(class_symbol -> get_declaration() -> get_definingDeclaration()));
 
    return class_declaration;
}
 
 
SgClassDeclaration *SageInterface::findOrImportJavaClass(SgProject *project, string package_name, string class_name) {
    return findOrImportJavaClass(project, findOrInsertJavaPackage(project, package_name, false), class_name);
}
 
 
SgClassDeclaration *SageInterface::findOrImportJavaClass(SgProject *project, SgClassType *class_type) {
    SgClassDeclaration *class_declaration = isSgClassDeclaration(class_type -> get_declaration() -> get_definingDeclaration());
    ROSE_ASSERT(class_declaration);
    SgClassDefinition *scope = isSgClassDefinition(class_declaration -> get_scope());
    while (scope && (! isSgJavaPackageDeclaration(scope -> get_parent()))) {
        class_declaration = isSgClassDeclaration(scope -> get_parent());
        ROSE_ASSERT(class_declaration);
        scope = isSgClassDefinition(class_declaration -> get_scope());
    }
 
    if (! scope) { // a local type !!!
        return NULL;
    }
 
    string class_name = class_declaration -> get_name().getString();
    return findOrImportJavaClass(project, scope, class_name);
}
 
 
SgMemberFunctionDeclaration *SageInterface::findJavaMain(SgClassDefinition *class_definition) {
    ROSE_ASSERT(class_definition);
    SgFunctionParameterTypeList *type_list = SageBuilder::buildFunctionParameterTypeList();
    ROSE_ASSERT(type_list);
    SgArrayType *string_array_type = getUniqueJavaArrayType(Rose::Frontend::Java::StringClassType, 1);
    ROSE_ASSERT(string_array_type);
    type_list -> append_argument(string_array_type);
 
 // DQ (1/11/2020): Fixing support for C++11 l-value and r-value reference modifiers for member functions.
 // SgFunctionType *member_function_type = SageBuilder::buildMemberFunctionType(SgTypeVoid::createType(), type_list, class_definition, 0);
    SgFunctionType *member_function_type = SageBuilder::buildMemberFunctionType(SgTypeVoid::createType(), type_list, class_definition, /* mfunc_specifier */ 0);
 
    SgFunctionSymbol *method_symbol = class_definition -> lookup_function_symbol("main", member_function_type);
    delete type_list;
    return (method_symbol == NULL ? NULL : isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(method_symbol -> get_declaration()));
}
 
 
SgMemberFunctionDeclaration *SageInterface::findJavaMain(SgClassType *class_type) {
    SgClassDeclaration *class_declaration = isSgClassDeclaration(class_type -> get_declaration() -> get_definingDeclaration());
    ROSE_ASSERT(class_declaration);
    SgClassDefinition *class_definition = class_declaration -> get_definition();
    return findJavaMain(class_definition);
}
 
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#endif // ROSE_BUILD_JAVA_LANGUAGE_SUPPORT
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
// Essentially replace variable a with b.
void SageInterface::replaceVariableReferences(SgVariableSymbol* old_sym, SgVariableSymbol* new_sym, SgScopeStatement * scope )
{
  ROSE_ASSERT  (old_sym != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT  (new_sym != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (old_sym != new_sym);
  ROSE_ASSERT  (scope != NULL);
 
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> nodeList = NodeQuery::querySubTree(scope, V_SgVarRefExp);
  for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode *>::iterator i = nodeList.begin(); i != nodeList.end(); i++)
  {
    SgVarRefExp *vRef = isSgVarRefExp(*i);
    if (vRef->get_symbol() == old_sym)
      vRef->set_symbol(new_sym);
  }
}
 
 
// DQ (11/12/2018): Adding test to avoid issues that we can't test for in the unparsing of header files using the token based unparsing.
bool
SageInterface::statementCanBeTransformed(SgStatement* stmt)
   {
     bool result = true;
 
     bool includingSelf = false;
     SgSourceFile* sourceFile = getEnclosingSourceFile(stmt,includingSelf);
 
     if (sourceFile == NULL)
        {
          printf ("In SageInterface::statementCanBeTransformed(): sourceFile not found \n");
        }
 
  // I think we can assert this!
     ROSE_ASSERT(sourceFile != NULL);
 
     if (sourceFile != NULL && sourceFile->get_unparse_tokens() == true && sourceFile->get_unparseHeaderFiles() == true)
        {
       // Need to look up the source file name, find the SgIncludeFile, and check if statements from this file can be transformed.
       // There could be at least one other file is this is a header file that was included twice, but it should have a different path.
          string source_filename = stmt->getFilenameString();
#if 0
          printf ("In SageInterface::statementCanBeTransformed(): source_filename = %s \n",source_filename.c_str());
          printf (" --- Rose::includeFileMapForUnparsing.size()                   = %zu \n",Rose::includeFileMapForUnparsing.size());
#endif
 
       // DQ (11/5/2019): Using the edg_include_file_map instead (constructed in EDG/ROSE translation).
          if (EDG_ROSE_Translation::edg_include_file_map.find(source_filename) != EDG_ROSE_Translation::edg_include_file_map.end())
             {
               SgIncludeFile* include_file = EDG_ROSE_Translation::edg_include_file_map[source_filename];
               ROSE_ASSERT(include_file != NULL);
#if 0
               printf ("include_file->get_can_be_supported_using_token_based_unparsing() = %s \n",include_file->get_can_be_supported_using_token_based_unparsing() ? "true" : "false");
#endif
               if (include_file->get_can_be_supported_using_token_based_unparsing() == false)
                  {
#if 0
                    printf ("NOTE: Transformations of this statement cannot be supported using the header file unparsing with token unparsing options! \n");
#endif
                    result = false;
                  }
             }
            else
             {
            // DQ (5/13/2021): I think that the default (returing true) will work well.
            // This is likely just the original input source file (not a header file).
#if 0
               printf ("Not found in Rose::includeFileMapForUnparsing: source_filename = %s \n",source_filename.c_str());
#endif
#if 0
               printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
             }
 
#if 0
          printf ("Error: In statementCanBeTransformed(): this might be an issue! \n");
          ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
        }
 
     return result;
   }
 
 
//Note: this function is no longer used by decl move tool: we use copy and insert instead to support moving to multiple scopes
void SageInterface::moveVariableDeclaration(SgVariableDeclaration* decl, SgScopeStatement* target_scope)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (decl!= NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (target_scope != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (target_scope != decl->get_scope());
 
#if 0 // at this stage, we focus on legal move only, any scope adjustment should be done earlier!
  // Special handling for If-Stmt, may need to climb up one level of scope when:
  // two bodies of if uses the same variable, but cannot be pushed down into each body.
  // If-stmt will be the innermost common scope for the variable.
  // But we should not move the declaration to if-stmt. We can only move it to the parent scope of if-stmt.
  if (isSgIfStmt (target_scope))
  {
    target_scope = SageInterface::getEnclosingScope (target_scope, false);
    if (target_scope == )
  }
# endif
 
  // Move the declaration
  //TODO: consider another way: copy the declaration, insert the copy, replace varRefExp, and remove (delete) the original declaration
  SageInterface::removeStatement(decl);
 
  switch (target_scope->variantT())
  {
    case V_SgBasicBlock:
      {
        SageInterface::prependStatement (decl, target_scope);
        break;
      }
#if 0 // this check should be done earlier before any side effects can happen
    case V_SgIfStmt:
    {
       // adjust to parent scope of if-stmt
       break;
    }
#endif
    case V_SgForStatement:
      {
        // we move int i; to be for (int i=0; ...);
        SgForStatement* stmt = isSgForStatement (target_scope);
        ROSE_ASSERT(stmt != NULL);
        SgStatementPtrList& stmt_list = stmt->get_init_stmt();
        // Try to match a pattern like for (i=0; ...) here
        // assuming there is only one assignment like i=0
        // We don't yet handle more complex cases
        if (stmt_list.size() !=1)
        {
          cerr<<"Error in moveVariableDeclaration(): only single init statement is handled for SgForStatement now."<<endl;
          ROSE_ASSERT (stmt_list.size() ==1);
        }
        SgExprStatement* exp_stmt = isSgExprStatement(stmt_list[0]);
        ROSE_ASSERT (exp_stmt != NULL);
        SgAssignOp* assign_op = isSgAssignOp(exp_stmt->get_expression());
        ROSE_ASSERT (assign_op != NULL);
 
        // remove the existing i=0; preserve its right hand operand
        SgExpression * rhs = SageInterface::copyExpression(assign_op->get_rhs_operand());
        stmt_list.clear();
        SageInterface::deepDelete (exp_stmt);
 
        // modify the decl's rhs to be the new one
        SgInitializedName * init_name = SageInterface::getFirstInitializedName (decl);
        SgAssignInitializer * initor = SageBuilder::buildAssignInitializer (rhs);
        if (init_name->get_initptr() != NULL)
          SageInterface::deepDelete (init_name->get_initptr());
        init_name->set_initptr(initor);
        initor->set_parent(init_name);
 
        stmt_list.insert (stmt_list.begin(),  decl );
        break;
      }
 
    default:
      {
        cerr<<"Error. Unhandled target scope type:"<<target_scope->class_name()<<endl;
        ROSE_ASSERT  (false);
      }
  }
 
  //make sure the symbol is moved also since prependStatement() (in fact fixVariableDeclaration()) does not handle this detail.
  SgVariableSymbol* sym = SageInterface::getFirstVarSym(decl);
  ROSE_ASSERT(sym != NULL);
  SgScopeStatement* orig_scope = sym->get_scope();
  if (orig_scope != target_scope)
  {
    // SageInterface::fixVariableDeclaration() cannot switch the scope for init name.
    // it somehow always reuses previously associated scope.
    SgInitializedName* init_name = SageInterface::getFirstInitializedName (decl);
    init_name->set_scope(target_scope);
    SgName sname = sym->get_name();
    orig_scope->remove_symbol(sym);
    target_scope->insert_symbol(sname, sym);
  }
  // This is difficult since C++ variables have namespaces
  // Details are in SageInterface::fixVariableDeclaration()
  ROSE_ASSERT (target_scope->symbol_exists(sym));
}
 
class SimpleExpressionEvaluator: public AstBottomUpProcessing <struct SageInterface::const_int_expr_t> {
 public:
   SimpleExpressionEvaluator() {
   }
 
 struct SageInterface::const_int_expr_t getValueExpressionValue(SgValueExp *valExp) {
   struct SageInterface::const_int_expr_t subtreeVal;
   subtreeVal.hasValue_ = true;
 
   if (isSgIntVal(valExp)) {
     subtreeVal.value_ = isSgIntVal(valExp)->get_value();
   } else if (isSgLongIntVal(valExp)) {
     subtreeVal.value_ = isSgLongIntVal(valExp)->get_value();
   } else if (isSgLongLongIntVal(valExp)) {
     subtreeVal.value_ = isSgLongLongIntVal(valExp)->get_value();
   } else if (isSgShortVal(valExp)) {
     subtreeVal.value_ = isSgShortVal(valExp)->get_value();
   } else if (isSgUnsignedIntVal(valExp)) {
     subtreeVal.value_ = isSgUnsignedIntVal(valExp)->get_value();
   } else if (isSgUnsignedLongVal(valExp)) {
     subtreeVal.value_ = isSgUnsignedLongVal(valExp)->get_value();
   } else if (isSgUnsignedLongLongIntVal(valExp)) {
     subtreeVal.value_ = isSgUnsignedLongLongIntVal(valExp)->get_value();
   } else if (isSgUnsignedShortVal(valExp)) {
     subtreeVal.value_ = isSgUnsignedShortVal(valExp)->get_value();
   }
   return subtreeVal;
 }
 
 struct SageInterface::const_int_expr_t evaluateVariableReference(SgVarRefExp *vRef) {
   if (isSgModifierType(vRef->get_type()) == NULL) {
     struct SageInterface::const_int_expr_t val;
     val.value_ = -1;
     val.hasValue_ = false;
     return val;
   }
   if (isSgModifierType(vRef->get_type())->get_typeModifier().get_constVolatileModifier().isConst()) {
     // We know that the var value is const, so get the initialized name and evaluate it
     SgVariableSymbol *sym = vRef->get_symbol();
     SgInitializedName *iName = sym->get_declaration();
     SgInitializer *ini = iName->get_initializer();
 
     if (isSgAssignInitializer(ini)) {
       SgAssignInitializer *initializer = isSgAssignInitializer(ini);
       SgExpression *rhs = initializer->get_operand();
       SimpleExpressionEvaluator variableEval;
 
       return variableEval.traverse(rhs);
     }
   }
   struct SageInterface::const_int_expr_t val;
   val.hasValue_ = false;
   val.value_ = -1;
   return val;
 }
 
 struct SageInterface::const_int_expr_t evaluateSynthesizedAttribute(SgNode *node, SynthesizedAttributesList synList) {
   if (isSgExpression(node) != NULL) {
     SgValueExp* valueExp = isSgValueExp(node);
     if (valueExp != NULL) {
       return this->getValueExpressionValue(valueExp);
     }
 
     SgVarRefExp* varRefExp = isSgVarRefExp(node);
     if (varRefExp != NULL) {
      //      std::cout << "Hit variable reference expression!" << std::endl;
       return evaluateVariableReference(varRefExp);
     }
     // Early break out for assign initializer // other possibility?
     if (isSgAssignInitializer(node)) {
       if(synList.at(0).hasValue_){
         return synList.at(0);
       } else {
         struct SageInterface::const_int_expr_t val;
         val.value_ = -1;
         val.hasValue_ = false;
         return val;
       }
     }
     struct SageInterface::const_int_expr_t evaluatedValue;
     evaluatedValue.hasValue_ = false;
     evaluatedValue.value_ = -1;
#if 0
    if(synList.size() != 2){
      for(SynthesizedAttributesList::iterator it = synList.begin(); it != synList.end(); ++it){
        std::cout << "Node: " << node->unparseToString() << "\n" << (*it).value_ << std::endl;
        std::cout << "Parent: " << node->get_parent()->unparseToString() << std::endl;
        std::cout << "Parent, Parent: " << node->get_parent()->get_parent()->unparseToString() << std::endl;
      }
    }
#endif
     for (SynthesizedAttributesList::iterator it = synList.begin(); it != synList.end(); ++it) {
       if((*it).hasValue_){
         if (isSgAddOp(node)) {
           assert(synList.size() == 2);
           evaluatedValue.value_ = synList[0].value_ + synList[1].value_ ;
           evaluatedValue.hasValue_ = true;
         } else if (isSgSubtractOp(node)) {
           assert(synList.size() == 2);
           evaluatedValue.value_ = synList[0].value_  - synList[1].value_ ;
           evaluatedValue.hasValue_ = true;
         } else if (isSgMultiplyOp(node)) {
           assert(synList.size() == 2);
           evaluatedValue.value_ = synList[0].value_  * synList[1].value_ ;
           evaluatedValue.hasValue_ = true;
         } else if (isSgDivideOp(node)) {
           assert(synList.size() == 2);
           evaluatedValue.value_ = synList[0].value_  / synList[1].value_ ;
           evaluatedValue.hasValue_ = true;
         } else if (isSgModOp(node)) {
           assert(synList.size() == 2);
           evaluatedValue.value_ = synList[0].value_  % synList[1].value_ ;
           evaluatedValue.hasValue_ = true;
         }
       } else {
         std::cerr << "Expression is not evaluatable" << std::endl;
         evaluatedValue.hasValue_ = false;
         evaluatedValue.value_ = -1;
         return evaluatedValue;
       }
     }
     evaluatedValue.hasValue_ = true;
     return evaluatedValue;
   }
   struct SageInterface::const_int_expr_t evaluatedValue;
   evaluatedValue.hasValue_ = false;
   evaluatedValue.value_ = -1;
   return evaluatedValue;
 }
};
 
struct SageInterface::const_int_expr_t
SageInterface::evaluateConstIntegerExpression(SgExpression *expr){
  SimpleExpressionEvaluator eval;
  return eval.traverse(expr);
}
 
bool
SageInterface::checkTypesAreEqual(SgType *typeA, SgType *typeB){
 
  class TypeEquivalenceChecker {
    public:
     TypeEquivalenceChecker(bool profile, bool useSemanticEquivalence)
       : profile_(profile), useSemanticEquivalence_(useSemanticEquivalence),
         namedType_(0), pointerType_(0), arrayType_(0), functionType_(0)
     {
     }
 
     SgNode * getBasetypeIfApplicable(SgNode *t){
       SgNode * node = t;
       if (isSgTypedefType(t)) {
//    std::cout << "This is a typedef nodeT1. We strip everything away and compare the hidden types." << std::endl;
         node = isSgTypedefType(t)->stripType(SgType::STRIP_TYPEDEF_TYPE);
     }
     if(useSemanticEquivalence_){
       if(isSgModifierType(t)){
         SgModifierType *modType = isSgModifierType(t);
         ROSE_ASSERT(modType != NULL);
         // We need to check for Volatile/Restrict types. These are modelled as ModifierTypes, but are equal (in some cases)
         // volatile seems to make no difference for basic (built in) types like int, bool etc. But it has an impact on types
         // like classes
         // restrict seems to have no impact on the type itself.
         if(SageInterface::isVolatileType(modType)){
          // handle volatile case
          std::cout << "Hit volatile type, stripping of modifier type" << std::endl;
          node = modType->get_base_type();
         }
      if(SageInterface::isRestrictType(modType)){
        // handle restrict case
        std::cout << "Hit restrict type, stripping of modifier type" << std::endl;
        node = modType->get_base_type();
      }
    }
  }
  ROSE_ASSERT(node != NULL);
  return node;
}
 
bool typesAreEqual(SgType *t1, SgType *t2) {
  bool equal = false;
  if(t1 == NULL || t2 == NULL){
    std::string wasNull;
    if(t1 == NULL){
      wasNull = "t1";
    } else {
      wasNull = "t2";
    }
    std::cerr << "ERROR: " << wasNull << " was NULL" << std::endl;
    return equal;
  }
  // if both pointers point to same location the types MUST be equal!
  if(t1 == t2){
//    std::cout << "Pointers are equal, returning true" << std::endl;
    return true;
  }
#ifndef USE_CMAKEx
  RoseAst subT1(t1);
  RoseAst subT2(t2);
 
  for (RoseAst::iterator i = subT1.begin(), j = subT2.begin();
       i != subT1.end() && j != subT2.end(); ++i, ++j) {
    SgNode *nodeT1 = *i;
    SgNode *nodeT2 = *j;
 
//    std::cout << "nodeT1: " << nodeT1->class_name() << " nodeT2: " << nodeT2->class_name() << std::endl;
   nodeT1 = getBasetypeIfApplicable(nodeT1);
   nodeT2 = getBasetypeIfApplicable(nodeT2);
 
   if (nodeT1->variantT() == nodeT2->variantT()) {
//     std::cout << "variantT is the same" << std::endl;
      if(isSgModifierType(nodeT1)){
        // we need to check whether the modifier is the same or not
        SgTypeModifier modT1 = isSgModifierType(nodeT1)->get_typeModifier();
        SgTypeModifier modT2 = isSgModifierType(nodeT2)->get_typeModifier();
        if(modT1.get_constVolatileModifier().isConst() != modT2.get_constVolatileModifier().isConst()){
          return false;
        }
        if(modT1.get_constVolatileModifier().isVolatile() != modT2.get_constVolatileModifier().isVolatile()){
          return false;
        }
      } else if (isSgNamedType(nodeT1)) {      // Two different names -> Must be two different things
        if (profile_) {
          namedType_++;
        }
        i.skipChildrenOnForward();
        j.skipChildrenOnForward();
        SgNamedType *c1 = isSgNamedType(nodeT1);
        SgNamedType *c2 = isSgNamedType(nodeT2);
 
        // XXX A function to check whether a named type is anonymous or not would speed
        // up this check, since we could get rid of this string compare.
        if(!c1->get_autonomous_declaration()){
          return false;
        }
        if (!c2->get_autonomous_declaration()){
          return false;
        }
        if (c1->get_qualified_name() == c2->get_qualified_name()) {
          return true;
        } else {
          return false;
        }
 
      } else if (isSgPointerType(nodeT1)) {
        if (profile_) {
          pointerType_++;
        }
        SgPointerType *t1 = isSgPointerType(nodeT1);
        SgPointerType *t2 = isSgPointerType(nodeT2);
 
        return typesAreEqual(t1->get_base_type(), t2->get_base_type());
 
      } else if(isSgReferenceType(nodeT1)){
        SgReferenceType *t1 = isSgReferenceType(nodeT1);
        SgReferenceType *t2 = isSgReferenceType(nodeT2);
 
        return typesAreEqual(t1->get_base_type(), t2->get_base_type());
      } else if (isSgArrayType(nodeT1)) {
        if (profile_) {
          arrayType_++;
        }
        SgArrayType *a1 = isSgArrayType(nodeT1);
        SgArrayType *a2 = isSgArrayType(nodeT2);
 
        bool arrayBaseIsEqual = typesAreEqual(a1->get_base_type(), a2->get_base_type());
 
        SageInterface::const_int_expr_t t1Index = SageInterface::evaluateConstIntegerExpression(a1->get_index());
        SageInterface::const_int_expr_t t2Index = SageInterface::evaluateConstIntegerExpression(a2->get_index());
        bool arrayIndexExpressionIsEquivalent = false;
        if(t1Index.hasValue_ && t2Index.hasValue_){
          if(t1Index.value_ == t2Index.value_){
            arrayIndexExpressionIsEquivalent = true;
          }
        }
        bool arraysAreEqual = (arrayBaseIsEqual && arrayIndexExpressionIsEquivalent);
        return arraysAreEqual;
      } else if (isSgFunctionType(nodeT1)) {
        if(profile_) {
          functionType_++;
        }
        SgFunctionType *funcTypeA = isSgFunctionType(nodeT1);
        SgFunctionType *funcTypeB = isSgFunctionType(nodeT2);
//        std::cout << "Inside SgFunctionType" << std::endl;
//        assert(funcTypeA != funcTypeB);
        if(typesAreEqual(funcTypeA->get_return_type(), funcTypeB->get_return_type())) {
          // If functions don't have the same number of arguments, they are not type-equal
          if(funcTypeA->get_arguments().size() != funcTypeB->get_arguments().size()) {
            return false;
          }
          // This should always be the same as the if before...
          if(funcTypeA->get_argument_list()->get_arguments().size() != funcTypeB->get_argument_list()->get_arguments().size()){
            return false;
          }
 
          for(SgTypePtrList::const_iterator ii = funcTypeA->get_arguments().begin(),
              jj = funcTypeB->get_arguments().begin();
              ii != funcTypeA->get_arguments().end() &&
              jj != funcTypeB->get_arguments().end();
              ++ii, ++jj) {
//            std::cout << (*ii)->class_name() << " " << (*jj)->class_name() << std::endl;
            // For all argument types check whether they are equal
            if(!typesAreEqual((*ii), (*jj))) {
              return false;
            }
          }
          return true;
        }
        return false;
      } else {
        // We don't have a named type, pointer type or array type, so they are equal
        // This is for the primitive type - case
        return true;
      }
    } else {
      // In this case the types are not equal, since its variantT is not equal.
      return false;
    }
  }
  // this should be unreachable code...
  return equal;
#else
  std::cerr << "This feature for now is available with autotools only!" << std::endl;
  ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
}
 
int getNamedTypeCount() {
  return namedType_;
}
 
int getPointerTypeCount() {
  return pointerType_;
}
 
int getArrayTypeCount() {
  return arrayType_;
}
 
int getFunctionTypeCount() {
  return functionType_;
}
    private:
//     SgNode * getBasetypeIfApplicable(SgNode *t);
     bool profile_, useSemanticEquivalence_;
     int namedType_, pointerType_, arrayType_, functionType_;
};
 
TypeEquivalenceChecker tec(false, false);
return tec.typesAreEqual(typeA, typeB);
}
 
 
std::set<SgStatement*>
SageInterface::collectTransformedStatements( SgNode* node )
   {
  // DQ (6/11/2015): This reports the statements that are marked as transformed.
  // It is useful for debugging the token-based unparsing.
 
     class StatementTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               StatementTraversal() : count (0) {}
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgStatement* statement = isSgStatement(node);
                    if (statement != nullptr && statement->isTransformation() == true)
                       {
                         returnset.insert(statement);
                         count++;
                       }
                  }
 
               int count; // running total of statements found marked as transformations in the input AST
               std::set<SgStatement*> returnset;
        };
 
  // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the function definition.
     StatementTraversal traversal;
     traversal.traverse(node, preorder);
 
     return traversal.returnset;
   }
 
std::set<SgStatement*>
SageInterface::collectModifiedStatements( SgNode* node )
   {
  // DQ (6/11/2015): This reports the statements that are marked as modified (isModified flag).
  // It is useful for debugging the token-based unparsing.
 
#if 1
     printf ("In collectModifiedStatements(): node = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
     class StatementTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               StatementTraversal() : count (0) {}
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgStatement* statement = isSgStatement(node);
                    if (statement != NULL && statement->get_isModified() == true)
                       {
                         returnset.insert(statement);
                         count++;
                       }
                  }
 
               int count; // running total of statements found marked as transformations in the input AST
               std::set<SgStatement*> returnset;
        };
 
  // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the function definition.
     StatementTraversal traversal;
     traversal.traverse(node, preorder);
 
     return traversal.returnset;
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::outputFileIds( SgNode* node )
   {
  // DQ (12/2/2019): This reports the file id values of all located nodes in the AST subtree represented by the input node.
 
#if 0
     printf ("In outputFileIds(): node = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
     class LocatedNodeTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               LocatedNodeTraversal() {}
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgLocatedNode* locatedNode = isSgLocatedNode(node);
                    if (locatedNode != NULL)
                       {
#if 0
                         printf ("In outputFileIds(): isModified() == %s: locatedNode = %p = %s \n",locatedNode->get_isModified() ? "true" : "false",locatedNode,locatedNode->class_name().c_str());
                         printf (" --- file id = %d physical_file_id = %d \n",node->get_file_info()->get_file_id(),node->get_file_info()->get_physical_file_id());
#endif
                       }
                      else
                       {
                         SgInitializedName* initializedName = isSgInitializedName(node);
                         if (initializedName != NULL)
                            {
                              printf ("In outputFileIds(): isModified() == %s: initializedName = %p = %s \n",initializedName->get_isModified() ? "true" : "false",initializedName,initializedName->class_name().c_str());
                              printf (" --- file id = %d physical_file_id = %d \n",initializedName->get_file_info()->get_file_id(),initializedName->get_file_info()->get_physical_file_id());
                            }
                       }
                  }
        };
 
  // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the function definition.
     LocatedNodeTraversal traversal;
     traversal.traverse(node, preorder);
 
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
   }
 
 
std::set<SgLocatedNode*>
SageInterface::collectModifiedLocatedNodes( SgNode* node )
   {
  // DQ (6/11/2015): This reports the statements that are marked as modified (isModified flag).
  // It is useful for debugging the token-based unparsing.
 
#if 0
     printf ("In collectModifiedLocatedNodes(): node = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
     class LocatedNodeTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               LocatedNodeTraversal() : count (0) {}
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgLocatedNode* locatedNode = isSgLocatedNode(node);
                    if (locatedNode != NULL && locatedNode->get_isModified() == true)
                       {
#if 0
                         printf ("In collectModifiedLocatedNodes(): isModified() == true: locatedNode = %p = %s \n",locatedNode,locatedNode->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                         returnset.insert(locatedNode);
                         count++;
                       }
                  }
 
               int count; // running total of statements found marked as transformations in the input AST
               std::set<SgLocatedNode*> returnset;
        };
 
  // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the function definition.
     LocatedNodeTraversal traversal;
     traversal.traverse(node, preorder);
 
     return traversal.returnset;
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::resetModifiedLocatedNodes(const std::set<SgLocatedNode*> & modifiedNodeSet)
   {
  // DQ (6/5/2019): Use a previously constructed set to reset the IR nodes to be marked as isModified.
 
#if 0
     printf ("In resetModifiedLocatedNodes(): modifiedNodeSet.size() = %zu \n",modifiedNodeSet.size());
#endif
 
     std::set<SgLocatedNode*>::const_iterator i = modifiedNodeSet.begin();
     while (i != modifiedNodeSet.end())
        {
          SgLocatedNode* node = *i;
#if 0
          printf ("Marking node = %p = %s as modified \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
#endif
          node->set_isModified(true);
 
          i++;
        }
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::reportModifiedStatements( const string & label, SgNode* node )
   {
  // DQ (10/23/2018): This reports the nodes in the AST that are marked as modified (isModified flag).
  // It is useful for debugging the token-based unparsing.
 
     printf ("\n\n##################################################### \n");
     printf ("Report on modified statements: label = %s \n",label.c_str());
 
     SgSourceFile* sourceFile = isSgSourceFile(node);
     if (sourceFile != NULL)
        {
          printf ("   --- (SgSourceFile) filename = %s \n",sourceFile->getFileName().c_str());
        }
       else
        {
          SgGlobal* globalScope = isSgGlobal(node);
          if (globalScope != NULL)
             {
               sourceFile = isSgSourceFile(globalScope->get_parent());
               printf ("   --- (SgGlobal) filename = %s \n",sourceFile->getFileName().c_str());
             }
        }
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(node != NULL);
     std::set<SgStatement*> collection = collectModifiedStatements(node);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In reportModifiedStatements(): collection.size() = %zu \n",collection.size());
#endif
 
     std::set<SgStatement*>::iterator i = collection.begin();
     while (i != collection.end())
        {
       // DQ (10/9/2019): Adding filename to debug output.
          string filename = (*i)->get_file_info()->get_filename();
 
       // DQ (10/14/2019): Get the best name possible.
          if (filename == "transformation")
             {
#if 0
               printf ("   --- filename == transformation: sourceFile = %p using physical filename \n",sourceFile);
#endif
            // filename = (*i)->get_file_info()->get_physical_filename();
               SgSourceFile* sourceFile = TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(*i);
               if (sourceFile != NULL)
                  {
                    filename = sourceFile->getFileName();
                  }
             }
 
          printf ("   --- filename = %s modified statement = %p = %s \n",filename.c_str(),(*i),(*i)->class_name().c_str());
 
          i++;
        }
 
#if 1
  // DQ (6/8/2019): This helps track down where this is being called when are are cleaning up
  // output spew else the message output at the top of this function will scroll off the screen.
     printf ("########################################################## \n");
     printf ("reportModifiedStatements(): Called using label = %s \n",label.c_str());
#endif
     printf ("########################################################## \n\n\n");
 
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
     ROSE_ASSERT(false);
#endif
   }
 
 
 
void
SageInterface::reportModifiedLocatedNodes( const string & label, SgNode* node )
   {
  // DQ (6/21/2021): This reports the nodes in the AST that are marked as modified (isModified flag).
  // It is useful for debugging the token-based unparsing.
 
     printf ("\n\n##################################################### \n");
     printf ("Report on modified locatedNodes: label = %s \n",label.c_str());
 
     SgSourceFile* sourceFile = isSgSourceFile(node);
     if (sourceFile != NULL)
        {
          printf ("   --- (SgSourceFile) filename = %s \n",sourceFile->getFileName().c_str());
        }
       else
        {
          SgGlobal* globalScope = isSgGlobal(node);
          if (globalScope != NULL)
             {
               sourceFile = isSgSourceFile(globalScope->get_parent());
               printf ("   --- (SgGlobal) filename = %s \n",sourceFile->getFileName().c_str());
             }
        }
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(node != NULL);
     std::set<SgLocatedNode*> collection = collectModifiedLocatedNodes(node);
 
#if 0
     printf ("In reportModifiedLocatedNode(): collection.size() = %zu \n",collection.size());
#endif
 
     std::set<SgLocatedNode*>::iterator i = collection.begin();
     while (i != collection.end())
        {
       // DQ (10/9/2019): Adding filename to debug output.
          string filename = (*i)->get_file_info()->get_filename();
 
       // DQ (10/14/2019): Get the best name possible.
          if (filename == "transformation")
             {
#if 0
               printf ("   --- filename == transformation: sourceFile = %p using physical filename \n",sourceFile);
#endif
            // filename = (*i)->get_file_info()->get_physical_filename();
               SgSourceFile* sourceFile = TransformationSupport::getSourceFile(*i);
               if (sourceFile != NULL)
                  {
                    filename = sourceFile->getFileName();
                  }
             }
 
          printf ("   --- filename = %s modified locatedNode = %p = %s \n",filename.c_str(),(*i),(*i)->class_name().c_str());
 
          i++;
        }
 
#if 1
  // DQ (6/8/2019): This helps track down where this is being called when are are cleaning up
  // output spew else the message output at the top of this function will scroll off the screen.
     printf ("########################################################## \n");
     printf ("reportModifiedLocatedNodes(): Called using label = %s \n",label.c_str());
#endif
     printf ("########################################################## \n\n\n");
 
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
     ROSE_ASSERT(false);
#endif
   }
 
 
 
 
// DQ (3/22/2019): Translate CPP directives from attached preprocessor information to CPP Directive Declaration IR nodes.
 
void
SageInterface::printOutComments ( SgLocatedNode* locatedNode )
   {
  // Debugging function to print out comments in the statements (added by DQ)
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(locatedNode != NULL);
     AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* comments = locatedNode->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo();
 
#if 0
     curprint ("/* Inside of printOutComments() */");
#endif
 
     if (comments != NULL)
        {
#if 0
          printf ("Found attached comments (at %p of type: %s): \n",locatedNode,locatedNode->class_name().c_str());
          curprint ("/* Inside of printOutComments(): comments != NULL */");
#endif
 
          AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator i;
          for (i = comments->begin(); i != comments->end(); i++)
             {
               ROSE_ASSERT ( (*i) != NULL );
               printf ("          Attached Comment (relativePosition=%s): %s \n",
                 // DQ (2/11/2021): Fixed to report correct relative locations.
                 // ((*i)->getRelativePosition() == PreprocessingInfo::before) ? "before" : "after",
                    PreprocessingInfo::relativePositionName((*i)->getRelativePosition()).c_str(),
                    (*i)->getString().c_str());
               printf ("Comment/Directive getNumberOfLines = %d getColumnNumberOfEndOfString = %d \n",(*i)->getNumberOfLines(),(*i)->getColumnNumberOfEndOfString());
            // curprint (string("/* Inside of printOutComments(): comments = ") +  (*i)->getString() + " */");
 
#if 0
               (*i)->get_file_info()->display("comment/directive location");
#endif
             }
        }
       else
        {
#if 0
          printf ("In SageInterface::printOutComments(): No attached comments (at %p of type: %s): \n",locatedNode,locatedNode->class_name().c_str());
#endif
        }
   }
 
 
 
bool
SageInterface::skipTranslateToUseCppDeclaration( PreprocessingInfo* currentPreprocessingInfo )
   {
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(currentPreprocessingInfo != NULL);
 
     PreprocessingInfo::DirectiveType directive = currentPreprocessingInfo->getTypeOfDirective();
 
     if (directive == PreprocessingInfo::C_StyleComment ||
         directive == PreprocessingInfo::CplusplusStyleComment ||
         directive == PreprocessingInfo::FortranStyleComment ||
         directive == PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorBlankLine ||
         directive == PreprocessingInfo::ClinkageSpecificationStart ||
         directive == PreprocessingInfo::ClinkageSpecificationEnd)
       {
         returnValue = true;
       }
 
     return returnValue;
   }
 
std::vector<SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement*>
SageInterface::translateStatementToUseCppDeclarations( SgStatement* statement, SgScopeStatement*)
   {
     std::vector<SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement*> directiveList;
 
  // Find existing first and last header.
     AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* comments = statement->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo();
 
     if (comments != nullptr)
        {
          AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator i; // , firsti, lasti;
          for (i = comments->begin (); i != comments->end(); i++)
             {
               if (skipTranslateToUseCppDeclaration(*i) == true)
                  {
                 // We are not processing these types of directives into IR nodes (new IR nodes would have to be added and this can be done later if required).
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement* directive = SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement::createDirective(*i);
                    ROSE_ASSERT(directive != NULL);
                    directiveList.push_back(directive);
                  }
 
               printf ("directiveList.size() = %zu \n",directiveList.size());
             }
        }
 
     return directiveList;
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::translateScopeToUseCppDeclarations( SgScopeStatement* scope )
   {
     bool declarationsOnly = scope->containsOnlyDeclarations();
 
     printf ("In translateScopeToUseCppDeclarations(): declarationsOnly = %s scope = %p = %s \n",declarationsOnly ? "true" : "false",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
 
     std::map<SgStatement*,std::vector<SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement*> > directiveMap;
 
     if (declarationsOnly == true)
        {
       // These are scopes such as global scope, namespace definitions, class definitions, etc.
          SgDeclarationStatementPtrList & declarationList = scope->getDeclarationList();
          SgDeclarationStatementPtrList::iterator i = declarationList.begin();
          while (i != declarationList.end())
             {
               SgDeclarationStatement* declaration = *i;
               ROSE_ASSERT(declaration != NULL);
 
               std::vector<SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement*> attachDirectives = translateStatementToUseCppDeclarations(declaration,scope);
 
               printf ("attachDirectives.size() = %zu \n",attachDirectives.size());
 
               if (attachDirectives.empty() == false)
                  {
                    directiveMap.insert(std::pair<SgStatement*,std::vector<SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement*> >(declaration,attachDirectives));
                  }
 
               i++;
             }
 
            // Need to save the list of things that will be added so we can avoid iterator invalidation.
        }
       else
        {
       // These are scopes such as SgBasicBlock (which can contain non-declaration statements.
          SgStatementPtrList & statementList = scope->getStatementList();
          SgStatementPtrList::iterator i = statementList.begin();
          while (i != statementList.end())
             {
               SgStatement* statement = *i;
               ROSE_ASSERT(statement != NULL);
 
               std::vector<SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement*> attachDirectives = translateStatementToUseCppDeclarations(statement,scope);
 
               printf ("attachDirectives.size() = %zu \n",attachDirectives.size());
 
               if (attachDirectives.empty() == false)
                  {
                    directiveMap.insert(std::pair<SgStatement*,std::vector<SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement*> >(statement,attachDirectives));
                  }
 
               i++;
             }
        }
 
     printf ("directiveMap.size() = %zu \n",directiveMap.size());
 
     printf ("Processing the directiveMap: \n");
     std::map<SgStatement*,std::vector<SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement*> >::iterator i = directiveMap.begin();
     while (i != directiveMap.end())
        {
          SgStatement* statement                                      = i->first;
          std::vector<SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement*> directives = i->second;
 
          printf ("statement = %p = %s \n",statement,statement->class_name().c_str());
          printf ("directives.size() = %zu \n",directives.size());
       // std::vector<SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement*>::reverse_iterator j = directives.begin();
          std::vector<SgC_PreprocessorDirectiveStatement*>::iterator j = directives.begin();
          while (j != directives.end())
             {
               scope->insert_statement(statement,*j);
 
               j++;
             }
 
       // Remove the directives there were attached to the statement.
          AttachedPreprocessingInfoType *comments = statement->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo();
          ROSE_ASSERT(comments != NULL);
 
          AttachedPreprocessingInfoType deleteList;
       // std::vector<PreprocessingInfo*> deleteList;
 
       // comments->erase();
       // statement->setAttachedPreprocessingInfo(NULL);
          AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator k;
          for (k = comments->begin(); k != comments->end(); k++)
             {
#if 1
               ROSE_ASSERT ( (*k) != NULL );
               printf ("          Attached Comment (relativePosition=%s): %s\n",
                    ((*k)->getRelativePosition() == PreprocessingInfo::before) ? "before" : "after",
                    (*k)->getString().c_str());
               printf ("translateScopeToUseCppDeclarations(): Comment/Directive getNumberOfLines = %d getColumnNumberOfEndOfString = %d \n",(*k)->getNumberOfLines(),(*k)->getColumnNumberOfEndOfString());
#endif
 
            // We only want to process the CPP directives (skipping comments and a few othr kinds of obscure directives).
               if (skipTranslateToUseCppDeclaration(*k) == true)
                  {
                 // We are not processing these types of directives into IR nodes (new IR nodes would have to be added and this can be done later if required).
                    printf ("Do NOT delete *k = %p = %s \n",*k,(*k)->getString().c_str());
                  }
                 else
                  {
                    printf ("DO delete *k = %p = %s \n",*k,(*k)->getString().c_str());
 
                    deleteList.push_back(*k);
                 // delete *k;
                 // *k = NULL;
                  }
             }
 
          printf ("Iterate over the deleteList: deleteList.size() = %zu comments->size() = %zu \n",deleteList.size(),comments->size());
          AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator m = deleteList.begin();
          while (m != deleteList.end())
             {
            // comments->erase(m);
            // std::remove(comments->begin(), comments->end(), *m);
               comments->erase(std::remove(comments->begin(), comments->end(), *m), comments->end());
 
               printf (" --- comments->size() = %zu \n",comments->size());
 
               m++;
             }
 
       // comments->clear();
       // delete comments; // statement->getAttachedPreprocessingInfoPtr();
       // statement->set_attachedPreprocessingInfoPtr(NULL);
 
          i++;
        }
 
     printf ("Leaving translateScopeToUseCppDeclarations(): scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::translateToUseCppDeclarations( SgNode* n )
   {
     class CppTranslationTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               CppTranslationTraversal() {}
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    printf ("In CppTranslationTraversal::visit(): node = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
 
                    SgScopeStatement* scope = isSgScopeStatement(node);
                    SgGlobal* globalScope = isSgGlobal(scope);
                    if (globalScope != NULL)
                       {
                         printf ("In CppTranslationTraversal::visit(): processing scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
                         translateScopeToUseCppDeclarations(scope);
                       }
                      else
                       {
                         if (scope != NULL)
                            {
                              printf ("In SageInterface::translateToUseCppDeclarations(): Currently skipping all but global scope! \n");
                            }
                       }
                  }
        };
 
  // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the AST subtree.
     CppTranslationTraversal traversal;
 
     printf ("In translateToUseCppDeclarations(): Calling traversal.traverse() \n");
 
  // We might want to do this traversla POSTORDER since we are transforming the AST at each scope.
  // traversal.traverse(n, preorder);
     traversal.traverse(n, postorder);
 
     printf ("Leaving translateToUseCppDeclarations(): DONE: Calling traversal.traverse() \n");
   }
 
void SageInterface::recursivePrintCurrentAndParent (SgNode* n)
{
  // print current level's info
  if (!n) return;
  cout<<"--------------"<<endl;
  cout<<n<<":"<<n->class_name()<<  endl;
  if (SgLocatedNode * lnode = isSgLocatedNode(n))
  {
    cout<<"file info:\t ";
    lnode->get_file_info()->display();
    cout<<"\n unparseToString:\t ";
    lnode->unparseToString();
  }
 
  // track back to its parent
  recursivePrintCurrentAndParent (n->get_parent());
}
// forward declaration is needed here,
//static void serialize(SgNode* node, string& prefix, bool hasRemaining, ostringstream& out, string& edgeLabel);
 
#if 0 // made it into a template function to handle various ptr lists in AST
// A special node in the AST text dump
static void serialize(SgTemplateArgumentPtrList& plist, string& prefix, bool hasRemaining, ostringstream& out, string& edgeLabel)
{
  out<<prefix;
  out<< (hasRemaining?"|---": "|___");
 
//  out<<"+"<<edgeLabel<<"+>";
  out<<" "<<edgeLabel<<" ->";
  // print address
  out<<"@"<<&plist<<" "<< "SgTemplateArgumentPtrList ";
 
  out<<endl;
 
  int last_non_null_child_idx =-1;
  for (int i = (int) (plist.size())-1; i>=0; i--)
  {
    if (plist[i])
    {
      last_non_null_child_idx = i;
      break;
    }
  }
 
  for (size_t i=0; i< plist.size(); i++ )
  {
    bool n_hasRemaining=false;
#if 0
    if (i+1 < plist.size())
      n_hasRemaining=true;
#else
    if ((int)i< last_non_null_child_idx) n_hasRemaining = true;
#endif
    string suffix= hasRemaining? "|   " : "    ";
    string n_prefix = prefix+suffix;
    string n_edge_label="";
    if (plist[i])
      serialize (plist[i], n_prefix, n_hasRemaining, out,n_edge_label);
  }
}
#endif
 
// print essential information from any AST node
// hasRemaining if this node has a sibling node to be visited next.
void SageInterface::serialize(SgNode* node, string& prefix, bool hasRemaining, ostringstream& out, string& edgeLabel)
{
  // there may be NULL children!!
  //if (!node) return;
 
  out<<prefix;
  out<< (hasRemaining?"|---": "|___");
 
  out<<" "<<edgeLabel<<" ->";
  if (!node)
  {
    out<<" NULL "<<endl;
    return;
  }
 
  // print address
  out<<"@"<<node<<" "<< node->class_name()<<" ";
 
  //optionally file info
  if (SgLocatedNode* lnode= isSgLocatedNode(node))
  {
    //Rose::StringUtility::stripPathFromFileName()
    out<< lnode->get_file_info()->get_filename() <<" "<<lnode->get_file_info()->get_line()<<":"<<lnode->get_file_info()->get_col();
    // also preprocessing info. attached.
    AttachedPreprocessingInfoType *comments =
      lnode->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo ();
 
    if (comments != NULL)
    {
//      printf ("Found an IR node with preprocessing Info attached:\n");
      out<<" AttachedPreprocessingInfoType@"<<comments;
      int counter = 0;
      AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator i;
      out <<"{";
      for (i = comments->begin (); i != comments->end (); i++)
      {
        if (i!=comments->begin ())
          out<<endl;
        out<<"<id=";
        out<<counter++<<" ";
  //        printf("-------------PreprocessingInfo #%d ----------- : \n",counter++);
  //        printf("classification = %s:\n String format = %s\n",
  //              PreprocessingInfo::directiveTypeName((*i)->getTypeOfDirective ()). c_str (),
  //              (*i)->getString ().c_str ());
        if (*i==NULL)
         out<<" NULL="; // The AST may be in the middle of transformation, with NULL comments attached.
        else
        {
            out<<*i<<" classification="<<PreprocessingInfo::directiveTypeName((*i)->getTypeOfDirective ()). c_str ();
            out<<" string="<<(*i)->getString ().c_str ();
            out<<" relative pos=" ; // << (*i)->getRelativePosition ();
#if 1
            if ((*i)->getRelativePosition () == PreprocessingInfo::inside)
                out<<"inside";
            else if ((*i)->getRelativePosition () == PreprocessingInfo::before)
                out<<"before";
            else
                out<<"after";
#endif
        }
        out<<">";
      }
      out <<"}";
    }
  }
 
  if (SgDeclarationStatement* v= isSgDeclarationStatement(node))
  {
    out<<" first nondefining decl@"<< v->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration();
    out<<" defining decl@"<< v->get_definingDeclaration();
  }
 
  if (SgEnumVal* f = isSgEnumVal(node) )
    out<<" value="<< f->get_value() <<" declaration="<<f->get_declaration() << " name="<< f->get_name().getString();
  // optionally  qualified name
 
  if (SgFunctionDeclaration* f = isSgFunctionDeclaration(node) )
    out<<" "<< f->get_qualified_name();
 
  if (SgAdaFunctionRenamingDecl* f = isSgAdaFunctionRenamingDecl(node) )
    out<<" renamed_function "<< f->get_renamed_function();
 
  if (SgAdaRenamingDecl* f = isSgAdaRenamingDecl(node) )
    out<<" name="<< f->get_name() << " renamed decl "<<f->get_renamed() ;
 
  if (SgClassDeclaration* f = isSgClassDeclaration(node) )
    out<<" "<< f->get_qualified_name();
 
  if (SgTypedefDeclaration* f = isSgTypedefDeclaration(node) )
    out<<" "<< f->get_qualified_name();
 
  if (SgAdaPackageSpecDecl * f = isSgAdaPackageSpecDecl(node) )
    out<<" "<< f->get_qualified_name();
 
  if (SgAdaEnumRepresentationClause* f = isSgAdaEnumRepresentationClause(node) )
    out<<" enumType="<< f->get_enumType();
 
  if (SgAdaAccessType* v = isSgAdaAccessType(node) )
  {
    // out<<" "<< v->get_qualified_name();
    //out<<" "<< v->get_name();
    // PP (2/18/22) updated to reflect properties in AdaAccessType
    //~ out<<" is_object_type"<< v->get_is_object_type();
    out<<" is_general_access"<< v->get_is_general_access();
    //~ out<<" is_constant:"<< v->get_is_constant();
    //~ out<<" is_protected:"<< v->get_is_protected ();
    out<<" is_anonymous:"<< v->get_is_anonymous ();
  }
 
  if (SgAdaSubroutineType* v = isSgAdaSubroutineType(node) )
  {
    out<<" is_protected"<< v->get_is_protected();
  }
 
  if (SgInitializedName * v = isSgInitializedName(node) )
  {
    out<<" "<< v->get_qualified_name();
    out<<" type@"<< v->get_type();
    out<<" initializer@"<< v->get_initializer();
    out<<" scope@"<< v->get_scope();
//    type_set.insert (v->get_type());
  }
 
  // associated class, function and variable declarations
  if (SgTemplateInstantiationDecl* f = isSgTemplateInstantiationDecl(node) )
    out<<" template class decl@"<< f->get_templateDeclaration();
 
  if (SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* f = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(node) )
    out<<" assoc. class decl@"<< f->get_associatedClassDeclaration();
 
  if (SgConstructorInitializer* ctor= isSgConstructorInitializer(node) )
  {
    out<<" member function decl@"<< ctor->get_declaration();
  }
 
  if (SgIntVal* v= isSgIntVal(node))
    out<<" value="<< v->get_value() <<" valueString="<< v->get_valueString();
 
  if (SgShortVal* v= isSgShortVal(node))
    out<<" value="<< v->get_value() <<" valueString="<< v->get_valueString();
 
  if (SgLongIntVal* v= isSgLongIntVal(node))
    out<<" value="<< v->get_value() <<" valueString="<< v->get_valueString();
 
  if (SgLongLongIntVal* v= isSgLongLongIntVal(node))
    out<<" value="<< v->get_value() <<" valueString="<< v->get_valueString();
 
  if (SgUnsignedIntVal* v= isSgUnsignedIntVal(node))
    out<<" value="<< v->get_value() <<" valueString="<< v->get_valueString();
 
  if (SgUnsignedShortVal* v= isSgUnsignedShortVal(node))
    out<<" value="<< v->get_value() <<" valueString="<< v->get_valueString();
 
  if (SgUnsignedLongVal* v= isSgUnsignedLongVal(node))
    out<<" value="<< v->get_value() <<" valueString="<< v->get_valueString();
 
  if (SgUnsignedLongLongIntVal* v= isSgUnsignedLongLongIntVal(node))
    out<<" value="<< v->get_value() <<" valueString="<< v->get_valueString();
 
  if (SgFloatVal* v= isSgFloatVal(node))
    out<<" value="<< v->get_value() <<" valueString="<< v->get_valueString();
 
  if (SgDoubleVal* v= isSgDoubleVal(node))
    out<<" value="<< v->get_value() <<" valueString="<< v->get_valueString();
 
  if (SgLongDoubleVal* v= isSgLongDoubleVal(node))
    out<<" value="<< v->get_value() <<" valueString="<< v->get_valueString();
 
  if (SgVarRefExp* var_ref= isSgVarRefExp(node) )
    out<<" init name@"<< var_ref->get_symbol()->get_declaration() <<" symbol name="<<var_ref->get_symbol()->get_name();
 
  if (SgMemberFunctionRefExp* func_ref= isSgMemberFunctionRefExp(node) )
    out<<" member func decl@"<< func_ref->get_symbol_i()->get_declaration();
 
  if (SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* cnode= isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(node) )
    out<<" template member func decl@"<< cnode->get_templateDeclaration();
 
  if (SgFunctionRefExp* func_ref= isSgFunctionRefExp(node) )
  {
    SgFunctionSymbol* sym= func_ref->get_symbol_i();
    out<<" func decl@"<< sym->get_declaration() << " func sym name="<<sym->get_name();
  }
 
  if (SgAdaRenamingRefExp* renaming_ref= isSgAdaRenamingRefExp(node) )
  {
    SgAdaRenamingDecl * renaming_decl = renaming_ref->get_decl();
    out<<" ada renaming decl@"<< renaming_decl;
  }
 
  // base type of several types of nodes:
  if (SgTypedefDeclaration * v= isSgTypedefDeclaration(node))
  {
    out<<" base_type@"<< v->get_base_type();
//    type_set.insert (v->get_base_type());
  }
 
  if (SgArrayType* v= isSgArrayType(node))
    out<<" base_type@"<< v->get_base_type();
 
  if (SgAdaAccessType* v= isSgAdaAccessType(node))
    out<<" base_type@"<< v->get_base_type();
 
  if (SgTypeExpression* v= isSgTypeExpression(node))
    out<<" type@"<< v->get_type();
 
  if (SgAdaAttributeExp* v= isSgAdaAttributeExp(node))
    out<<" attribute@"<< v->get_attribute();
 
  if (SgUsingDirectiveStatement* v= isSgUsingDirectiveStatement(node))
    out<<" namespaceDeclaration="<< v->get_namespaceDeclaration();
 
  out<<endl;
 
  std::vector<SgNode* > children = node->get_traversalSuccessorContainer();
#if 0
  int total_count = children.size();
  int current_index=0;
#endif
 
  int last_non_null_child_idx =-1;
  for (int i = (int) (children.size())-1; i>=0; i--)
  {
    if (children[i])
    {
      last_non_null_child_idx = i;
      break;
    }
  }
 
#if 0
  // some Sg??PtrList are not AST nodes, not part of children , we need to handle them separatedly
  // we sum all children into single total_count to tell if there is remaining children.
  if (isSgTemplateInstantiationDecl (node))
    total_count += 1; // sn->get_templateArguments().size();
#endif
 
   // handling SgTemplateArgumentPtrList first
  if (SgTemplateInstantiationDecl* sn = isSgTemplateInstantiationDecl (node))
  {
    SgTemplateArgumentPtrList& plist = sn->get_templateArguments();
     bool n_hasRemaining=false;
    if (last_non_null_child_idx>-1) n_hasRemaining = true;
    string suffix= hasRemaining? "|   " : "    ";
    string n_prefix = prefix+suffix;
    string n_edge_label= "";
    serialize_list(plist, "SgTemplateArgumentPtrList", n_prefix, n_hasRemaining, out, n_edge_label);
  }
  else if (SgImportStatement* import_stmt = isSgImportStatement(node))
  {
    SgExpressionPtrList& plist = import_stmt->get_import_list();
    bool n_hasRemaining=false;
    if (last_non_null_child_idx>-1) n_hasRemaining = true;
    string suffix= hasRemaining? "|   " : "    ";
    string n_prefix = prefix+suffix;
    string n_edge_label= "";
    serialize_list(plist, "SgExpressionPtrList", n_prefix, n_hasRemaining, out, n_edge_label);
  }
 
  std::vector< std::string >  successorNames= node->get_traversalSuccessorNamesContainer();
 
   // finish sucessors
  for (size_t i =0; i< children.size(); i++)
  {
    bool n_hasRemaining=false;
#if 0
    if (current_index+1<total_count)
      n_hasRemaining=true;
    current_index++;
#else
    if ((int)i<last_non_null_child_idx) n_hasRemaining = true;
#endif
    string suffix= hasRemaining? "|   " : "    ";
    string n_prefix = prefix+suffix;
    if (children[i])
      serialize (children[i], n_prefix, n_hasRemaining, out, successorNames[i]);
  }
}
 
void SageInterface::printAST(SgNode* node)
{
  ostringstream oss;
  string prefix;
  string label="";
  serialize(node, prefix, false, oss, label);
  cout<<oss.str();
}
 
void SageInterface::printAST(SgNode* node, const char* filename)
{
  printAST2TextFile(node, filename, true);
}
 
void SageInterface::printAST2TextFile (SgNode* node, std::string filename, bool printType/*=true*/)
{
  // Rasmussen 9/21/2020: This leads to infinite recursion (clang warning message) and should be removed from API)
//  ROSE_ABORT();
  printAST2TextFile (node, filename.c_str(), printType);
}
 
void SageInterface::printAST2TextFile(SgNode* node, const char* filename, bool printType/*=true*/)
{
  ostringstream oss;
  string prefix;
  string label="";
  serialize(node, prefix, false, oss, label);
  ofstream textfile;
  textfile.open(filename, ios::out);
  textfile<<oss.str();
 
  if (printType)
  {
    // append type information also
    textfile<<"Types encountered ...."<<endl;
    ostringstream oss2;
    VariantVector vv(V_SgType);
    Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> tnodes= NodeQuery::queryMemoryPool(vv);
    for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*>::const_iterator i = tnodes.begin(); i != tnodes.end(); ++i)
    {
      serialize (*i, prefix, false, oss2, label);
    }
    textfile<<oss2.str();
  }
 
  textfile.close();
}
 
void SageInterface:: saveToPDF(SgNode* node)
{
  saveToPDF(node, string("temp.pdf.json") );
}
//  node to find its enclosing file node. The entire file's AST will be saved into a pdf.
void SageInterface:: saveToPDF(SgNode* node, std::string filename)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(node != NULL);
  AstJSONGeneration json;
  json.generateWithinFile(filename, getEnclosingFileNode(node));
}
 
bool SageInterface::insideSystemHeader (SgLocatedNode* node)
{
  bool rtval = false;
  ROSE_ASSERT (node != NULL);
  Sg_File_Info* finfo = node->get_file_info();
  if (finfo!=NULL)
  {
    string fname = finfo->get_filenameString();
    string buildtree_str1 = string("include-staging/gcc_HEADERS");
    string buildtree_str2 = string("include-staging/g++_HEADERS");
    string installtree_str1 = string("include/edg/gcc_HEADERS");
    string installtree_str2 = string("include/edg/g++_HEADERS");
    string system_headers = string("/usr/include");
    // if the file name has a sys header path of either source or build tree
    if ((fname.find (buildtree_str1, 0) != string::npos) ||
        (fname.find (buildtree_str2, 0) != string::npos) ||
        (fname.find (installtree_str1, 0) != string::npos) ||
        (fname.find (installtree_str2, 0) != string::npos) ||
        (fname.find (system_headers, 0) != string::npos)
       )
      rtval = true;
  }
  return rtval;
}
 
 
// DQ (2/27/2021): Adding support to detect if a SgLocatedNode is located in a header file.
bool SageInterface::insideHeader (SgLocatedNode* node)
   {
  // Check if a node is from a header file
 
     bool returnValue = false;
 
     Sg_File_Info* fileInfo = node->get_file_info();
     ROSE_ASSERT(fileInfo != NULL);
     string filename = fileInfo->get_filenameString();
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::insideHeader(): node = %s line: %d column: %d file: %s \n",node->class_name().c_str(),fileInfo->get_line(),fileInfo->get_col(),filename.c_str());
#endif
 
  // DQ (2/27/2021): We save a map of all of the header files processed in the generation of the ROSE AST,
  // so the test is only if the filename is in the list.
     if (EDG_ROSE_Translation::edg_include_file_map.find(filename) == EDG_ROSE_Translation::edg_include_file_map.end())
        {
#if 0
          printf ("This is NOT in the EDG_ROSE_Translation::edg_include_file_map \n");
#endif
        }
       else
        {
#if 0
          printf ("This IS in the EDG_ROSE_Translation::edg_include_file_map \n");
#endif
          returnValue = true;
        }
 
     return returnValue;
   }
 
 
SgFunctionType* SageInterface::findFunctionType (SgType* return_type, SgFunctionParameterTypeList* typeList)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT(return_type != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT(typeList != NULL);
  SgFunctionTypeTable * fTable = SgNode::get_globalFunctionTypeTable();
  ROSE_ASSERT(fTable);
 
  // This function make clever use of a static member function which can't be built
  // for the case of a SgMemberFunctionType (or at least not without more work).
  SgName typeName = SgFunctionType::get_mangled(return_type, typeList);
  SgFunctionType* funcType = isSgFunctionType(fTable->lookup_function_type(typeName));
 
  return funcType;
}
 
bool SageInterface::isEquivalentFunctionType (const SgFunctionType* lhs, const SgFunctionType* rhs)
{
  ROSE_ASSERT (lhs != NULL);
  ROSE_ASSERT (rhs != NULL);
  if (lhs == rhs)
    return true;
 
  bool rt = false;
  SgType* rt1 = lhs->get_return_type();
  SgType* rt2 = rhs->get_return_type();
 
  if (isEquivalentType (rt1, rt2))
  {
    SgTypePtrList f1_arg_types = lhs->get_arguments();
    SgTypePtrList f2_arg_types = rhs->get_arguments();
    // Must have same number of argument types
    if (f1_arg_types.size() == f2_arg_types.size())
    {
   // DQ (2/16/2017): Fixed compiler warning about comparison between signed and unsigned integers
   // int counter = 0;
      size_t counter = 0;
   // iterate through all argument types
   // for (int i=0; i< f1_arg_types.size(); i++)
      for (size_t i=0; i< f1_arg_types.size(); i++)
      {
        if (isEquivalentType (f1_arg_types[i], f2_arg_types[i]) )
           counter ++;  // count the number of equal arguments
        else
          break; // found different type? jump out the loop
      }
      // all arguments are equivalent, set to true
      if (counter == f1_arg_types.size())
        rt = true;
    }
  } // end if equivalent return types
 
  return rt;
}
 
bool
SageInterface::isEquivalentType (const SgType* lhs, const SgType* rhs)
   {
  // This function is called in the SgType::isEquivalentType (const SgType & Y) const function.
 
  // DQ (11/28/2015): A better goal for this function should be to define it as a recursive function.
 
  // DQ (12/8/2015): We need to add support for SgMemberFunctionType as demonstrated by test2007_17.C.
  // and for SgTemplateType as demonstrated by tests/nonsmoke/functional/CompileTests/RoseExample_tests/testRoseHeaders_03.C
  // Note that this is only required within the change to use this isEquivalentType() function in the
  // support to replace:
  //    templateParameterOrArgumentLocal->get_initializedName()->get_type() == templateParameterOrArgumentFromSymbol->get_initializedName()->get_type()
  // in ROSETTA/Grammar/Support.code
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(lhs != NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(rhs != NULL);
 
     bool isSame = false;
 
  // While debugging avoid infinte loops (most type chains in STL and boost are only a 3-4 long in test2015_127.C, nesting is how it goes wild).
     static int counter = 0;
 
     const SgType & X = *lhs;
     const SgType & Y = *rhs;
 
  // DQ (11/28/2015): We don't want to strip off everything.
  // SgType* stripType(unsigned char bit_array = STRIP_MODIFIER_TYPE | STRIP_REFERENCE_TYPE | STRIP_POINTER_TYPE | STRIP_ARRAY_TYPE | STRIP_TYPEDEF_TYPE ) const;
 
  // I think we need to compute the type chain to evaluate equalence.
  // Rose_STL_Container< SgType*> getInternalTypes () const
 
#define DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE 0
 
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
     printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): evaluation of type equivalence for lhs and rhs: counter = %d \n",counter);
     printf ("   --- lhs = %s \n",lhs->unparseToString().c_str());
     printf ("   --- rhs = %s \n",rhs->unparseToString().c_str());
#endif
 
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE || 0
     if (counter == 0)
        {
          printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): evaluation of type equivalence for lhs and rhs: counter = %d \n",counter);
          printf ("   --- lhs = %p = %s = %s \n",lhs,lhs->class_name().c_str(),lhs->unparseToString().c_str());
          printf ("   --- rhs = %p = %s = %s \n",rhs,rhs->class_name().c_str(),rhs->unparseToString().c_str());
        }
#endif
 
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE || 0
  // Debugging output.
     Rose_STL_Container<SgType*> X_typeChain = X.getInternalTypes();
     Rose_STL_Container<SgType*> Y_typeChain = Y.getInternalTypes();
 
  // Debugging output.
     printf ("Output of type chain for lhs: \n");
     for (size_t i = 0; i < X_typeChain.size(); i++)
        {
          SgType* element_type = X_typeChain[i];
          printf ("X_element_type = %p = %s \n",element_type,element_type->class_name().c_str());
          printf ("   --- X_element_type unparseToString: = %s \n",element_type->unparseToString().c_str());
          SgModifierType* modifierType = isSgModifierType(element_type);
          if (modifierType != NULL)
             {
            // modifierType->get_typeModifier().display("X type chain");
               string s = modifierType->get_typeModifier().displayString();
               printf ("   --- type chain modifier: %s \n",s.c_str());
               printf ("   --- type chain modifier: unparseToString: %s \n",modifierType->unparseToString().c_str());
             }
        }
 
     printf ("Output of type chain for rhs: \n");
     for (size_t i = 0; i < Y_typeChain.size(); i++)
        {
          SgType* element_type = Y_typeChain[i];
          printf ("Y_element_type = %p = %s \n",element_type,element_type->class_name().c_str());
          printf ("   --- Y_element_type unparseToString: = %s \n",element_type->unparseToString().c_str());
          SgModifierType* modifierType = isSgModifierType(element_type);
          if (modifierType != NULL)
             {
            // modifierType->get_typeModifier().display("Y type chain");
               string s = modifierType->get_typeModifier().displayString();
               printf ("   --- type chain modifier: %s \n",s.c_str());
               printf ("   --- type chain modifier: unparseToString: %s \n",modifierType->unparseToString().c_str());
             }
        }
#endif
 
  // Increment the static variable to control the recursive depth while we debug this.
     counter++;
 
  // DQ (11/28/2015): exit with debug output instead of infinte recursion.
  // if (counter >= 280)
  // if (counter >= 500)
     if (counter >= 280)
        {
       // printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): counter = %d: type chain X_element_type = %s Y_element_type = %s \n",counter,X.class_name().c_str(),Y.class_name().c_str());
          printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): counter = %d: type chain X_element_type = %s = %p Y_element_type = %s = %p \n",counter,X.class_name().c_str(),lhs,Y.class_name().c_str(),rhs);
        }
 
  // DQ (12/23/2015): ASC application code requires this to be increased to over 122 (selected 300 for extra margin of safety).
  // DQ (11/28/2015): exit in stead of infinte recursion.
  // if (counter > 300)
  // if (counter > 600)
  // if (counter > 5000)
  // if (counter > 300)
     if (counter > 350)
        {
       // DQ (11/28/2015): I think this is a reasonable limit.
          printf ("ERROR: In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): recursive limit exceeded for : counter = %d \n",counter);
          ROSE_ABORT();
        }
 
  // bool exit = false;
 
  // Strip off any typedefs since they are equivalent by definition.
     SgType* X_element_type = X.stripType( SgType::STRIP_TYPEDEF_TYPE );
     SgType* Y_element_type = Y.stripType( SgType::STRIP_TYPEDEF_TYPE );
 
  // DQ (11/29/2015): We need to handle references (when they are both references we can support then uniformally).
     SgReferenceType* X_referenceType = isSgReferenceType(X_element_type);
     SgReferenceType* Y_referenceType = isSgReferenceType(Y_element_type);
 
     if (X_referenceType != NULL && Y_referenceType != NULL)
        {
          X_element_type = X_referenceType->get_base_type();
          Y_element_type = Y_referenceType->get_base_type();
 
          counter--;
 
       // Recursive call.
       // return (*X_element_type) == (*Y_element_type);
          return isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
        }
       else
        {
       // DQ (12/8/2015): We need to handle pointers (when they are both pointers we can support then uniformally).
          SgPointerType* X_pointerType = isSgPointerType(X_element_type);
          SgPointerType* Y_pointerType = isSgPointerType(Y_element_type);
 
          if (X_pointerType != NULL && Y_pointerType != NULL)
             {
               X_element_type = X_pointerType->get_base_type();
               Y_element_type = Y_pointerType->get_base_type();
 
               counter--;
 
            // Recursive call.
            // return (*X_element_type) == (*Y_element_type);
               return isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
             }
            else
             {
            // DQ (12/8/2015): We need to handle pointers (when they are both pointers we can support then uniformally).
               SgArrayType* X_arrayType = isSgArrayType(X_element_type);
               SgArrayType* Y_arrayType = isSgArrayType(Y_element_type);
 
            // DQ (12/8/2015): We need to check that the array size is the same.
               if (X_arrayType != NULL && Y_arrayType != NULL)
                  {
                    X_element_type = X_arrayType->get_base_type();
                    Y_element_type = Y_arrayType->get_base_type();
 
                    SgExpression* X_array_index_expression = X_arrayType->get_index();
                    SgExpression* Y_array_index_expression = Y_arrayType->get_index();
 
                    if (X_array_index_expression == Y_array_index_expression)
                       {
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE || 0
                         printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): counter = %d: Need to check the array size for static equivalence \n",counter);
#endif
                         counter--;
 
                      // Recursive call.
                      // return (*X_element_type) == (*Y_element_type);
                         return isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
                       }
                      else
                       {
                      // Need more complex test for expression equivalence.
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE || 0
                         printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): counter = %d Need more complex test for expression equivalence \n",counter);
                         string str1 = X_array_index_expression->unparseToString();
                         string str2 = Y_array_index_expression->unparseToString();
                         printf ("   --- array index expressions: str1 = %s str2 = %s \n",str1.c_str(),str2.c_str());
#endif
                      // DQ (12/9/2016): Need to decriment the counter as part of recursive function call.
                         counter--;
 
                      // Recursive call.
                         return isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
                       }
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // DQ (12/15/2015): We need to handle pointers (when they are both pointers we can support then uniformally).
                    SgNonrealType* X_templateType = isSgNonrealType(X_element_type);
                    SgNonrealType* Y_templateType = isSgNonrealType(Y_element_type);
 
                 // DQ (12/15/2015): We need to check that the array size is the same.
                    if (X_templateType != NULL && Y_templateType != NULL)
                       {
                         string X_name = X_templateType->get_name();
                         string Y_name = Y_templateType->get_name();
 
                         SgNonrealDecl* X_templateDecl = isSgNonrealDecl(X_templateType->get_declaration());
                         ROSE_ASSERT(X_templateDecl != NULL);
                         SgNonrealDecl* Y_templateDecl = isSgNonrealDecl(Y_templateType->get_declaration());
                         ROSE_ASSERT(Y_templateDecl != NULL);
 
                         int X_template_parameter_position = X_templateDecl->get_template_parameter_position();
                         int Y_template_parameter_position = Y_templateDecl->get_template_parameter_position();
 
                         SgNode * X_parent = X_templateDecl->get_parent();
                         SgNode * Y_parent = Y_templateDecl->get_parent();
 
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                         SgNode * X_parent_parent = X_parent ? X_parent->get_parent() : NULL;
                         SgNode * Y_parent_parent = Y_parent ? Y_parent->get_parent() : NULL;
                         printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): case SgNonrealType:\n");
                         printf ("  -- X_name = %s Y_name = %s\n", X_name.c_str(),Y_name.c_str());
                         printf ("  -- X_template_parameter_position = %d Y_template_parameter_position = %d\n", X_template_parameter_position,Y_template_parameter_position);
                         printf ("  -- X_parent = %p (%s) Y_parent = %p (%s)\n", X_parent, X_parent ? X_parent->class_name().c_str() : "", Y_parent, Y_parent ? Y_parent->class_name().c_str() : "");
                         printf ("  -- X_parent_parent = %p (%s) Y_parent_parent = %p (%s)\n", X_parent_parent, X_parent_parent ? X_parent_parent->class_name().c_str() : "", Y_parent_parent, Y_parent_parent ? Y_parent_parent->class_name().c_str() : "");
                         printf ("  -- X_templateDecl->get_mangled_name() = %s\n", X_templateDecl->get_mangled_name().str());
                         printf ("  -- Y_templateDecl->get_mangled_name() = %s\n", Y_templateDecl->get_mangled_name().str());
#endif
                         bool value = (X_parent == Y_parent);
 
                         if (value && X_templateDecl->get_is_template_param() && Y_templateDecl->get_is_template_param()) {
                           value = (X_template_parameter_position == Y_template_parameter_position);
                         } else if (value && X_templateDecl->get_is_class_member() && Y_templateDecl->get_is_class_member()) {
                           value = (X_name == Y_name);
                         }
 
                         counter--;
 
                         return value;
                       }
                      else
                       {
                      // DQ (2/13/2018): I an unclear if we are really done since they could have resolved to different types or the same type.
                      // Nothing to do here since we have explored all uniform pairs of intermediate types possible.
#if 0
                         printf ("Nothing to do here since we have explored all uniform pairs of intermediate types possible: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
                      // printf ("   --- X_element_type = %p = %s \n",X_element_type,X_element_type->unparseToString().c_str());
                      // printf ("   --- Y_element_type = %p = %s \n",Y_element_type,Y_element_type->unparseToString().c_str());
                         printf ("   --- lhs = %p = %s \n",lhs,lhs->unparseToString().c_str());
                         printf ("   --- rhs = %p = %s \n",rhs,rhs->unparseToString().c_str());
#endif
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                         printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: Nothing to do here since we have explored all uniform pairs of intermediate types possible: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                       }
                  }
             }
        } // end if reference type, pointer type, array type, and template type
 
     SgModifierType* X_modifierType = isSgModifierType(X_element_type);
     SgModifierType* Y_modifierType = isSgModifierType(Y_element_type);
 
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
     printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): counter = %d: type chain X_element_type = %p = %s Y_element_type = %p = %s \n",
          counter,X_element_type,X_element_type->class_name().c_str(),Y_element_type,Y_element_type->class_name().c_str());
#endif
 
     if (X_modifierType != NULL && Y_modifierType != NULL)
        {
       // Handle the case of both modifiers.
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
          printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: these are the both SgModifierType nodes: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
          if (X_modifierType == Y_modifierType)
             {
               isSame = true;
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
               printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: these are the same modifier type: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
             }
            else
             {
               if (X_modifierType->get_typeModifier() == Y_modifierType->get_typeModifier())
                  {
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                    printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: these are equivalent modifiers: check the base type: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                 // Recursive call.
                 // isSame = (*X_modifierType->get_base_type()) == (*Y_modifierType->get_base_type());
                    isSame = isEquivalentType(X_modifierType->get_base_type(),Y_modifierType->get_base_type());
                  }
                 else
                  {
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                    printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: these are not equivalent modifier types: check for default settings: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                 // DQ (5/22/2016): fixing bug which cansed infinite recursion (case there the SgModifiers were different).
                    bool skippingOverIdentityModifier = false;
 
                    if (X_modifierType->get_typeModifier().isIdentity() == true)
                       {
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                         printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: found self-similar setting for lhs: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                         X_element_type = X_modifierType->get_base_type();
 
                      // DQ (5/22/2016): Record that progress was made in uncovering the relevant base type, and trigger reevaluation.
                         skippingOverIdentityModifier = true;
                       }
 
                    if (Y_modifierType->get_typeModifier().isIdentity() == true)
                       {
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                         printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: found self-similar setting for rhs: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                         Y_element_type = Y_modifierType->get_base_type();
 
                      // DQ (5/22/2016): Record that progress was made in uncovering the relevant base type, and trigger reevaluation.
                         skippingOverIdentityModifier = true;
                       }
 
                 // NOTE: If either of these are a SgTypedefType then the typedefs will be stripped away at the top of the recursive call.
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                    printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: skippingOverIdentityModifier = %s \n",skippingOverIdentityModifier ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                 // Recursive call on non-default modifier base types.
                 // isSame = (*X_element_type) == (*Y_element_type);
                 // isSame = isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
                    if (skippingOverIdentityModifier == true)
                       {
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                         printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: recursive call on different adjusted modifier types: before recursive call to compare base types: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                      // If we have made progress in skipping over an identity modifier then we need to reevaluate if these are the equivalent types.
                         isSame = isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
                       }
                      else
                       {
                      // If we have not skipped over an identity modifier then noting will change in the recursive call and these types are not equivalent (return false).
                         isSame = false;
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                         printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: no progress was made in resolving the base type, so returning isSame set to false: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                       }
 
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                    printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: these are different modifier types: after recursive call to compare base types: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                  }
             }
        }
       else
        {
       // At least one of these is not a SgModifierType.
 
          if (X_modifierType != NULL || Y_modifierType != NULL)
             {
               bool isReduceable = false;
 
               if (X_modifierType != NULL && X_modifierType->get_typeModifier().isIdentity() == true)
                  {
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                    printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: found default setting for lhs: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                    X_element_type = X_modifierType->get_base_type();
                    isReduceable = true;
                  }
 
               if (Y_modifierType != NULL && Y_modifierType->get_typeModifier().isIdentity() == true)
                  {
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                    printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: found default setting for rhs: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                    Y_element_type = Y_modifierType->get_base_type();
                    isReduceable = true;
                  }
 
            // NOTE: If either of these are a SgTypedefType then the typedefs will be stripped away at the top of the recursive call.
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
               printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: these are different modifier types: after recursive call to compare base types: isReduceable = %s \n",isReduceable ? "true" : "false");
#endif
               if (isReduceable == true)
                  {
                 // Recursive call on non-default modifier base types.
                 // isSame = (*X_element_type) == (*Y_element_type);
                    isSame = isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // Neither of these types were reducable.
                    isSame = false;
                  }
 
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
               printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: these are different modifier types: after recursive call to compare base types: isReduceable = %s isSame = %s \n",
                    isReduceable ? "true" : "false",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
             }
            else
             {
            // Neither of these are SgModifierType nodes.
            // X_element_type = X_element_type->stripType( STRIP_TYPEDEF_TYPE );
            // Y_element_type = Y_element_type->stripType( STRIP_TYPEDEF_TYPE );
 
               if (X_element_type == Y_element_type)
                  {
                    isSame = true;
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE || 0
                 // printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): resolved to equal types: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
                    printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): resolved to equal types: isSame = %s lhs = %p = %s rhs = %p = %s \n",
                         isSame ? "true" : "false",lhs,lhs->unparseToString().c_str(),rhs,rhs->unparseToString().c_str());
#endif
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE || 0
                 // DQ (2/13/2018): Debugging type equivalence. If they are the same typedef, they
                 // still might not be interchangable if one is defined in a restrcited scope.
                    const SgTypedefType* lhs_typedefType = isSgTypedefType(lhs);
                    const SgTypedefType* rhs_typedefType = isSgTypedefType(rhs);
 
                    if (lhs_typedefType != NULL || rhs_typedefType != NULL)
                       {
#if 0
                         if (lhs_typedefType != NULL)
                            {
                              printf ("lhs was a typedef: lhs = %p = %s \n",lhs,lhs->unparseToString().c_str());
                            }
                         if (rhs_typedefType != NULL)
                            {
                              printf ("rhs was a typedef: rhs = %p = %s \n",rhs,rhs->unparseToString().c_str());
                            }
#else
                         printf ("   --- one was a typedef: lhs = %p = %s \n",lhs,lhs->unparseToString().c_str());
                         printf ("   --- one was a typedef: rhs = %p = %s \n",rhs,rhs->unparseToString().c_str());
#endif
                       }
#endif
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // DQ (3/20/2016): This is reported by GNU as set but not used.
                 // bool isReduceable = false;
 
                 // DQ (11/29/2015): We need to handle reference (when they are both references we can support then uniformally).
                    SgReferenceType* X_referenceType = isSgReferenceType(X_element_type);
                    SgReferenceType* Y_referenceType = isSgReferenceType(Y_element_type);
 
                    if (X_referenceType != NULL || Y_referenceType != NULL)
                       {
#if 0
                         if (X_referenceType != NULL)
                            {
                              X_element_type = X_referenceType->get_base_type();
 
                           // DQ (12/8/2015): Note that we don't want to compare base types if only one of these was a reference.
                           // isReduceable = true;
                              isReduceable = false;
                            }
 
                         if (Y_referenceType != NULL)
                            {
                              Y_element_type = Y_referenceType->get_base_type();
 
                           // DQ (12/8/2015): Note that we don't want to compare base types if only one of these was a reference.
                           // isReduceable = true;
                              isReduceable = false;
                            }
 
                         if (isReduceable == true)
                            {
                           // Recursive call on non-default modifier base types.
                           // isSame = (*X_element_type) == (*Y_element_type);
                              isSame = isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
                            }
                           else
                            {
                           // Neither of these types were reducable.
                              isSame = false;
                            }
#else
                         isSame = false;
#endif
                       }
                      else
                       {
                      // Recursive call on non-typedef base types.
                      // isSame = (*X_element_type) == (*Y_element_type);
                      // isSame = isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
 
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                         printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: evaluation of inner types: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
 
                      // DQ (11/29/2015): We need to handle pointers (when they are both pointers we can support then uniformally).
                         SgPointerType* X_pointerType = isSgPointerType(X_element_type);
                         SgPointerType* Y_pointerType = isSgPointerType(Y_element_type);
 
                         if (X_pointerType != NULL || Y_pointerType != NULL)
                            {
#if 0
                              if (X_pointerType != NULL)
                                 {
                                   X_element_type = X_pointerType->get_base_type();
 
                                // DQ (12/8/2015): Note that we don't want to compare base types if only one of these was a pointer.
                                // isReduceable = true;
                                   isReduceable = false;
                                 }
 
                              if (Y_pointerType != NULL)
                                 {
                                   Y_element_type = Y_pointerType->get_base_type();
 
                                // DQ (12/8/2015): Note that we don't want to compare base types if only one of these was a pointer.
                                // isReduceable = true;
                                   isReduceable = false;
                                 }
 
                              if (isReduceable == true)
                                 {
                                // Recursive call on non-default modifier base types.
                                // isSame = (*X_element_type) == (*Y_element_type);
                                   isSame = isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
                                 }
                                else
                                 {
                                // Neither of these types were reducable.
                                   isSame = false;
                                 }
#else
                              isSame = false;
#endif
                            }
                           else
                            {
                           // Recursive call on non-typedef base types.
                           // isSame = (*X_element_type) == (*Y_element_type);
                           // isSame = isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
 
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                              printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: evaluation of inner types: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
 
                           // DQ (11/29/2015): We need to handle pointers (when they are both pointers we can support then uniformally).
                              SgArrayType* X_arrayType = isSgArrayType(X_element_type);
                              SgArrayType* Y_arrayType = isSgArrayType(Y_element_type);
 
                              if (X_arrayType != NULL || Y_arrayType != NULL)
                                 {
#if 0
                                   if (X_arrayType != NULL)
                                      {
                                        X_element_type = X_arrayType->get_base_type();
 
                                     // DQ (12/8/2015): Note that we don't want to compare base types if only one of these was a array.
                                     // isReduceable = true;
                                        isReduceable = false;
                                      }
 
                                   if (Y_arrayType != NULL)
                                      {
                                        Y_element_type = Y_arrayType->get_base_type();
 
                                     // DQ (12/8/2015): Note that we don't want to compare base types if only one of these was a array.
                                     // isReduceable = true;
                                        isReduceable = false;
                                      }
 
                                   if (isReduceable == true)
                                      {
                                     // Recursive call on non-default modifier base types.
                                     // isSame = (*X_element_type) == (*Y_element_type);
                                        isSame = isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
                                      }
                                     else
                                      {
                                     // Neither of these types were reducable.
                                        isSame = false;
                                      }
#else
                                   isSame = false;
#endif
                                 }
                                else
                                 {
                                // Recursive call on non-typedef base types.
                                // isSame = (*X_element_type) == (*Y_element_type);
                                // isSame = isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
 
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE
                                   printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: evaluation of inner types: isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
 
                                // DQ (11/29/2015): We need to handle pointers (when they are both pointers we can support then uniformally).
                                   SgFunctionType* X_functionType = isSgFunctionType(X_element_type);
                                   SgFunctionType* Y_functionType = isSgFunctionType(Y_element_type);
 
                                   if (X_functionType != NULL || Y_functionType != NULL)
                                      {
                                        bool value = ( (X_functionType != NULL && Y_functionType != NULL) && (X_functionType == Y_functionType) );
                                        //TODO: Liao, 9/15/2016, better comparison of function types
                                        //bool value = ( (X_functionType != NULL && Y_functionType != NULL) && (isEquivalentFunctionType(X_functionType, Y_functionType)) );
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE || 0
                                        printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: Process case of SgFunctionType: value = %s \n",value ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                                     // DQ (3/20/2016): This is reported by GNU as a meaningless statement.
                                     // isSame == value;
                                        isSame = value;
 
                                     // DQ (3/20/2016): This is reported by GNU as set but not used.
                                     // isReduceable = false;
                                      }
                                     else
                                      {
                                     // Recursive call on non-typedef base types.
                                     // isSame = isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
 
                                     // DQ (11/29/2015): We need to handle pointers (when they are both pointers we can support then uniformally).
                                        SgMemberFunctionType* X_memberFunctionType = isSgMemberFunctionType(X_element_type);
                                        SgMemberFunctionType* Y_memberFunctionType = isSgMemberFunctionType(Y_element_type);
 
                                        if (X_memberFunctionType != NULL || Y_memberFunctionType != NULL)
                                           {
                                          // DQ (12/15/2015): This code should be unreachable since it would have executed the code above (the case of SgFunctionType).
                                             printf ("This should be unreachable code \n");
                                             ROSE_ABORT();
 
#if 0 // [Robb Matzke 2021-03-24]: unreachable
                                             bool value = ( (X_memberFunctionType != NULL && Y_memberFunctionType != NULL) && (X_memberFunctionType == Y_memberFunctionType) );
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE || 0
                                             printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: Process case of SgMemberFunctionType: value = %s \n",value ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                                          // DQ (3/20/2016): This is reported by GNU as a meaningless statement.
                                          // isSame == value;
                                             isSame = value;
#endif
                                           }
                                          else
                                           {
                                          // Recursive call on non-typedef base types.
                                          // isSame = isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
#if 0
                                          // Check for irreducable types.
                                             bool X_isReduceable = true;
                                             if (isSgTypeSignedLong(X_element_type)  != NULL ||
                                                 isSgTypeUnsignedInt(X_element_type) != NULL ||
                                                 isSgTypeBool(X_element_type) != NULL ||
                                                 isSgTypeInt(X_element_type) != NULL)
                                                {
                                                  X_isReduceable = false;
                                                }
 
                                             bool Y_isReduceable = true;
                                             if (isSgTypeSignedLong(Y_element_type)  != NULL ||
                                                 isSgTypeUnsignedInt(Y_element_type) != NULL ||
                                                 isSgTypeBool(Y_element_type) != NULL ||
                                                 isSgTypeInt(Y_element_type) != NULL)
                                                {
                                                  Y_isReduceable = false;
                                                }
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE || 0
                                             printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: Process default case: X_isReduceable = %s Y_isReduceable = %s \n",
                                                  X_isReduceable ? "true" : "false",Y_isReduceable ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                                             if (X_isReduceable == true || Y_isReduceable == true)
                                                {
                                               // Recursive call on non-default modifier base types.
                                                  isSame = isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
                                                }
                                               else
                                                {
                                               // Neither of these types were reducable.
                                                  isSame = false;
                                                }
#else
                                          // DQ (12/20/2015): This is the default case for irreducable types.
                                             if (X_element_type->variantT() == Y_element_type->variantT())
                                                {
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE || 0
                                                  printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): loop: Process default case: X_element_type = %p = %s Y_element_type = %p = %s \n",
                                                       X_element_type,X_element_type->class_name().c_str(),Y_element_type,Y_element_type->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                                               // DQ (5/26/2016): It is not good enough that the variants match.
                                               // isSame = true;
                                               // isSame = isEquivalentType(X_element_type,Y_element_type);
                                                  isSame = (X_element_type == Y_element_type);
                                                }
                                               else
                                                {
                                               // Neither of these types were reducable or equal.
                                                  isSame = false;
                                                }
#endif
                                           }
                                      }
                                 }
                            }
                       }
                  }
             }
        }
 
  // Decrement the static variable to control the recursive depth while we debug this.
     counter--;
 
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE || 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
#endif
 
#if DEBUG_TYPE_EQUIVALENCE || 0
     if (counter == 1 && isSame == true)
        {
          printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): counter = %d: isSame = %s type chain X_element_type = %s Y_element_type = %s \n",counter,isSame ? "true" : "false",X.class_name().c_str(),Y.class_name().c_str());
 
       // Debugging output.
          Rose_STL_Container<SgType*> X_typeChain = X.getInternalTypes();
          Rose_STL_Container<SgType*> Y_typeChain = Y.getInternalTypes();
 
       // Debugging output.
          printf ("   --- Output of type chain for lhs: \n");
          for (size_t i = 0; i < X_typeChain.size(); i++)
             {
               SgType* element_type = X_typeChain[i];
               printf ("   --- --- X_element_type = %p = %s \n",element_type,element_type->class_name().c_str());
               SgModifierType* modifierType = isSgModifierType(element_type);
               if (modifierType != NULL)
                  {
                 // modifierType->get_typeModifier().display("X type chain");
                    string s = modifierType->get_typeModifier().displayString();
                    printf ("   --- type chain modifier: %s \n",s.c_str());
                  }
             }
 
          printf ("   --- Output of type chain for rhs: \n");
          for (size_t i = 0; i < Y_typeChain.size(); i++)
             {
               SgType* element_type = Y_typeChain[i];
               printf ("   --- --- Y_element_type = %p = %s \n",element_type,element_type->class_name().c_str());
               SgModifierType* modifierType = isSgModifierType(element_type);
               if (modifierType != NULL)
                  {
                 // modifierType->get_typeModifier().display("Y type chain");
                    string s = modifierType->get_typeModifier().displayString();
                    printf ("   --- --- type chain modifier: %s \n",s.c_str());
                  }
             }
        }
#endif
 
#if 0
     if (counter == 0)
        {
          if (isSame == true)
             {
            // printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): counter = %d: isSame = %s type chain X_element_type = %s Y_element_type = %s \n",counter,isSame ? "true" : "false",X.class_name().c_str(),Y.class_name().c_str());
               printf ("   --- isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
            // printf ("   --- --- X_element_type = %p = %s = %s \n",X_element_type,X_element_type->class_name().c_str(),X_element_type->unparseToString().c_str());
            // printf ("   --- --- Y_element_type = %p = %s = %s \n",Y_element_type,Y_element_type->class_name().c_str(),Y_element_type->unparseToString().c_str());
               printf ("   --- --- X_element_type = %p = %s = %s \n",X_element_type,X_element_type->class_name().c_str(),X_element_type->unparseToString().c_str());
               printf ("   --- --- Y_element_type = %p = %s = %s \n",Y_element_type,Y_element_type->class_name().c_str(),Y_element_type->unparseToString().c_str());
             }
            else
             {
            // printf ("In SageInterface::isEquivalentType(): counter = %d: isSame = %s type chain X_element_type = %s Y_element_type = %s \n",counter,isSame ? "true" : "false",X.class_name().c_str(),Y.class_name().c_str());
               printf ("   --- isSame = %s \n",isSame ? "true" : "false");
             }
        }
       else
        {
          printf ("   --- counter = %d \n",counter);
        }
#endif
 
     return isSame;
   }
 
 
#if 0
// This is modified to be a template function and so must be moved to the header file.
// DQ (8/30/2016): Added function to detect EDG AST normalization.
bool
SageInterface::isNormalizedTemplateInstantiation (SgFunctionDeclaration* function)
   {
  // This function is called in the Call graph generation to avoid filtering out EDG normalized
  // function template instnatiations (which come from normalized template functions and member functions).
 
     bool retval = false;
 
#if 1
  // DQ (8/30/2016): We need to mark this as an EDG normalization so that we can detect it as an exception
  // to some simple attempts to filter the AST (e.g. for the Call Graph implementation which filters on only
  // functions in the current directory).  This explicit makring makes it much easier to get this test correct.
  // But we still need to look at if the location of the parent template is something that we wnat to output.
  // If tis is a template instantiation then it is not enough to look only at the non-defining declaration if
  // it is not compiler generated.
     retval = function->get_marked_as_edg_normalization();
#else
  // Test for this to be a template instantation (in which case it was marked as
  // compiler generated but we may want to allow it to be used in the call graph,
  // if it's template was a part was defined in the current directory).
     SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl*       templateInstantiationFunction       = isSgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl(function);
     SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* templateInstantiationMemberFunction = isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(function);
 
     if (templateInstantiationFunction != NULL)
        {
       // When the defining function has been normalized by EDG, only the non-defining declaration will have a source position.
          templateInstantiationFunction = isSgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl(templateInstantiationFunction->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
          SgTemplateFunctionDeclaration* templateFunctionDeclaration = templateInstantiationFunction->get_templateDeclaration();
          if (templateFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
             {
            // retval = operator()(templateFunctionDeclaration);
               retval = (templateFunctionDeclaration->isCompilerGenerated() == false);
             }
            else
             {
             // Assume false.
             }
 
#if DEBUG_SELECTOR
          printf ("   --- case of templateInstantiationFunction: retval = %s \n",retval ? "true" : "false");
#endif
        }
       else
        {
          if (templateInstantiationMemberFunction != NULL)
             {
            // When the defining function has been normalized by EDG, only the non-defining declaration will have a source position.
               templateInstantiationMemberFunction = isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(templateInstantiationMemberFunction->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
               SgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration* templateMemberFunctionDeclaration = templateInstantiationMemberFunction->get_templateDeclaration();
               if (templateMemberFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
                  {
                 // retval = operator()(templateMemberFunctionDeclaration);
                    retval = (templateMemberFunctionDeclaration->isCompilerGenerated() == false);
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // Assume false.
                  }
 
#if DEBUG_SELECTOR
               printf ("   --- case of templateInstantiationMemberFunction: retval = %s \n",retval ? "true" : "false");
#endif
             }
        }
#endif
 
     return retval;
   }
#endif
 
void SageInterface::detectCycleInType(SgType * type, const std::string & from) {
#if 0
  printf("In detectCycleInType():\n");
  printf(" -- from = %s\n", from.c_str());
  printf(" -- type = %p (%s)\n", type, type->class_name().c_str());
#endif
  std::vector<SgType *> seen_types;
 
  while (type != NULL) {
 
 // DQ (4/15/2019): Added assertion.
    ROSE_ASSERT(type != NULL);
 
    std::vector<SgType *>::const_iterator it = std::find(seen_types.begin(), seen_types.end(), type);
    if (it != seen_types.end()) {
      printf("ERROR: Cycle found in type = %p (%s):\n", type, type->class_name().c_str());
      size_t i = 0;
      for (; it != seen_types.end(); it++) {
        printf("  [%zd] %p (%s)\n", i, *it, (*it)->class_name().c_str());
        i++;
      }
      printf("-> detectCycleInType() was called from: %s\n", from.c_str());
      ROSE_ABORT();
    }
    seen_types.push_back(type);
 
    SgModifierType *  modType     = isSgModifierType(type);
    SgPointerType *   pointType   = isSgPointerType(type);
    SgReferenceType * refType     = isSgReferenceType(type);
    SgArrayType *     arrayType   = isSgArrayType(type);
    SgTypedefType *   typedefType = isSgTypedefType(type);
 
#if 0
 // DQ (4/15/2019): Don't count SgPointerMemberType (also fixed in SgType::stripType() function).
    if (isSgPointerMemberType(type) != NULL)
      {
        pointType = NULL;
      }
#endif
 
    if ( modType ) {
      type = modType->get_base_type();
    } else if ( refType ) {
      type = refType->get_base_type();
    } else if ( pointType ) {
      type = pointType->get_base_type();
 // } else if ( pointerMemberType ) {
 //   type = pointerMemberType->get_base_type();
    } else if ( arrayType ) {
      type = arrayType->get_base_type();
    } else if ( typedefType ) {
      type = typedefType->get_base_type();
    } else {
      break;
    }
    ROSE_ASSERT(type != NULL);
  }
}
 
 
#if 0
// DQ (11/10/2019): Older original version of the function.
 
// DQ (6/6/2019): Move this to the SageInteface namespace.
void
SageInterface::convertFunctionDefinitionsToFunctionPrototypes(SgNode* node)
   {
  // DQ (3/20/2019): This function operates on the new file used to support outlined function definitions.
  // We use a copy of the file where the code will be outlined FROM, so that if there are references to
  // declarations in the outlined code we can support the outpiled code with those references.  This
  // approach has the added advantage of also supporting the same include file tree as the original
  // file where the outlined code is being taken from.
 
     class TransformFunctionDefinitionsTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               std::vector<SgFunctionDeclaration*> functionList;
               SgSourceFile* sourceFile;
               int sourceFileId;
               string filenameWithPath;
 
          public:
               TransformFunctionDefinitionsTraversal(): sourceFile(NULL), sourceFileId(-99) {}
 
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
#if 0
                    printf ("In convertFunctionDefinitionsToFunctionPrototypes visit(): node = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                    SgSourceFile* temp_sourceFile = isSgSourceFile(node);
                    if (temp_sourceFile != NULL)
                       {
                         sourceFile       = temp_sourceFile;
                         sourceFileId     = sourceFile->get_file_info()->get_file_id();
 
                      // The file_id is not sufficnet, not clear why, but the filenames match.
                         filenameWithPath = sourceFile->get_sourceFileNameWithPath();
 
                         printf ("Found source file: id = %d name = %s \n",sourceFileId,sourceFile->get_sourceFileNameWithPath().c_str());
 
                       }
 
                    SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(node);
                    if (functionDeclaration != NULL)
                       {
                      // This should have been set already.
                         ROSE_ASSERT(sourceFile != NULL);
 
                         SgFunctionDeclaration* definingFunctionDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(functionDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration());
                         if (functionDeclaration == definingFunctionDeclaration)
                            {
#if 1
                              printf ("Found a defining function declaration: functionDeclaration = %p = %s name = %s \n",
                                   functionDeclaration,functionDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),functionDeclaration->get_name().str());
 
                              printf (" --- recorded source file: id = %d name = %s \n",sourceFileId,sourceFile->get_sourceFileNameWithPath().c_str());
                              printf (" --- source file: file_info: id = %d name = %s \n",
                                   functionDeclaration->get_file_info()->get_file_id(),functionDeclaration->get_file_info()->get_filenameString().c_str());
#endif
                           // DQ (3/20/2019): The file_id is not sufficent, using the filename with path to do string equality.
                           // bool isInSourceFile = (sourceFileId == functionDeclaration->get_file_info()->get_file_id());
                              bool isInSourceFile = (filenameWithPath == functionDeclaration->get_file_info()->get_filenameString());
#if 1
                              printf (" --- isInSourceFile = %s \n",isInSourceFile ? "true" : "false");
#endif
                           // Remove the defining declaration as a test.
                              SgScopeStatement* functionDeclarationScope = isSgScopeStatement(functionDeclaration->get_parent());
                              if (isInSourceFile == true && functionDeclarationScope != NULL)
                                 {
#if 1
                                   printf (" --- Found a defining function declaration: functionDeclarationScope = %p = %s \n",
                                        functionDeclarationScope,functionDeclarationScope->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                                // functionDeclarationScope->removeStatement(functionDeclaration);
                                // removeStatement(functionDeclaration);
                                   functionList.push_back(functionDeclaration);
                                 }
                            }
                       }
                  }
        };
 
  // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the AST subtree.
     TransformFunctionDefinitionsTraversal traversal;
     traversal.traverse(node, preorder);
 
     std::vector<SgFunctionDeclaration*> & functionList = traversal.functionList;
 
#if 1
     printf ("In convertFunctionDefinitionsToFunctionPrototypes(): functionList.size() = %zu \n",functionList.size());
#endif
 
     std::vector<SgFunctionDeclaration*>::iterator i = functionList.begin();
     while (i != functionList.end())
        {
          SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = *i;
          ROSE_ASSERT(functionDeclaration != NULL);
 
          SgFunctionDeclaration* nondefiningFunctionDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(functionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
          ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
 
#if 1
          printf (" --- Removing function declaration: functionDeclaration = %p = %s name = %s \n",
               functionDeclaration,functionDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),functionDeclaration->get_name().str());
#endif
       // Likely we should build a new nondefining function declaration instead of reusing the existing non-defining declaration.
       // removeStatement(functionDeclaration);
          replaceStatement(functionDeclaration,nondefiningFunctionDeclaration);
 
          i++;
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("In convertFunctionDefinitionsToFunctionPrototypes(): exiting as a test! \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
   }
#endif
 
 
void
SageInterface::displayScope(SgScopeStatement* scope)
   {
  // DQ (10/31/2020): Display function for scopes (useful for debugging).
     ROSE_ASSERT(scope != NULL);
 
     printf ("Output the statements in scope = %p = %s \n",scope,scope->class_name().c_str());
 
  // This makes a copy (on the stack) and is inefficent, but this is only for debugging.
     SgStatementPtrList statementList = scope->generateStatementList();
     for (size_t i = 0; i < statementList.size(); i++)
        {
          SgStatement* statement =  statementList[i];
          printf (" --- statement: %zu ptr: %p IR node: %s name: %s \n",i,statement,statement->class_name().c_str(),SageInterface::get_name(statement).c_str());
        }
 
#if 0
     printf ("Exiting as a test at the end of evaluation of global scope! \n");
     ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
   }
 
 
SgFunctionDeclaration*
SageInterface::buildFunctionPrototype ( SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration )
   {
     SgFunctionDeclaration* nondefiningFunctionDeclaration = NULL;
  // SgDeclarationStatement* nondefiningFunctionDeclaration = NULL;
 
#if 0
     printf ("In SageInterface::buildFunctionPrototype(): functionDeclaration = %p = %s name = %s \n",
          functionDeclaration,functionDeclaration->class_name().c_str(),functionDeclaration->get_name().str());
#endif
 
  // DQ (11/21/2019): Check if this is a constructor, this is a temporary fix.
     bool isConstructor = false;
     SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* tmp_memberFunctionDeclaration = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(functionDeclaration);
     if (tmp_memberFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
        {
          isConstructor = tmp_memberFunctionDeclaration->get_specialFunctionModifier().isConstructor();
 
#if 0
          if (isConstructor == true)
             {
               printf ("Skipping case of constructors (in building prototype from defining function declaration) \n");
               return;
             }
#endif
        }
 
  // DQ (12/2/2019): Need to support member functions which can't be declared when outside of their class.
  // bool replaceWithEmptyDeclaration = false;
  // SgDeclarationStatement* emptyDeclaration = NULL;
 
     SgName name                         = functionDeclaration->get_name();
     SgType* return_type                 = functionDeclaration->get_type()->get_return_type();
 
#if 0
  // DQ (12/10/2020): The issue is that the default arguments defined in template functions are represented in the AST.
  // Where we output the template as a string, it is included, and in the template instantiation it is represented in
  // the AST.  So where it is used, default arguments are not represented in the AST and so the are not generated in
  // this function that builds the function prototype from the defining function.
 
     printf ("In SageInterface::buildFunctionPrototype(): functionDeclaration = %p \n",functionDeclaration);
     printf ("In SageInterface::buildFunctionPrototype(): functionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() = %p \n",functionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
     printf ("In SageInterface::buildFunctionPrototype(): functionDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration()         = %p \n",functionDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration());
 
  // DQ (12/9/2020): Check if there is a default argument.  Need to figure out how default arguments
  // are specified in the function declarations, and make sure the prototype reproduces them.
     for (size_t i = 0; i < functionDeclaration->get_args().size(); i++)
       {
         SgInitializedName* arg = functionDeclaration->get_args()[i];
#if 1
         printf ("In SageInterface::buildFunctionPrototype(): functionDeclaration->get_args(): (i = %zu) arg = %p = %s isDefaultArgument = %s \n",
              i,arg,arg->get_name().str(),arg->get_file_info()->isDefaultArgument() ? "true" : "false");
         printf (" --- arg->get_initializer() = %p \n",arg->get_initializer());
#endif
         if (arg->get_file_info()->isDefaultArgument() == true)
            {
              printf ("NOTE: default argument (i = %zu) not reproduced in function prototype: arg = %p = %s \n",i,arg,arg->get_name().str());
            }
       }
#endif
 
#if 1
     SgFunctionParameterList* param_list = buildFunctionParameterList( functionDeclaration->get_type()->get_argument_list());
#else
  // DQ (9/26/2019): We need to avoid building SgFunctionParameterList IR nodes and then not attaching them to anything (parent pointers are checked in AST consistancy testing).
  // SgFunctionParameterList *param_list = functionDeclaration->get_parlist();
     SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl* templateInstantiationFunctionDecl = isSgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl(functionDeclaration);
     SgFunctionParameterList* param_list = NULL;
 
     if (templateInstantiationFunctionDecl == NULL)
        {
          param_list = buildFunctionParameterList( functionDeclaration->get_type()->get_argument_list());
        }
       else
        {
          SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl = isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(functionDeclaration);
          if (templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl == NULL)
             {
               param_list = buildFunctionParameterList( functionDeclaration->get_type()->get_argument_list());
             }
        }
#endif
 
 
  // bool isTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl = isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(functionDeclaration) != NULL);
     bool isTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl = false;
 
     SgScopeStatement* scope             = functionDeclaration->get_scope();
  // SgTemplateParameterPtrList* templateParameterList = NULL; // functionDeclaration->get_templateParameterList();
     SgExprListExp* python_decoratorList = NULL;
     bool buildTemplateInstantiation     = false;
     SgTemplateArgumentPtrList* templateArgumentsList = NULL;
 
  // DQ (9/26/2019): Tracing down a null parent pointer.
  // ROSE_ASSERT(param_list->get_parent() != NULL);
  // ROSE_ASSERT(param_list->get_parent() == NULL);
     ROSE_ASSERT(param_list == NULL || param_list->get_parent() == NULL);
 
     switch (functionDeclaration->variantT())
        {
          case V_SgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration:
             {
#if 0
               printf ("This function to replace the defining declaration with a non-defining declaration does not yet support template member functions \n");
#endif
               SgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration* original_templateMemberFunctionDeclaration = isSgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration(functionDeclaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(original_templateMemberFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
 
               SgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration* templateMemberFunctionDeclaration = NULL;
 
               unsigned int functionConstVolatileFlags = 0;
 
               ROSE_ASSERT(original_templateMemberFunctionDeclaration->get_type() != NULL);
 
            // Need to call:
            // unsigned int get_mfunc_specifier();
 
               SgMemberFunctionType* memberFunctionType = isSgMemberFunctionType(original_templateMemberFunctionDeclaration->get_type());
               ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionType != NULL);
 
               functionConstVolatileFlags = memberFunctionType->get_mfunc_specifier();
 
            // SgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration*
            // buildNondefiningTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration (const SgName & name, SgType* return_type, SgFunctionParameterList *parlist,
            //      SgScopeStatement* scope, SgExprListExp* decoratorList, unsigned int functionConstVolatileFlags, SgTemplateParameterPtrList* templateParameterList );
 
               SgTemplateParameterPtrList templateParameterList = original_templateMemberFunctionDeclaration->get_templateParameters();
            // ROSE_ASSERT(templateParameterList != NULL);
 
               templateMemberFunctionDeclaration =
                    buildNondefiningTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration ( name, return_type, param_list, scope, python_decoratorList, functionConstVolatileFlags, &templateParameterList );
#if 0
               printf ("ERROR: Template functions are not yet supported! \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
               nondefiningFunctionDeclaration = templateMemberFunctionDeclaration;
 
               ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
 
            // DQ (11/21/2019): Handle constructors.
               if (isConstructor == true)
                  {
                    templateMemberFunctionDeclaration->get_specialFunctionModifier().setConstructor();
                  }
 
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgTemplateFunctionDeclaration:
             {
#if 0
               printf ("This function to replace the defining declaration with a non-defining declaration does not yet support template functions \n");
#endif
               SgTemplateFunctionDeclaration* original_templateFunctionDeclaration = isSgTemplateFunctionDeclaration(functionDeclaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(original_templateFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
 
               SgTemplateFunctionDeclaration* templateFunctionDeclaration = NULL; // isSgTemplateFunctionDeclaration(functionDeclaration);
 
            // SgTemplateFunctionDeclaration*
            // buildNondefiningTemplateFunctionDeclaration (const SgName & name, SgType* return_type, SgFunctionParameterList *parlist,
            //      SgScopeStatement* scope=NULL, SgExprListExp* decoratorList = NULL, SgTemplateParameterPtrList* templateParameterList = NULL);
 
               SgTemplateParameterPtrList templateParameterList = original_templateFunctionDeclaration->get_templateParameters();
 
               templateFunctionDeclaration = buildNondefiningTemplateFunctionDeclaration ( name, return_type, param_list, scope, python_decoratorList, &templateParameterList );
#if 0
               printf ("ERROR: Template functions are not yet supported! \n");
               ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
               nondefiningFunctionDeclaration = templateFunctionDeclaration;
 
               ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
 
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (10/29/2020): Added new case.
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl:
             {
               buildTemplateInstantiation = true;
 
               isTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl = true;
 
               SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl* templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl = isSgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl(functionDeclaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl != NULL);
               templateArgumentsList = &(templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl->get_templateArguments());
#if 0
               printf ("name from functionDeclaration->get_name(): name                                       = %s \n",name.str());
            // printf ("name from templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl->get_template_name(): template_name = %s \n",templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl->get_template_name().str());
               printf ("name from templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl->get_templateName(): template_name  = %s \n",templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl->get_templateName().str());
               SgTemplateMemberFunctionDeclaration* templateDeclaration = templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl->get_templateDeclaration();
               if (templateDeclaration != NULL)
                  {
                    printf ("name from templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl->get_template_declaration()->get_name(): template_name  = %s \n",templateDeclaration->get_name().str());
                    printf ("name from templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl->get_template_declaration()->get_template_name(): template_name  = %s \n",templateDeclaration->get_template_name().str());
                  }
#endif
            // name = functionDeclaration->get_name();
            // name = templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl->get_template_name();
               name = templateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl->get_templateName();
#if 0
               printf ("In case V_SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl: using name = %s \n",name.str());
#endif
            // DQ (10/29/2020): Change this to include the functionality to build the member function support without fall-through.
             }
             // fall through
          case V_SgMemberFunctionDeclaration:
             {
#if 0
               printf ("This function to replace the defining declaration with a non-defining declaration does not yet support member functions \n");
#endif
               SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* original_memberFunctionDeclaration = isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(functionDeclaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(original_memberFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
 
               SgMemberFunctionDeclaration* memberFunctionDeclaration = NULL; // isSgMemberFunctionDeclaration(functionDeclaration);
 
            // SgMemberFunctionDeclaration*
            // buildNondefiningMemberFunctionDeclaration (const SgName & name, SgType* return_type, SgFunctionParameterList *parlist,
            //      SgScopeStatement* scope, SgExprListExp* decoratorList, unsigned int functionConstVolatileFlags, bool buildTemplateInstantiation, SgTemplateArgumentPtrList* templateArgumentsList);
 
               unsigned int functionConstVolatileFlags = 0;
 
               ROSE_ASSERT(original_memberFunctionDeclaration->get_type() != NULL);
 
            // Need to call:
            // unsigned int get_mfunc_specifier();
 
            // DQ (12/2/2019): If it is defined outside of the class, then don't replace with member function prototype,
            // since they is not allowed to be declared outside of the class they are a member of.
 
            // We do want to build prototypes for template instantiation member functions, and template instantiation non-member functions (see below).
               bool buildPrototype = isTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl || original_memberFunctionDeclaration->get_parent() == original_memberFunctionDeclaration->get_scope();
#if 0
               printf ("In SageInterface::buildFunctionPrototype(): buildPrototype = %s \n",buildPrototype ? "true" : "false");
#endif
               if (buildPrototype == true)
                  {
                    SgMemberFunctionType* memberFunctionType = isSgMemberFunctionType(original_memberFunctionDeclaration->get_type());
                    ROSE_ASSERT(memberFunctionType != NULL);
#if 0
                    printf ("original_memberFunctionDeclaration->get_parent() == original_memberFunctionDeclaration->get_scope() \n");
#endif
                    functionConstVolatileFlags = memberFunctionType->get_mfunc_specifier();
 
                    memberFunctionDeclaration =
                         buildNondefiningMemberFunctionDeclaration
                              ( name, return_type, param_list, scope, python_decoratorList, functionConstVolatileFlags,
                                buildTemplateInstantiation,templateArgumentsList );
#if 0
                    printf ("ERROR: Member functions are not yet supported! \n");
                    ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
                 // DQ (11/21/2019): Handle constructors.
                    if (isConstructor == true)
                       {
                         memberFunctionDeclaration->get_specialFunctionModifier().setConstructor();
                       }
 
                    nondefiningFunctionDeclaration = memberFunctionDeclaration;
 
                    ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
                  }
                 else
                  {
                 // Case of member function defined outside of it's class.
#if 0
                    printf ("NOTE: Member functions defined outside of their class can not be output as member function prototypes (not allowed in C++) \n");
#endif
                 // We want to build a SgEmptyDeclaration using buildEmptyDeclaration() but this is not a function.
                 // nondefiningFunctionDeclaration = buildEmptyDeclaration();
                    nondefiningFunctionDeclaration = NULL;
#if 0
                    nondefiningFunctionDeclaration = NULL;
 
                    replaceWithEmptyDeclaration = true;
                    emptyDeclaration = buildEmptyDeclaration();
                    ROSE_ASSERT(emptyDeclaration != NULL);
#endif
                 // DQ (10/29/2020): Commented out as part of move to used SgFunctionDeclaration return type.
                 // ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
 
                 // Since we din't build a member function we don't need the parameter list.
                    delete param_list;
                    param_list = NULL;
#if 0
                    printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
                    ROSE_ABORT();
#endif
                  }
 
            // DQ (10/29/2020): Commented out as part of move to used SgFunctionDeclaration return type.
            // ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
               break;
             }
 
          case V_SgFunctionDeclaration:
             {
            // This is for a non-member non-template function declaration.
               nondefiningFunctionDeclaration = buildNondefiningFunctionDeclaration (name, return_type, param_list, scope, python_decoratorList, buildTemplateInstantiation,templateArgumentsList);
               ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
               break;
             }
 
       // DQ (10/29/2020): Added new case.
          case V_SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl:
             {
            // This is for a non-member non-template function declaration.
               buildTemplateInstantiation = true;
               SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl* templateInstantiationFunctionDecl = isSgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl(functionDeclaration);
               ROSE_ASSERT(templateInstantiationFunctionDecl != NULL);
               templateArgumentsList = &(templateInstantiationFunctionDecl->get_templateArguments());
#if 0
               printf ("name from functionDeclaration->get_name(): name                                       = %s \n",name.str());
            // printf ("name from templateInstantiationFunctionDecl->get_template_name(): template_name = %s \n",templateInstantiationFunctionDecl->get_template_name().str());
               printf ("name from templateInstantiationFunctionDecl->get_templateName(): template_name  = %s \n",templateInstantiationFunctionDecl->get_templateName().str());
               SgTemplateFunctionDeclaration* templateDeclaration = templateInstantiationFunctionDecl->get_templateDeclaration();
               if (templateDeclaration != NULL)
                  {
                    printf ("name from templateInstantiationFunctionDecl->get_template_declaration()->get_name(): template_name  = %s \n",templateDeclaration->get_name().str());
                    printf ("name from templateInstantiationFunctionDecl->get_template_declaration()->get_template_name(): template_name  = %s \n",templateDeclaration->get_template_name().str());
                  }
#endif
               name = templateInstantiationFunctionDecl->get_templateName();
#if 0
               printf ("In case V_SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl: using name = %s \n",name.str());
#endif
               nondefiningFunctionDeclaration = buildNondefiningFunctionDeclaration (name, return_type, param_list, scope, python_decoratorList, buildTemplateInstantiation,templateArgumentsList);
               ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
               break;
             }
 
          default:
             {
            // DQ (12/4/2019): If this is any other case than that handled above, then we just return.
            // These cases would be only template instantiations.
 
            // Nothing to do, except delete the parameter list we built, and return.
               delete param_list;
               param_list = NULL;
 
               return NULL;
             }
        }
 
  // DQ (10/29/2020): We should be able to change this now that we support SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl and SgTemplateInstantiationMemberFunctionDecl IR nodes.
  // DQ (9/26/2019): Tracing down a null parent pointer.
     ROSE_ASSERT(param_list == NULL || param_list->get_parent() != NULL);
  // ROSE_ASSERT(param_list != NULL);
  // ROSE_ASSERT(param_list->get_parent() != NULL);
 
  // ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningFunctionDeclaration != NULL);
 
     if (nondefiningFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
        {
          if (nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() == NULL)
             {
#if 0
               printf ("Setting the firstNondefiningDeclaration \n");
#endif
               nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->set_firstNondefiningDeclaration(functionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration());
             }
 
          if (nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration() == NULL)
             {
#if 0
               printf ("Setting the definingDeclaration \n");
#endif
               nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->set_definingDeclaration(functionDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration());
             }
 
          ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->get_firstNondefiningDeclaration() != NULL);
          ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration() != NULL);
 
       // DQ (12/17/2020): This is a required fix that was only caught as an issue by some customer code.
          if (nondefiningFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
             {
            // DQ (11/22/2020): These can't be the same list else we will have a case of iterator invalidation.
            // This is a bug in the support for building a new prototype from a defining function declaration
            // and caused this problem. This assertion will prevent this sort of error from happening again.
               ROSE_ASSERT(functionDeclaration->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo() == NULL ||
                           functionDeclaration->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo() != nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo());
             }
        }
 
     return nondefiningFunctionDeclaration;
   }
 
 
// DQ (10/27/2020): Need to return the generated function prototype (incase we want to mark it for output or template unparsing from the AST).
SgFunctionDeclaration*
SageInterface::replaceDefiningFunctionDeclarationWithFunctionPrototype ( SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration )
   {
     SgFunctionDeclaration* nondefiningFunctionDeclaration = NULL;
     ROSE_ASSERT(functionDeclaration != NULL);
 
#if 0
     printf ("****************************************************************** \n");
     printf ("Attached comments and CPP directives: defining functionDeclaration \n");
     SageInterface::printOutComments (functionDeclaration);
     printf ("****************************************************************** \n");
#endif
 
  // DQ (10/15/2019): Find the file_id associated with the current file, and make the transformation with the same file_id value so that it will be unparsed.
 
     nondefiningFunctionDeclaration = buildFunctionPrototype(functionDeclaration);
 
  // DQ (12/17/2020): This is a required fix that was only caught as an issue by some customer code.
     if (nondefiningFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
        {
       // DQ (11/22/2020): These can't be the same list else we will have a case of iterator invalidation.
       // This is a bug in the support for building a new prototype from a defining function declaration
       // and caused this problem. This assertion will prevent this sort of error from happening again.
          ROSE_ASSERT(functionDeclaration->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo() == NULL ||
                      functionDeclaration->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo() != nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo());
         }
 
     SgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl* templateInstantiationFunctionDecl = isSgTemplateInstantiationFunctionDecl(functionDeclaration);
 
     if (templateInstantiationFunctionDecl == NULL)
        {
          if (nondefiningFunctionDeclaration != NULL)
             {
            // DQ (10/29/2020): Match the associated declaration modifiers.
               nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->get_declarationModifier() = functionDeclaration->get_declarationModifier();
 
            // DQ (11/11/2020): Match the associated other kinds of modifiers.
               nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->get_functionModifier()        = functionDeclaration->get_functionModifier();
               nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->get_specialFunctionModifier() = functionDeclaration->get_specialFunctionModifier();
 
               nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->set_linkage( functionDeclaration->get_linkage() );
               nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->set_externBrace( functionDeclaration->get_externBrace() );
 
               ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->get_forward() == true);
 
            // DQ (10/15/2019): Set the physical_file_id of the transformation to match that of the original defining declaration.
               int file_id = functionDeclaration->get_file_info()->get_physical_file_id();
               nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->get_file_info()->set_physical_file_id(file_id);
 
            // Likely we should build a new nondefining function declaration instead of reusing the existing non-defining declaration.
            // removeStatement(functionDeclaration);
            // DQ (11/22/2020): Note that this step will move the comments and CPP directives to the new statement
            // (better in this step than in the copy of the pointer to the list above, which cause an iterator invalidation error).
            // DQ (10/21/2020): I think we may want to return the orignal defining function declaration.
            // DQ (12/2/2019): Need to support member functions which can't be declared when outside of their class.
            // DQ (11/15/2020): Note that the default is false, and we need true.
               bool movePreprocessingInfo = true;
               replaceStatement(functionDeclaration,nondefiningFunctionDeclaration,movePreprocessingInfo);
 
            // DQ (11/25/2020): This is the cause of a problem in the outliner caught in the resetParentPointer.C (definingDeclaration->get_parent() != __null).
            // DQ (11/24/2020): Maybe we should set the parent of the functionDeclaration to NULL, so that we will know to set it properly later.
            // This is the cause of a name qualification bug when the functionDeclaration is inserted into global scope and the name qualification
            // is not computed correctly (since the parent was still the namespace scope where it was originally.
               ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->get_parent() != NULL);
             }
        }
       else
        {
       // DQ (7/12/2019): Template instantiations are not directly from the source code, so we don't have to move them.
          nondefiningFunctionDeclaration = NULL;
        }
 
  // Check that static declaration is preserved.
     if (functionDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().get_storageModifier().isStatic() == true)
        {
          ROSE_ASSERT(nondefiningFunctionDeclaration->get_declarationModifier().get_storageModifier().isStatic() == true);
        }
 
  // DQ (10/27/2020): Added return value so that we can access the new function prototype.
     return nondefiningFunctionDeclaration;
   }
 
 
std::vector<SgFunctionDeclaration*>
SageInterface::generateFunctionDefinitionsList(SgNode* node)
   {
  // DQ (3/20/2019): This function operates on the new file used to support outlined function definitions.
  // We use a copy of the file where the code will be outlined FROM, so that if there are references to
  // declarations in the outlined code we can support the outpiled code with those references.  This
  // approach has the added advantage of also supporting the same include file tree as the original
  // file where the outlined code is being taken from.
 
     class FunctionDefinitionsTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               std::vector<SgFunctionDeclaration*> functionList;
               FunctionDefinitionsTraversal() {}
 
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(node);
                    if (functionDeclaration != NULL)
                       {
                      // This should have been set already.
                      // ROSE_ASSERT(sourceFile != NULL);
 
                         SgFunctionDeclaration* definingFunctionDeclaration = isSgFunctionDeclaration(functionDeclaration->get_definingDeclaration());
                         if (functionDeclaration == definingFunctionDeclaration)
                            {
                           // Remove the defining declaration as a test.
                              SgScopeStatement* functionDeclarationScope = isSgScopeStatement(functionDeclaration->get_parent());
                              if (functionDeclarationScope != NULL)
                                 {
                                   functionList.push_back(functionDeclaration);
                                 }
                            }
                       }
                  }
        };
 
  // Now build the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the AST subtree.
     FunctionDefinitionsTraversal traversal;
 
     traversal.traverseWithinFile(node, preorder);
 
     std::vector<SgFunctionDeclaration*> & functionList = traversal.functionList;
 
     return functionList;
   }
 
 
void
SageInterface::convertFunctionDefinitionsToFunctionPrototypes(SgNode* node)
   {
     ROSE_ASSERT(node != NULL);
 
     std::vector<SgFunctionDeclaration*> functionList = generateFunctionDefinitionsList(node);
     std::vector<SgFunctionDeclaration*>::iterator i = functionList.begin();
 
     while (i != functionList.end())
        {
          SgFunctionDeclaration* functionDeclaration = *i;
          ROSE_ASSERT(functionDeclaration != NULL);
       // Transform into prototype.
          replaceDefiningFunctionDeclarationWithFunctionPrototype(functionDeclaration);
          i++;
        }
   }
 
 
 
// DQ (7/14/2020): Added test for initializers to support debugging of Cxx11_tests/test2020_69.C.
void
SageInterface::checkForInitializers( SgNode* node )
   {
  // This function checks variable declarations for initializers.  An issue (bug) in EDG 6.0
  // support for variable declarations initialized using lambda functions is that the initalizer
  // is discarded at some point in the processing of the AST.  This function reports on all
  // variable declarations and if they contain initializers and if so what kind of initializer.
 
     ROSE_ASSERT(node != nullptr);
 
  // Preorder traversal to uniquely label the scopes (SgScopeStatements)
     class CheckInitializerTraversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgVariableDeclaration* variableDeclaration = isSgVariableDeclaration(node);
                    if (variableDeclaration != NULL)
                       {
                         SgInitializedName* initializedName = getFirstInitializedName(variableDeclaration);
                         SgExpression* initializer = initializedName->get_initializer();
 
                         printf ("variableDeclaration = %p initializedName = %p = %s initializer = %p \n",
                              variableDeclaration,initializedName,initializedName->get_name().str(),initializer);
 
                         if (initializer != NULL)
                            {
                              printf (" --- initializer = %s \n",initializer->class_name().c_str());
                            }
                       }
                  }
        };
 
    // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the project.
       CheckInitializerTraversal traversal;
       traversal.traverse(node, preorder);
   }
 
namespace
{
  struct DeclaredType : sg::DispatchHandler<SgNamedType*>
  {
    void setResult(SgNamedType* ty) { res = ty; }
    void setResult(SgType*)         { /* not a named type */ }
 
    void handle(SgNode& n, SgNode&) { SG_UNEXPECTED_NODE(n); }
 
    template <class SageDeclarationStatement>
    void handle(SageDeclarationStatement& n, SgDeclarationStatement&)
    {
      // SgDeclarationStatement::get_type is not a virtual function
      //   => find overloaders returning SgNamedType in subclasses
      //      by using the full type (SageDeclarationStatement).
      setResult(n.get_type());
    }
 
    template <class SageNode>
    void handle(SageNode& n)
    {
      handle(n, n);
    }
  };
}
 
SgNamedType* SageInterface::getDeclaredType(const SgDeclarationStatement* declaration)
{
  return sg::dispatch(DeclaredType{}, declaration);
}
 
void SageInterface::clearSharedGlobalScopes(SgProject * project) {
  SgGlobal * gsaf = project->get_globalScopeAcrossFiles();
  ROSE_ASSERT(gsaf != nullptr);
  SgSymbolTable * st = gsaf->get_symbol_table();
  ROSE_ASSERT(st != nullptr);
  rose_hash_multimap * hmm = st->get_table();
  ROSE_ASSERT(hmm != nullptr);
  hmm->clear();
 
  st = SgNode::get_globalTypeTable()->get_type_table();
  ROSE_ASSERT(st != nullptr);
  hmm = st->get_table();
  ROSE_ASSERT(hmm != nullptr);
  hmm->clear();
 
  st = SgNode::get_globalFunctionTypeTable()->get_function_type_table();
  ROSE_ASSERT(st != nullptr);
  hmm = st->get_table();
  ROSE_ASSERT(hmm != nullptr);
  hmm->clear();
}
 
/*
 
By default, only transformation generated AST nodes will be normalized since this is designed to normalize translator-generated code.
 
--- p_lhs_operand_i ->@0x7ff2fc3f1010 SgArrowExp c_rc-575-out.cpp 16:13
   |--- p_lhs_operand_i ->@0x7ff2fc428010 SgAddressOfOp c_rc-575-out.cpp 16:4
   |   |___ p_operand_i ->@0x7ff2fc582078 SgVarRefExp c_rc-575-out.cpp 16:5 init name@0x7ff2fcf03890 symbol name="table1"
   |___ p_rhs_operand_i ->@0x7ff2fc5820e0 SgVarRefExp c_rc-575-out.cpp 16:16 init name@0x7ff2fcf03480 symbol name="item1"
 
 
TODO: we only handle simplest pattern for now:  both leaf operands involved are SgVarRefExp.
 
 * */
int SageInterface::normalizeArrowExpWithAddressOfLeftOperand(SgNode* root, bool transformationGeneratedOnly /* =true */)
{
  int match_count = 0;
  ROSE_ASSERT (root);
 
  // find all SgArrowExp, then try to match the expected pattern
  // SgArrowExp(SgAddressOfOp(SgVarRefExp:table1),SgVarRefExp:item1)
  Rose_STL_Container<SgNode*> nodeList = NodeQuery::querySubTree(root, V_SgArrowExp);
 
  // The jovial2cpp translator generates two source file ASTs: and they often share the same subtrees.
  // So we need to make sure the same subtree is only processed once
  boost::unordered::unordered_map <SgNode*, bool> visited;
 
  // reverse iterator is safer to use than forward iterator to support translation
  for (Rose_STL_Container<SgNode *>::reverse_iterator i = nodeList.rbegin(); i != nodeList.rend(); i++)
  {
      // skip a node if it is previously processed.
    if (visited.count(*i)==1)
      continue;
 
    visited[*i]=true;
 
    SgArrowExp* a_exp = isSgArrowExp(*i);
 
    if (!a_exp)
    {
      cerr<<"SageInterface::normalizeArrowExpWithAddressOfLeftOperand() expects SgArrowExp while encountering "<<(*i)->class_name()<<"@"<<(*i) <<endl;
      ROSE_ASSERT (a_exp);
    }
 
    if (transformationGeneratedOnly)
    {
      if (!(a_exp->get_file_info()->isTransformation()))
        continue;
    }
 
    if (SgAddressOfOp* address_op = isSgAddressOfOp(a_exp->get_lhs_operand()) )
    {
      if (SgVarRefExp* left = isSgVarRefExp(address_op->get_operand())) // match left side pattern
      {
        if (SgVarRefExp* right = isSgVarRefExp (a_exp->get_rhs_operand())) // match right side pattern
        {
          // do the transformation: copy two operands, making a dot exp instead
          SgDotExp* dot_exp = buildDotExp (deepCopy(left), deepCopy(right));
          replaceExpression (a_exp, dot_exp);
          match_count++;
        }
      }
    }
  } // end for
 
  return match_count;
}
 
bool
SageInterface::findFirstSgCastExpMarkedAsTransformation(SgNode* n, const std::string & s)
   {
     class Traversal : public AstSimpleProcessing
        {
          public:
               bool found;
               Traversal() : found(false) {}
               void visit (SgNode* node)
                  {
                    SgCastExp* castExpression = isSgCastExp(node);
                    if (castExpression != NULL)
                       {
                      // SgNode* parent = castExpression->get_parent();
                         SgInitializer* initializer = isSgInitializer(castExpression->get_parent());
                         if (initializer == NULL)
                            {
                              ROSE_ASSERT(castExpression->get_file_info() != NULL);
                              if (castExpression->get_file_info()->isTransformation() == true)
                                 {
                                   printf (" --- Found a SgCastExp marked as a transformation: castExpression = %p \n",castExpression);
                                   found = true;
#if 0
                                   printf ("Exiting as a test! \n");
                                   ROSE_ASSERT(false);
#endif
                                 }
                                else
                                 {
#if 0
                                   printf (" --- SgCastExp (but not marked as a transformation) node = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                                 }
                            }
                           else
                            {
                           // DQ (7/14/2021): This case is less interesting (not the SgCastExp that I was looking for in testing).
#if 1
                              printf (" --- SgCastExp (but from an initializer) node = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                            }
                       }
                      else
                       {
#if 0
                         printf (" --- node = %p = %s \n",node,node->class_name().c_str());
#endif
                       }
                  }
        };
 
#if 1
     printf ("In findFirstSgCastExpMarkedAsTransformation(): s = %s \n",s.c_str());
#endif
 
  // Now buid the traveral object and call the traversal (preorder) on the AST subtree.
     Traversal traversal;
     traversal.traverse(n, preorder);
 
#if 1
     printf ("In findFirstSgCastExpMarkedAsTransformation(): s = %s traversal.found = %s \n",s.c_str(),traversal.found ? "true" : "false");
#endif
#if 0
  // DQ (7/13/2021): return false so that we can test the execution of the code to generate that backend code.
     if (traversal.found == true)
        {
          printf ("In findFirstSgCastExpMarkedAsTransformation(): returning false \n");
        }
 
     return false;
#else
     return traversal.found;
#endif
   }
 
// A helper function to check
//   begin: return 1
//   middle (#else, #elif): return 2
//   end directive: return -1
// othewise return 0;
static int isBeginDirective (PreprocessingInfo* info)
{
   ROSE_ASSERT (info != NULL);
    PreprocessingInfo::DirectiveType dtype= info->getTypeOfDirective();
    if (dtype == PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIfdefDeclaration  ||
        dtype == PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIfndefDeclaration ||
        dtype == PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorIfDeclaration )
    {
        return 1;
    }
    else if (dtype==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorElseDeclaration||
             dtype==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorElifDeclaration)
    {
       return 2;
    }
    else if (dtype==PreprocessingInfo::CpreprocessorEndifDeclaration)
    {
       return -1;
    }
 
    return 0;
}
 
// a helper function to move things, the associated directive in the middle
static void moveInofListToNewPlace(AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* infoList, int cidx, set <AttachedPreprocessingInfoType*>& relatedInfoList, SgLocatedNode* lnode, int &retVal)
{
//     AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* infoList =  (*ki).first;
//     int cidx=  (*ki).second;
 
     relatedInfoList.insert (infoList);
 
     PreprocessingInfo* info = (*infoList)[cidx];
     // rewrite relative position
     info->setRelativePosition(PreprocessingInfo::after);
 
     // insert after lnode
     lnode->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo (info);
     retVal++;
 
     // zero out from original list
     (*infoList)[cidx]= NULL;
}
 
// Return the number of NULL PreprocessingInfo* within a subtree of a SgLocatedNode, inclusive
int SageInterface::eraseNullPreprocessingInfo (SgLocatedNode* lnode)
{
   int retVal=0;
   ROSE_ASSERT(lnode);
 
   // collecting NULL entries
   RoseAst ast(lnode);
   RoseAst::iterator ast_i=ast.begin();
 
   vector < pair< AttachedPreprocessingInfoType*, int> > empty_entries; // preprocessing info. to be erased, list vs. idx/offset
   for(;ast_i!=ast.end();++ast_i) {
       SgLocatedNode* current  = isSgLocatedNode(*ast_i);
       if (current ==NULL ) // skip non located nodes
         continue;
 
       AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* infoList = current->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo();
       if (infoList == NULL) continue;
 
       int commentIndex=0;
       for (Rose_STL_Container<PreprocessingInfo*>::iterator ci = (*infoList).begin(); ci != (*infoList).end(); ci++)
       {
           // fundamentally, we want to move individual PreprocessingInfo objects
           // Or just duplicate them (easier)
           PreprocessingInfo * info = *ci;
           if (info==NULL)
               empty_entries.push_back( make_pair (infoList, commentIndex) );
           commentIndex++;
     }
  }
 
   // using reverse iterator to remove from backwards
   for (auto ki = empty_entries.rbegin(); ki != empty_entries.rend(); ki ++)
   {
     AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* infoList =  (*ki).first;
     int cidx=  (*ki).second;
 
     PreprocessingInfo* info = (*infoList)[cidx];
     ROSE_ASSERT (info==NULL);
 
     // erase start+offset
     AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator k = infoList->begin();
     infoList->erase(k+cidx);
//     cout<<"debugging: direct erasing: info@"<< infoList<< " idx="<<cidx<<endl;
     retVal ++;
   }
  return retVal;
}
 
//TODO: expose this to header file?
// We keep all things, including level : starting from 0. Later iteration ignore the level 0 directives.
// Should this be maintained by librose or user space code?
static std::unordered_map <PreprocessingInfo*, SageInterface::PreprocessingInfoData> infoMap;
 
void SageInterface::preOrderCollectPreprocessingInfo(SgNode* current, vector<PreprocessingInfo*>& infoList, int depth)
{
  // stop condition
  if (current == NULL)
    return;
 
  // Three possible locations: before, inside, and after
  // immediately add prepression info that is before and inside of current node
  // delayed additions of these that are located after the current node
  vector<PreprocessingInfo*> afterList;
  if (SgLocatedNode* locatedNode = isSgLocatedNode(current))
  {
    AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* comments = locatedNode->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo();
 
    if (comments != nullptr)
    {
      AttachedPreprocessingInfoType::iterator i;
      int idx=0;
      for (i = comments->begin (); i != comments->end (); i++)
      {
        PreprocessingInfo* info= *i;
 
        // prepare the data just in case
        PreprocessingInfoData data;
        data.container=comments;
        data.index = idx;
        data.depth = depth;
 
        // put directives with before location into the infoList
        if (info->getRelativePosition () == PreprocessingInfo::before)
        {
          infoList.push_back (info);
          infoMap[info] = data;
        }
  // How about inside position?
  // why it should be intepreted as the last one after all inner statment's preprocessingInfo?
  // because if it should be unparsed before all of them,  it should have been attached to the first stmt's before location instead!
        else if (info->getRelativePosition () == PreprocessingInfo::after
              || info->getRelativePosition () == PreprocessingInfo::inside
          )
        {
          afterList.push_back (info); // if attached to be after, save to afterList
          infoMap[info] = data;
        }
        else
        {
         mlog[Sawyer::Message::Common::WARN] <<"Warning: unhandled relative position value:" <<info->getRelativePosition () <<endl;
          // ROSE_ASSERT (false); // Jovial has end_of
        }
 
        idx++;
      } // end for
    }
  } // end if
 
  // handling children nodes
  std::vector<SgNode* > children = current->get_traversalSuccessorContainer();
  for (auto c: children)
    preOrderCollectPreprocessingInfo (c, infoList, depth +1);
 
  // append after locations after recursively handling children nodes.
  for (auto fi : afterList)
    infoList.push_back(fi);
}
 
// This may be expensive to run since it is called anytime replace() is called.
//  We need to attach them to be after lnode, before we can safely remove lnode. So the inner preprocessing info. can be preserved properly.
// This should be done before removing or replace the statement: lnode
// TODO: this may need to be a recursive function for multiple levels of nested directives.
//
//  We only care about directives attached to inner nodes, not lnode : TODO: double check this for corner cases
//
int SageInterface::moveUpInnerDanglingIfEndifDirective(SgLocatedNode* lnode)
{
    int retVal=0;
    ROSE_ASSERT(lnode);
 
// algorithm: using a queue (vector to simulate it)
// queue <PreProcessingInfo* >  q;
//  start from 2nd node: ignore the first root node
//  if  start preprocessing info: (if, ifndef, ifdef), push to the end of q
//  if  end of preprocessing info. (endif),  neturalize possible end p info at the end of q, otherwise push it to the end
//
//  the queue in the end may contain mixed  preprocessing info.   #endif #endif ... #if   #ifndef
//  They cannot neutralize each other.
//  They should be attached to be after lnode !
   RoseAst ast(lnode);
   RoseAst::iterator ast_i=ast.begin();
   ++ast_i; // skip the root node itself
 
  // we store both the container and the element's index within the container. so later we can easily remove elements from containers
   vector < pair< AttachedPreprocessingInfoType*, int> > keepers; // preprocessing info. to be kept
   // for the middle directives like #else or #elif, sometimes their status (balanced or not) is directly associatd with its preceeding begin directive
   // it is not always an independent decision.
   // Note : the association is between individual preprocessing info. however, to faciliate removing them, the second part uses  InfoList vs offset
   unordered_map < PreprocessingInfo * , vector< pair<AttachedPreprocessingInfoType*, int>> > associated_directives;
 
   // store the associated middle directives what should be erased in the end
   // we have to store this separatedly since the begin diretive pinfo becomes NULL after they have been erased!
   // associated_directives[BeginInfo] will not retrieve them!
   vector< pair<AttachedPreprocessingInfoType*, int>> associated_erase;
 
   // Two steps here
   // Step 1: We build the list first, then go through them to neutralize them
   //    to simplify the problem: we exclude comments attached to the current located node, only consider things inside
   //
   // The list must provide the following information
   //   infoList (container), index of the directive, PreprocessingInfo* itself
   vector<PreprocessingInfo*> candidateInfoList;
   // recursively search all directives, preserving original order in AST, consider attachment locations: before, inside and after.
   preOrderCollectPreprocessingInfo (lnode, candidateInfoList, 0);
   // now we have both candidateInfoList and infoMap.
 
   for (auto candidate: candidateInfoList)
   {
     // fundamentally, we want to move individual PreprocessingInfo objects
     // Or just duplicate them (easier)
     PreprocessingInfo * info = candidate;
 
     // we skip candidate that is attached to a node with depth of 0 (root node of the subtree)
     if (infoMap[info].depth ==0)
          continue;
 
     int commentIndex = infoMap[info].index;
     AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* infoList = infoMap[info].container;
 
     // begin directives
     if ( isBeginDirective(info) == 1)
     {
       keepers.push_back(make_pair (infoList,commentIndex));
     }
     // the middle #else, #elif,
     else if (isBeginDirective(info) == 2)
     {
       // two situtations for immediate decision of unbalanced status
       //1. empty stack, or
       // 2.  top of stack is not one of #if #ifdef #ifndef. This is an unbalanced directive (keeper)
       if (keepers.size()==0)
         keepers.push_back(make_pair (infoList, commentIndex));
       else if (isBeginDirective( (*(keepers.back().first))[keepers.back().second]  )!=1 ) // not empty , top of the stack is not beginning
       {
         keepers.push_back(make_pair (infoList,commentIndex));
       }
       else if(isBeginDirective( (*(keepers.back().first))[keepers.back().second] )==1 ) // top of the stack is a beginning,
       {
         PreprocessingInfo* begin_info = (*(keepers.back().first))[keepers.back().second];
         // we associated this middle directive with the beginning directive
         associated_directives[begin_info].push_back(make_pair (infoList,commentIndex));
       }
     }
     // end directive
     else if ( isBeginDirective(info) == -1)
     {
       bool neutralized = false;
       // neutralize an internall matched pair, if any
       if (keepers.size()>0)
       {
         AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* comments = keepers.back().first;
         int idx = keepers.back().second;
 
         if(isBeginDirective( (*comments)[idx] )==1)
         {
           keepers.pop_back();
           neutralized = true;
         }
       }
 
       if (!neutralized)
         keepers.push_back(make_pair (infoList,commentIndex));
     }
 
   }
 
#if 0 // old and wrong linear search of directives
 
   // Then we go through the list, extract keepers, neutralize anything else.
   for(;ast_i!=ast.end();++ast_i) {
       SgLocatedNode* current  = isSgLocatedNode(*ast_i);
       if (current ==NULL ) // skip non located nodes
         continue;
 
       AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* infoList = current->getAttachedPreprocessingInfo();
       if (infoList == NULL) continue;
 
       int commentIndex=0;
       for (Rose_STL_Container<PreprocessingInfo*>::iterator ci = (*infoList).begin(); ci != (*infoList).end(); ci++)
       {
           ROSE_ASSERT(*ci != NULL);
           // fundamentally, we want to move individual PreprocessingInfo objects
           // Or just duplicate them (easier)
           PreprocessingInfo * info = *ci;
 
           // begin directives
           if ( isBeginDirective(info) == 1)
           {
               keepers.push_back(make_pair (infoList,commentIndex));
           }
           // the middle #else, #elif,
           else if (isBeginDirective(info) == 2)
           {
               // two situtations for immediate decision of unbalanced status
               //1. empty stack, or
               // 2.  top of stack is not one of #if #ifdef #ifndef. This is an unbalanced directive (keeper)
               if (keepers.size()==0)
                    keepers.push_back(make_pair (infoList,commentIndex));
               else if (isBeginDirective( (*(keepers.back().first))[keepers.back().second]  )!=1 ) // not empty , top of the stack is not beginning
               {
                  keepers.push_back(make_pair (infoList,commentIndex));
               }
               else if(isBeginDirective( (*(keepers.back().first))[keepers.back().second] )==1 ) // top of the stack is a beginning,
               {
                       PreprocessingInfo* begin_info = (*(keepers.back().first))[keepers.back().second];
                  // we associated this middle directive with the beginning directive
                  associated_directives[begin_info].push_back(make_pair (infoList,commentIndex));
               }
           }
           // end directive
           else if ( isBeginDirective(info) == -1)
           {
              bool neutralized = false;
               // neutralize an internall matched pair, if any
               if (keepers.size()>0)
               {
                  AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* comments = keepers.back().first;
                  int idx = keepers.back().second;
 
                  if(isBeginDirective( (*comments)[idx] )==1)
                  {
                      keepers.pop_back();
                      neutralized = true;
                  }
                }
 
               if (!neutralized)
                   keepers.push_back(make_pair (infoList,commentIndex));
           }
           commentIndex++;
       }
   }
#endif
// TODO this variable is not used in the end.
   set <AttachedPreprocessingInfoType*> relatedInfoList; // containers with comments to be moved
   // now we go through the keepers: those to be moved to the new location!! They are also the ones to be erased from original location!
   // move from old containers, and add into lnode's after position
   for (auto ki = keepers.begin(); ki != keepers.end(); ki ++)
   {
     AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* infoList =  (*ki).first;
     int cidx=  (*ki).second;
     // TODO replace the code block below with moveInofListToNewPlace()
     relatedInfoList.insert (infoList);
 
     PreprocessingInfo* info = (*infoList)[cidx];
     // rewrite relative position
     info->setRelativePosition(PreprocessingInfo::after);
 
     // insert after lnode
     lnode->addToAttachedPreprocessingInfo (info);
     retVal++;
 
     // we additionally process the associated directives, if any, TODO: reverse processing also??
     if (associated_directives.count (info)!=0)
     {
        vector<pair<AttachedPreprocessingInfoType*,int>> a_list_vec =  associated_directives[info];
        for (auto vec_i  = a_list_vec.rbegin(); vec_i != a_list_vec.rend(); vec_i ++  )
        {
           AttachedPreprocessingInfoType* a_infoList =  (*vec_i).first;
           int aidx=  (*vec_i).second;
           moveInofListToNewPlace (a_infoList, aidx, relatedInfoList, lnode, retVal);
           associated_erase.push_back(make_pair (a_infoList, aidx));
        }
     } // each begin directive may associate multiple other middle directives
 
     // Doing this after the associated directives are processed.
     // zero out from original list, Note this element slot is NULL now!
     (*infoList)[cidx]= NULL;
 
   }
    eraseNullPreprocessingInfo (lnode);
    return retVal;
}